TEEKAY SHIPPING CORP
20-F, 2000-03-30
DEEP SEA FOREIGN TRANSPORTATION OF FREIGHT
Previous: GREENPOINT FINANCIAL CORP, 10-K405, 2000-03-30
Next: MALIBU ENTERTAINMENT WORLDWIDE INC, 10-K, 2000-03-30




                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
[ ]            REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) or (g)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                                       OR

[ ]               ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended ......................................................

                                       OR

[X]             TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from .......April 1, 1999 to December 31, 1999........
Commission file number 1-12874

                           TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

                                 Not Applicable
                 (Translation of Registrant's name into English)

                        Republic of The Marshall Islands
                 (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 4th Floor, Euro Canadian Centre, Marlborough Street & Navy Lyon Road, P.O. Box
                                SS-6293, Nassau,
                           Commonwealth of the Bahamas
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

     Title of each class                               Name of each exchange on
                                                            which registered

Common Stock, par value of $0.001 per share              New York Stock Exchange
8.32% First Preferred Ship Mortgage Notes due 2008       New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
                                      None

Securities for which there is a reporting  obligation  pursuant to Section 15(d)
of the Act.
                                      None

     Indicate the number of outstanding  shares of each of the issuer's  classes
of capital or common  stock as of the close of the period  covered by the annual
report.

     38,064,264 shares of Common Stock, par value of $0.001 per share.

    Indicate  by check mark  whether  the  registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes [X]  No [ ]

Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected
to follow:

Item 17 [ ]  Item 18 [X]



<PAGE>

                           TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION
                          INDEX TO REPORT ON FORM 20-F

PART I.                                                                     Page

  Item 1.        Description of Business....................................   3
  Item 2.        Description of Property....................................  10
  Item 3.        Legal Proceedings..........................................  13
  Item 4.        Control of Registrant......................................  13
  Item 5.        Nature of Trading Market...................................  13
  Item 6.        Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting
                    Security Holders........................................  14
  Item 7.        Taxation...................................................  14
  Item 8.        Selected Financial Data....................................  15
  Item 9.        Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                    Condition and Results of Operations.....................  17
  Item 10.       Directors and Officers of the Registrant...................  24
  Item 11.       Compensation of Directors and Officers.....................  26
  Item 12.       Options to Purchase Securities From Registrant
                    or Subsidiaries.........................................  26
  Item 13.       Interest of Management in Certain Transactions.............  26

PART II.

  Item 14.       Description of Securities to be Registered.......Not applicable

PART III.

  Item 15.       Defaults Upon Senior Securities..................Not applicable
  Item 16.       Changes in Securities, Changes in Security for
                    Registered Securities and Use of Proceeds.....Not applicable

PART IV.

  Item 17.       Financial Statements.............................Not applicable
  Item 18.       Financial Statements.......................................  27
  Item 19.       Financial Statements and Exhibits..........................  27
Signature        ...........................................................  30







<PAGE>
                                     PART I

Item 1. Description of Business

    Teekay  has  changed  its  fiscal  year end from  March 31 to  December  31,
effective December 31, 1999, in order to facilitate  comparison of its operating
results to those of other companies in the transportation industry.

The Company

    Teekay Shipping Corporation ("Teekay"),  together with its subsidiaries (the
"Company"),  is a leading  provider  of  international  crude oil and  petroleum
product transportation services through the world's largest fleet of medium size
oil  tankers.  The  Company's  modern fleet of tankers  provides  transportation
services to major oil companies, oil traders and government agencies world wide.

     The  Company's  fleet  consists of 74  vessels:  69 Aframax oil tankers and
oil/bulk/ore carriers ("O/B/Os")  (including five vessels  time-chartered-in and
three vessels owned by a joint  venture),  two smaller oil tankers,  two Suezmax
tankers, and one Very Large Crude Carrier ("VLCC"). The Company's vessels are of
Bahamian,  Norwegian,  Australian,  Liberian,  Panamanian  or  Marshall  Islands
registry.  The Company's fleet has a total cargo capacity of  approximately  7.4
million  tonnes and its Aframax  vessels  represent  approximately  10.4% of the
total tonnage of the world Aframax fleet.

    The Company's  Aframax  tanker fleet is one of the most modern fleets in the
world,  with an average age of approximately  7.4 years,  compared to an average
age for the world oil tanker fleet,  including Aframax tankers, of approximately
13.9 years and for the world Aframax tanker fleet of  approximately  12.1 years.
The Company has been  recognized  by customers  and rating  services for safety,
quality and service. Given the age profile of the world tanker fleet, increasing
emphasis  by  customers  on  quality  as a  result  of  stringent  environmental
regulations,  and  heightened  concerns about  liability for oil pollution,  the
Company  believes  that its modern  fleet and its emphasis on quality and safety
provide it with a favorable competitive profile.

    Through wholly owned subsidiaries  located  worldwide,  the Company provides
substantially  all of  the  operations,  ship  maintenance,  crewing,  technical
support,  shipyard  supervision,  insurance  and financial  management  services
necessary to support its fleet.

     The Company has a worldwide  chartering staff located in Vancouver,  Tokyo,
London,  Oslo,  Houston and Singapore.  Each office serves the Company's clients
headquartered in such office's region.  Fleet  operations,  vessel positions and
charter market rates are monitored  around the clock.  Management  believes that
monitoring  such  information is critical to making informed bids on competitive
brokered  business.  During the nine  month  period  ended  December  31,  1999,
approximately  74% of the Company's  net voyage  revenues were derived from spot
voyages or time charters and contracts of affreightment  priced on a spot market
basis.

    The  Teekay  organization  was  founded in 1973 to manage  and  operate  oil
tankers.  Prior to 1985,  the Company  chartered-in  most of the tonnage that it
subsequently  provided to its transportation  customers.  As the availability of
acceptable  chartered-in tonnage declined,  management began an expansion of its
owned fleet.  Since 1985, the Company has significantly  expanded and modernized
its owned fleet by taking delivery of 42 new vessels and acquiring 32 vessels in
the second-hand  market,  as well as disposing of 29 older tankers over the past
eight years.  In addition,  the Company  acquired  control of an  additional  26
vessels in its acquisition of Bona Shipholding Ltd. described below.

    The Company pursues an intensively customer and operations-oriented business
strategy,  emphasizing  market  concentration  and  service  quality  to achieve
superior  operating  results.   The  Company  believes  that  it  has  five  key
competitive strengths: (i) market concentration in the Indo-Pacific and Atlantic
Basin, which facilitates  comprehensive  coverage of charterer  requirements and
provides  a  base  for  efficient  operation  and  a  high  degree  of  capacity
utilization,  (ii) full-service  marine operations  capabilities and experienced
management in all functions critical to its operations,  which affords a focused
marketing effort, tight quality and cost controls, improved capacity utilization
and effective  operations and safety  monitoring,  (iii) a modern,  high-quality
fleet that operates with high fuel  efficiency and low maintenance and operating
costs and affords  greater  acceptance  among  charterers in an  environment  of
increasingly   stringent   operating  and  safety   standards,   (iv)  a  large,
uniform-size fleet of Aframax (75,000-115,000 dwt) tankers, many of which are in
sister  vessel  series  (substantially  identical  vessels),  which  facilitates
scheduling  flexibility  due to vessel  substitution  opportunities,  permitting
greater  responsiveness to customer demands and enhanced  capacity  utilization,
and which results in lower  operating  costs than those  experienced  by smaller
operators and (v) a strong  network of customer  relationships  and a reputation
for transportation excellence among quality-sensitive  customers. As a result of
its business strategy,  the Company has achieved  consistently  higher operating
cash flow per vessel as compared to an average of certain other publicly  traded
shipping  companies.  The Company's  growth strategy is to leverage its existing
competitive   strengths  to  continue  to  expand  its  business.   The  Company
anticipates  that the  continued  upgrade and  expansion  of its Aframax  tanker
business will continue to be a key component of its strategy.  In addition,  the
Company  believes  that  its  full-service   marine   operations   capabilities,
reputation  for safety and quality and strong  customer  orientation  provide it
with the opportunity to expand its business by providing additional  value-added
and  innovative  services,  in many cases to existing  customers.  Finally,  the
Company  intends  to  identify  expansion  opportunities  in new  tanker  market
segments,  geographic  areas and  services  to which the  Company's  competitive
strengths are well suited.  The Company may choose to pursue such  opportunities
through internal growth, joint ventures or business acquisitions.

    Teekay  is  incorporated  under  the laws of the  Republic  of The  Marshall
Islands and  maintains its principal  executive  headquarters  at the 4th Floor,
Euro Canadian  Centre,  Marlborough  Street & Navy Lyon Road,  P.O. Box SS 6293,
Nassau,  Commonwealth  of the Bahamas.  Its telephone  number at such address is
(242) 322-8020.  The Company's  principal  operating  office is located at Suite
1400, One Bentall  Centre,  505 Burrard  Street,  Vancouver,  British  Columbia,
Canada, V7X 1M5. Its telephone number at such address is (604) 683-3529.

Acquisition of Bona Shipholding Ltd.

On June 11,  1999,  the Company  acquired  Bona  Shipholding  Ltd.  ("Bona") for
aggregate  consideration  (including  estimated  transaction  expenses  of $19.0
million) of $450.3 million,  consisting of $39.9 million in cash, $294.0 million
of assumed debt (net of cash acquired of $91.7 million) and the balance of $97.4
million in shares of the  Company's  common  stock.  Bona was the third  largest
operator of medium-size tankers, controlling a fleet of vessels consisting of 15
Aframax tankers,  eight oil/bulk/ore  carriers and, through a joint venture, 50%
interests in one additional Aframax tanker and two Suezmax tankers. Bona engaged
in the transportation of oil, oil products, and dry bulk commodities,  primarily
in the  Atlantic  region.  Through  this  acquisition,  the Company has combined
Bona's market  strength in the Atlantic  region with the Company's  franchise in
the  Indo-Pacific  Basin.  For the year ended December 31, 1998, Bona earned net
voyage revenues of $148.9 million  resulting in income from vessel operations of
$29.5  million and net income of $16.6  million.  Bona's  operating  results are
reflected in the Company's financial statements commencing the effective date of
the acquisition.

As a result of this acquisition,  the Company anticipates annual cost savings of
approximately $10 million,  commencing after an estimated  12-month  integration
period,  through a reduction in combined  overhead costs,  increased  purchasing
power, and other  operational  efficiencies.  The Company also believes that the
acquisition will create revenue enhancement  opportunities as a result of owning
a larger fleet with a greater selection of vessels to match customer demands and
enable the Company to further  extend the  breadth of  services  provided to its
customers.

Competition

    International  seaborne  oil and  other  petroleum  products  transportation
services are provided by two main types of  operators:  captive  fleets of major
oil companies (both private and  state-owned) and independent ship owner fleets.
Many major oil companies and other oil trading companies, the primary charterers
of the vessels  owned or  controlled  by the  Company,  also  operate  their own
vessels and transport their own oil as well as oil for third party charterers in
direct  competition  with  independent  owners and  operators.  Competition  for
charters is intense and is based upon price,  location, the size, age, condition
and acceptability of the vessel,  and the vessel's  manager.  Competition in the
Aframax segment is also affected by the  availability of other size vessels that
compete in the Company's markets.  Suezmax (115,000 to 200,000 dwt) size vessels
and Panamax (50,000 to 75,000 dwt) size vessels can compete for many of the same
charters  for which the Company  competes.  Because of their  large size,  Ultra
Large Crude Carriers (320,000+ dwt) ("ULCCs") and VLCCs (200,000 to 320,000 dwt)
rarely compete  directly with Aframax  tankers for specific  charters;  however,
because ULCCs and VLCCs comprise a substantial  portion of the total capacity of
the market, movements by such vessels into Suezmax trades and of Suezmax vessels
into Aframax trades would heighten the already intense competition.

     The Company  competes  principally  with other Aframax  owners  through the
global  tanker  charter  market,  comprised  of tanker  broker  companies  which
represent  both  charterers and ship owners in chartering  transactions.  Within
this market, some transactions,  referred to as "market cargoes," are offered by
charterers  through two or more brokers  simultaneously  and shown to the widest
possible range of owners; other transactions,  referred to as "private cargoes,"
are given by the charterer to only one broker and shown selectively to a limited
number of owners whose tankers are most likely to be acceptable to the charterer
and are in  position to  undertake  the voyage.  Management  estimates  that the
Company  transacts  approximately  one-third  of its spot  voyages  from  market
cargoes, the remainder being either private cargoes or direct cargoes transacted
directly with charterers outside this market.

     Other large  operators of Aframax tonnage include Neptune Orient Lines Ltd.
(owned  partially by the Singapore  government),  with  approximately 22 Aframax
vessels, Shell International Marine, a subsidiary of Royal Dutch/Shell Petroleum
Corporation, with approximately 16 Aframax vessels, trading globally (9 of which
are on charter),  Ermis Maritime Corp.,  with  approximately 15 Aframax vessels,
and Tanker Pacific Management,  which controls approximately 11 Aframax vessels.
Management  believes  that  it has  significant  competitive  advantages  in the
Aframax  tanker market as a result of the age,  quality,  type and dimensions of
its vessels and its market share in the Indo-Pacific  and Atlantic Basins.  Some
competitors of the Company,  however,  may have greater  financial  strength and
capital resources than the Company.

    As part of its growth  strategy,  the  Company  will  continue  to  consider
strategic   opportunities,   including  business   acquisitions,   such  as  the
acquisition of Bona. To the extent the Company  enters new  geographic  areas or
tanker market segments,  there can be no assurance that the Company will be able
to compete  successfully  therein.  New markets may involve  competitive factors
which differ from those of the Aframax  market segment in the  Indo-Pacific  and
Atlantic  Basins  and may  include  participants  which have  greater  financial
strength and capital resources than the Company.

Regulation

    The business of the Company and the operation of its vessels are  materially
affected by  government  regulation  in the form of  international  conventions,
national,  state and local laws and regulations in force in the jurisdictions in
which the  vessels  operate,  as well as in the  country or  countries  of their
registration. Because such conventions, laws, and regulations are often revised,
the Company cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with such conventions,
laws and regulations or the impact thereof on the resale price or useful life of
its vessels.  Additional conventions,  laws and regulations may be adopted which
could limit the  ability of the  Company to do business or increase  the cost of
its doing business and which may have a material adverse effect on the Company's
operations.    The   Company   is   required   by   various   governmental   and
quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates
with respect to its operations.  Subject to the discussion below and to the fact
that the kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required for the operations
of the vessels  owned by the Company  will depend upon a number of factors,  the
Company  believes  that it has  been  and will be able to  obtain  all  permits,
licenses and certificates material to the conduct of its operations.

    The Company believes that the heightened  environmental and quality concerns
of  insurance  underwriters,  regulators  and  charterers  will  impose  greater
inspection and safety  requirements on all vessels in the tanker market and will
accelerate the scrapping of older vessels throughout the industry.

     Environmental  Regulation--International  Maritime Organization ("IMO"). On
March 6, 1992,  the IMO  adopted  regulations  which set forth new and  upgraded
requirements for pollution prevention for tankers. These regulations, which went
into effect on July 6, 1995, in many jurisdictions in which the Company's tanker
fleet operates,  provide that (i) tankers between 25 and 30 years old must be of
double-hull  construction or of a mid-deck design with double side construction,
unless they have wing tanks or double-bottom  spaces,  not used for the carriage
of oil,  which cover at least 30% of the length of the cargo tank section of the
hull, or are capable of hydrostatically  balanced loading which ensures at least
the same level of  protection  against oil spills in the event of  collision  or
stranding,   (ii)  tankers  30  years  old  or  older  must  be  of  double-hull
construction or mid-deck  design with  double-side  construction,  and (iii) all
tankers will be subject to enhanced inspections.  Also, under IMO regulations, a
tanker must be of double-hull construction or a mid-deck design with double side
construction  or be of  another  approved  design  ensuring  the  same  level of
protection  against  oil  pollution  in the event  that such  tanker  (i) is the
subject of a contract  for a major  conversion  or original  construction  on or
after July 6, 1993, (ii) commences a major conversion or has its keel laid on or
after January 6, 1994, or (iii) completes a major conversion or is a newbuilding
delivered on or after July 6, 1996.

    Under the current  regulations,  the single-hulled  vessels of the Company's
existing fleet will be able to operate for substantially all of their respective
economic lives before being required to have double-hulls. None of the Company's
vessels are older than 20 years,  therefore,  the IMO requirements  currently in
effect  regarding 25 and 30 year-old tankers will not affect the Company's fleet
in the near  future.  However,  compliance  with the new  regulations  regarding
inspections of all vessels may adversely  affect the Company's  operations.  The
Company  cannot at the present time evaluate the  likelihood or magnitude of any
such  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's   operations  due  to  uncertainty  of
interpretation of the IMO regulations.

    The operation of the Company's  vessels is also affected by the requirements
set forth in the IMO's  International  Management Code for the Safe Operation of
Ships  and  Pollution  Prevention  (the  "ISM  Code").  The  ISM  Code  requires
shipowners and bareboat  charterers to develop and maintain an extensive "Safety
Management  System" that  includes  the  adoption of a safety and  environmental
protection  policy setting forth  instructions and procedures for safe operation
and  describing  procedures  for  dealing  with  emergencies.  The  failure of a
shipowner  or bareboat  charterer  to comply with the ISM Code may subject  such
party to increased liability,  may decrease available insurance coverage for the
affected  vessels,  and may  result in a denial of access to, or  detention  in,
certain  ports.  Currently,  each of the  Company's  applicable  vessels  is ISM
code-certified.  However, there can be no assurance that such certification will
be maintained indefinitely.

    Environmental Regulations--The United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990 ("OPA
90"). OPA 90 established  an extensive  regulatory and liability  regime for the
protection and cleanup of the  environment  from oil spills.  OPA 90 affects all
owners and operators whose vessels trade to the United States or its territories
or possessions or whose vessels  operate in United States waters,  which include
the United States'  territorial sea and its two hundred  nautical mile exclusive
economic zone.

    Under OPA 90, vessel owners, operators and bareboat (or "demise") charterers
are "responsible parties" and are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless
the spill  results  solely from the act or omission of a third party,  an act of
God or an act of war) for all  containment  and clean-up costs and other damages
arising from  discharges  or threatened  discharges  of oil from their  vessels.
These other damages are defined broadly to include (i) natural resources damages
and the costs of assessment  thereof,  (ii) real and personal  property damages,
(iii) net loss of taxes,  royalties,  rents, fees and other lost revenues,  (iv)
lost  profits or  impairment  of earning  capacity  due to  property  or natural
resources  damage,  (v) net  cost of  public  services  necessitated  by a spill
response,  such as protection from fire, safety or health hazards, and (vi) loss
of  subsistence  use of  natural  resources.  OPA 90  limits  the  liability  of
responsible  parties to the  greater of $1,200 per gross ton or $10  million per
tanker  that is over 3,000  gross  tons  (subject  to  possible  adjustment  for
inflation).  These  limits of  liability  would not  apply if the  incident  was
proximately  caused by violation of  applicable  United States  federal  safety,
construction  or  operating  regulations  or by the  responsible  party's  gross
negligence or willful  misconduct,  or if the responsible party fails or refuses
to report the incident or to  cooperate  and assist in  connection  with the oil
removal activities. The Company currently plans to continue to maintain for each
of its  vessels  pollution  liability  coverage  in the amount of $1 billion per
incident. A catastrophic spill could exceed the insurance coverage available, in
which event there could be a material adverse effect on the Company.

     Under OPA 90, with certain limited exceptions, all newly built or converted
tankers operating in United States waters must be built with  double-hulls,  and
existing  vessels which do not comply with the double-hull  requirement  must be
phased  out over a  25-year  period  (1990-2015)  based  on  size,  age and hull
construction.  Nine of the Company's non-double-hulled vessels are over 15 years
old, and the oldest of these vessels,  the Teekay Foam and Teekay Favour,  would
not be  phased-out  under  the  double-hull  regulations  until  April  2009 and
November  2009,  respectively.  Notwithstanding  the  phase-out  period,  OPA 90
currently permits existing single-hull tankers to operate until the year 2015 if
their  operations  within United States waters are limited to discharging at the
Louisiana  Off-Shore  Oil  Platform,  or  off-loading  by  means  of  lightering
activities within authorized lightering zones more than 60 miles off-shore.

    OPA 90 requires  owners and  operators of vessels to establish  and maintain
with the United  States  Coast Guard (the "Coast  Guard")  evidence of financial
responsibility  sufficient to meet their potential  liabilities under OPA 90. In
December 1994, the Coast Guard  implemented  regulations  requiring  evidence of
financial  responsibility  in the  amount of $1,500  per gross ton for  tankers,
coupling  the OPA  limitation  on  liability  of  $1,200  per gross ton with the
Comprehensive Environmental Response,  Compensation, and Liability Act liability
limit of $300 per gross ton. Under the  regulations,  such evidence of financial
responsibility may be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance, or
guaranty.  Under OPA 90, an owner or  operator of a fleet of tankers is required
only to demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility in an amount sufficient
to cover the tanker in the fleet having the greatest maximum liability under OPA
90.

    The  Coast  Guard's   regulations   concerning   certificates  of  financial
responsibility provide, in accordance with OPA 90, that claimants may bring suit
directly  against  an  insurer  or  guarantor  that  furnishes  certificates  of
financial  responsibility;  and, in the event that such  insurer or guarantor is
sued directly,  it is prohibited from asserting any contractual  defense that it
may have had against the  responsible  party and is limited to  asserting  those
defenses  available to the  responsible  party and the defense that the incident
was  caused  by  the  willful  misconduct  of  the  responsible  party.  Certain
organizations,   which  had  typically   provided   certificates   of  financial
responsibility  under  pre-OPA  90 laws,  including  the  major  protection  and
indemnity  organizations,  declined to furnish  evidence of insurance for vessel
owners and operators if they are subject to direct  actions or required to waive
insurance policy defenses.

    The Coast Guard's financial responsibility regulations may also be satisfied
by  evidence  of  surety  bond,   guaranty  or  by  self-insurance.   Under  the
self-insurance  provisions, the ship owner or operator must have a net worth and
working  capital,  measured  in assets  located  in the  United  States  against
liabilities located anywhere in the world, that exceeds the applicable amount of
financial  responsibility.  The  Company  has  complied  with  the  Coast  Guard
regulations by providing a financial  guaranty from a related company evidencing
sufficient self-insurance.

    OPA 90 specifically  permits individual states to impose their own liability
regimes  with  regard  to  oil  pollution   incidents   occurring  within  their
boundaries,  and some states have enacted  legislation  providing  for unlimited
liability  for oil  spills.  In some  cases,  states  which  have  enacted  such
legislation have not yet issued implementing regulations defining tanker owners'
responsibilities  under  these  laws.  The  Company  intends to comply  with all
applicable state regulations in the ports where the Company's vessels call.

    Owners or  operators  of  tankers  operating  in United  States  waters  are
required to file vessel  response plans with the Coast Guard,  and their tankers
are required to operate in  compliance  with their Coast Guard  approved  plans.
Such  response  plans must,  among  other  things,  (i)  address a "worst  case"
scenario and identify and ensure,  through contract or other approved means, the
availability of necessary private response resources to respond to a "worst case
discharge,"  (ii)  describe  crew  training  and  drills,  and (iii)  identify a
qualified  individual  with full  authority to implement  removal  actions.  The
Company  has filed  vessel  response  plans with the Coast Guard for the tankers
owned by the Company and has received  approval of such plans for all vessels in
its fleet to operate in United States waters.

    Environmental  Regulation--Other  Environmental  Initiatives.  The  European
Union is considering  legislation  that will affect the operation of tankers and
the  liability  of owners for oil  pollution.  It is  difficult  to predict what
legislation,  if any,  may be  promulgated  by the  European  Union or any other
country or authority.

    Although  the United  States is not a party  thereto,  many  countries  have
ratified and follow the liability  scheme  adopted by the IMO and set out in the
International  Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage,  1969, as
amended  (the  "CLC"),   and  the  Convention  for  the   Establishment   of  an
International  Fund  for  Oil  Pollution  of  1971,  as  amended.   Under  these
conventions, a vessel's registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage
caused  on the  territorial  waters  of a  contracting  state  by  discharge  of
persistent oil, subject to certain complete defenses. Many of the countries that
have  ratified  the CLC have  increased  the  liability  limits  through  a 1992
Protocol to the CLC. The liability  limits in the  countries  that have ratified
this Protocol are currently approximately $4.0 million plus approximately $566.0
per gross registered tonne above 5,000 gross tonnes with an approximate  maximum
of $80.5  million,  with the exact amount tied to a unit of account which varies
according to a basket of currencies.  The right to limit  liability is forfeited
under the CLC where the spill is caused by the owner's  actual  fault or privity
and,  under  the 1992  Protocol,  where  the  spill  is  caused  by the  owner's
intentional or reckless  conduct.  Vessels  trading to  contracting  states must
provide  evidence of insurance  covering the limited  liability of the owner. In
jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or
common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a
manner similar to the CLC.

Risk of Loss and Insurance

    The  operation  of any  ocean-going  vessel  carries  an  inherent  risk  of
catastrophic  marine  disasters and property  losses  caused by adverse  weather
conditions,  mechanical failures, human error, war, terrorism,  piracy and other
circumstances or events. In addition, the transportation of crude oil is subject
to the risk of crude oil spills,  and  business  interruptions  due to political
circumstances in foreign countries,  hostilities,  labor strikes,  and boycotts.
Any such event may result in loss of revenues or increased costs.

    The   Company   carries   insurance   to   protect   against   most  of  the
accident-related  risks involved in the conduct of its business and it maintains
environmental  damage and  pollution  insurance  coverage.  The Company does not
carry  insurance  covering the loss of revenue  resulting  from vessel  off-hire
time.  There can be no assurance that all covered risks are  adequately  insured
against, that any particular claim will be paid or that the Company will be able
to procure adequate insurance  coverage at commercially  reasonable rates in the
future.  More  stringent  environmental  regulations  at times in the past  have
resulted in increased costs for, and may result in the lack of availability  of,
insurance against the risks of environmental damage or pollution.

Operations Outside the United States

    The operations of the Company are primarily  conducted outside of the United
States and, therefore,  may be affected by currency fluctuations and by changing
economic,  political and  governmental  conditions  in the  countries  where the
Company is engaged in business or where its vessels are  registered.  During the
nine month period ended December 31, 1999, the Company derived approximately 57%
of its total  revenues from its  operations in the  Indo-Pacific  Basin.  In the
past,  political  conflicts in such regions,  particularly  in the Arabian Gulf,
have  included  attacks on tankers,  mining of  waterways  and other  efforts to
disrupt  shipping in the area.  Vessels  trading in such  regions have also been
subject  to,  in  limited  instances,  acts  of  terrorism  and  piracy.  Future
hostilities  or other  political  instability  in the  region  could  affect the
Company's  trade  patterns and  adversely  affect the Company's  operations  and
performance.

Crewing and Staff

    The Company employs  approximately 2,700 seagoing staff around the world and
approximately 300 personnel ashore.

    The Company  places great  emphasis on  attracting,  through its  recruiting
offices in Manila,  Glasgow,  Sydney, Mumbai and Latvia,  qualified crew members
for employment on the Company's  tankers.  Recruiting has become an increasingly
difficult  task  for  operators  in  the  tanker  industry.   The  Company  pays
competitive  salaries and provides  competitive  benefits to its  personnel  and
tries to promote,  when possible,  from within their ranks.  Management believes
that the well maintained quarters and equipment on the Company's vessels help to
attract and retain  motivated and qualified  seamen and officers.  During fiscal
1996,  the Company  entered  into a  Collective  Bargaining  Agreement  with the
Philippine  Seafarers' Union (PSU), an affiliate of the International  Transport
Workers' Federation (ITF), and a Special Agreement with ITF London, which covers
substantially  all of the Company's  junior officers and seamen.  The Collective
Bargaining Agreement and the Special Agreement did not result in any significant
increase  in the levels of wages  paid or  benefits  provided  to members of the
vessel crews.  The Company is also a party to Enterprise  Bargaining  Agreements
with three Australian  maritime unions,  covering officers and seamen.  The time
charters  covering the  Australian  vessels  provide that  increases in wages or
benefits for the  Company's  Australian-crewed  vessels will be passed on to the
customer.  Bona's officers and seamen are also covered under Special  Agreements
with ITF London.

    The Company has a cadet training program, the purpose of which is to develop
a cadre of future senior officers for the Company,  with one specially  equipped
vessel  staffed  with an  instructor  and  trainees.  In  addition  to the basic
training that all seamen are required to undergo to achieve  certification,  the
Company provides additional training of as much as one month for all newly hired
seamen and junior  officers at training  facilities in the  Philippines.  Safety
procedures are a critical element of this training and continue to be emphasized
through the Company's  onboard training program.  Management  believes that high
quality manning and training  policies will play an increasingly  important role
in distinguishing  larger  independent  tanker companies which have in-house (or
affiliate)  capabilities,  from smaller companies that must rely on outside ship
managers and crewing agents.

Customers

    Customers of the Company  include  major oil  companies,  major oil traders,
large oil consumers and petroleum product producers,  government  agencies,  and
various other  entities  dependent  upon the tanker  transportation  trade.  One
customer,  an international oil company,  accounted for 13% ($48,140,000) of the
company's  consolidated  voyage  revenues  during  the nine month  period  ended
December  31,  1999.  No  other  customer  accounted  for  more  than 10% of the
Company's consolidated voyage revenues.  Three customers,  all international oil
companies,  individually accounted for 12% ($51,411,000),  12% ($50,727,000) and
10% ($42,797,000),  respectively,  of the Company's consolidated voyage revenues
during the year ended March 31, 1999. A single  customer,  also an international
oil company,  accounted  for 14%  ($56,357,000)  of the  Company's  consolidated
voyages revenues during the year ended March 31, 1998.

Taxation of the Company

     The legal  jurisdictions  of the countries in which Teekay and the majority
of  its   subsidiaries   are  incorporated  do  not  impose  income  taxes  upon
shipping-related  activities.  The Company's Australian ship-owning subsidiaries
are subject to income taxes.  In addition,  some  subsidiaries  pay taxes in the
jurisdictions  in which they operate in  connection  with the revenue  generated
from the  services  provided  by them in that  jurisdiction.  Such tases are not
considered material to the Company.



<PAGE>

Item 2. Description of Property

The Company's Fleet

The following list provides information with respect to the Company's vessels as
at February 29, 2000.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Year
                                           Series/Yard           Built          Type           Dwt-MT       Flag
<S>                                     <C>                     <C>                 <C>            <C>        <C>

Aframax Tankers (60)
HAMANE SPIRIT..............                 Onomichi              1997           DH            105,300      Bahamian
POUL SPIRIT................                 Onomichi              1995           DH            105,300      Bahamian
TORBEN SPIRIT..............                 Onomichi              1994           DH             98,600      Bahamian
SAMAR SPIRIT...............                 Onomichi              1992           DH             98,600      Bahamian
LEYTE SPIRIT...............                 Onomichi              1992           DH             98,600      Bahamian
LUZON SPIRIT...............                 Onomichi              1992           DH             98,600      Bahamian
MAYON SPIRIT...............                 Onomichi              1992           DH             98,600      Bahamian
TEEKAY SPIRIT..............                 Onomichi              1991           SH            100,200      Bahamian
PALMSTAR LOTUS.............                 Onomichi              1991           SH            100,200      Bahamian
PALMSTAR THISTLE...........                 Onomichi              1991           SH            100,200      Bahamian
PALMSTAR ROSE..............                 Onomichi              1990           SH            100,200      Bahamian
PALMSTAR POPPY.............                 Onomichi              1990           SH            100,200      Bahamian
ONOZO SPIRIT...............                 Onomichi              1990           SH            100,200      Bahamian
PALMSTAR CHERRY............                 Onomichi              1990           SH            100,200      Bahamian
PALMSTAR ORCHID............                 Onomichi              1989           SH            100,200      Bahamian
GOTLAND SPIRIT.............                 Hyundai               1995           DH             95,400      Bahamian
FALSTER SPIRIT.............                 Hyundai               1995           DH             95,400      Bahamian
SOTRA SPIRIT...............                 Hyundai               1995           DH             95,400      Bahamian
SHILLA SPIRIT..............                 Hyundai               1990           SH            106,700      Bahamian
ULSAN SPIRIT...............                 Hyundai               1990           SH            106,700      Bahamian
NAMSAN SPIRIT..............                 Hyundai               1988           SH            106,700      Bahamian
PACIFIC SPIRIT.............                 Hyundai               1988           SH            106,700      Bahamian
PIONEER SPIRIT.............                 Hyundai               1988           SH            106,700      Bahamian
DAMPIER SPIRIT (FSO).......                 Hyundai               1988           SH            106,700      Bahamian
MERSEY SPIRIT..............                 Hyundai               1986           DS             94,700      Bahamian
CLYDE SPIRIT...............                 Hyundai               1985           DS             94,700      Bahamian
NASSAU SPIRIT..............                 Imabari               1998           DH            107,000      Bahamian
SENANG SPIRIT..............                 Imabari               1994           DH             95,700      Bahamian
SEBAROK SPIRIT.............                 Imabari               1993           DH             95,700      Bahamian
SEAFALCON*.................                 Imabari               1990           DS             97,300      Marshall Islands
SELETAR SPIRIT.............                 Imabari               1988           DS             95,000      Bahamian
SERAYA SPIRIT..............                 Imabari               1992           DS             97,300      Bahamian
SENTOSA SPIRIT.............                 Imabari               1989           DS             97,300      Bahamian
ALLIANCE SPIRIT............                 Imabari               1989           DS             97,300      Bahamian
SEMAKAU SPIRIT.............                 Imabari               1988           DS             97,300      Bahamian
SINGAPORE SPIRIT...........                 Imabari               1987           DS             97,300      Bahamian
SUDONG SPIRIT..............                 Imabari               1987           DS             97,300      Bahamian
KANATA SPIRIT..............                 Samsung               1999           DH            113,000      Bahamian
KAREELA SPIRIT.............                 Samsung               1999           DH            113,000      Bahamian
KIOWA SPIRIT...............                 Samsung               1999           DH            113,000      Bahamian
KOA SPIRIT.................                 Samsung               1999           DH            113,000      Bahamian
KYEEMA SPIRIT..............                 Samsung               1999           DH            113,000      Bahamian
AEGEAN PRIDE*..............                 Samsung               1999           DH            105,300      Liberian
SILVER PARADISE*...........                 Samsung               1998           DH            105,200      Panamanian
KYUSHU SPIRIT..............                 Mitsubishi            1991           DS             95,600      Bahamian
KOYAGI SPIRIT..............                 Mitsubishi            1989           SH             96,000      Bahamian
SABINE SPIRIT..............                 Mitsubishi            1989           DS             84,800      Bahamian
HUDSON SPIRIT..............                 Mitsubishi            1988           DS             84,800      Bahamian
COLUMBIA SPIRIT............                 Mitsubishi            1988           DS             84,800      Bahamian
SHETLAND SPIRIT............                 Mitsui                1994           DH            106,200      Bahamian
ORKNEY SPIRIT..............                 Mitsui                1993           DH            106,200      Bahamian
SEABRIDGE*.................                 Namura                1996           DH            105,200      Liberian
SEAMASTER*.................                 Namura                1990           SH            101,000      Liberian
TORRES SPIRIT..............                 Namura                1990           SH             96,000      Bahamian
MENDANA SPIRIT (1).........                 Namura                1980           SH             81,700      Bahamian
SHANNON SPIRIT.............                 Gdynia                1987           SH             99,300      Bahamian
CLARE SPIRIT...............                 Gdynia                1986           SH             95,200      Bahamian
BORNES **..................                 Solisnor              1990           DS             88,900      Liberian
MAGELLAN SPIRIT............                 Hitachi               1985           DS             95,000      Bahamian
COOK SPIRIT................                 Hashima               1987           DS             91,500      Bahamian


</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Year
                                           Series/Yard           Built           Type           Dwt-MT      Flag
<S>                                     <C>                      <C>            <C>           <C>        <C>
Oil/Bulk/Ore Carriers (10)
VICTORIA SPIRIT ...........                 Hyundai               1993           DH            103,200      Bahamian
VANCOUVER SPIRIT ..........                 Hyundai               1992           DH            103,200      Bahamian
TEEKAY FORUM ..............                 Hyundai               1983           DB             78,500      Bahamian
TEEKAY FULMAR..............                 Hyundai               1983           DB             78,500      Bahamian
TEEKAY FOUNTAIN............                 Hyundai               1982           DB             78,500      Norwegian Int'l Registry
TEEKAY FORTUNA ***.........                 Hyundai               1982           DB             78,500      Norwegian Int'l Registry
TEEKAY FREIGHTER ****......                 Bremer                1982           DB             75,400      Norwegian Int'l Registry
TEEKAY FOAM................                 Hyundai               1981           DB             78,500      Bahamian
TEEKAY FAVOUR..............                 Howaldtswerke         1981           DB             82,500      Bahamian
TEEKAY FAIR................                 Bremer                1981           DH             75,500      Norwegian Int'l Registry

Other Tankers (6)
MUSASHI SPIRIT (VLCC)......                 Sasebo                1993           SH            280,700      Bahamian
INAGO **...................                 Solisnor              1993           DS            159,800      Liberian
ERATI **...................                 Solisnor              1992           DS            159,700      Liberian
BARRINGTON.................                 Samsung               1989           DH             33,300      Australian
PALMERSTON.................                 Halla                 1990           DB             36,700      Australian
SCOTLAND (2)...............                 Mitsubishi            1982           DS             40,800      Bahamian
                                                                                          ------------
                                                                                             7,526,500
                                                                                          ============

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DH   Double-hull tanker                         FSO  Floating storage and off-loading vessel                   *Time-chartered-in
DS   Double-sided tanker                        SH   Single-hull tanker                                        ** 50% owned
DB   Double-bottom tanker                       VLCC Very Large Crude Carrier                                  *** 67% owned
                                                                                                               **** 52% owned
(1) Sold March 23, 2000
(2) Sold March 21, 2000

</TABLE>



<PAGE>

     Many of the  Company's  vessels  have  been  designed  and  constructed  as
substantially  identical sister ships. Such vessels can, in many situations,  be
interchanged, providing scheduling flexibility and greater capacity utilization.
In  addition,  spare  parts and  technical  knowledge  can be applied to all the
vessels in the particular series,  thereby generating operating efficiencies and
economies of scale.

     See Note 6 of the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements for information with
respect to major encumbrances against vessels of the Company.

Classification and Inspection

    All of the  Company's  vessels  have been  certified  as being "in class" by
their respective classification societies: Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, Lloyds Register,
Det Norske Veritas or American  Bureau of Shipping.  Every  commercial  vessel's
hull and machinery is "classed" by a  classification  society  authorized by its
country of registry.  The  classification  society certifies that the vessel has
been built and  maintained in accordance  with the rules of such  classification
society and complies with  applicable  rules and  regulations  of the country of
registry of the vessel and the  international  conventions of which that country
is a member.  Each  vessel is  inspected  by a  surveyor  of the  classification
society every year ("Annual  Survey"),  every two to three years  ("Intermediate
Survey") and every four to five years  ("Special  Survey").  Vessels also may be
required,  as part of the Intermediate  Survey process, to be drydocked every 24
to 30 months  for  inspection  of the  underwater  parts of the  vessel  and for
necessary repair related to such inspection.  Many of the Company's vessels have
qualified with their  respective  classification  societies for drydocking every
five years in connection  with the Special  Survey and are no longer  subject to
the  Intermediate  Survey  drydocking  process.  To so qualify,  the Company was
required  to enhance  the  resiliency  of the  underwater  coatings of each such
vessel as well as to install  apparatus on each vessel to  accommodate  thorough
underwater inspection by divers.

    In  addition  to the  classification  inspections,  many  of  the  Company's
customers,  including the major oil companies,  regularly  inspect the Company's
vessels as a  precondition  to chartering  voyages on such  vessels.  Management
believes that the Company's well-maintained, high quality tonnage should provide
it  with a  competitive  advantage  in the  current  environment  of  increasing
regulation and customer emphasis on quality of service.

    Company employees perform much of the necessary  ordinary course maintenance
and regularly  inspect all of the Company's  vessels,  both at sea and while the
vessels are in port. The Company inspects its vessels two to four times per year
using predetermined and rigorous criteria.  Each vessel is examined and specific
notations  are made,  and  recommendations  are given  for  improvements  to the
overall condition of the vessel, maintenance, safety, and crew welfare.

    The  Company  has  obtained  through  Det  Norske  Veritas,   the  Norwegian
classification  society,  accreditation  with  the ISO 9000  standards  of total
quality management.  ISO 9000 is a series of international standards for quality
systems which includes ISO 9002, the standard most commonly used in the shipping
industry. The Company has also completed the implementation of the International
Safety  Management (ISM) code. The Company has obtained  Documents of Compliance
(DOC)  for  its  offices  and  Safety  Management  Certificates  (SMC)  for  its
applicable vessels.



<PAGE>


Item 3. Legal Proceedings

    From time to time the  Company  has been,  and  expects to  continue  to be,
subject to legal  proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of its business,
principally  personal injury and property casualty claims.  Such claims, even if
lacking merit,  could result in the  expenditure  of  significant  financial and
managerial  resources.  The  Company  is not aware of any legal  proceedings  or
claims that it believes will have,  individually or in the aggregate, a material
adverse  effect on the  Company  or on its  financial  condition  or  results of
operations.

Item 4. Control of Registrant

Principal Shareholders

    (a) The Company is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another
corporation or by any foreign government.

    (b) The following table sets forth certain information  regarding ownership,
as of March 14, 2000, of Teekay's  common  stock,  par value of $0.001 per share
(the  "Common  Stock") by (i) each person  known by the Company to own more than
10% of the Common Stock and (ii) the Directors and officers as a group:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Identity of Person or Group                                                       Shares Owned      Percent of Class
- ---------------------------                                                       ------------      ----------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>             <C>

Cirrus Trust (1)...........................................................           14,427,397         37.90%
Alliance Capital Management................................................            4,958,301         13.03%
All Directors and officers as a group (13 persons) (2).....................              *                 *
- ----------
</TABLE>



(1)  JTK Trust,  which is under common  supervision  with Cirrus Trust,  owns an
     additional 2,888,293 shares (or 7.59%) of Common Stock.
(2)  Excludes  (a)  outstanding  options to purchase up to  1,445,000  shares of
     Common Stock and (b) 3,082,908 shares of Common Stock held by Leif O. Hoegh
     & Co.  ASA,  an entity  controlled  by Leif O.  Hoegh,  a  Director  of the
     Company, and an additional 524,512 shares beneficially owned by Mr. Hoegh.

* Less than one percent of outstanding shares.

    (c) The Company is not aware of any arrangements, the operation of which may
at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the Company.

Item 5. Nature of Trading Market

    The Company's  Common Stock is traded on The New York Stock  Exchange  under
the symbol "TK".  The following  table sets forth the high and low closing sales
prices  for the  Common  Stock on The New York  Stock  Exchange  for each of the
fiscal quarters indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                High             Low
<S>                                                                             <C>            <C>

          Year ended March 31, 1999
            First quarter.................................................  $     30 7/8    $     22 9/16
            Second quarter................................................        25 1/8          18 7/16
            Third quarter.................................................        18 7/16         15 15/16
            Fourth quarter................................................        18 7/8          14 1/4
          Nine Months ended December 31, 1999
            First quarter.................................................  $     18 5/8    $     15 1/8
            Second quarter................................................        18 15/16        15 3/16
            Third quarter.................................................        16 1/8          13 3/4
</TABLE>


     Teekay's 8.32% First  Preferred Ship Mortgage Notes due 2008 are listed for
trading on The New York Stock  Exchange.  These Notes were first  offered on the
market January 19, 1996. As no active trading market exists for these Notes,  no
historical pricing information is included here.

<PAGE>

Item 6. Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders

(a) The Company is not aware of any governmental laws, decrees or regulations in
    the Company's  country of organization that restrict the export or import of
    capital,  including,  but not limited to, foreign exchange controls, or that
    affect  the   remittance  of  dividends,   interest  or  other  payments  to
    non-resident holders of the Company's securities.

(b) The Company is not aware of any  limitations on the right of non-resident or
    foreign owners to hold or vote  securities of the Company imposed by foreign
    law or by the charter or other constituent document of the Company.

Item 7.  Taxation

    Teekay Shipping  Corporation was  incorporated in the Republic of Liberia on
February 9, 1979 and was domesticated in the Republic of The Marshall Islands on
December 20, 1999.

(a)  Republic of Liberia.  Since, (i) prior to its domestication in the Republic
     of The Marshall  Islands,  Teekay Shipping  Corporation was a "non-resident
     Liberian  entity" under the Liberian  Internal  Revenue Code,  and is now a
     "non-resident  foreign  person" under the Liberian  Internal  Revenue Code,
     (ii) the Company is not now  carrying on, and in the future does not expect
     to carry on, any  operations  within the  Republic  of  Liberia,  and (iii)
     Teekay's 8.32% First  Preferred  Ship Mortgage Notes and all  documentation
     relating to the Notes and to the public  offering of Teekay's  common stock
     were executed outside of the Republic of Liberia,  and assuming the holders
     of the Notes and the Common Stock neither reside in, maintain an office in,
     nor engage in business in, the Republic of Liberia,  under current Liberian
     law, no taxes or  withholdings  are  imposed by the  Republic of Liberia on
     payments  to be made in  respect to the Notes or on  distributions  made in
     respect of the Common Stock. Furthermore,  no stamp, capital gains or other
     taxes will be  imposed by the  Republic  of  Liberia  on the  ownership  or
     disposition of the Common Stock by holders thereof.

(b)  Republic of The Marshall Islands. Since, (i) Teekay Shipping Corporation is
     not now  carrying  on or  conducting,  and in the future does not expect to
     carry on or conduct,  any business or  transactions  within the Republic of
     The Marshall  Islands and  therefore  is now, and in the future  intends to
     remain, a "non-resident  domestic  corporation"  under The Marshall Islands
     Business  Corporations  Act, and (ii) Teekay's  8.32% First  Preferred Ship
     Mortgage  Notes  and all  documentation  relating  to the  Notes and to the
     public  offering  of Teekay's  common  stock were  executed  outside of the
     Republic of The Marshall Islands, and assuming the holders of the Notes and
     the Common  Stock  neither  reside  in,  maintain  an office in,  engage in
     business  in, nor conduct  transactions  in, the  Republic of The  Marshall
     Islands,  under current  Marshall Islands law, no taxes or withholdings are
     imposed by the Republic of The  Marshall  Islands on payments to be made in
     respect  to the Notes or on  distributions  made in  respect  of the Common
     Stock. Furthermore,  no stamp, capital gains or other taxes will be imposed
     by the Republic of The Marshall  Islands on the ownership or disposition of
     the Common Stock by holders thereof.


<PAGE>


Item 8. Selected Financial Data

     Set forth below are selected  consolidated  financial and other data of the
Company for the nine month  period  ended  December  31, 1999 and the four years
ended March 31, 1999,  which have been derived from the  Company's  Consolidated
Financial  Statements.  The data below  should be read in  conjunction  with the
Consolidated  Financial Statements and the notes thereto and the report of Ernst
& Young,  independent  Chartered  Accountants,  with  respect  to the  financial
statements for the nine month period ended December 31, 1999 and the years ended
March 31, 1999, and 1998, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of  Operations."  The Company  changed its fiscal year end
from  March  31 to  December  31,  commencing  December  31,  1999,  in order to
facilitate  comparison of its operating  results to those of other  companies in
the transportation industry.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                         Nine Months Ended    Year Ended     Year Ended      Year Ended    Year Ended
                                            December 31,       March 31,      March 31,      March 31,      March 31,
                                                1999             1999           1998           1997           1996
                                                ----             ----           ----           ----           ----
<S>                                          <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>
                                            (U.S. dollars in thousands, except per share and per day data and ratios)
Income Statement Data:
Voyage revenues........................    $    377,882    $    411,922    $   406,036     $   382,249     $   336,320
Voyage expenses........................         129,532          93,511        100,776         102,037          90,575
Net voyage revenues....................         248,350         318,411        305,260         280,212         245,745
Income from vessel operations..........          23,572          85,634        107,640          94,258          76,279
Interest expense.......................         (44,996)        (44,797)       (56,269)        (60,810)        (62,910)
Interest income........................           5,842           6,369          7,897           6,358           6,471
Other income (loss)....................          (4,013)          5,506         11,236           2,824           9,230
Net income before extraordinary items..         (19,595)         52,712         70,504          42,630          29,070
Extraordinary loss on bond redemption..              --          (7,306)            --              --              --
Net income (loss)......................         (19,595)         45,406         70,504          42,630          29,070
Per Share Data:
Net income (loss) before extraordinary
items..................................    $      (0.54)   $       1.70    $      2.46     $      1.52     $      1.17
Extraordinary loss on bond redemption..             --            (0.24)            --              --              --
Net income (loss)
  --basic..............................           (0.54)           1.46           2.46            1.52            1.17
  --diluted............................           (0.54)           1.46           2.44            1.50            1.17
Cash earnings-- basic(1)...............            1.19            4.72           5.78            4.75            4.51
Cash dividends declared................            0.65            0.86           0.86            0.86            0.48
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
Cash and marketable securities.........    $    226,381    $    132,256    $   115,254     $   117,523     $   101,780
Total assets...........................       1,982,684       1,452,220      1,460,183       1,372,838       1,355,301
Total debt.............................       1,085,167         641,719        725,369         699,726         725,842
Total stockholders' equity.............         832,067         777,390        689,455         629,815         599,395
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA(2)..............................    $     89,839    $    186,069    $   209,582     $   191,632     $   166,233
EBITDA to interest expense(2)(3).......            1.96x           3.98x          3.80x           3.22x           2.69x
Total debt to EBITDA(2)................           12.08            3.45           3.46            3.65            4.37
Total debt to total capitalization.....            56.6%           45.2%          51.3%           52.6%           54.8%
Net debt to capitalization(4)..........            50.8            39.6           46.9            48.0            51.0
Cash earnings(1).......................          43,343         146,489        165,575         133,554         112,107
Capital expenditures:
  Vessel purchases, gross..............         452,584          85,445        197,199          65,104         123,843
  Drydocking (accrual basis)...........           4,971           7,213         12,409          23,124          11,641
Fleet Data:
Average number of ships(5) ............              65              47             43              41              39
Average age of Company's Aframax fleet
(in   years)(6) .......................             7.4             8.0            7.6             7.9             6.8
TCE per ship per day(5)(7)(8)..........    $     13,410    $     19,576    $    21,373     $    20,356     $    18,438
Vessel operating expenses per ship per
  day(8)(9)............................           5,719           4,969          4,554           4,922           4,787
Operating cash flow per ship per
  day(8)(10)...........................           4,569          10,903         12,664          11,819          10,613

</TABLE>

(Footnotes on following page)


<PAGE>

(Footnotes for previous page)


(1)    Cash earnings  represents net income (loss) before  extraordinary  items,
       foreign exchange gains (losses), and before depreciation and amortization
       expense.  Cash  earnings  is  included  because  it is  used  by  certain
       investors  to measure a company's  financial  performance  as compared to
       other companies in the shipping  industry.  Cash earnings is not required
       by generally accepted accounting  principles and should not be considered
       as an alternative  to net income or any other  indicator of the Company's
       performance required by generally accepted accounting principles.

(2)    EBITDA represents net income (loss) before extraordinary items,  interest
       expense,  income tax  expense,  depreciation  and  amortization  expense,
       minority  interest,  and gains or losses arising from prepayment of debt,
       foreign exchange  translation and disposal of assets.  EBITDA is included
       because  such data is used by certain  investors  to measure a  company's
       financial  performance.  EBITDA is not  required  by  generally  accepted
       accounting  principles  and should not be considered as an alternative to
       net income or any other indicator of the Company's  performance  required
       by generally accepted accounting principles.

(3)    For purposes of computing  EBITDA to interest  expense,  interest expense
       includes capitalized interest but excludes amortization of loan costs.

(4)    Net debt represents total debt less cash, cash equivalents and marketable
       securities.

(5)    Includes  vessels  time-chartered-in,  but  excludes  vessels  of   joint
       ventures.

(6)    Average age of Company's  Aframax fleet is the average age, at the end of
       the   relevant   period,   of  all   the   vessels   owned,   leased   or
       time-chartered-in by the Company, excluding vessels of joint ventures.

(7)    TCE  (or  "time  charter   equivalent")  is  a  measure  of  the  revenue
       performance  of a vessel,  which,  on a per voyage  basis,  is  generally
       determined  by Clarkson  Research  Studies  Inc.  ("Clarkson")  and other
       industry data sources by subtracting voyage expenses (except commissions)
       which are incurred in  transporting  cargo from gross  revenue per voyage
       and dividing the  remaining  revenue by the total number of days required
       for the round-trip voyage. Voyage expenses comprise all expenses relating
       to particular voyages, including bunker fuel expense, port fees and canal
       tolls.  For purposes of  calculating  the  Company's  average TCE for the
       year, TCE has been  calculated  consistent  with  Clarkson's  method,  by
       deducting total voyage expenses  (except  commissions)  from total voyage
       revenues and dividing the  remaining  sum by the  Company's  total voyage
       days in the year.

(8)    To facilitate  comparison to prior years'  results,  excludes the results
       from the Company's Australian-crewed vessels, which comprised four of the
       Company's  vessels  during the nine month period ended December 31, 1999,
       the year ended  March 31,  1999 and the fourth  quarter of the year ended
       March 31,  1998.  Vessel  operating  expenses  for the  Australian-crewed
       vessels are substantially higher than those for the rest of the Company's
       fleet on a per ship  basis,  primarily  as a result of higher crew costs,
       with  correspondingly  higher charter rates  associated  with the charter
       arrangements for those vessels. See "Item 9. Management's  Discussion and
       Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition--General."

(9)    Vessel  operating  expenses  consist  of  all  expenses  relating  to the
       operation of vessels  (other than voyage  expenses),  including  crewing,
       repairs and maintenance,  insurance,  stores and lubes, and miscellaneous
       expenses including communications.  Ship days are calculated on the basis
       of a 365-day  year  multiplied  by the  average  number of vessels in the
       Company's  fleet  for the  respective  year.  Vessel  operating  expenses
       exclude vessels time-chartered-in.

(10) Operating  cash  flow  represents   income  from  vessel   operations  plus
     depreciation  and  amortization  expense  (other than drydock  amortization
     expense).  Ship days are  calculated on the basis of a 365-day  fiscal year
     multiplied by the average number of vessels in the Company's  fleet for the
     respective year.  Operating cash flow is not required by generally accepted
     accounting principles and should not be considered as an alternative to net
     income or any other  indicator  of the  Company's  performance  required by
     generally accepted accounting principles.


<PAGE>

Item 9. Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations

    Teekay  has  changed  its  fiscal  year end from  March 31 to  December  31,
effective December 31, 1999, in order to facilitate  comparison of its operating
results to those of other companies in the transportation industry.

General

    Teekay is a  leading  provider  of  international  crude  oil and  petroleum
product  transportation  services to major oil companies,  major oil traders and
government  agencies  worldwide.  The  Company's  fleet  consists  of 74 vessels
(including  five vessels  time-chartered-in  and three  vessels owned by a joint
venture),  for a total  cargo-carrying  capacity  of  approximately  7.4 million
tonnes.

    During the nine months ended  December 31,  1999,  approximately  61% of the
Company's net voyage revenues were derived from spot voyages. The balance of the
Company's revenue is generated by two other modes of employment:  time charters,
whereby vessels are chartered to customers for a fixed period;  and contracts of
affreightment ("COAs"),  whereby the Company carries an agreed quantity of cargo
for a customer  over a specified  trade route within a given period of time.  In
the nine  months  ended  December  31,  1999,  approximately  13% of net  voyage
revenues were generated by time charters and COAs priced on a spot market basis.
In the aggregate,  approximately 74% of the Company's net voyage revenues during
the nine months  ended  December 31, 1999 were derived from spot voyages or time
charters and COAs priced on a spot market  basis,  with the  remaining 26% being
derived from  fixed-rate  time-charters  and COAs.  This  dependence on the spot
market,  which is within  industry  norms,  contributes to the volatility of the
Company's revenues, cash flow from operations, and net income.

    Historically, the tanker industry has been cyclical, experiencing volatility
in  profitability  and asset values resulting from changes in the supply of, and
demand for,  vessel  capacity.  In addition,  tanker  markets have  historically
exhibited  seasonal  variations in charter  rates.  Tanker markets are typically
stronger in the winter  months as a result of increased oil  consumption  in the
northern  hemisphere  and  unpredictable  weather  patterns that tend to disrupt
vessel scheduling.

    In December 1997, the Company acquired two vessels and related shore support
services from an Australian  affiliate of Caltex  Petroleum.  These two tankers,
together  with one of the Company's  existing  Aframax  tankers,  have been time
chartered to the Caltex affiliate in connection with the Company's  provision of
Caltex's oil transportation requirements formerly provided by that affiliate. In
addition,  the Company has converted  one of its existing  vessels to a floating
storage and off-loading vessel, which is sharing crews with the vessels employed
in the Caltex  arrangement  (together  with the other three vessels  involved in
this arrangement,  the "Australian Vessels").  Vessel operating expenses for the
Australian  Vessels  are  substantially  higher  than  those for the rest of the
Company's fleet, primarily as a result of higher costs associated with employing
an  Australian  crew.  The  time-charter  rates for the  Australian  Vessels are
correspondingly  higher to compensate for these increased costs. During the nine
months  ended  December  31,  1999,  the  Australian  Vessels  earned net voyage
revenues  and an  average  TCE rate (as  defined  below)  of $27.2  million  and
$25,218,  respectively,  and incurred vessel operating expenses of $9.3 million,
or $8,485 on a per ship per day  basis.  In  comparison,  during  the year ended
March 31, 1999, the Australian Vessels earned net voyage revenues and an average
TCE rate of  $38.2  million  and  $26,329,  respectively,  and  incurred  vessel
operating expenses of $14.9 million, or $10,173 on a per ship per day basis. The
results of the  Australian  Vessels are included in the  Company's  Consolidated
Financial Statements included herein.

Acquisition of Bona Shipholding Ltd.

    On June 11, 1999, the Company acquired Bona  Shipholding  Ltd.  ("Bona") for
aggregate  consideration  (including  estimated  transaction  expenses  of $19.0
million) of $450.3 million,  consisting of $39.9 million in cash, $294.0 million
of assumed debt (net of cash acquired of $91.7 million) and the balance of $97.4
million in shares of the  Company's  common  stock.  Bona was the third  largest
operator of medium-size  tankers,  controlling a fleet of vessels  consisting of
fifteen  Aframax  tankers,  eight  oil/bulk/ore  carriers  and,  through a joint
venture, 50% interests in one additional Aframax tanker and two Suezmax tankers.
Bona  engaged  in  the  transportation  of  oil,  oil  products,  and  dry  bulk
commodities,  primarily in the Atlantic region.  Through this  acquisition,  the
Company has combined  Bona's  market  strength in the  Atlantic  region with the
Company's  franchise in the Indo-Pacific  Basin. For the year ended December 31,
1998, Bona earned net voyage revenues of $148.9 million resulting in income from
vessel operations of $29.5 million and net income of $16.6 million.
     The acquisition of Bona has been accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting.  Bona's operating  results are reflected in the Company's  financial
statements commencing June 11, 1999.

    As a result of this acquisition, the Company anticipates annual cost savings
of approximately $10 million, commencing after an estimated 12-month integration
period,  through a reduction in combined  overhead costs,  increased  purchasing
power, and other  operational  efficiencies.  The Company also believes that the
acquisition will create revenue enhancement  opportunities as a result of owning
a larger fleet with a greater selection of vessels to match customer demands and
enable the Company to further  extend the  breadth of  services  provided to its
customers.

    Historically,  the  Company  has  depreciated  its  vessels  for  accounting
purposes  over an economic life of 20 years down to estimated  residual  values.
Bona depreciated its vessels over an economic life of 25 years down to estimated
scrap  values,  the method used by the  majority of  companies  in the  shipping
industry. Effective April 1, 1999, the Company revised the estimated useful life
of its vessels to 25 years and also replaced the estimated  residual values with
estimated scrap values.  Since such changes,  the Company's average depreciation
expense per vessel has decreased from historical levels.

    As a result of the Bona  acquisition,  the Company  expects that its general
and administrative  expenses,  while remaining relatively stable on a per vessel
basis during the first few fiscal quarters of combined operations, will begin to
decline on a per vessel basis as efficiencies  are obtained from the integration
of the two companies'  operations.  The Company's interest expense has increased
as a result of debt that was assumed as part of the acquisition.

    All oil/bulk/ore carriers ("O/B/O") owned by Bona have been operated through
an O/B/O pool  managed by a subsidiary  of Bona.  Net voyage  revenues  from the
O/B/O pool are currently included on a 100% basis in the Company's  consolidated
financial  statements.  Where the  Company  owns less than 50% of a vessel,  the
minority  participants'  share of the O/B/O pool is  reflected as a time charter
hire expense.  The Company anticipates that these O/B/Os will earn lower average
TCE rates than the rest of the Teekay fleet as these vessels command lower rates
than modern Aframax tankers under typical market conditions,  which reflects the
lower capital cost of these vessels.

Results of Operations

    Bulk shipping industry freight rates are commonly measured at the net voyage
revenue level in terms of "time charter equivalent" (or "TCE") rates, defined as
voyage revenues less voyage expenses (excluding commissions),  divided by voyage
ship-days for the round-trip  voyage.  Voyage revenues and voyage expenses are a
function of the type of charter,  either spot charter or time charter, and port,
canal  and fuel  costs  depending  on the  trade  route  upon  which a vessel is
sailing, in addition to being a function of the level of shipping freight rates.
For this reason,  shipowners base economic decisions regarding the deployment of
their  vessels  upon  anticipated  TCE rates,  and industry  analysts  typically
measure  bulk  shipping  freight  rates in terms of TCE  rates.  Therefore,  the
discussion of revenue below focuses on net voyage revenue and TCE rates.

Nine Months Ended December 31, 1999 versus Year Ended March 31, 1999

    As a result of the  Company's  change in  fiscal  year end from  March 31 to
December 31, the current fiscal  period's  results are for the nine month period
ended December 31, 1999, while the comparative  results are for the twelve month
period  ended March 31, 1999.  Where  indicated  in the  following  discussions,
percentage  change  figures  reflect the  annualized  results for the nine month
period ended December 31, 1999. The annualized results for the nine month period
ended  December  31,  1999 are not  necessarily  indicative  of those for a full
fiscal year.

    The results for the nine month  period  ended  December 31, 1999 include the
results of Bona commencing June 11, 1999. On an annualized  basis, the Company's
average fleet size  increased  39.5% in the nine month period ended December 31,
1999 compared to the year ended March 31, 1999.

    Aframax TCE rates declined  during the second half of 1998 and 1999 due to a
reduction  in tanker  demand,  oil  production  cutbacks  and a large  number of
newbuilding  deliveries.  TCE rates will depend upon oil production  levels, oil
consumption  growth,  the number of vessels scrapped and charterers'  preference
for modern tankers.  As a result of the Company's  dependence on the tanker spot
market, any fluctuations in Aframax TCE rates will impact the Company's revenues
and earnings.

    Net voyage  revenues  were  $248.4  million in the nine month  period  ended
December  31,  1999,  as compared to $318.4  million in the year ended March 31,
1999,  representing  a 4.0% increase on an annualized  basis from the year ended
March 31, 1999.  This is mainly the result of an increase in fleet size,  offset
by a 31.5% decrease in the Company's average TCE rate,  excluding the Australian
Vessels,  of $13,410 for the nine month  period ended  December  31, 1999,  from
$19,576 for the year ended March 31, 1999. As of December 31, 1999,  the Company
changed its process of estimating net voyage  revenues from a load  port-to-load
port basis to a discharge port-to-discharge port basis, which is consistent with
most other  shipping  companies.  This change in voyage  estimate  resulted in a
one-time  increase  in net voyage  revenues  of $5.7  million for the nine month
period ended December 31, 1999.

<PAGE>

    Vessel operating expenses,  which include crewing,  repairs and maintenance,
insurance, stores, lubes, and communication expenses, increased to $98.8 million
in the nine month period ended  December 31, 1999 from $84.4 million in the year
ended March 31, 1999, representing a 56.1% increase on an annualized basis. This
increase  was mainly  the  result of the  addition  of the Bona  vessels,  which
currently have higher operating expenses than the remainder of Teekay's fleet.

    Time charter  hire expense was $30.7  million in the nine month period ended
December  31,  1999,  up from $29.7  million in the year ended  March 31,  1999,
primarily  due to the Bona  acquisition.  The minority  pool  participants'  net
voyage  revenues in the O/B/O pool managed by a Bona  subsidiary is reflected as
time charter hire expense.  The average number of vessels  time-chartered-in  by
the Company was four in the nine month period ended  December 31, 1999, the same
as in the year ended March 31, 1999.

    Depreciation and amortization expense decreased to $68.3 million in the nine
month period ended December 31, 1999, from $93.7 million in the year ended March
31, 1999, representing a 2.8% decrease on an annualized basis. This reflects the
change in estimated  useful life of the vessels  from 20 to 25 years,  partially
offset by the  increase  in fleet size  arising  from the  acquisition  of Bona.
Depreciation and amortization expense included  amortization of drydocking costs
of $6.3 million and $8.6  million in the nine month  period  ended  December 31,
1999 and in the year ended March 31, 1999, respectively. Had Teekay retained its
previous  depreciation  policy  and  applied  this  policy  to the  Bona  fleet,
depreciation expense would have been $22.5 million higher in the current period.

    General and  administrative  expenses  were $27.0  million in the nine month
period ended  December 31, 1999,  as compared to $25.0 million in the year ended
March 31, 1999,  representing a 44.1% increase on an annualized  basis primarily
as a result of the acquisition of Bona.

    Interest  expense  increased to $45.0 million in the nine month period ended
December  31,  1999  from  $44.8  million  in the year  ended  March  31,  1999,
representing a 33.9% increase on an annualized basis. This increase reflects the
$386 million in additional  debt assumed as part of the Bona  acquisition and an
increase in interest rates.

    Interest  income  decreased  to $5.8  million in the nine month period ended
December  31,  1999 from $6.4  million in the year ended March 31,  1999.  On an
annualized  basis,  interest income  increased by 20.8% as a result of increased
interest rates and higher cash and marketable securities balances.

    Other loss of $4.0 million in the nine month period ended  December 31, 1999
consisted primarily of future income taxes related to the Australian Vessels and
one-time employee and severance-related costs, partially offset by equity income
from a 50%-owned  joint venture.  Other income of $5.5 million in the year ended
March 31, 1999 consisted primarily of gains on the sale of vessels.

    As a result of the foregoing factors, net loss was $19.6 million in the nine
month period ended December 31, 1999, compared to net income of $45.4 million in
the year ended  March 31,  1999.  The  results for the year ended March 31, 1999
included  an  extraordinary  loss  of  $7.3  million  on the  redemption  of the
Company's 9 5/8% First  Preferred Ship Mortgage Notes (the "9 5/8% Notes"),  and
gains on asset sales of $7.1 million.  There were no extraordinary  items and no
asset sales in the nine month period ended December 31, 1999.


<PAGE>

Year Ended  March 31,  1999  ("Fiscal  1999")  versus  Year Ended March 31, 1998
("Fiscal 1998")

    Operating  results for these two fiscal years  generally  reflect a cyclical
peak in  average  TCE rates in fiscal  1998  followed  by a decline in TCE rates
experienced  by the  Company's  fleet  during the second half of fiscal 1999 and
growth in the size of the Company's fleet. In addition,  the fiscal 1999 results
include a full year of results  from the four  Australian  Vessels  whereas  the
fiscal 1998  results  only  include  approximately  three months of results from
three of the Australian  Vessels,  which have higher operating expenses and earn
correspondingly  higher TCE rates.  The  Company  sold two of its older  Aframax
tankers during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1999 and added four newer Aframax
tankers (including three time-chartered-in vessels) to its fleet during the same
period. As a result,  the Company's average fleet size increased by two vessels,
or 8.9%, in fiscal 1999 compared to fiscal 1998,  following an earlier  increase
of two vessels, or 4.9% in fiscal 1998.

    Net voyage  revenues  increased  4.3% to $318.4  million in fiscal 1999 from
$305.3 million in fiscal 1998,  reflecting  the increase in the Company's  fleet
size and higher TCE rates earned on the Australian Vessels,  partially offset by
lower spot TCE rates.  The  Company's  average  overall TCE rate in fiscal 1999,
excluding  the  Australian  Vessels,  was down 8.4% to $19,576  from  $21,373 in
fiscal 1998.

    Vessel  operating  expenses  increased 19.7% to $84.4 million in fiscal 1999
from $70.5  million in fiscal 1998,  mainly as a result of higher  crewing costs
associated with the Australian  Vessels and an adjustment to crew wage rates and
salaries effective April 1, 1998.

    Time-charter  hire expense was $29.7  million in fiscal 1999,  up from $10.6
million in fiscal 1998, as the average  number of vessels  time-chartered-in  by
the Company increased to four in fiscal 1999 from two in fiscal 1998.

    Depreciation and amortization  expense decreased by 1.3% to $93.7 million in
fiscal 1999 from $94.9  million in fiscal  1998,  primarily as a result of lower
amortization of drydocking  costs during the current year due to fewer scheduled
drydockings compared to the previous fiscal year.  Depreciation and amortization
expense  included  amortization  of  drydocking  costs of $8.6 million and $11.7
million in fiscal years 1999 and 1998, respectively.

    General and  administrative  expenses  rose 16.1% to $25.0 million in fiscal
1999 from $21.5  million in fiscal 1998,  primarily as a result of the hiring of
additional   personnel  in  connection  with  the  expansion  of  the  Company's
operations,  particularly  in  Australia.  The fiscal 1999  results  include the
Australian  Vessels for the full year in  comparison  to three  months in fiscal
1998 for three of the Australian Vessels.

    Interest  expense  decreased  by 20.4% to $44.8  million in fiscal 1999 from
$56.3 million in fiscal 1998,  reflecting  the reduction in the Company's  total
debt and lower average  interest  rates on debt  borrowings.  In June 1998,  the
Company  completed  a public  offering  of its  Common  Stock  resulting  in net
proceeds to the Company of  approximately  $69.0  million.  These net  proceeds,
together  with other funds,  were applied in August 1998 to redeem the Company's
outstanding 9 5/8% Notes.

    Other  income of $5.5  million in fiscal 1999  consisted  primarily  of $7.1
million in gains on the sale of two vessels, offset partially by $1.9 million in
income taxes related to the Australian Vessels. Other income of $11.2 million in
fiscal 1998 consisted primarily of gains on the sale of vessels.

    As a result of the foregoing factors, net income was $45.4 million in fiscal
1999,  compared to net income of $70.5  million in fiscal  1998.  Net income for
fiscal 1999  included an  extraordinary  loss of $7.3  million  arising from the
redemption  of the 9 5/8% Notes and gains on asset  sales of $7.1  million.  Net
income for fiscal 1998 included $14.4 million in gains on asset sales.



<PAGE>

    The  following  table  illustrates  the  relationship   between  fleet  size
(measured in ship-days),  TCE  performance,  and operating  results per calendar
ship-day. To facilitate comparison to the prior years' results, unless otherwise
indicated, the figures in the table below exclude the results from the Company's
Australian Vessels.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      Nine Months Ended     Year Ended     Year Ended
                                                                         December 31,         March 31,     March 31,
                                                                            1999                1999           1998
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>                 <C>              <C>
International Fleet:
Average number of ships                                                          61                 43             42
Total calendar ship-days                                                     16,797             15,612         15,341
Revenue generating ship-days (A)                                             15,807             14,647         14,229
Net voyage revenue before commissions (1) (B) (000s)                    $   211,971        $   286,735     $  304,115
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TCE (B/A)                                                               $    13,410        $    19,576     $   21,373
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating results per calendar ship-day:
  Net voyage revenue                                                    $    12,190        $    17,950     $   19,358
  Vessel operating expense                                                    5,719              4,969          4,554
  General and administrative expense                                          1,510              1,465          1,375
  Drydocking expense                                                            392                613            765
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Operating cash flow per calendar ship-day                               $     4,569        $    10,903     $   12,664
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Australian Vessels:
   Operating cash flow per calendar ship-day                            $    14,643        $    14,509     $    13,482
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Fleet:
   Operating cash flow per calendar ship-day                            $     5,177        $    11,171     $    12,682
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

(1) Nine  months  ended  December  31,  1999 figure  excludes  the $5.7  million
    adjustment   arising  from  the  change  in  voyage  estimate  from  a  load
    port-to-load port basis to a discharge port-to-discharge port basis.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    The Company's total liquidity,  including cash,  restricted cash, marketable
securities  and  undrawn  long-term  lines of credit,  was $237.4  million as at
December  31,  1999,  up from $143.3  million as at March 31,  1999,  and $186.3
million as at March 31, 1998.  The  increase in liquidity  during the nine month
period ended December 31, 1999 was primarily the result of drawing an additional
$100 million under one of the Company's revolving credit facilities.

    Net cash flow from  operating  activities  decreased to $51.5 million in the
nine month period ended  December  31, 1999,  compared to $137.7  million in the
year ended March 31, 1999,  and $161.1 million in the year ended March 31, 1998.
This primarily reflects the change in TCE rates during these periods.

    Scheduled  debt  repayments  were $32.3 million during the nine month period
ended  December 31, 1999,  compared to $50.6 million in the year ended March 31,
1999 and $33.9 million in the year ended March 31, 1998.

    Dividends declared during the nine month period ended December 31, 1999 were
$23.17  million,  or $0.645 per share,  of which $23.15 million was paid in cash
and the  remainder  was paid in the form of shares of Common  Stock issued under
the Company's dividend reinvestment plan.

    During the nine month period ended December 31, 1999,  the Company  incurred
capital  expenditures  for vessels and  equipment of $23.3  million,  consisting
mainly of payments made towards the two newbuilding  double-hull Aframax tankers
delivered in July and September of 1999. Cash  expenditures  for drydocking were
$6.6 million in the nine month period ended  December 31, 1999 compared to $11.7
million in the year  ended  March 31,  1999 and $18.4  million in the year ended
March 31, 1998.  There were fewer  scheduled  drydockings  than usual during the
nine month period ended December 31, 1999.

    As part of its growth  strategy,  the  Company  will  continue  to  consider
strategic  opportunities,  including the  acquisition of additional  vessels and
expansion into new markets.  The Company may choose to pursue such opportunities
through internal growth, joint ventures, or business  acquisitions.  The Company
intends to finance any future  acquisitions  through various sources of capital,
including internally generated cash flow, existing credit lines, additional debt
borrowings, and the issuance of additional shares of capital stock.

Market Rate Risks

    The Company is exposed to market risk from  foreign  currency and changes in
interest  rate  fluctuations.  The Company uses  interest rate swaps and forward
foreign  currency  contracts to manage these risks,  but does not use  financial
instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

    The  Company  invests  its  cash  and  marketable  securities  in  financial
instruments  with  maturities of less than three months within the parameters of
its investment policy and guidelines.

    The Company uses  interest  rate swaps to manage the impact of interest rate
changes on earnings  and cash  flows.  The  differential  to be paid or received
under  these  swap  agreements  is  accrued  as  interest  rates  change  and is
recognized as an adjustment to interest expense.  Premiums and receipts, if any,
are  recognized  as  adjustments  to  interest  expense  over  the  lives of the
individual contracts.

Foreign Exchange Rate Risk

    The international tanker industry's  functional currency is the U.S. dollar.
Virtually all of the Company's  revenues and most of its operating  costs are in
U.S. dollars.  The Company incurs certain operating  expenses,  drydocking,  and
overhead costs in foreign currencies, the most significant of which are Japanese
yen,  Singapore  dollars,  Canadian  dollars,  Australian  dollars and Norwegian
kroner.  During the nine months ended December 31, 1999,  approximately 20.4% of
vessel and voyage costs,  overhead and drydock  expenditures were denominated in
these currencies.  However, the Company has the ability to shift its purchase of
goods and services from one country to another and,  thus,  from one currency to
another, on relatively short notice.

    The Company  enters into  forward  contracts as a hedge  against  changes in
certain foreign  exchange rates.  Market value gains and losses are deferred and
recognized during the period in which the hedged  transaction is recorded in the
accounts.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              Contract                Carrying Amount                  Fair
(in USD 000's)                                 Amount             Asset           Liability            Value
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                    <C>              <C>                 <C>
December 31, 1999
FX Forward Contracts                       $      4,448           $    -         $      -            $       (20)
Interest Rate Swap Agreements                   200,000                -                -                  4,488
Debt                                          1,085,167                -            1,085,167          1,060,417

March 31, 1999
FX Forward Contracts                       $      2,905           $    -         $      -            $       (22)
Debt                                            641,719                -              641,719            637,219
- ----------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


Year 2000 Compliance

    The Company relies on computer  systems,  software,  databases,  third party
electronic data  interchange  interfaces and embedded  processors to operate its
business.  The  Company  successfully  implemented  a program to  systematically
address the Year 2000 problem.  The Company was Year 2000 compliant prior to the
rollover to the Year 2000. The Company will continue to monitor  electronic date
recognition issues.



<PAGE>

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    The Company's  Annual Report to Shareholders for 1999 and this Annual Report
on Form  20-F for the nine  months  ended  December  31,  1999  contain  certain
forward-looking  statements  (as such  term is  defined  in  Section  27A of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and Section 21E of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended) concerning future events and the Company's  operations,
performance  and  financial  condition,  including,  in  particular,  statements
regarding:  Aframax TCE rates in the near-term; tanker supply and demand; supply
and demand for oil; the Company's market share; future capital expenditures; the
Company's growth strategy and measures to implement such strategy; the Company's
competitive  strengths;  future  success of the Company;  cost savings and other
benefits that may be realized in connection with the Bona acquisition;  and Year
2000  compliance.  Words  such as  "expects,"  "intends,"  "plans,"  "believes,"
"anticipates,"  "estimates" and variations of such words and similar expressions
are intended to identify  forward-looking  statements.  These statements involve
known and unknown risks and are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates
which are inherently  subject to significant  uncertainties  and  contingencies,
many of which are beyond the control of the Company.  Actual  results may differ
materially from those expressed or implied by such  forward-looking  statements.
Factors that could cause actual results to differ  materially  include,  but are
not  limited  to:  changes  in  production  of or demand  for oil and  petroleum
products,  either generally or in particular regions; the cyclical nature of the
tanker  industry  and its  dependence  on oil  markets;  the  supply of  tankers
available  to  meet  the  demand  for  transportation  of  petroleum   products;
charterers'  preference for modern tankers;  greater than anticipated  levels of
tanker  newbuilding  orders or less than anticipated  rates of tanker scrapping;
changes in trading  patterns  significantly  impacting  overall  tanker  tonnage
requirements;  changes in typical  seasonal  variations in tanker charter rates;
the Company's dependence on spot oil voyages; competitive factors in the markets
in which the Company operates; environmental and other regulation; the Company's
potential  inability  to  achieve  and  manage  growth;  risks  associated  with
operations outside the United States; the potential  inability of the Company to
generate  internal cash flow and obtain  additional debt or equity  financing to
fund capital expenditures;  the Company's ability to successfully integrate Bona
into the Company's  operations;  and other factors detailed from time to time in
the  Company's  periodic  reports  filed with the U.S.  Securities  and Exchange
Commission.  The Company  expressly  disclaims any  obligation or undertaking to
release  publicly  any updates or revisions  to any  forward-looking  statements
contained  herein to  reflect  any  change in the  Company's  expectations  with
respect thereto or any change in events,  conditions or  circumstances  on which
any such statement is based.



<PAGE>

Item 10. Directors and Officers of the Registrant

Management

    The directors,  executive  officers and senior  management  personnel of the
Company are listed below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                                               Age    Position
<S>                                               <C>    <C>

Day, C. Sean                                        50    Director and Chairman of the Board
Moller, Bjorn                                       42    Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Karlshoej, Axel                                     59    Director and Chairman Emeritus
Coady, Arthur F.                                    66    Director, EVP and Secretary
Dingman, Michael D.                                 68    Director
Feder, Morris L.                                    83    Director
Hsu, Steve G. K.                                    66    Director
Hsu, Thomas Kuo-Yuen                                53    Director
Hoegh, Leif O.                                      36    Director
Antturi, Peter S.                                   41    VP, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Glendinning, David                                  46    SVP, Customer Service & Marine Project Development
Meldgaard, Mads T.                                  35    VP, Chartering
Westgarth, Graham                                   45    SVP, Marine Operations

</TABLE>

    Certain  biographical  information  about each of these  individuals  is set
forth below:

    Peter S. Antturi joined the Company in September 1991 as Manager, Accounting
and was promoted to the position of Controller in March 1992, and to his current
position of Vice  President,  Treasurer and Chief  Financial  Officer in October
1997.  Prior to joining the Company,  Mr.  Antturi held various  accounting  and
finance roles in the shipping industry since 1985.

    Arthur  F.  Coady is the  Executive  Vice  President  and  Secretary  of the
Company.  He has served as a Director of the Company  since 1989.  He joined the
Company after 30 years in private law practice in Canada,  having specialized in
corporate and  commercial  law. In July 1995, Mr. Coady was appointed a Director
of the Bahamas Maritime Authority.

    C. Sean Day has been a Director of the Company since  September 1998 and has
served as the Company's  Chairman of the Board since September 1999. He has also
been Chairman of the Board of Seagin  International LLC since April 1999 and was
President and Chief Executive  Officer of Navios  Corporation from 1989 to 1999.
Navios  Corporation  is  a  large  bulk  shipping  company  based  in  Stamford,
Connecticut. Prior to this, Mr. Day held a number of senior management positions
in the shipping and finance industry.  He is also on the boards of various other
companies.  Mr. Day is now engaged on a full-time  basis as a consultant  to the
trust group that currently exercises effective control over the Company.

     Michael D. Dingman is a private investor,  industrial company executive and
corporate  director.  He has served as a Director of the Company since May 1995.
He is Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer of The Shipston  Group  Limited,  a
diversified  international  holding company, and a Director of Fisher Scientific
International  Inc.  and of Ford  Motor  Company.  Mr.  Dingman  also  serves as
Director/Executive to a number of other industrial concerns.

    Morris L. Feder has served as a Director of the Company  since June 1993. He
is President of Worldwide  Cargo Inc., a New  York-based  chartering  firm.  Mr.
Feder has been employed in the shipping industry in excess of 50 years, of which
43 were  spent  with  Maritime  Overseas  Corporation,  from which he retired as
Executive  Vice  President and Director in December  1991. He has also served as
Senior Vice President and Director of Overseas  Shipholding Group Inc. and was a
member of the Finance and Development  Committee of its Board of Directors.  Mr.
Feder is a member of the American Bureau of Shipping,  the Connecticut  Maritime
Association  and the  Association of Shipbrokers and Agents USA Inc., as well as
being a member of the Board of Directors of American Marine Advisors, Inc.

    Captain David Glendinning joined the Chartering  Department of the Company's
London office in January  1987.  Since then, he has worked in a number of senior
positions  within  the  organization,   including  Vice  President,   Commercial
Operations,  Vice  President,  Marine and  Commercial  Operations and currently,
Senior Vice President,  Customer  Service and Marine Project  Development  since
February 1999.  Captain  Glendinning  has 18 years sea service on oil tankers of
various  types and sizes and is a Master  Mariner with  British  Class 1 Foreign
Going Certificate of Competency.

     Leif O. Hoegh was  appointed as a Director in June 1999  concurrently  with
the Company's  acquisition of Bona  Shipholding  Ltd. He served as a Director of
Bona from  November  1993 to June 1999 and served as its Chairman from June 1998
to June 1999. Mr. Hoegh is Managing  Director of Leif Hoegh (U.K.)  Limited.  He
serves  as a  Director  of  Dannebrog  Rederi  AS and Hual AS and  serves as the
Chairman of Hoegh Capital Partners, Inc. and Unicool Ltd.

     Steve G. K. Hsu has served as a Director of the Company since June 1993. He
is Chairman of Oak Maritime  (H.K.) Inc.,  Limited,  a ship  management  company
based in Hong Kong and a Director of Sincere  Navigation  Corporation,  based in
Taiwan. Mr. Hsu is a Standing Supervisor of the National  Association of Chinese
Shipowners,  Taiwan, a member of the American Bureau of Shipping,  and a council
member of the International General Committee of Bureau Veritas.

    Thomas Kuo-Yuen Hsu has served as a Director of the Company since June 1993.
He has served 28 years with,  and is presently  Executive  Director of, Expedo &
Company  (London)  Ltd.,  which is part of the Expedo  Group of  Companies  that
manages a fleet of eight  vessels,  ranging  in size from  20,000 dwt to 280,000
dwt. He has been a  Committee  Director of the  Britannia  Steam Ship  Insurance
Association Limited since 1988.

    Axel  Karlshoej  is  President of Nordic  Industries,  a California  general
construction  firm with  which he has  served  for the past 27 years.  He is the
older brother of the late J. Torben  Karlshoej,  the founder of the Company.  He
has served as a Director and Chairman of the Board of Teekay since June 1993 and
Chairman Emeritus since stepping down as Chairman in September 1999.

    Mads T. Meldgaard joined the Company's Chartering Department in January 1986
and served in the European and Singapore  offices until December  1991,  when he
was appointed  Chartering  Manager in the Vancouver  office. In January 1994, he
was  promoted  to the  position  of  General  Manager,  Chartering,  and then to
Managing  Director  (Singapore) in September  1995. In July 1998, Mr.  Meldgaard
became Vice President, Chartering based in Vancouver.

    Bjorn Moller has served as Director,  President and Chief Executive  Officer
of the  Company  in April  1998.  Mr.  Moller  has over 21 years  experience  in
shipping and has served in senior management positions with the Company for more
than 12 years.  He has headed the  Company's  overall  operations  since January
1997, following his promotion to the position of Chief Operating Officer.  Prior
to this,  Mr. Moller  headed the  Company's  global  chartering  operations  and
business development activities.

    Captain  Graham  Westgarth  joined  the  Company  in  February  1999 as Vice
President,  Marine  Operations  and was  promoted to the position of Senior Vice
President, Marine Operations in December 1999. Captain Westgarth has 28 years of
shipping  industry  experience.  Eighteen  of  those  years  were  spent at sea,
including  5 years in a command  position.  He joined the  Company  from  Maersk
Company  (U.K.),  where he joined as Master in 1987  before  being  promoted  to
General Manager in 1994.


<PAGE>

Item 11. Compensation of Directors and Officers

    The aggregate  compensation  paid to the six  executive  officers and senior
managers  listed above was $964,766 for the nine months ended December 31, 1999,
a portion of which was  attributable to payments made pursuant to bonus plans of
the Company,  which consider both Company and individual performance for a given
period. For the nine months ended December 31, 1999, the Company  contributed an
aggregate  of  $81,313 to  provide  pension  and  similar  benefits  for the six
executive  officers and senior  managers  listed  above.  During the nine months
ended  December 31, 1999,  the Company  granted an aggregate of 203,000  options
with an exercise price of $16.875 per share and 200,000 options with an exercise
price of $16.9375 per share,  to the six executive  officers and senior managers
listed above under the Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan. The options expire June
1, 2009 and  September 2, 2009,  respectively,  ten years after the date of each
grant.

    Currently,  the  non-employee  Directors  of  the  Company  receive,  in the
aggregate, approximately $120,000 for their services plus reimbursement of their
out-of-pocket  expenses in each fiscal year during  which they are  directors of
the Company. During the nine months ended December 31, 1999, the Company granted
an aggregate of 60,000  options with an exercise  price of $16.875 per share and
200,000   options  with  an  exercise  price  of  $16.9375  per  share,  to  the
non-employee  Directors  under the Company's 1995 Stock Option Plan. The options
expire June 1, 2009 and September 2, 2009 respectively, ten years after the date
of each grant.

Item 12. Options to Purchase Securities From Registrant or Subsidiaries

    Teekay's  1995 Stock  Option Plan (the  "Plan")  entitles  certain  eligible
officers, employees (including senior sea staff) and directors of the Company to
receive options to acquire Common Stock of Teekay. As of March 14, 2000, a total
of 5,991,750 shares of Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the Plan. As
of such date,  options to purchase a total of  4,000,967  shares of Common Stock
were  outstanding,  with  options to purchase a total of  1,202,889  shares then
exercisable  and with the directors  and the six  executive  officers and senior
managers listed above holding  options to purchase a total of 1,445,000  shares,
of which 389,750 were  exercisable.  The outstanding  options are exercisable at
prices  ranging  from  $16.875  to $33.50 per  share,  with a  weighted  average
exercise  price of $22.46 per share,  and expire between July 19, 2005 and March
6, 2010, ten years after the date of each grant.

Item 13. Interest of Management in Certain Transactions

    As of December 31, 1999, Cirrus Trust and JTK Trust owned, in the aggregate,
approximately 45.5% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock. The activities of
Cirrus Trust and JTK Trust are under the common  supervision  of Messrs.  Coady,
Karlshoej and Thomas Hsu, directors of Teekay, and Mr. Shigeru Matsui, President
of Matsui & Company,  a Tokyo based ship brokerage  firm. The  beneficiaries  of
such trusts include charitable institutions and affiliated trusts.

    In April 1993,  Teekay acquired all of the issued and outstanding  shares of
common stock of Palm Shipping Inc. (now known as Teekay Chartering Ltd.) from an
affiliate of Teekay for a nominal purchase price, plus an amount to be paid at a
later date (up to a maximum of $5.0 million plus accrued  interest),  contingent
upon certain future events.


<PAGE>

                                     PART II

Item 14. Description of Securities to be Registered

    Not applicable.

                                    PART III

Item 15. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

    Not applicable.

Item 16. Changes in  Securities, Changes in  Security for  Registered Securities
         and Use of Proceeds

    Not applicable.

                                     PART IV

Item 17. Financial Statements

    Not applicable.

Item 18. Financial Statements

    See item 19(a) below.

Item 19. Financial Statements and Exhibits

(a) The following financial statements and schedule, together with the report of
    Ernst & Young thereon, are filed as part of this Annual Report:

                                                                            Page

Report of Independent Public Accountants.....................................F-1
Consolidated Financial Statements
Consolidated Statements of Income and Retained Earnings......................F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets..................................................F-3
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows........................................F-4
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements...............................F-5
Schedule A to the Consolidated Financial Statements.........................F-15

    All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting
regulations  of the Securities  and Exchange  Commission  are not required,  are
inapplicable or have been disclosed in the Notes to the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements and therefore have been omitted.

(b) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:


               2.1  Amended and  Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  of Teekay
                    Shipping Corporation.
               2.2  Articles of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation of Teekay
                    Shipping Corporation.
               2.3  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Teekay Shipping Corporation.
             **2.4  Registration  Rights  Agreement  among  Teekay,   Tradewinds
                    Trust  Co.  Ltd.,  as  Trustee  for the  Cirrus  Trust,  and
                    Worldwide Trust Services Ltd., as Trustee for the JTK Trust.
             **2.5  Specimen of Teekay Common Stock Certificate.
             ##2.6  Indenture  dated January 29, 1996 among Teekay,  VSSI Oceans
                    Inc.,  VSSI Atlantic Inc.,  VSSI Appian Inc.,  Senang Spirit
                    Inc., Exuma Spirit Inc.,  Nassau Spirit Inc.,  Andros Spirit
                    Inc.  and  United  States  Trust  Company  of New  York,  as
                    Trustee.
             ##2.7  Specimen of Teekay's  8.32% First  Preferred  Ship  Mortgage
                    Notes Due 2008.
           ##++2.8  Bahamian  Statutory  Ship Mortgage dated January 29, 1996
                    by Nassau  Spirit Inc. to United States Trust Company of New
                    York.
           ##++2.9  Deed of Covenants dated January 29, 1996 by Nassau Spirit
                    Inc. to United States Trust Company of New York.
             #2.10  First  Preferred  Ship  Mortgage  dated  January 29, 1996 by
                    VSSI Oceans Inc. to United States Trust Company of New York,
                    as Trustee.
          ##++2.11  Assignment  of Time Charter  dated  January 29, 1996 by
                    Nassau  Spirit Inc. to United  States  Trust  Company of New
                    York, as Trustee.
          ##++2.12  Assignment  of  Insurance  dated  January  29, 1996 by
                    Nassau  Spirit Inc. to United  States  Trust  Company of New
                    York, as Trustee.
            ##2.13  Pledge  Agreement and Irrevocable  Proxy dated January 29,
                    1996 by Teekay in favor of United  States  Trust  Company of
                    New York, as Trustee.
          ##++2.14  Guarantee  dated January 29, 1996 by Nassau Spirit Inc.
                    in favor of United  States  Trust  Company  of New York,  as
                    Trustee.
          ##++2.15  Assignment of Freights and Hires dated January 29, 1996
                    by Nassau  Spirit Inc. to United States Trust Company of New
                    York, as Trustee.
          ##++2.16  Cash Collateral Account Agreement dated January 29, 1996
                    between  Nassau  Spirit Inc. and United States Trust Company
                    of New York, as Trustee.
            ##2.17  Investment  Account Agreement dated January 29, 1996 between
                    Teekay  and United  States  Trust  Company  of New York,  as
                    Trustee.
            **2.18  1995 Stock Option Plan.
            **2.19  Form of Indemnification  Agreement between Teekay and each
                    of its officers and directors.
            **2.20  Reducing  Revolving Credit Facility  Agreement dated June 6,
                    1995 between Chiba Spirit Inc.,  VSSI Sun Inc.,  VSSI Gemini
                    Inc.,  VSSI  Carriers  Inc.,  Mendana  Spirit Inc.,  Musashi
                    Spirit Inc., VSSI Condor Inc., Palm Monarch Inc., VSSI Drake
                    Inc., VSSI Tokyo Inc., VSSI Marine Inc., Tasman Spirit Inc.,
                    Vancouver  Spirit Inc. and Elcano Spirit Inc. and Den norske
                    Bank AS, Christiania Bank og Kreditkasse, acting through its
                    New York Branch, and Nederlandse Scheepshypotheskbank N.V.
             +2.21  Charter Party, as amended,  dated September 21, 1989 between
                    Palm Shipping Inc. and BP Shipping Limited.
             #2.22  Time  Charter,  as amended,  dated July 3, 1995 between VSSI
                    Oceans Inc. and Palm Shipping Inc.
             #2.23  Time  Charter,  as amended,  dated  January 4, 1994  between
                    VSSI Atlantic Inc. and Palm Shipping Inc.
             #2.24  Time  Charter,  as amended,  dated  February 1, 1992 between
                    VSSI Appian Inc. and Palm Shipping Inc.
             #2.25  Time  Charter,  as amended,  dated  December 1, 1993 between
                    Senang Spirit Inc. and Palm Shipping Inc.
             #2.26  Time  Charter,  as  amended,  dated  August 1, 1992  between
                    Exuma Spirit Inc. and Palm Shipping Inc.
             #2.27  Time Charter,  as amended,  dated May 1, 1992 between Nassau
                    Spirit Inc. and Palm Shipping Inc.
             #2.28  Time  Charter,  as amended,  dated  November 1, 1992 between
                    Andros Spirit Inc. and Palm Shipping Inc.
           #++2.29  Management  Agreement,  as  amended,  dated June 1, 1992
                    between Teekay Shipping Limited and Nassau Spirit Inc.
             @2.30  Agreement,  dated  October 3, 1996,  for a U.S.  $90,000,000
                    Term  Loan   Facility  to  be  made   available  to  certain
                    subsidiaries of Teekay  Shipping  Corporation by Christiania
                    Bank og Kreditkasse, acting through its New York Branch, The
                    Bank of Nova Scotia, and Banque Indosuez.
             @2.31  Agreement,  dated October 18, 1996, for a U.S.  $120,000,000
                    Term  Loan   Facility  to  be  made   available  to  certain
                    subsidiaries  of Teekay  Shipping  Corporation by Den Norske
                    Bank ASA, Nederlandse  Scheepshypothesbank N.V., The Bank of
                    New York, and Midland Bank PLC.
            @@2.32  Agreement,  dated January 26, 1998, for a U.S.  $200,000,000
                    Reducing  Revolving  Credit Facility to be made available to
                    certain   wholly-owned   subsidiaries   of  Teekay  Shipping
                    Corporation  by Den  Norske  Bank ASA,  Christiania  Bank Og
                    Kreditkasse  ASA,  New  York  Branch,  and the  Bank of Nova
                    Scotia.
           @@@2.33  Agreement,  dated March 26, 1999,  for the  amalgamation  of
                    Northwest  Maritime Inc., a 100% owned  subsidiary of Teekay
                    Shipping Corporation, and Bona Shipholding Ltd.
              2.34  Agreement,  dated April 1997,  for a U.S.  $30,000,000  Term
                    Loan Facility to be made available to VSSI Australia Limited
                    by Rabo Australia Limited.
              2.35  Agreement,  dated December 18, 1997, for a U.S.  $44,000,000
                    Term  Loan  Facility  to be  made  available  to  Barrington
                    (Australia)  Pty  Limited  and  Palmerston  (Australia)  Pty
                    Limited by Rabo Australia Limited.
              2.36  Amended and Restated  Reimbursement  Agreement,  dated April
                    16,  1998,   among   Barrington   (Australia)  Pty  Limited,
                    Palmerston  (Australia) Pty Limited, VSSI Australia Limited,
                    VSSI Transport Inc. and Alliance  Chartering Pty Limited and
                    Nedship  Bank  (America)  N.V.,  The  Bank of New  York  and
                    Landesbank Schleswig-Holstein.
               2.37 Amendment  No. 1, dated May 1999,  to Amended  and  Restated
                    Reimbursement   Agreement   dated   April  16,   1998  among
                    Barrington  (Australia) Pty Limited,  Palmerston (Australia)
                    Pty Limited, VSSI Australia Limited, VSSI Transport Inc. and
                    Alliance  Chartering  Pty Limited and Nedship Bank (America)
                    N.V.,    The    Bank   of   New    York    and    Landesbank
                    Schleswig-Holstein.
              2.38  Amended and Restated  Agreement,  date June 11, 1999,  for a
                    $500,000,000  Revolving Loan between Bona Shipholding  Ltd.,
                    Chase Manhattan plc, Citibank  International plc and various
                    other banks.

<PAGE>

              2.39  Amendment  and  Restatement  Agreement,  dated June 11,1999,
                    relating to a U.S.  $500,000,000  Revolving  Loan  Agreement
                    between Bona Shipholding Ltd., Chase Manhattan plc, Citibank
                    International plc and various other banks.
              27.1  Financial Data Schedule
- ----------
**  Previously  filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Registration  Statement on
    Form F-1 (Registration No. 33-7573-4),  filed with the SEC on July 14, 1995,
    and hereby incorporated by reference to such Registration Statement.

 +  Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Registration  Statement on
    Form F-1 (Registration No. 33-68680),  as declared  effective by the SEC on
    November  29,  1993,   and  hereby   incorporated   by  reference  to  such
    Registration Statement.

++  A schedule  attached to this  exhibit  identifies  all other  documents  not
    required  to  be  filed  as  exhibits   because  such  other  documents  are
    substantially  identical  to this  exhibit.  The  schedule  also sets  forth
    material details by which the omitted documents differ from this exhibit.

#   Previously  filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Registration  Statement on
    Form F-3  (Registration  No.  33-65139),  filed with the SEC on January  19,
    1996, and hereby incorporated by reference to such Registration Statement.

##  Previously  filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 20-F
    (File  No.  1-12874),  filed  with  the  SEC on  June 4,  1996,  and  hereby
    incorporated by reference to such Annual Report.

@   Previously  filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 20-F
    (File  No.  1-12874),  filed  with  the SEC on June  11,  1997,  and  hereby
    incorporated by reference to such Annual Report.

@@  Previously  filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 20-F
    (File  No.  1-12874),  filed  with  the  SEC on May  20,  1998,  and  hereby
    incorporated by reference to such Annual Report.

@@@ Previously  filed as an exhibit to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 20-F
    (File  No.1-12874),  filed  with  the  SEC on  June  11,  1999,  and  hereby
    incorporated by reference to such Annual Report.


<PAGE>


                                    SIGNATURE

    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the Registrant  certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing
on Form 20-F and has duly caused  this Annual  Report to be signed on its behalf
by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                    TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION

                                    By: /s/ Peter Antturi
                                    --------------------------------------------
                                    Peter Antturi
                                    Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                                    (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)


Dated: March 30, 2000



<PAGE>
                                      F-1

                                AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Shareholders of
TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION

    We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Teekay
Shipping  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  as of December  31, 1999 and March 31,
1999, and the related  consolidated  statements of income and retained  earnings
and cash flows for the nine month  period  ended  December  31, 1999 and for the
years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998.  Our audits  also  included  the  financial
schedule  listed in the  Index:  Item  19(a).  These  financial  statements  and
schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted our audits in  accordance  with  auditing  standards  generally
accepted in the United States.  Those standards require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable  assurance about whether the financial statements
are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
audit also includes  assessing the accounting  principles  used and  significant
estimates  made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial
statement  presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis
for our opinion.

    In our opinion,  the financial  statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Teekay Shipping
Corporation and subsidiaries as at December 31, 1999 and March 31, 1999, and the
consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the nine month
period ended  December 31, 1999 and for the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998,
in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in the United
States. Also, in our opinion, the related schedule,  when considered in relation
to the  basic  financial  statements  taken as a whole,  presents  fairly in all
material aspects the information set forth therein.


Nassau, Bahamas,                            /s/ ERNST & YOUNG
February 11, 2000                            Chartered Accountants



<PAGE>
                                      F-2

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
            (in thousands of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Nine Months Ended     Year Ended       Year Ended
                                                                             December 31,         March 31,        March 31,
                                                                                 1999               1999             1998
                                                                                   $                  $               $
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------

<S>                                                                               <C>                <C>           <C>
NET VOYAGE REVENUES
Voyage revenues                                                                    377,882            411,922       406,036
Voyage expenses                                                                    129,532             93,511       100,776
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net voyage revenues                                                                248,350            318,411       305,260
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

OPERATING EXPENSES
Vessel operating expenses                                                           98,780             84,397        70,510
Time charter hire expense                                                           30,681             29,666        10,627
Depreciation and amortization                                                       68,299             93,712        94,941

General and administrative                                                          27,018             25,002        21,542
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                   224,778            232,777       197,620
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INCOME FROM VESSEL OPERATIONS                                                       23,572             85,634       107,640
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER ITEMS
Interest expense                                                                   (44,996)           (44,797)      (56,269)
Interest income                                                                      5,842              6,369         7,897

Other income (loss) (note 11)                                                       (4,013)             5,506        11,236
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                   (43,167)           (32,922)      (37,136)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income (loss) before extraordinary loss                                        (19,595)            52,712        70,504

Extraordinary loss on bond redemption (note 6)                                         -               (7,306)          -
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income (loss)                                                                  (19,595)            45,406        70,504
Retained earnings, beginning of the period                                         446,897            428,102       382,178
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                   427,302            473,508       452,682

Dividends declared                                                                 (23,172)           (26,611)      (24,580)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Retained earnings, end of the period                                               404,130            446,897       428,102
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Basic Earnings per Common Share (note 9)


o Net income (loss) before extraordinary loss                                        (0.54)             1.70           2.46


o Net income (loss)                                                                  (0.54)             1.46           2.46

Diluted Earnings per Common Share (note 9)

o Net income (loss) before extraordinary loss                                        (0.54)             1.70           2.44

o Net income (loss)                                                                  (0.54)             1.46           2.44
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.

<PAGE>
                                      F-3

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                         (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              As at             As at
                                                                                           December 31,       March 31,
                                                                                               1999             1999
                                                                                                $                 $
                                                                                         ----------------------------------

<S>                                                                                      <C>               <C>

ASSETS
Current
Cash and cash equivalents                                                                       220,327           118,435
Marketable securities (note 4)                                                                     -                8,771
Accounts receivable                                                                              30,753            22,995
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                                                29,579            16,195
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total current assets                                                                            280,659           166,396
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Marketable securities (note 4)                                                                    6,054             5,050

Vessels and equipment (notes 1 and 6)
At cost, less accumulated depreciation of $624,727
    (March 31, 1999 -  $557,946)                                                              1,666,755         1,218,916
Advances on newbuilding contracts                                                                 -                55,623
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total vessels and equipment                                                                   1,666,755         1,274,539
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Investment in joint venture                                                                      19,402              -
Other assets                                                                                      9,814             6,235
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                              1,982,684         1,452,220
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current
Accounts payable                                                                                 20,431            11,926
Accrued liabilities (note 5)                                                                     39,515            19,285
Current portion of long-term debt (note 6)                                                       66,557            39,058
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total current liabilities                                                                       126,503            70,269
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt (note 6)                                                                       1,018,610           602,661
Other long-term liabilities                                                                       3,400             1,900
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total liabilities                                                                             1,148,513           674,830
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Minority interest                                                                                 2,104              -
Stockholders' equity
Capital stock (note 9)                                                                          427,937           330,493
Retained earnings                                                                               404,130           446,897
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total stockholders' equity                                                                      832,067           777,390
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                                              1,982,684         1,452,220
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commitments and contingencies (notes 7 and 10)

</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.



<PAGE>
                                      F-4

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                        Nine Months Ended      Year Ended       Year Ended
                                                                          December 31,          March 31,        March 31,
                                                                              1999                1999             1998
                                                                                $                   $                $
                                                                          ----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>             <C>           <C>

Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used for)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)                                                               (19,595)          45,406            70,504
Add (deduct) charges to operations not requiring a
  payment of cash and cash equivalents:
Depreciation and amortization                                                    68,299           93,712            94,941
Gain on disposition of assets                                                      -              (7,117)          (14,392)
Loss on bond redemption                                                            -               7,306             2,175
Equity income                                                                      (721)             -                 (45)
Future income taxes                                                               1,500            1,900                -
Other                                                                             1,134            1,218             2,735
Change in non-cash working capital items related to
  operating activities (note 12)                                                    896           (4,717)            5,201
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net cash flow from operating activities                                          51,513          137,708           161,119
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from long-term debt                                                    100,000          230,000           208,600
Scheduled repayments of long-term debt                                          (32,252)         (50,577)          (33,876)
Prepayments of long-term debt                                                   (10,000)        (268,034)         (150,655)
Net proceeds from issuance of Common Stock                                          -             68,751             5,126
Cash dividends paid                                                             (23,150)         (26,222)          (15,990)

Capitalized loan costs                                                              -               (690)             (994)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net cash flow from financing activities                                          34,598          (46,772)           12,211
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Expenditures for vessels and equipment                                          (23,313)         (85,445)         (197,199)
Expenditures for drydocking                                                      (6,598)         (11,749)          (18,376)
Proceeds from disposition of assets                                                 -             23,435            33,863
Net cash acquired through purchase of
  Bona Shipholding Ltd. (note 3)                                                 51,774              -                 -
Acquisition costs related to purchase of
  Bona Shipholding Ltd. (note 3)                                                (13,806)             -                 -
Net cash flow from investment                                                       -                -               6,380
Proceeds on sale of available-for-sale securities                                13,724           13,305            14,854
Purchases of available-for-sale securities                                       (6,000)             -             (42,154)
Other                                                                               -                -                (268)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Net cash flow from investing activities                                          15,781          (60,454)         (202,900)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                                101,892           30,482           (29,570)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period                              118,435           87,953           117,523
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period                                    220,327           118,435           87,953
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of the  consolidated  financial
statements.


<PAGE>
                                      F-5

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   (all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share
                               or per share data)

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

    Basis of presentation

    The consolidated  financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
accounting  principles generally accepted in the United States. They include the
accounts of Teekay Shipping Corporation ("Teekay"),  which is incorporated under
the laws of the  Republic  of the  Marshall  Islands,  and its  wholly  owned or
controlled  subsidiaries  (the "Company").  Significant  intercompany  items and
transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the financial  statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

    Certain of the  comparative  figures have been  reclassified to conform with
the presentation adopted in the current period.

    Reporting currency

     The  consolidated  financial  statements are stated in U.S. dollars because
the Company  operates in  international  shipping markets which utilize the U.S.
dollar as the functional currency.

    Change in fiscal year end

    The  Company  changed  its  fiscal  year end from March 31 to  December  31,
effective  December 31, 1999.  The following is a summary of selected  financial
information for the comparative twelve and nine month periods ended December 31,
1999 and 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  Twelve Months Ended     Twelve Months Ended      Nine Months Ended
                                                      December 31,            December 31,           December 31,
                                                           1999                    1998                  1998
                                                       (unaudited)             (unaudited)            (unaudited)
                                                            $                       $                      $
                                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                      <C>                      <C>

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net voyage revenues                                   318,348                    327,016                 248,413
Income from vessel operations                          34,189                    103,660                  75,017
Net income (loss) before extraordinary loss           (17,723)                    66,451                  50,840
Net income (loss)                                     (17,723)                    59,145                  43,534
Net income (loss) before extraordinary loss
  per common share
- - basic and diluted                                     (0.50)                      2.19                    1.65
Net income (loss) per common share
- - basic and diluted                                     (0.50)                      1.95                    1.41

CASH FLOWS
Net cash flow from operating activities                71,633                    151,779                 117,588
Net cash flow from financing activities                76,948                    (74,407)                (89,122)
Net cash flow from investing activities                 5,613                   (127,372)                (50,286)

</TABLE>




<PAGE>
                                      F-6

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  (all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or
                                 per share data)

    Operating revenues and expenses

    Voyage  revenues and expenses are recognized on the percentage of completion
method of  accounting.  The Company has refined its  estimation  process  from a
load-to-load  basis to a  discharge-to-discharge  basis under the  percentage of
completion method to more precisely reflect net voyage revenues. This refinement
in accounting  estimate  resulted in an increase in net voyage  revenues of $5.7
million,  or 16 cents per share,  for the nine month period  ended  December 31,
1999.

    Estimated losses on voyages are provided for in full at the time such losses
become evident.  The consolidated balance sheets reflect the deferred portion of
revenues and expenses applicable to subsequent periods.

    Voyage  expenses  comprise  all  expenses  relating to  particular  voyages,
including   bunker  fuel  expenses,   port  fees,  canal  tolls,  and  brokerage
commissions.  Vessel operating  expenses  comprise all expenses  relating to the
operation of vessels,  including  crewing,  repairs and maintenance,  insurance,
stores, lubes, communications, and miscellaneous expenses.

    Marketable securities

    The  Company's  investments  in  marketable  securities  are  classified  as
available-for-sale  securities  and are  carried at fair value.  Net  unrealized
gains or losses on available-for-sale securities, if material, are reported as a
separate component of stockholders' equity.

    Vessels and equipment

    All  pre-delivery  costs incurred during the  construction of  newbuildings,
including  interest costs,  and supervision and technical costs are capitalized.
The acquisition  cost and all costs incurred to restore used vessel purchases to
the  standard   required  to  properly  service  the  Company's   customers  are
capitalized. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over a vessel's
useful life from the date a vessel is initially placed in service.

    Effective  April 1, 1999, the Company  revised the estimated  useful life of
its vessels from 20 years to 25 years,  consistent with most other public tanker
companies.  This  change in  accounting  estimate  resulted  in a  reduction  of
depreciation expense of $22.5 million, or 62 cents per share, for the nine month
period ended December 31, 1999.

    Interest  costs  capitalized  to vessels  and  equipment  for the nine month
period  ended  December  31,  1999 and the years  ended  March 31, 1999 and 1998
aggregated $1,710,000, $3,018,000, and $283,000, respectively.

    Expenditures  incurred during  drydocking are capitalized and amortized on a
straight-line basis over the period until the next anticipated drydocking.  When
significant  drydocking  expenditures  recur prior to the expiry of this period,
the remaining balance of the original drydocking is expensed in the month of the
subsequent  drydocking.  Drydocking expenses amortized for the nine month period
ended  December 31, 1999 and the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998  aggregated
$6,275,000, $8,583,000, and $11,737,000, respectively.

    Investment in joint ventures

    The  Company  has  a  50%  participating   interest  in  the  joint  venture
(Soponata-Teekay  Limited).  The joint venture is accounted for using the equity
method whereby the investment is carried at the Company's original cost plus its
proportionate share of undistributed earnings.

    Investment in the Panamax OBO Pool

    All oil/bulk/ore  carriers ("OBO") owned by the Company are operated through
a Panamax OBO Pool. The participants in the Pool are the companies  contributing
vessel  capacity to the Pool. The voyage  revenues and expenses of these vessels
have been included on a 100% basis in the consolidated financial statements. The
minority  pool  participants'  share of the  result  has been  deducted  as time
charter hire expense.


<PAGE>
                                      F-7

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Cont'd)
 (all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or
                                per share data)

    Other assets

    Loan costs,  including fees, commissions and legal expenses, are capitalized
and  amortized  on a straight  line basis  over the term of the  relevant  loan.
Amortization of loan costs is included in interest expense.

    Interest rate swap agreements

    The  differential  to be paid or  received,  pursuant to interest  rate swap
agreements,  is  accrued  as  interest  rates  change  and is  recognized  as an
adjustment to interest expense. Premiums and receipts, if any, are recognized as
adjustments to interest expense over the lives of the individual contracts.

    Forward contracts

    The Company  enters into  forward  contracts as a hedge  against  changes in
certain foreign  exchange rates.  Market value gains and losses are deferred and
recognized during the period in which the hedged  transaction is recorded in the
accounts.

    Cash and cash equivalents

    The Company classifies all highly liquid investments with a maturity date of
three months or less when purchased as cash and cash equivalents.

     Cash interest paid during the nine month period ended December 31, 1999 and
the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 totaled  $63,086,000,  $48,527,000,  and
$55,141,000, respectively.

    Income taxes

    The legal jurisdictions of the countries in which Teekay and the majority of
its   subsidiaries   are   incorporated   do  not  impose   income   taxes  upon
shipping-related  activities.  The Company's Australian ship-owning subsidiaries
are subject to income taxes (see Note 11).  The Company  accounts for such taxes
using the  liability  method  pursuant  to  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No.
109, " Accounting for Income Taxes".

    Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

    Under  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 123 ("SFAS  123"),
"Accounting   for   Stock-Based   Compensation",   disclosures   of  stock-based
compensation   arrangements  with  employees  are  required  and  companies  are
encouraged  (but not  required) to record  compensation  costs  associated  with
employee stock option awards, based on estimated fair values at the grant dates.
The Company has chosen to continue to account for stock-based compensation using
the  intrinsic  value  method  prescribed  in APB  Opinion  No.  25  ("APB  25")
"Accounting  for Stock Issued to  Employees"  and has disclosed the required pro
forma  effect on net income and earning per share as if the fair value method of
accounting  as  prescribed  in SFAS 123 had been  applied  (see Note  9--Capital
Stock).

    Comprehensive income

    The Company  follows  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130,
"Reporting  Comprehensive Income", which establishes standards for reporting and
displaying comprehensive income and its components in the consolidated financial
statements.  For the nine month  period ended  December 31, 1999,  and the years
ended  March 31,  1999 and 1998,  the  Company  did not have any  components  of
comprehensive income.




<PAGE>
                                      F-8

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Cont'd)
 (all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share or
                                per share data)

    Recent accounting pronouncements

    In June 1998, the FASB issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging Activities",  which
establishes  new  standards  for  recording  derivatives  in interim  and annual
financial   statements.   This  statement   requires  recording  all  derivative
instruments as assets or liabilities, measured at fair value. Statement No. 133,
as amended by FASB  Statement No. 137, is effective  for fiscal years  beginning
after June 15, 2000.  Management has not determined the impact, if any, that the
adoption  of the  new  statement  will  have  on  the  consolidated  results  of
operations or financial position of the Company.

2.   Business Operations

    The  Company is engaged in the ocean  transportation  of  petroleum  cargoes
worldwide through the ownership and operation of a fleet of tankers.  All of the
Company's revenues are earned in international markets.

    One customer, an international oil company,  accounted for 13% ($48,140,000)
of the Company's consolidated voyage revenues during the nine month period ended
December  31,  1999.  No  other  customer  accounted  for  more  than 10% of the
Company's  consolidated  voyage revenues.  During the year ended March 31, 1999,
three customers, all international oil companies, individually accounted for 12%
($51,411,000),  12% ($50,727,000) and 10%  ($42,797,000),  respectively,  of the
Company's consolidated voyage revenues.  During the year ended March 31, 1998, a
single  customer,   also  an  international  oil  company,   accounted  for  14%
($56,357,000) of the Company's consolidated voyage revenues.

3.   Acquisition of Bona Shipholding Ltd.

    On June 11,  1999,  Teekay  purchased  Bona  Shipholding  Ltd.  ("Bona") for
aggregate  consideration  (including  estimated  transaction  expenses  of $19.0
million) of $450.3 million,  consisting of $39.9 million in cash, $294.0 million
of assumed debt (net of cash acquired of $91.7 million) and the balance of $97.4
million  in shares of  Teekay's  Common  Stock.  Bona's  operating  results  are
reflected in these  financial  statements  commencing  the effective date of the
acquisition.

    The  following  table  shows  comparative  summarized  condensed  pro  forma
financial information for the nine month period ended December 31, 1999, and for
the year ended March 31, 1999 and gives effect to the  acquisition  as if it had
taken place April 1, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                              Pro Forma
                                                                                 Nine Months Ended      Year Ended
                                                                                    December 31,         March 31,
                                                                                        1999               1999
                                                                                     (unaudited)        (unaudited)
                                                                                          $                  $
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>                 <C>

Net voyage revenues                                                                     272,469            463,696
Income from vessel operations                                                            26,127            132,122
Net income (loss) before extraordinary loss                                             (22,482)            86,505
Net income (loss)                                                                       (22,482)            79,199
Net income (loss) before extraordinary loss per common share
- - basic and diluted                                                                       (0.59)              2.31
Net income (loss) per common share
- - basic and diluted                                                                       (0.59)              2.11
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                                      F-9

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Cont'd)
   (all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share
                               or per share data)

4.       Investments in Marketable Securities
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Gross           Gross          Approximate
                                                                       Unrealized      Unrealized       Market and
                                                          Cost           Gains           Losses       Carrying Value
                                                            $              $               $                 $
                                                      -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
December 31, 1999
Available-for-sale securities......................        6,051           6                (3)              6,054
March 31, 1999
Available-for-sale securities......................       13,865                           (44)             13,821
</TABLE>

    The cost and approximate  market value of  available-for-sale  securities by
contractual  maturity,  as at December 31, 1999 and March 31, 1999, are shown as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        Approximate
                                                                                                        Market and
                                                                                          Cost        Carrying Value
                                                                                            $                $
                                                                                      --------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
December 31, 1999
Less than one year .............................................................              -              -
Due after one year through five years ..........................................            6,051          6,054
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                                                            6,051          6,054
                                                                                      ===========    ===========
March 31, 1999
Less than one year .............................................................            8,771          8,771
Due after one year through five years...........................................            5,094          5,050
                                                                                      -----------    -----------
                                                                                           13,865         13,821
                                                                                      ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

5.       Accrued Liabilities
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      December 31,       March 31,
                                                                                         1999              1999
                                                                                           $                 $
                                                                                    ---------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
Voyage and vessel...............................................................         12,469            6,868
Interest........................................................................         12,619            7,552
Payroll and benefits............................................................         14,427            4,865
                                                                                    -----------  --------------------
                                                                                         39,515           19,285
</TABLE>

6.   Long-Term Debt
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      December 31,       March 31,
                                                                                         1999              1999
                                                                                           $                 $
                                                                                    -----------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>             <C>
Revolving Credit Facilities.....................................................          634,000        169,000
First Preferred Ship Mortgage Notes (8.32%)
  U.S. dollar debt due through 2008.............................................          225,000        225,000

Term Loans U.S. dollar debt due through 2009 ...................................          226,167        247,719
                                                                                       -----------   ------------
                                                                                        1,085,167        641,719
Less current portion............................................................           66,557         39,058
                                                                                       -----------   ------------
                                                                                        1,018,610        602,661
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                      F-10

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Cont'd)
   (all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share
                               or per share data)

     The Company has two long-term Revolving Credit Facilities (the "Revolvers")
available,  which,  as at December 31, 1999,  provided for  borrowings  of up to
$645.0 million.  Interest  payments are based on LIBOR (December 31, 1999: 6.0%;
March 31, 1999: 5.0%) plus a margin  depending on the financial  leverage of the
Company;  at December 31, 1999,  the margins ranged between 0.6% and 0.9% (March
31,1999:  0.5%). The amount available under the Revolvers reduces  semi-annually
with final balloon reductions in 2006 and 2008. The Revolvers are collateralized
by first priority  mortgages  granted on forty of the Company's  Aframax tankers
and oil/bulk/ore carriers, together with certain other related collateral, and a
guarantee from the Company for all amounts outstanding under the Revolvers.

     The 8.32% First  Preferred  Ship  Mortgage  Notes due February 1, 2008 (the
"8.32% Notes") are  collateralized by first preferred  mortgages on seven of the
Company's Aframax tankers,  together with certain other related collateral,  and
are guaranteed by seven  subsidiaries  of Teekay that own the mortgaged  vessels
(the "8.32% Notes Guarantor Subsidiaries") to a maximum of 95% of the fair value
of their net assets. As at December 31, 1999, the fair value of these net assets
approximated $182.0 million. The 8.32% Notes are also subject to a sinking fund,
which will  retire  $45.0  million  principal  amount of the 8.32% Notes on each
February 1, commencing 2004.

     Upon the 8.32%  Notes  achieving  Investment  Grade  Status and  subject to
certain  other   conditions,   the  guarantees  of  the  8.32%  Notes  Guarantor
Subsidiaries will terminate,  all of the collateral  securing the obligations of
the Company and the 8.32% Notes Guarantor  Subsidiaries  under the Indenture and
the Security Documents will be released (whereupon the Notes will become general
unsecured  obligations of the Company) and certain covenants under the Indenture
will no longer be applicable to the Company.

     In August 1998, the Company  redeemed the remaining  $98.7 million of the 9
5/8% First  Preferred Ship Mortgage Notes (the "9 5/8% Notes") which resulted in
an extraordinary loss of $7.3 million, or 24 cents per share, for the year ended
March 31, 1999.

The Company has several term loans  outstanding,  which, as at December 31,1999,
totalled $226.2 million.  Interest payments are based on LIBOR plus a margin. At
December  31,1999,  the margins ranged  between 0.65% and 1.25%.  The term loans
reduce in quarterly or  semi-annual  payments  with varying  maturities  through
2009.  All term  loans of the  Company  are  collateralized  by first  preferred
mortgages on the vessels to which the loans relate,  together with certain other
collateral, and guarantees from Teekay.

     As at December 31, 1999,  the Company was committed to a series of interest
rate swap agreements  whereby $200.0 million of the Company's floating rate debt
was swapped with fixed rate obligations  having an average remaining term of 3.8
years,  expiring  between  December 2001 and February 2005.  These  arrangements
effectively  change the Company's  interest  rate exposure on $200.0  million of
debt from a floating  LIBOR rate to an average fixed rate of 6.28%.  The Company
is exposed to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the counter parties
to the interest rate swap agreements;  however,  the Company does not anticipate
non-performance by any of the counter parties.

Among other matters,  the long-term debt agreements  generally  provide for such
items as  maintenance  of certain vessel market value to loan ratios and minimum
consolidated  financial  covenants,  prepayment  privileges  (in some cases with
penalties),  and restrictions  against the incurrence of additional debt and new
investments by the individual  subsidiaries  without prior lender  consent.  The
amount of Restricted Payments,  as defined, that the Company can make, including
dividends and purchases of its own capital stock,  is limited as of December 31,
1999, to $188.0 million.  Certain of the loan agreements require a minimum level
of free cash be  maintained.  As at  December  31,  1999,  this amount was $26.0
million.

     The aggregate  annual  long-term debt principal  repayments  required to be
made for the five fiscal years  subsequent to December 31, 1999 are  $66,557,000
(fiscal   2000),   $92,196,000   (fiscal  2001),   $90,043,000   (fiscal  2002),
$132,157,000 (fiscal 2003), and $114,078,000 (fiscal 2004).



<PAGE>
                                      F-11

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Cont'd)
   (all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share
                               or per share data)

7.   Leases

    Charters-out

    Time charters to third parties of the Company's vessels are accounted for as
operating  leases.  The minimum future  revenues to be received on time charters
currently in place are  $82,204,000  (fiscal 2000),  $72,158,000  (fiscal 2001),
$57,830,000 (fiscal 2002), $39,035,000 (fiscal 2003), $39,140,000 (fiscal 2004),
and $132,063,000 thereafter.

    The minimum future revenues should not be construed to reflect total charter
hire revenues for any of the years.

    Charters-in

    Minimum  commitments  under vessel operating leases are $22,795,000  (fiscal
2000) and $2,981,000 (fiscal 2001).

8.   Fair Value of Financial Instruments

    Carrying amounts of all financial instruments  approximate fair market value
except for the following:

    Long-term debt -- The fair values of the Company's fixed rate long-term debt
are based on either quoted market prices or estimated using discounted cash flow
analyses,  based on rates  currently  available  for debt with similar terms and
remaining maturities.

    Interest rate swap  agreements  and foreign  exchange  contracts -- The fair
value of interest rate swaps and foreign  exchange  contracts,  used for hedging
purposes,  is the  estimated  amount  that the Company  would  receive or pay to
terminate  the  agreements at the reporting  date,  taking into account  current
interest  rates,  the current credit  worthiness of the swap counter parties and
foreign exchange rates.

    The  estimated  fair  value of the  Company's  financial  instruments  is as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                            December 31, 1999                  March 31, 1999
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        Carrying          Fair            Carrying         Fair
                                                         Amount           Value            Amount          Value
                                                           $                $                $               $
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>              <C>               <C>
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable
  securities
 ....................................................       226,381         226,381          132,256       132,256
Long-term debt .....................................     1,085,167       1,060,417          641,719       637,219
Interest rate swap agreements (note 6) .............          -              4,488             -             -
Foreign currency contracts (note 10) ...............          -                (20)            -              (22)
</TABLE>

     The Company  transacts  interest rate swap and foreign  currency  contracts
with investment  grade rated financial  institutions  and requires no collateral
from these institutions.



<PAGE>
                                      F-12

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Cont'd)
   (all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share
                               or per share data)

9.   Capital Stock

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        Common          Thousands
                                                                                         Stock          of shares
                                                                                           $                #
                                                                                    ---------------------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>            <C>
Authorized
25,000,000  Preferred Stock with a par value of $1 per share 725,000,000  Common
Stock with a par value of $0.001 per share

Issued and outstanding
Balance March 31, 1997 .........................................................          247,637         28,328
Reinvested Dividends............................................................            8,590            273
Exercise of Stock Options.......................................................            5,126            232
                                                                                    -------------     ----------
Balance March 31, 1998..........................................................          261,353         28,833
June 15, 1998 Share Offering
   2,800,000 shares at $24.7275 per share of Common Stock
  (net of share issue costs) ...................................................           68,700          2,800
Reinvested Dividends............................................................              389             13
Exercise of Stock Options.......................................................               51              2
                                                                                    -------------     ----------
Balance March 31, 1999..........................................................          330,493         31,648
June 11, 1999 Common Stock
  issued on acquisition of Bona ................................................           97,422          6,415
Reinvested Dividends ...........................................................               22              1
                                                                                    -------------     ----------
Balance December 31, 1999 ......................................................          427,937         38,064
                                                                                    =============     ==========
</TABLE>


     In June 1998, the Company sold 2,800,000 shares in a public  offering.  The
Company used the net proceeds from the offering of approximately  $69.0 million,
together with other funds, to redeem the outstanding 9 5/8% Notes.

     In September 1998, the Company's  shareholders approved an amendment to the
Company's  1995 Stock  Option Plan (the "Plan") to increase the number of shares
of Common Stock  reserved and  available  for future grants of options under the
Plan by an additional 1,800,000 shares. As of December 31, 1999, the Company had
reserved  3,642,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of options
granted  pursuant to the Plan.  During the nine month period ended  December 31,
1999 and the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998,  the Company  granted  options
under the Plan to acquire up to 1,463,500,  573,000 and 359,750 shares of Common
Stock (the "Grants"),  respectively,  to certain  eligible  officers,  employees
(including senior sea staff),  and directors of the Company.  The options have a
10-year term and vest equally over four years from the date of grant.



<PAGE>
                                      F-13

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Cont'd)
   (all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share
                               or per share data)

     A summary of the Company's stock option activity,  and related  information
for the nine month period ended  December 31, 1999 and the years ended March 31,
1999 and 1998 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           December 31, 1999            March 31, 1999              March 31, 1998
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>    <C>               <C>       <C>                 <C>       <C>
                                       Options   Weighted-Average  Options   Weighted-Average  Options   Weighted-Average
                                       (000's)   Exercise Price    (000s)    Exercise Price    (000s)     Exercise Price
                                          #             $             #             $             #              $
                                       ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Outstanding-beginning of period          1,729         26.46        1,161         26.66         1,056           23.40
Grant..................................  1,464         17.11          573         26.05           360           33.50
Exercised..............................    -              -            (2)        21.50          (232)          22.02
Forfeited..............................    (94)        21.12           (3)        30.44           (23)          30.39
                                        ------   --------------    -------    ---------------  --------      -----------
Outstanding-end of period..............  3,099         22.14        1,729         26.46         1,161           26.66
                                        ======   ==============    =======    ===============  ========      ===========

Exercisable at end of period ..........  1,019         25.35          731         24.08           565           22.14
                                        ======   ==============    =======    ===============  ========      ===========
Weighted-average fair value
  of options granted during
  the period (per option) .............                 3.88                       5.93                          8.13
                                                 ==============               ===============                ===========
</TABLE>

     Exercise prices for the options  outstanding as of December 31, 1999 ranged
from  $16.88  to  $33.50.  These  options  have  a  weighted-average   remaining
contractual life of 8.18 years.

    As the exercise  price of the Company's  employee  stock options  equals the
market price of underlying  stock on the date of grant, no compensation  expense
is recognized under APB 25.

    Had the Company recognized compensation costs for the Grants consistent with
the methods  recommended  by SFAS 123 (see Note  1--Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation),  the  Company's  net income and  earnings  per share for the nine
month period ended December 31, 1999 and the years ended March 31, 1999 and 1998
would have been stated at the pro forma amounts as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Nine Months Ended         Year Ended           Year Ended
                                                         December 31,            March 31,            March 31,
                                                             1999                  1999                 1998
                                                              $                      $                    $
                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                      <C>                 <C>
Net income (loss):
As reported..........................................       (19,595)              45,406                 70,504
Pro forma............................................       (21,828)              43,715                 69,090

Basic earnings per common share:
As reported..........................................         (0.54)                1.46                   2.46
Pro forma............................................         (0.60)                1.41                   2.41

Diluted earnings per common share:
As reported..........................................         (0.54)                1.46                   2.44
Pro forma............................................         (0.60)                1.41                   2.39
</TABLE>

    Basic earnings per share is based upon the following weighted average number
of common shares outstanding:  36,384,000 shares for the nine month period ended
December 31,  1999;  31,063,000  shares for the year ended March 31,  1999;  and
28,655,000 shares for the year ended March 31, 1998. Diluted earnings per share,
which  gives  effect to the  aforementioned  stock  options,  is based  upon the
following  weighted  average  number of common  shares  outstanding:  36,405,000
shares for the nine month period ended December 31, 1999;  31,063,000 shares for
the year ended March 31, 1999;  and  28,870,000  shares for the year ended March
31, 1998.



<PAGE>
                                      F-14

                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (Cont'd)
   (all tabular amounts stated in thousands of U.S. dollars, other than share
                               or per share data)

    The fair values of the Grants were estimated on the dates of grant using the
Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model with the following  assumptions:  risk-free
average  interest  rates of 5.8% for the nine month  period  ended  December 31,
1999;  and  5.40%,  and  6.29%,  for the years  ended  March 31,  1999 and 1998,
respectively;  dividend yield of 3.0%;  expected volatility of 25%; and expected
lives of 5 years.

10.  Commitments and Contingencies

    The Company has guaranteed 50% of the outstanding mortgage debt in the joint
venture company, Soponata-Teekay Limited, totalling $28.8 million as at December
31, 1999.

    The Company  has  guaranteed  its share of  committed,  uncalled  capital in
certain limited partnerships totalling $3.1 million as at December 31, 1999.

    As at December  31,  1999,  the Company was  committed  to foreign  exchange
contracts for the forward  purchase of  approximately  Japanese Yen 100 million,
Singapore  dollars  2.4  million  and  Norwegian  Kroner  16.0  million for U.S.
dollars,  at an average rate of Japanese Yen 102.06 per U.S.  dollar,  Singapore
dollar  1.65  per U.S.  dollar  and  Norwegian  Kroner  7.99  per  U.S.  dollar,
respectively,   for  the  purpose  of  hedging   accounts  payable  and  accrued
liabilities.

11.  Other Income (Loss)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Nine Months Ended      Year Ended        Year Ended
                                                                 December 31,          March 31,        March 31,
                                                                     1999                1999              1998
                                                                       $                   $                $
                                                             ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>                     <C>              <C>
Gain on disposition of assets.................................          -                 7,117           14,392
Equity in joint venture ......................................          721                 -                 45
Write off of loan costs due to refinancing....................          -                   -             (1,308)
Loss on extinguishment of debt................................          -                   -             (2,175)
Future income taxes ..........................................       (1,500)             (1,900)              -
Miscellaneous.................................................       (3,234)                289              282
                                                                ------------            --------        ---------
                                                                     (4,013)              5,506           11,236
                                                                ============            ========       ==========
</TABLE>

12.  Change in Non-Cash Working Capital Items Related to Operating Activities
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Nine Months Ended      Year Ended        Year Ended
                                                                 December 31,          March 31,        March 31,
                                                                     1999                1999              1998
                                                                       $                   $                $
                                                             ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>                      <C>             <C>
Accounts receivable............................................      (5,462)              1,332              2,484
Prepaid expenses and other assets..............................         307              (2,409)               880
Accounts payable...............................................      (6,571)             (4,238)             5,814
Accrued liabilities............................................      12,622                 598             (3,977)
                                                                 -----------           ---------          ---------
                                                                        896              (4,717)             5,201
                                                                 ===========           =========          =========
</TABLE>


<PAGE>
                                      F-15

                                                                     SCHEDULE A
                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

              CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
                         (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Nine Months Ended December 31, 1999
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             8.32% Notes                                        Teekay
                                               Teekay         Guarantor     Non-Guarantor                   Shipping Corp.
                                           Shipping Corp.   Subsidiaries    Subsidiaries     Eliminations   & Subsidiaries
                                                 $                $               $               $                $
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>               <C>
Net voyage revenues                                 -            28,589         349,222         (129,461)        248,350
Operating expenses                                  493          24,056         310,304         (110,075)        224,778
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Income (loss) from vessel operations          (493)          4,533          38,918          (19,386)         23,572

Net interest income (expense)                   (14,420)             87         (24,821)             -           (39,154)
Equity in net income (loss) of subsidiaries      (4,682)             -             -               4,682             -
Other income (loss)                                 -                -           (4,013)             -            (4,013)
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net (loss) income                               (19,595)          4,620          10,084          (14,704)        (19,595)
Retained earnings (deficit), beginning
     of the period                              446,897         (33,570)        359,286         (325,716)        446,897
Dividends declared                              (23,172)             -             -                 -           (23,172)
                                          ==================================================================================
Retained earnings (deficit),  end of
     the period                                 404,130         (28,950)        369,370         (340,420)        404,130
                                          ==================================================================================



                                                                      Year Ended March 31, 1999
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             8.32% Notes                                        Teekay
                                               Teekay         Guarantor     Non-Guarantor                   Shipping Corp.
                                           Shipping Corp.   Subsidiaries    Subsidiaries     Eliminations   & Subsidiaries
                                                  $               $               $               $                $
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net voyage revenues                                 -            37,820         461,394        (180,803)         318,411
Operating expenses                                  356          37,214         376,010        (180,803)         232,777
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Income (loss) from vessel operations          (356)            606          85,384            -              85,634

Net interest income (expense)                   (22,857)            148         (15,719)           -             (38,428)
Equity in net income of  subsidiaries            75,698              -             -           (75,698)              -
Other income                                        227              -           30,710        (25,431)            5,506
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income before extraordinary loss             52,712             754         100,375       (101,129)           52,712
Extraordinary loss on bond redemption            (7,306)             -             -               -              (7,306)
                                           ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                       45,406             754         100,375       (101,129)          45,406
Retained earnings (deficit),  beginning
of the year                                     428,102         (34,324)        258,911       (224,587)         428,102
Dividends declared                              (26,611)             -             -               -            (26,611)
                                           =================================================================================
Retained earnings (deficit), end of the
year                                            446,897         (33,570)        359,286       (325,716)         446,897
                                           =================================================================================
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                                      F-15A

                                                                      SCHEDULE A
                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

              CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND RETAINED EARNINGS
                         (in thousands of U.S. dollars)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Year Ended March 31, 1998
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             8.32% Notes                                         Teekay
                                               Teekay         Guarantor     Non-Guarantor                    Shipping Corp.
                                           Shipping Corp.   Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries    Eliminations    & Subsidiaries
                                                  $               $               $                $               $
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>              <C>               <C>            <C>              <C>
Net voyage revenues                                 -           36,443          495,650          (226,833)        305,260
Operating expenses                                 362          34,344          389,747          (226,833)        197,620
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Income (loss) from vessel operations         (362)          2,099          105,903              -            107,640

Net interest income (expense)                  (33,011)            391          (15,752)             -            (48,372)
Equity in net income of  subsidiaries          105,936             -               -             (105,891)             45
Other income (loss)                             (2,059)            -             29,179           (15,929)         11,191
                                           ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                      70,504           2,490          119,330          (121,820)         70,504
Retained earnings (deficit), beginning
of the year                                    382,178         (18,124)         155,181          (137,057)        382,178
Dividends declared                             (24,580)        (18,690)         (15,600)           34,290         (24,580)
                                           ==================================================================================
Retained earnings (deficit), end of the
year                                           428,102         (34,324)         258,911          (224,587)        428,102
                                           ==================================================================================
</TABLE>
   --------------
   (See Note 6)



<PAGE>
                                      F-16
                                                                      SCHEDULE A
                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                            CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
                         (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      As at December 31, 1999
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            8.32% Notes                                        Teekay
                                              Teekay         Guarantor    Non-Guarantor                    Shipping Corp.
                                          Shipping Corp.    Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries     Eliminations   & Subsidiaries
                                                 $               $              $                $                $
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                 <C>            <C>            <C>                 <C>
     ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                            210       39,652           180,465           -              220,327
Other current assets                                  42          582           162,084       (102,376)           60,332
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total current assets                            252       40,234           342,549       (102,376)          280,659
Vessels and equipment (net)                                   294,800         1,371,955           -            1,666,755
Advances due from subsidiaries                   121,415         -                 -          (121,415)             -
Other assets (principally marketable securities
     and investments in subsidiaries)            943,389         -               15,873       (943,394)           15,868
Investment in joint venture                         -            -               19,402           -               19,402
                                         ==================================================================================
                                               1,065,056      335,034         1,749,779     (1,167,185)        1,982,684
                                         ==================================================================================
     LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities                                7,989          991           227,331       (109,808)          126,503
Long-term debt                                   225,000          -             797,010           -            1,022,010
Due to (from) affiliates                            -          (6,337)          211,255       (204,918)             -
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total liabilities                           232,989       (5,346)        1,235,596       (314,726)        1,148,513
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Minority Interest                                   -             -               2,104           -                2,104
Stockholders' Equity
Capital stock                                    427,937           23             5,943         (5,966)          427,937
Contributed capital                                 -         369,307           136,766       (506,073)             -
Retained earnings (deficit)                      404,130      (28,950)          369,370       (340,420)          404,130
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total stockholders' equity                  832,067      340,380           512,079       (852,459)          832,067
                                         ==================================================================================
                                               1,065,056      335,034         1,749,779     (1,167,185)        1,982,684
                                         ==================================================================================

                                                                       As at March 31, 1999
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            8.32% Notes                                        Teekay
                                              Teekay         Guarantor     Non-Guarantor                   Shipping Corp.
                                          Shipping Corp.    Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries     Eliminations   & Subsidiaries
                                                 $               $               $               $                $
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents                           5             33,313         85,117             -            118,435
Other current assets                               28                768        142,414          (95,249)         47,961
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total current assets                          33             34,081        227,531          (95,249)        166,396
Vessels and equipment (net)                       -              306,764        967,775             -          1,274,539
Advances due from subsidiaries                213,498               -              -            (213,498)           -
Other assets (principally marketable securities
     and investments in subsidiaries)         792,084               -            11,290         (792,089)         11,285
                                         ==================================================================================
                                            1,005,615            340,845      1,206,596       (1,100,836)      1,452,220
                                         ==================================================================================
     LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities                             3,225              1,095        161,944          (95,995)         70,269
Long-term debt                                225,000                -          379,561             -            604,561
Due to (from) affiliates                         -                 3,990        163,096         (167,086)           -
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total liabilities                        228,225              5,085        704,601         (263,081)         674,830
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Stockholders' Equity
Capital stock                                 330,493                 23          5,943           (5,966)         330,493
Contributed capital                              -               369,307        136,766         (506,073)            -
Retained earnings (deficit)                   446,897            (33,570)       359,286         (325,716)         446,897
                                         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Total stockholders' equity               777,390            335,760        501,995         (837,755)         777,390
                                         ==================================================================================
                                            1,005,615            340,845      1,206,596       (1,100,836)       1,452,220
                                         ==================================================================================
</TABLE>
 --------------
 (See Note 6)
<PAGE>
                                      F-17
                                                                      SCHEDULE A
                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Nine Months Ended December 31, 1999
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 8.32% Notes                                         Teekay
                                                     Teekay       Guarantor     Non-Guarantor                    Shipping Corp.
                                                 Shipping Corp.  Subsidiaries    Subsidiaries    Eliminations    & Subsidiaries
                                                       $              $               $                $               $
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>                 <C>            <C>
Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used for)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash flow from operating activities            (9,844)      16,674           44,683                           51,513
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from long-term debt                               -           -             100,000                          100,000
Prepayments of long-term debt                              -           -             (10,000)                         (10,000)
Repayments of long-term debt                               -           -             (32,252)                         (32,252)
Other                                                   49,933      (10,327)         (62,756)                         (23,150)
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash flow from financing activities            49,933      (10,327)          (5,008)                          34,598
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Expenditures for vessels and equipment                    -              (8)         (29,903)                         (29,911)
Net cash flow from purchase of Bona Shipholding Ltd.
     (net of cash acquired of $91,658)                 (39,884)        -                -                             (39,884)
Other                                                                                 85,576                           85,576
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash flow from investing activities           (39,884)          (8)          55,673                           15,781
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase in cash and cash equivalents                      205        6,339           95,348                          101,892
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the period           5       33,313           85,117                          118,435
                                                 ================================================================================
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the period               210       39,652          180,465                          220,327
                                                 ================================================================================

                                                                            Year Ended March 31, 1999
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 8.32% Notes                                         Teekay
                                                     Teekay       Guarantor     Non-Guarantor                    Shipping Corp.
                                                 Shipping Corp.  Subsidiaries    Subsidiaries    Eliminations    & Subsidiaries
                                                       $              $               $                $               $
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used for)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash flow from operating activities          (24,829)        21,261         141,276                          137,708
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from long-term debt                             -              -            230,000                          230,000
Prepayments of long-term debt                        (108,034)          -           (160,000)                        (268,034)
Repayments of long-term debt                          (20,645)          -            (29,932)                         (50,577)
Net proceeds from issuance of Common Stock             68,751           -               -                              68,751
Other                                                  84,740          3,252        (114,904)                         (26,912)
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash flow from financing activities           24,812          3,252         (74,836)                         (46,772)
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Expenditures for vessels and equipment                   -            (1,887)        (95,307)                         (97,194)
Other                                                    -              -             36,740                           36,740
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash flow from investing activities             -            (1,887)        (58,567)                         (60,454)
                                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents          (17)        22,626           7,873                           30,482
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year           22         10,687          77,244                           87,953
                                                 ================================================================================
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year                  5         33,313          85,117                          118,435
                                                 ================================================================================
</TABLE>




<PAGE>
                                      F-17A

                                                                      SCHEDULE A
                  TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         (in thousands of U.S. dollars)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Year Ended March 31, 1998
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 8.32% Notes                                         Teekay
                                                    Teekay        Guarantor     Non-Guarantor                    Shipping Corp.
                                                Shipping Corp.   Subsidiaries    Subsidiaries    Eliminations    & Subsidiaries
                                                       $              $               $                $               $
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>                 <C>            <C>
Cash and cash equivalents provided by (used for)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash flow from operating activities        (32,624)          23,489        170,254                          161,119
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from long-term debt                           -                -           208,600                          208,600
Prepayments of long-term debt                       (29,056)            -          (121,599)                        (150,655)
Repayments of long-term debt                           -                -           (33,876)                         (33,876)
Net proceeds from issuance of Common Stock            5,126             -              -                               5,126
Other                                                22,254          (17,968)       (21,270)                         (16,984)
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash flow from financing activities         (1,676)         (17,968)        31,855                           12,211
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Expenditures for vessels and equipment                 -              (3,566)      (212,009)                        (215,575)
Other                                                34,290             -           (21,615)                          12,675
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Net cash flow from investing activities         34,290           (3,566)      (233,624)                        (202,900)
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents        (10)           1,955        (31,515)                         (29,570)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year         32            8,732        108,759                          117,523
                                                =================================================================================
Cash and cash equivalents, end of  the year              22           10,687         77,244                           87,953
                                                =================================================================================
</TABLE>
    --------------
  (See Note 6)





                                EXHIBIT 2.1

                           AMENDED AND RESTATED
                         ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                    OF
                        TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION

     UNDER SECTIONS 9.5 AND 9.8 OF THE LIBERIAN BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT

     I, the undersigned,  the Executive  Vice-President  and Secretary of TEEKAY
SHIPPING CORPORATION,  a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic
of Liberia,  (the  "Corporation")  for the purpose of amending and restating the
Articles of Incorporation of said Corporation hereby certify:

A.   The name of the Corporation is TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION. The Corporation
     was  originally  formed  effective  as of  February  9, 1979 under the name
     VIKING STAR SHIPPING INC.

B.   The purpose of the  Corporation  is to engage in any lawful act or activity
     for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the Business
     Corporation  Act of the  jurisdiction of  incorporation  of the Corporation
     (the "Business  Corporation  Act"). In furtherance and not in limitation of
     the foregoing, the more specific powers and purposes of the Corporation are
     as follows:

     (1)  To  purchase  or  otherwise  acquire,   own,  use,  operate,   pledge,
          hypothecate,  mortgage, lease, charter, sub-charter,  sell, build, and
          repair  steamships,  motorships,  tankers,  whaling  vessels,  sailing
          vessels,  tugs,  lighters,  barges, and all other vessels and craft of
          any and all motive power whatsoever,  including  aircraft,  landcraft,
          and any and all means of conveyance and  transportation by land, water
          or air,  together  with  engines,  boilers,  machinery,  equipment and
          appurtenances of all kinds,  including masts, sails,  boats,  anchors,
          cables,   tackle,   furniture  and  all  other  necessities  thereunto
          appertaining  and belonging,  together with all  materials,  articles,
          tools, equipment and appliances necessary,  suitable or convenient for
          the construction,  equipment, use and operation thereof; and to equip,
          furnish and outfit such vessels and ships.

     (2)  To engage in ocean,  coastwise and inland  commerce,  and generally in
          the carriage of freight,  goods, cargo in bulk,  passengers,  mail and
          personal  effects by water  between the various ports of the world and
          to engage generally in waterborne commerce throughout the world.

     (3)  To purchase or otherwise  acquire,  own, use, operate,  lease,  build,
          repair, sell or in any manner dispose of docks, piers, quays, wharves,
          dry docks,  warehouses  and storage  facilities of all kinds,  and any
          property, real, personal and mixed, in connection therewith.

     (4)  To act as ship's husband, ship brokers,  customs house brokers, ship's
          agents, manager of shipping property, freight contractors,  forwarding
          agents,  warehousemen,   wharfingers,   ship  chandlers,  and  general
          traders.

     (5)  To  enter  into,  make  and  perform   contracts  of  every  kind  and
          description   with  any  person,   firm,   association,   corporation,
          municipality, country, state, body politic, or government or colony or
          any dependency thereof.

     (6)  To appoint or act as an agent,  broker, or representative,  general or
          special,  in respect of any or all of the powers  expressed  herein or
          implied hereby; to appoint agents, brokers or representatives.

     (7)  To carry on its business, to have one or more offices, and to exercise
          its powers in foreign countries, subject to the laws of the particular
          country.

     (8)  To borrow or raise money and contract  debts,  when  necessary for the
          transaction  of its  business  or for the  exercise  of its  corporate
          rights, privileges or franchise or for any other lawful purpose of its
          incorporation;  to draw,  make,  accept,  endorse,  execute  and issue
          promissory  notes,  bills of exchange,  bonds,  debentures,  and other
          instruments and evidences of indebtedness  either secured by mortgage,
          pledge, deed of trust, or otherwise, or unsecured.
<PAGE>

     (9)  To purchase or otherwise acquire,  hold, own, mortgage,  sell, convey,
          or otherwise  dispose of real and personal property of every class and
          description.

     (10) To apply for, secure by purchase or otherwise hold, use, sell, assign,
          lease,  grant licenses in respect of, mortgage or otherwise dispose of
          letters patent of any country,  patent rights,  licenses,  privileges,
          inventions,  improvements and processes,  copyrights,  trademarks, and
          trade names,  relative to or useful in connection with any business of
          the corporation.

     (11) To buy,  sell,  pledge,  negotiate  and deal  generally  in  shares of
          stocks, bonds and other securities of other corporations  irrespective
          of  the  business  that  such  corporations  may  be  engaged  in  and
          irrespective of the nationality or domicile of such corporations,  and
          to deal generally in corporate securities listed on security exchanges
          of various  countries and engage  generally in the business of finance
          in all its  phases as  permitted  by the laws of the  jurisdiction  of
          incorporation of the Corporation.

     (12) To give  guarantees of other  persons,  firms or  corporations  and to
          secure its obligations under such guarantees by mortgage or pledge of,
          or creation of a security interest in, all or any part of its property
          or  any  interest  therein,   wherever  situated  and,  to  give  such
          guarantees  even if not in furtherance of the corporate  purposes of a
          corporation,  when such guarantees and, if applicable,  such mortgage,
          pledge  or  security  interest,  is  authorized  at a  meeting  of the
          shareholders  by a vote of the  holders  of a  majority  of the shares
          entitled to vote thereon.

     (13) To engage generally in any lawful commercial enterprise in any country
          and to do all and  everything  lawfully  necessary  and proper for the
          accomplishment   of  the  objects   enumerated   in  its  Articles  of
          Incorporation or any amendment  thereof or necessary to the protection
          and benefit of the  Corporation  and in general to carry on any lawful
          business   necessary  to  the   attainment   of  the  objects  of  the
          Corporation.

The  foregoing  clauses  shall be construed as both  purposes and powers and the
matters expressed in each clause shall,  except as otherwise expressly provided,
be in no wise  limited by  reference  or  inference  from the terms of any other
clause,  but shall be  regarded as  independent  purposes  and  powers;  and the
enumeration  of specific  purposes and powers shall not be construed to limit or
restrict in any manner the meaning of general terms or the general powers of the
Corporation; nor shall the expression of one thing be deemed to exclude another,
although it be of like nature, not expressed.  All of the foregoing purposes and
powers  are  subject,  however,  to the  limitation  and  restriction  that  the
Corporation,  so long as it is subject to the Liberian Business Corporation Act,
shall at all times be a "non-resident  domestic  corporation" within the meaning
of the Liberian Business Corporation Act and in particular the Corporation shall
not in the Republic of Liberia  engage in the banking  business or the insurance
business or exercise  banking powers or insurance  powers,  and nothing in these
Articles of Incorporation shall be deemed to authorize it to do so.

C.   The  registered  address of the  Corporation  in Liberia  shall be 80 Broad
     Street,  Monrovia,  Liberia. The name of the Corporation's Registered Agent
     at such address shall be The International Trust Company of Liberia.

D.   The aggregate  number of shares of stock that the Corporation is authorized
     to issue is Seven Hundred Fifty Million  (750,000,000) shares, all of which
     shall be registered shares, comprised of:

     (1)  Seven Hundred Twenty Five Million  (725,000,000)  registered shares of
          Common Stock, par value one tenth of one cent ($0.001) each.

     (2)  Twenty Five Million  (25,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, par value
          One Dollar ($1) each. The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from
          time to time in one or more  series  in any  manner  permitted  by law
          except as may otherwise be expressly  prohibited by the  provisions of
          these Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, as determined from
          time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the resolution or
          resolutions  provided for the issuance thereof,  prior to the issuance
          of any shares thereof. The Board of Directors shall have the authority
          to fix and determine, subject to the provisions hereof, the rights and
          preferences of the shares of any series so established.

All of the issued and unissued shares of Common Stock, without par value, of the
Corporation  are deemed to have been  converted  effective as of the date of the
effectiveness  hereof  into shares of Common  Stock,  par value one tenth of one
cent ($0.001), of the Corporation.
<PAGE>

E.   Subject to the  provisions of the Business  Corporation  Act, the number of
     Directors  constituting the entire Board shall be not less than 3 and shall
     be not more than 11. Subject to such limitations and the Directors'  acting
     under a specific  provision of the bylaws so authorizing  them, such number
     shall  be  fixed by  resolution  of the  Board  and  such  number  shall be
     increased or decreased  by the vote of a majority of the entire  Board.  No
     decrease in the number of Directors shall have the effect of shortening the
     term of any incumbent Director.

F.   To the full  extent  that the  Business  Corporation  Act, as it existed on
     March 4, 1994 or may  thereafter  be  amended,  permits the  limitation  or
     elimination  of the liability of Directors,  a Director of the  Corporation
     shall not be liable to the  Corporation  or its  shareholders  for monetary
     damages for breach of  fiduciary  duty as a Director.  Any  amendment to or
     repeal of this Section F shall not adversely affect any right or protection
     of a  Director  of the  Corporation  for or  with  respect  to any  acts or
     omissions of such Director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

G.1. except as  otherwise  expressly  provided by law or by  paragraphs  2 and 3
     below, a majority of shares  entitled to vote,  represented in person or by
     proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders.

2.   For the purposes of consideration of and voting on any business that:

     (a)  is submitted to the shareholders at any meeting; and

     (b)  has been recommended by a majority of Continuing Directors (as defined
          below) for approval by the shareholders;

     one-third  of the  shares  entitled  to vote,  represented  in person or by
     proxy,  shall  constitute  a quorum at a meeting  of  shareholders  for the
     purpose of such consideration and voting.

     "Continuing  Directors"  shall mean the  incumbent  members of the Board of
     Directors of the Corporation that were members of recommended by a majority
     of the Continuing Directors.

3.   For the purposes of considering  and voting on the election of Directors at
     any meeting,  the quorum requirement  stipulated in paragraph 1 shall apply
     unless all nominees for election as Directors are persons  recommended by a
     majority of Continuing Directors. If such nominees are so recommended,  the
     quorum requirement stipulated in paragraph 2 shall apply.

H.   No holder of any shares of the Corporation shall have any pre-emptive right
     to  subscribe  for,  purchase  or receive  any  shares of the  Corporation,
     whether now or hereafter authorized,  or any securities convertible into or
     carrying  options to purchase  any such shares of the  Corporation,  or any
     options or rights to purchase any such shares or securities, issued or sold
     by the Corporation for cash or any other form of  consideration  or without
     consideration,  and no  notice  of any  such  right  need be  given  to any
     shareholder of the Corporation, but any such shares, securities, options or
     rights  may be issued or  disposed  of by the  Board of  Directors  to such
     persons and on such terms as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall
     deem advisable.

These  Amended  and  Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  were  authorized  by
resolution of the shareholders of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the undersigned has executed these Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation this 6th day of September, 1999.

               A.F. Coady, Executive Vice-President and Secretary

On this 7th day of  September,  1999 before me  personally  came Mr. A.F.  Coady
known  to be  the  individual  described  in  and  who  executed  the  foregoing
instrument and he duly acknowledged to me that the execution thereof was his act
and deed.

Charles Mackey
Attorney-at-Law
Notary Public
Nassau, Bahamas

Date:  September 7, 1999



                             EXHIBIT 2.2

                         ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                                  OF
                       ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                  OF
                      TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION
           UNDER SECTION 9.5 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT


I, the  undersigned,  the Executive  Vice-President  and the Secretary of Teekay
Shipping Corporation,  a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Republic
of Liberia,  (the  "Corporation"),  for the purpose of amending  the Articles of
Incorporation of said corporation hereby certify:


1.   The name of the Corporation is TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION. The Corporation
     was formed under the name VIKING STAR SHIPPING INC.

2.   The  Articles  of  Incorporation  were filed with the  Minister  of Foreign
     Affairs as of February 9, 1979.

3.   Articles of Amendment of Section E of the  Articles of  Incorporation  were
     filed with the Minister of Foreign Affairs as of December 29, 1986.

4.   Articles of Amendment of Section E of the  Articles of  Incorporation  were
     filed with the Minister of Foreign Affairs as of November 23, 1988.

5.   Articles of Amendment of Section E of the  Articles of  Incorporation  were
     filed with the Minister of Foreign Affairs as of May 12, 1990.

6.   Articles of Amendment of Section E of the  Articles of  Incorporation  were
     filed with the Minister of Foreign Affairs as of July 23, 1991.

7.   Articles of Amendment of Section E of the  Articles of  Incorporation  were
     filed with the Minister of Foreign Affairs as of July 8, 1992.

8.   Articles of  Amendment  of Section E and H and the addition of Section J to
     the  Articles  of  Incorporation  were filed with the  Minister  of Foreign
     Affairs as of March 11,1994.

9.   Articles of Amendment of Section B of the  Articles of  Incorporation  were
     filed with the Minister of Foreign Affairs as of April 7, 1995.

10.  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation were filed with the Minister
     of Foreign Affairs as of September 29,1999.

11.  Section C of the Articles of  Incorporation  is hereby amended and restated
     in its entirety as follows:


          The corporation  shall change its place of business to the Republic of
          The Marshall Islands,  redomesticating therein. The registered address
          of the  Corporation  in the Marshall  Islands  shall be Trust  Company
          Complex,  Ajeltake Islands, P.O. Box 1405, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH
          96960. The name of the Corporation's  Registered Agent at such address
          shall be The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc.
<PAGE>

The amendment to the Articles of Incorporation was authorized by written consent
of the directors of the Corporation.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF the  undersigned  have executed  these Articles of Amendment
this 6th day of December, 1999.




                                  ___________________________
                                   Name: Arthur F. Coady
                                   Title: Executive Vice-President and Secretary



                              NOTARY

CITY OF NASSAU                      )
COUNTRY OF                          )  SS:
THE BAHAMAS                         )


On this 6th day of December,  1999,  before me  personally  came Arthur F. Coady
known to me to be the  individual  described in and who  executed the  foregoing
instrument and he duly acknowledged to me that the execution thereof was the act
and deed of the Corporation.




                                         ___________________________
                                         Notary Public



                              EXHIBIT 2.3

                      TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION

                      AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
                       DATED AS OF JUNE 15, 1999

                              1.00 OFFICES

     The  registered  office  of the  Corporation  shall be at 80 Broad  Street,
Monrovia,  Liberia.  The  Corporation may also have an office or offices at such
other places  within or outside  Liberia as the Board of Directors may from time
to time designate or the business of the Corporation may require.

                            2.00 SHAREHOLDERS

     2.01 Annual Meeting.  The annual meeting of  shareholders  shall be held on
such day, and at such time and place within or outside  Liberia as the Directors
may from time to time  determine,  for the  purpose of  electing  Directors  and
transacting  such other  business as may properly be brought before the meeting.
Only such business  shall be conducted at an annual meeting of  shareholders  as
shall have been  properly  brought  before the meeting.  To be properly  brought
before  an annual  meeting,  business  must be (a)  specified  in the  notice of
meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors,  (b)  otherwise  properly  brought  before  the  meeting by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors,  or (c) otherwise  properly  brought before
the meeting by a shareholder or shareholders  of the Corporation  holding in the
aggregate  not  less  than 15% of the  shares  having  the  right to vote at the
meeting.  For business to be properly  brought  before an annual meeting by such
shareholder or  shareholders,  the shareholder or  shareholders  must have given
timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, a shareholder's
or  shareholders'  notice  must be  delivered  to or mailed and  received at the
principal  office of the Corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days
prior to the meeting; provided, that in the event that less than 70 days' notice
of  the  date  of the  meeting  is  given  to the  shareholders,  notice  by the
shareholder or  shareholders to be timely must be so received not later than the
close of business on the seventh day  following  the day on which such notice of
the date of the meeting was mailed. A shareholder's  or shareholders'  notice to
the  Secretary  shall  set  forth  (a) as to  each  matter  the  shareholder  or
shareholders  propose to bring before the annual meeting, a brief description of
the business  proposed to be brought before the annual meeting,  the language of
the proposal,  if  appropriate,  and the reasons for conducting such business at
the  annual  meeting,   (b)  the  name  and  address,  as  they  appear  on  the
Corporation's books, of the shareholder or shareholders proposing such business,
(c) a representation  that the shareholder or shareholders hold in the aggregate
not less than 15% of the shares  having the right to vote at the  meeting  and a
statement  of the class  and  number  of  shares  of the  Corporation  which are
beneficially owned by the shareholder or shareholders, (d) any material interest
of the shareholder or shareholders  in such business,  and (e) a  representation
that the shareholder or  shareholders  intend to appear in person or by proxy at
the meeting to present the  business  specified  in the notice.  Notwithstanding
anything in these Bylaws to the contrary,  no business shall be conducted at any
annual  meeting  except  in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in this
Section 2.01.  The Board of Directors or the Chairman of the meeting  shall,  if
the facts  warrant,  determine  (i) that a proposal does not  constitute  proper
business to be transacted at the meeting, or (ii) that business was not properly
brought  before the meeting in  accordance  with the  provisions of this Section
2.01,  and, if it is so determined,  in either case, any such business shall not
be transacted.  The procedures set forth in this Section 2.01 for business to be
properly  brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder or shareholders  are
in addition to, and not in lieu of,  provisions  of  applicable  law,  rules and
regulations.

     2.02 Special Meetings.  Special meetings of shareholders,  unless otherwise
prescribed  by law,  may be called  for any  purpose at any time by order of the
Board of Directors.  Such meetings shall be held at such place, date and time as
may be designated in the notice thereof.

     2.03 Notice of Meetings.  Notice of every  meeting of  shareholders  (other
than any meeting the giving of notice of which is otherwise  prescribed  by law)
stating the date, time,  place and purpose  thereof,  and in the case of special
meetings,  the name of the person or persons  at whose  direction  the notice is
being issued, shall be given personally or sent by courier service, mail, telex,
cable or  facsimile  at least  fifteen  but not more than sixty days before such
meeting,  to each  shareholder  of record  entitled to vote  thereat and to each
shareholder  of record  who, by reason of any action  proposed  at such  meeting
would be entitled to have his or her shares appraised if such action were taken,
and the notice  shall  include a statement  of that  purpose and to that effect.
Notice of a special  meeting  shall  state the purpose of the  proposed  special
meeting and the  business  transacted  at any special  meeting  shall be limited
accordingly. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited
in the mail,  directed  to the  shareholder  at his or her  address  as the same
appears on the record of  shareholders of the  Corporation.  Notice of a meeting
need not be given to any  shareholder  who  submits a signed  waiver of  notice,
whether  before  or after  the  meeting,  or who  attends  the  meeting  without
protesting,  prior to the conduct of any voting  thereat,  the lack of notice to
him or  her.  Accidental  omission  to  give  notice  of a  meeting  to,  or the
non-receipt of notice of a meeting by, any shareholder  shall not invalidate the
proceedings of that meeting.

     When a meeting  is  adjourned  to  another  time or place,  it shall not be
necessary,  unless the meeting was  adjourned for lack of a quorum or unless the
Board fixes a new record date for the adjourned  meeting,  to give any notice of
the  adjourned  meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is  adjourned
are  announced  at the  meeting  at which  the  adjournment  is  taken.  At such
adjourned  meeting,  any  business  may  be  transacted  that  might  have  been
transacted on the original date of the meeting.

     2.04 Quorum and Voting. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law or by
the  Articles  of  Incorporation,   a  majority  of  shares  entitled  to  vote,
represented  in person or by proxy,  shall  constitute  a quorum at a meeting of
shareholders.

     If a quorum is present,  and except as otherwise expressly provided by law,
by the Articles of  Incorporation  or by the Bylaws,  the affirmative  vote of a
majority of the shares of stock  represented  at the meeting shall be the act of
the shareholders.  At any meeting of shareholders,  each shareholder entitled to
vote thereat shall be entitled to one vote for each such share,  and may so vote
either in person or by proxy  appointed  by  instrument  in  writing  (including
facsimile),  signed by the  shareholder or the  shareholder's  attorney-in-fact.
Except as otherwise  expressly  provided by law, every proxy is revocable at the
pleasure of the  shareholder  executing  it.  Voting  shall be by show of hands,
unless a poll or written ballot is directed by the Chairman. Any action required
or  permitted  to be taken at a meeting  may be taken  without  a  meeting  if a
written  consent,  setting  forth the  action so taken,  is signed by all of the
shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof.

     2.05 Right to Vote and Fixing of Record Date.  The Board of  Directors  may
fix a time not more than sixty days nor less than fifteen days prior to the date
of any meeting of shareholders, or more than sixty days prior to the last day on
which the consent or dissent of  shareholders  may be expressed  for any purpose
without a meeting,  as the time as of which  shareholders  entitled to notice of
and to vote at such  meeting or whose  consent or dissent is  required or may be
expressed  for any  purpose,  as the case may be, shall be  determined,  and all
persons who were holders of record of voting shares at such time, and no others,
shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such  meeting or to express  their
consent or dissent, as the case may be.

     The Board of Directors  may fix a time not exceeding  sixty days  preceding
the date fixed for the payment of any dividend,  the making of any distribution,
the allotment of any rights or the taking of any other action,  as a record time
for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive any such dividend,
distribution or allotment or for the purpose of such other action.

     With  respect to holders of shares  entitled to vote at the  meeting,  such
shareholders  shall  present  thereat  proof  of  identity  satisfactory  to the
secretary of the meeting.

     If a holder of shares  desires to vote by proxy,  such proxy  nominee shall
present proof of identity satisfactory to the secretary of the meeting. No proxy
shall be valid  after  the  expiration  of  eleven  months  from the date of its
execution  unless the  shareholder  executing it shall have specified  therein a
longer time during which it is to continue in force.

     2.06  Attendance  by  Directors,  etc. The  Directors,  the  officers,  the
auditors and the  solicitors of the  Corporation  shall be entitled to attend at
any meeting of shareholders but no such person shall be counted in the quorum or
be entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders unless such person shall be a
member or proxyholder entitled to vote thereat.

                             3.00 BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     3.01 Numbers.  Subject to and in accordance  with the provisions of Section
6.3 of the Liberian Business  Corporation Act ("LBCA"),  the number of Directors
constituting  the  entire  Board  shall be not less than 3 and shall be not more
than 11. Subject to such  limitations,  such number shall be fixed by resolution
of the Board and such number shall be  increased or decreased  from time to time
by vote of a  majority  of the  entire  Board.  No  decrease  in the  number  of
Directors  shall  have  the  effect  of  shortening  the  term of any  incumbent
Director.

     3.02 How Elected; Classification. Prior to such time as the Corporation has
a classified  Board of Directors in  accordance  with the  following  provisions
hereof,  the Directors of the Corporation shall be elected at the annual meeting
of  shareholders.  At the first  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  (the  "First
Election Meeting") at which the shareholders of the Corporation approve thereof,
the Board  shall be divided  into three  classes.  Each class shall be as nearly
equal in  number  as  possible  and no class  shall  include  fewer  than  three
Directors.  Subject to the foregoing and to the LBCA, the Board of Directors may
assign  the  Directors  to the  classes  in any  manner.  At the First  Election
Meeting, the number of Directors  constituting the entire Board shall be elected
in such three  classes:  the first class to be  composed  of three (or more,  if
applicable) Directors who shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at
the  close of the first  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  following  the First
Election  Meeting;  the  second  class to be  composed  of three  (or  more,  if
applicable) Directors who shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at
the close of the second  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  following  the First
Election  Meeting;  and the third  class to be  composed  of three (or more,  if
applicable) Directors who shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at
the  close of the third  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  following  the First
Election Meeting.

     At each annual meeting of  shareholders  of the  Corporation  following the
First Election Meeting (each a "Subsequent  Election Meeting"),  three (or more,
if applicable) Directors to replace those whose terms expire shall be elected to
hold  office for a term  expiring  at the close of the third  annual  meeting of
shareholders    following   the   particular    Subsequent   Election   Meeting.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Director shall be elected to serve until his
or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event
of his or her death,  resignation,  removal or the earlier termination of his or
her term of office.  A Director  whose term of office  expires shall be eligible
for re-election.

     3.03 Procedure for Nomination. Only persons who are nominated in accordance
with the  procedures  set  forth in this  Section  3.03  shall be  eligible  for
election as Directors by the  shareholders.  Nominations of persons for election
to the Board of Directors may be made at an annual meeting of shareholders by or
at the direction of the Board of Directors or by a shareholder  or  shareholders
of the  Corporation  holding  in the  aggregate  not less than 15% of the shares
having  the right to vote for the  election  of  Directors  at the  meeting  who
complies or comply with the notice  procedure  set forth in this  Section  3.03.
Such  nominations,  other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors,  shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary.
To be timely, a shareholder's  or shareholders'  notice shall be delivered to or
mailed and received at the principal  office of the Corporation not less than 60
days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting; provided that in the event less
than 70 days' notice of the date of the meeting is given to shareholders, notice
by the  shareholder or  shareholders  to be timely must be so received not later
than the close of business on the  seventh day  following  the day on which such
notice  of  the  date  of  the  meeting  was  mailed.   Such   shareholder's  or
shareholders'  notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the shareholder
or  shareholders  propose to nominate for election as a Director,  (i) the name,
age,  business  and  residence  address  of  such  person,  (ii)  the  principal
occupation or employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of shares of
the Corporation that are beneficially  owned by such person,  and (iv) any other
information  relating  to  such  person  that is  required  to be  disclosed  in
solicitations of proxies for election of Directors, or is otherwise required, in
each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended  (including without limitation such person's written consent to being
named in the proxy  statement  as a nominee  and to  serving  as a  Director  if
elected);  and (b) as to the shareholder or  shareholders  giving the notice (i)
the name  and  address,  as they  appear  on the  Corporation's  books,  of such
shareholder  or  shareholders,  (ii) a  representation  that the  shareholder or
shareholders  hold in the  aggregate  not less than 15% of the shares having the
right to vote for the election of Directors at the meeting and  statement of the
class and number of shares of the  Corporation  that are  beneficially  owned by
such  shareholder  or  shareholders,   and  (iii)  a  representation   that  the
shareholder  or  shareholders  intend  to  appear  in  person or by proxy at the
meeting to make the  nomination  specified in the notice.  At the request of the
Board of Directors,  any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election
as a Director shall furnish to the Secretary that information required to be set
forth in a shareholder's  or  shareholders'  notice of nomination.  The Board of
Directors or the Chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant,  determine
that a nomination was not made in accordance  with the procedures  prescribed by
these Bylaws,  and, if it is so determined,  the defective  nomination  shall be
disregarded.  The  procedures  set forth in this Section 3.03 for nomination for
the  election  of  Directors  by  shareholders  are in  addition  to, and not in
limitation of, any  procedures  now in effect or hereafter  adopted by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof.

     3.04 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Newly created Directorships
resulting from an increase in the number of Directors and vacancies occurring in
the Board for any reason, including the failure of the shareholders to elect the
entire Board at any election of Directors, may be filled by a vote of a majority
of the Directors then in office,  although less than a quorum exists. A Director
elected to fill a vacancy  (other than a vacancy  resulting  from an increase in
the  number  of  Directors)  becomes  a member  of the same  class as his or her
predecessor.

     3.05 Removal of Directors and resignations.

1.   Any or all of the  Directors may be removed for cause by vote of a majority
     of Directors constituting the entire Board of Directors,  or by vote of the
     shareholders.

2.   Any  Director  may  resign  at any time by  giving  written  notice  to the
     President or the Secretary of the Corporation.  Such resignation shall take
     effect  at the time  specified  therein;  and  unless  otherwise  specified
     therein the acceptance of such  resignation  shall not be necessary to make
     it effective.

3.   Except as  otherwise  provided  by the LBCA,  no act or  proceeding  of the
     Directors is invalid by reason only of there being less than the designated
     number of Directors in office.

     3.06 Organization. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the President
or, in the  absence of the  President,  a chairman  chosen by a majority  of the
Directors present shall preside, and the Secretary of the Corporation or, in the
absence of the  Secretary,  a person  appointed  by the  chairman of the meeting
shall act as  secretary.  The Board of  Directors  may adopt  such rules as they
shall deem  proper,  not  inconsistent  with law or with these  Bylaws,  for the
conduct of their meetings and the management of the affairs of the  Corporation.
At all meetings of the Board of Directors,  business shall be transacted in such
order as the Board may determine.

     3.07 Regular  Meetings.  Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors may be
held at such time and place as may be  determined  by resolution of the Board of
Directors  and no notice  shall be required for any regular  meeting.  Except as
otherwise  provided  by law,  any  business  may be  transacted  at any  regular
meeting.

     3.08 Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the Board of  Directors  may,
unless  otherwise  prescribed  by  law,  be  called  from  time  to  time by the
President,  or any  officer  of the  Corporation  who is  also a  Director.  The
President  or the  Secretary  shall  call a special  meeting  of the Board  upon
written  request  directed  to either of them by any two  Directors  stating the
time, place and purpose of such special  meeting.  Special meetings of the Board
shall be held on such date, and at such time and place,  as may be designated in
the notice thereof by the officer calling the meeting.

     3.09 Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the date, time and place of each
special  meeting of the Board of  Directors  shall be given to each  Director at
least forty-eight hours prior to such meeting, unless the notice is given orally
or  delivered  in person,  in which case it shall be given at least  twenty-four
hours prior to such meeting.  For the purpose of this  section,  notice shall be
deemed  to be  duly  given  to a  Director  if  given  to him or her  personally
(including  by  telephone)  or if such notice be delivered  to such  Director by
courier service, mail, telegraph, cable, telex, or facsimile, to his or her last
known address. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Director who submits
a signed waiver of notice,  whether before or after the meeting,  or who attends
the meeting without protesting,  prior to the conduct of any voting thereat, the
lack of notice to him or her.

     3.10 Annual Meetings.  An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be
held in each year after the adjournment of the annual  shareholders  meeting and
on the  same  day.  If a  quorum  of the  Directors  is not  present  on the day
appointed  for the  annual  meeting,  the  meeting  shall be  adjourned  to some
convenient day.

     3.11 Participation by Conference  Telephone.  The Board of Directors or any
committee  thereof may  participate  in a meeting of such Board or  committee by
means of  conference  telephone or similar  communication  equipment by means of
which  all  persons  participating  in the  meeting  can hear  each  other,  and
participation in a meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in
person at such meeting.

     3.12 Quorum.  Except as  otherwise  provided by the LBCA, a majority of the
Directors at the time in office,  present in person or by proxy given to another
Director or conference telephone,  shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business.

     3.13 Voting.  The vote of the majority of the Directors,  present in person
or by proxy given to another Director or conference  telephone,  at a meeting of
the Board or a committee  thereof at which a quorum is present  shall be the act
of the  Board or the  committee,  as the case may be.  Any  action  required  or
permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if all members
of the Board or the committee consent thereto in writing.

     3.14 Compensation.  The Board may from time to time, in its discretion, fix
the  amounts  which  shall be payable to members of the Board of  Directors  for
attendance  at the  meetings of the Board or of any  committee  and for services
rendered to the Corporation.

                           4.00 COMMITTEES

     4.01 Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted
by a majority vote of the entire Board,  designate two or more of the members of
the Board to constitute an Executive  Committee.  The Executive  Committee shall
have and may  exercise,  so far as may be  permitted  by law,  and to the extent
provided in said resolution and these Bylaws,  all of the powers of the Board in
the management of the affairs and property of the  Corporation  and the exercise
of its  corporate  powers,  and shall  have power to  authorize  the seal of the
Corporation  to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but the Executive
Committee  shall not have power to fill vacancies in the Board, or to change the
membership  of, or to fill vacancies in, the Executive  Committee,  or any other
committee  or to amend or repeal  Bylaws or adopt  new  Bylaws,  or to submit to
shareholders  any action  requiring  their  authorization,  or to fix Directors'
compensation for serving on the Board or on the Executive Committee or any other
committee,  or to amend or repeal any  resolutions  of the Board  which by their
terms shall not be so amendable or repealable. The Board shall have the power at
any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve,  the
Executive  Committee  with or without  cause.  The Executive  Committee may hold
meetings and make rules for the conduct of its business as it shall from time to
time deem necessary.  A majority of the members of the Executive Committee shall
constitute a quorum. All action of the Executive  Committee shall be reported to
the Board at its meeting next succeeding such action.

     4.02 Other  Committees.  The Board of Directors may, in its discretion,  by
resolution  adopted  by a  majority  vote of the  entire  Board,  appoint  other
committees  composed of two or more Directors  which shall have and may exercise
such powers as shall be conferred or  authorized  by the  resolution  appointing
them. A majority of any such committee may determine its action and fix the time
and  place of its  meetings,  unless  the  Board of  Directors  shall  otherwise
provide.  The Board shall have power at any time to change the membership of any
such committee,  to fill vacancies,  and to discharge any such committee with or
without cause.  Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and report
the same to the Board when required.  No committee  shall have the power to fill
vacancies in the Board,  or to change the membership of or to fill vacancies in,
the Executive Committee or any other committee,  or to amend or repeal Bylaws or
adopt new  Bylaws,  or to submit to  shareholders  any  action  requiring  their
authorization, or to fix Directors' compensation for sitting on the Board or the
Executive Committee or any other committee, or to amend or repeal any resolution
of the Board which by its terms shall not be amendable or repealable.

                              5.00 OFFICERS

     5.01  Number  and  Designations.  The  Board  of  Directors  shall  elect a
President,  Secretary  and  Treasurer  and such  other  officers  as it may deem
necessary.  Officers  may be of any  nationality  and need not be  residents  of
Liberia. The officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its
first meeting  following the annual  election of Directors,  but in the event of
the failure of the Board to so elect any officer, such officer may be elected at
any subsequent  meeting of the Board of Directors.  The salaries of officers and
any  other  compensation  paid to them  shall be fixed  from time to time by the
Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may elect additional officers at any
meeting.

     Each  officer  shall hold  office  until the first  meeting of the Board of
Directors  following the next annual  election of Directors and until his or her
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of the
earlier  termination of his or her term of office,  through death,  resignation,
removal or otherwise.

     Any officer may be removed by the Board at any time with or without  cause.
Any vacancy in an office may be filled for the unexpired  portion of the term of
such office by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.

     5.02 President.  The President shall be the chief executive  officer of the
Corporation  and  shall  have  the  general  management  of the  affairs  of the
Corporation  together with the powers and duties usually  incident to the office
of President,  except as specifically  limited by appropriate  resolution of the
Board of  Directors,  and shall have such other  powers and  perform  such other
duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors. The President
shall preside at all meeting of shareholders at which he or she is present.

     5.03 Secretary. The Secretary shall act as Secretary of all meetings of the
shareholders and of the Board of Directors at which he or she is present,  shall
have  supervision  over the  giving and  serving of notices of the  Corporation,
shall be the  custodian of the corporate  records and the corporate  seal of the
Corporation,  shall be  empowered  (together  with  the  other  officers  of the
Corporation)  to affix the corporate seal to those  documents,  the execution of
which, on behalf of the Corporation  under its seal, is duly authorized and when
so affixed may attest the same,  and shall  exercise the powers and perform such
other  duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of  Directors or the
President.

     5.04 Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have general supervision over the care
and  custody  of the  funds,  securities,  and  other  valuable  effects  of the
Corporation  and shall deposit the same or cause the same to be deposited in the
name of the  Corporation  in such  depositories  as the Board of  Directors  may
designate,  shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the
Board of Directors, shall have supervision over the accounts of all receipts and
disbursements of the Corporation,  shall, whenever required by the Board, render
or cause to be rendered financial statements of the Corporation,  shall have the
power and perform the duties  usually  incident to the office of Treasurer,  and
shall have such powers and perform  such other  duties as may be assigned to him
or her by the Board of Directors or President.

     5.05 Other  Officers.  Officers  other than those  treated in Sections 5.02
through 5.04 of these Bylaws shall  exercise such powers and perform such duties
as may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors or the President.

     5.06  Attorneys-in-Fact.  The Board of  Directors  shall  have the power to
appoint  attorneys-in-fact  for the Corporation with such powers  (including the
power of substitution) as the Board of Directors shall deem appropriate.

     5.07 Bond. The Board of Directors shall have power to the extent  permitted
by law, to require any  officer,  agent or employee of the  Corporation  to give
bond for the faithful  discharge of his or her duties in such form and with such
surety or sureties as the Board of Directors may deem advisable.

                        6.00 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

     6.01 Form and Issuance.  The shares of the Corporation shall be represented
by  certificates  in form  meeting the  requirements  of law and approved by the
Board of  Directors.  Certificates  shall be signed by (a) the  President or any
Vice-President,  and  (b) by the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary  or the
Treasurer.  The signatures of the officers upon a certificate  may be facsimiles
if the  certificate  is  countersigned  by a transfer  agent or  registered by a
registrar  other than the  Corporation  itself or its employees.  In case of any
officer  who has signed or whose  facsimile  signature  had been  placed  upon a
certificate  shall have ceased to be such  officer  before such  certificate  is
issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she
were such officer at the date of issue.

     6.02  Transfers.  The Board of Directors  shall have power and authority to
make such  rules  and  regulations  as they may deem  expedient  concerning  the
issuance,  registration and transfer of certificates  representing shares of the
Corporation's  stock.  The  transfer  of shares  issued  to  bearer  shall be by
delivery of the certificate or certificates representing such shares.

     6.03 Share Register.  The Corporation shall maintain a share register to be
kept on file in any office of the  Corporation  or any office of a registrar  or
transfer agent.

     6.04 Lost or Destroyed Certificates. No certificates for shares of stock of
the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been
lost, stolen or destroyed,  except upon production of such evidence of the loss,
theft or destruction and upon  indemnification of the Corporation and its agents
to such extent and in such manner as the Board of Directors may require.

                              7.00 DIVIDENDS

     Dividends may be declared in conformity  with law by, and at the discretion
of, the Board of Directors at any regular or special  meeting.  Dividends may be
declared and paid in cash, stock or other property of the Corporation.

                         8.00 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     8.01 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on January
1st of each year and shall end on the last day of December following.

     8.02  Checks and Notes.  All  checks and drafts on the  Corporation's  bank
accounts and all bills of exchange  and  promissory  notes and all  acceptances,
obligations and other  instruments for the payment of money,  shall be signed by
such  officer or  officers or agent or agents as shall be  thereunto  authorized
from time to time by the Board of Directors.

     8.03 Corporate  Seal.  The corporate seal shall have inscribed  therein the
name of the Corporation and such other information as the Board of Directors may
from time to time determine.  In lieu of such corporate seal, when so authorized
by the Board of Directors or a duly  empowered  committee  thereof,  a facsimile
thereof may be impressed or affixed or reproduced.

                             9.00 AMENDMENTS

     9.01 By The Shareholders. These Bylaws may be amended, added to, altered or
repealed,  or new Bylaws may be adopted,  at any meeting of  shareholders of the
Corporation  by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the stock
present and voting at such meeting,  provided  notice that an amendment is to be
considered  and acted upon is inserted in the notice or waiver of notice of said
meeting.

     9.02 By The Directors.  These Bylaws may be amended,  added to, altered, or
repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, at any regular or special meeting of the
Board of Directors by the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the entire  Board,
subject, however, to the power of the shareholders to alter, amend or repeal any
Bylaw so adopted.

                          10.00 INDEMNIFICATION

     10.01 Right To  Indemnification.  Each person who was or is made a party to
or is otherwise involved  (including,  without limitation,  as a witness) in any
actual or  threatened  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,
administrative or investigative  (hereinafter a "proceeding"),  by reason of the
fact that he or she is or was a Director or officer of the  Corporation or that,
being  or  having  been  such  a  Director  or  officer  or an  employee  of the
Corporation,  he or she is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership,
joint venture,  trust or other enterprise,  including service with respect to an
employee benefit plan (hereinafter an  "indemnitee"),  whether the basis of such
proceeding  is  alleged  action  in an  official  capacity  as such a  Director,
director,  officer,  employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as
such a Director,  director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and
held harmless by the  Corporation  to the full extent  permitted by the LBCA, as
the same  exists  or may  hereafter  be  amended  (but,  in the case of any such
amendment,  only to the extent that such  amendment  permits the  Corporation to
provide broader  indemnification  rights than permitted  prior  thereto),  or by
other applicable law as then in effect, against all expense,  liability and loss
(including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and ERISA excise taxes or penalties
and amounts paid in settlement)  actually and reasonably incurred or suffered by
such indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification  shall continue
as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a Director, director, officer, employee
or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee's heirs, executors and
administrators;  provided  however,  that except as provided in subsection 10.02
hereof with respect to proceedings seeking to enforce rights to indemnification,
the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  any such  indemnitee  in  connection  with a
proceeding  (or  part  thereof)  initiated  by  such  indemnitee  only  if  such
proceeding  (or  part  thereof)  was  authorized  or  ratified  by the  Board of
Directors. The right to indemnification conferred in this subsection 10.01 shall
be a contract  right and shall  include the right to be paid by the  Corporation
the expenses  incurred in defending any such  proceeding in advance of its final
disposition (hereinafter an "advancement of expenses"); provided however that if
the LBCA requires,  an advancement of expenses  incurred by an indemnitee in his
or her capacity as a Director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which
service was or is rendered by such indemnitee,  including,  without  limitation,
service to an employee  benefit  plan)  shall be made only upon  delivery to the
Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an "undertaking"), by or on behalf of
such  indemnitee,  to repay all amounts so advanced  if it shall  ultimately  be
determined  by final  judicial  decision from which there is no further right to
appeal that such  indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses
under this subsection 10.1 or otherwise.

     10.02 Right Of Indemnitee To Bring Suit. If a claim under  subsection 10.01
hereof is not paid in full by the Corporation  within sixty days after a written
claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an
advancement  of expenses,  in which case the  applicable  period shall be twenty
days,  the  indemnitee  may  at any  time  thereafter  bring  suit  against  the
Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or
in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the  Corporation to recover an
advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking,  the indemnitee
shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of  prosecuting  or defending such
suit. The indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to  indemnification  under
this Section upon  submission of a written  claim (and, in an action  brought to
enforce a claim for an advancement of expenses,  where the required undertaking,
if any is required,  has been tendered to the  Corporation),  and thereafter the
Corporation  shall have the burden of proof to overcome the presumption that the
indemnitee is not so entitled. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including
its Board of Directors,  independent  legal counsel or its stockholders) to have
made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification
of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances nor an actual  determination by
the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,  independent legal counsel or
its stockholders) that the indemnitee is not entitled to  indemnification  shall
be a defense to the suit or create a presumption  that the  indemnitee is not so
entitled.

     10.03  Non-exclusivity Of Rights. The rights to indemnification  and to the
advancement of expenses  conferred in this Section shall not be exclusive of any
other right which any person may have or  hereafter  acquire  under any statute,
agreement,  vote of stockholders or disinterested  Directors,  provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation, or otherwise.

     10.04  Insurance,  Contracts  and  Funding.  The  Corporation  may maintain
insurance,  at its  expense,  to  protect  itself  and any  Director,  director,
officer,   employee  or  agent  of  the  Corporation  or  another   corporation,
partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise  against any  expense,
liability  or loss,  whether  or not the  Corporation  would  have the  power to
indemnify  such person  against such expense,  liability or loss under the LBCA.
The Corporation without further stockholder  approval,  may enter into contracts
with any Director,  director,  officer,  employee or agent in furtherance of the
provisions  of this  Section  and may  create  a trust  fund,  grant a  security
interest or use other means (including,  without limitation, a letter of credit)
to  ensure  the  payment  of  such   amounts  as  may  be  necessary  to  effect
indemnification as provided in this Section.

     10.05  Indemnification  of  Employee  and  Agents of the  Corporation.  The
Corporation  may,  by  action  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  grant  rights  to
indemnification  and advancement of expenses to employees or agents or groups of
employees  or agents of the  Corporation  with the same  scope and effect as the
provisions of this Section with respect to the  indemnification  and advancement
of expenses of Directors and officers of the Corporation; provided however, that
an  undertaking  shall be made by an  employee  or agent only if required by the
Board.

     10.06 Persons Serving Other Entities.  Any person who is or was a Director,
officer or  employee of the  Corporation  who is or was serving as a director or
officer of another  corporation  of which a majority  of the shares  entitled to
vote in the election of its directors is held by the Corporation shall be deemed
to  be  so  serving  at  the  request  of  the   Corporation   and  entitled  to
indemnification and advancement of expenses under subsection 10.01 hereof.



                                  EXHIBIT 2.34

                                 AGREEMENT FOR
                                        A
                           U.S. $30,000,000 TERM LOAN
                                    FACILITY

                             TO BE MADE AVAILABLE TO
                             VSSI AUSTRALIA LIMITED

                                       BY

                             RABO AUSTRALIA LIMITED
                                (ACN 060 452 217)



                                 April __, 1997



                                      INDEX

                                                                            PAGE


CLAUSE 1  DEFINITIONS  ..................................................      1

         1.1           Defined Terms.....................................      1
         1.2           Construction......................................      5
         1.3           Accounting Terms..................................      5

CLAUSE 2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.................................      5

         2.1(a)        Due Organization and Power........................      6
         2.1(b)        Authorization and Consents........................      6
         2.1(c)        Binding Obligations...............................      6
         2.1(d)        No Violation......................................      6
         2.1(e)        Litigation........................................      6
         2.1(f)        No Default........................................      7
         2.1(g)        Financial Statements..............................      7
         2.1(h)        Tax Returns and Payments..........................      7
         2.1(i)        Insurance.........................................      7
         2.1(j)        Offices...........................................      7
         2.1(k)        Equity Ownership..................................      7
         2.1(l)        Limited Purpose...................................      7
         2.1(m)        Confirmation......................................      8
         2.1(n)        Survival..........................................      8

CLAUSE 3  THE LOAN     ..................................................      8
         3.1(a)        Purposes..........................................      8
         3.1(b)        Loan .............................................      8
         3.2           Drawdown Notice...................................      8
         3.3           Effect of Drawdown Notice.........................      8

CLAUSE 4  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT...........................................      8

         4.1           Conditions Precedent to Drawdown of the
                         Loan ...........................................      8
         4.2           Further Conditions Precedent......................     10

CLAUSE 5  REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT ......................................     11

         5.1           Repayment.........................................     11
         5.2           Voluntary Prepayment..............................     11
         5.3           Application of Prepayments........................     11

CLAUSE 6  INTEREST AND RATE..............................................     11

         6.1           Interest Rate; Default Rate.......................     11
         6.2           Interest Periods..................................     12
         6.3           Interest Payments.................................     12
         6.4           Calculation of Interest...........................     12

CLAUSE 7  PAYMENTS     ..................................................     12

         7.1           Place of Payments, No Set Off.....................     12
         7.2           Tax Credits.......................................     14

CLAUSE 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT...............................................     14

         8.1(a)        Repayment.........................................     14
         8.1(b)        Other Payments....................................     14
         8.1(c)        Representations, etc..............................     14
         8.1(d)        Impossibility, Illegality.........................     14
         8.1(e)        Covenants.........................................     14
         8.1(f)        Indebtedness......................................     15
         8.1(g)        Stock Ownership...................................     15
         8.1(h)        Default under the Reimbursement
                         Agreement and First Loan Agreement..............     15
         8.1(i)        Bankruptcy........................................     15
         8.1(j)        Sale of Assets....................................     15
         8.1(k)        Judgments.........................................     16
         8.1(l)        Inability to Pay Debts............................     16
         8.1(m)        Financial Position................................     16
         8.2           Indemnification...................................     16
         8.3           Application of Moneys.............................     17

CLAUSE 9 COVENANTS     ..................................................     17

         9.1           Covenants.........................................     17

CLAUSE 10  ASSIGNMENT               19

CLAUSE 11  ILLEGALITY, INCREASED COST,
                        NON-AVAILABILITY, ETC............................     19

         11.1          Illegality   .....................................     19
         11.2          Increased Cost....................................     19
         11.3          Determination of Losses...........................     20
         11.4          Compensation for Losses...........................     21

CLAUSE 12  CURRENCY INDEMNITY       .....................................     21

         12.1          Currency Conversion...............................     21
         12.2          Change in Exchange Rate...........................     21
         12.3          Additional Debt Due...............................     21
         12.4          Rate of Exchange..................................     21

CLAUSE 13  FEES AND EXPENSES        .....................................     21

         13.1          Expenses     .....................................     21

CLAUSE 14  APPLICABLE LAW, JURISDICTION AND WAIVER.......................     22

         14.1          Applicable Law....................................     22
         14.2          Jurisdiction .....................................     22

CLAUSE 15  NOTICES AND DEMANDS      .....................................     23

         15.1          Notices      .....................................     23

CLAUSE 16  MISCELLANEOUS            .....................................     23

         16.1          Time of Essence...................................     23
         16.2          Unenforceable, etc., Provisions -
                         Effect     .....................................     24
         16.3          References   .....................................     24
         16.4          Further Assurances................................     24
         16.5          Entire Agreement, Amendments......................     24
         16.6          Headings     .....................................     24


EXHIBITS

    A Form of Letter of Guarantee
    B Form of Drawdown Notice


01029.004 #160636



                          TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

                  THIS TERM LOAN  FACILITY  AGREEMENT is made as of the __th day
of April __, 1998, and is by and among:

         (1)      VSSI  AUSTRALIA  LIMITED,   a  corporation   incorporated  and
                  existing  under  the  laws of the  Republic  of  Liberia  (the
                  "Borrower"); and

         (2)      RABO  AUSTRALIA  LIMITED  (ACN  060 452  217),  a  corporation
                  incorporated  and existing  under the laws of New South Wales,
                  Australia (the "Lender").

                                WITNESSETH THAT:

1.       DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms. In this Agreement the words and  expressions  specified below
shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the meanings attributed
to them in Clause 1.1 of the  Reimbursement  Agreement (as defined  below) or as
follows:

     "Agent"  shall  have the  meaning  ascribed  thereto  in the  Reimbursement
     Agreement;

     "Agreement" means this Agreement as the same shall be amended,  modified or
     supplemented from time to time;

     "Applicable  Rate" means any rate of interest on the Loan from time to time
     applicable pursuant to Clause 6.1 hereof;

     "Banking   Day(s)   shall  have  the  meaning   ascribed   thereto  in  the
     Reimbursement Agreement;

     "Banks" means the "Banks" party to the Reimbursement Agreement;

     "Barrington"  shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the  Reimbursement
     Agreement;

     "Default  Rate" means the rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable
     Rate and three percent (3%);

     "Dollars"  shall have the  meaning  ascribed  thereto in the  Reimbursement
     Agreement;

     "Drawdown Date" means, the date, being a Banking Day falling not later than
     May 31, 1998, upon which the Borrower shall have requested that the Loan be
     made available as provided in Clause 3 hereof and;

     "Drawdown  Notice"  shall have the meaning  ascribed  thereto in Clause 3.2
     hereof;

     "Event(s) of Default" means any of the events set out in Clause 8 hereof;

     "Facility  Period" means the period from the Drawdown Date to the date upon
     which all  amounts  owing  under the Loan and all other  amounts due to the
     Lender  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  and  the  Security  Document  become
     repayable and are repaid in full or are prepaid in full;

     "First  Loan  Agreement"  shall have the  meaning  ascribed  thereto in the
     Reimbursement Agreement;

     "Guarantor" Nedship Bank (America) N.V., a banking corporation incorporated
     and existing under the laws of the Netherlands Antilles;

     "Indebtedness" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Reimbursement
     Agreement;

     "Interest Payment Date" means the last day of each Interest Period and, for
     Interest  Periods  longer than three  months  that day falling  every three
     months  after  the  commencement  thereof  until  the end of such  Interest
     Periods;  should any such day not be a Banking  Day the  relevant  Interest
     Payment  Date shall be the next  following  Banking  Day,  unless such next
     following Banking Day falls in the following  calendar month, in which case
     the  relevant  Interest  Payment  Date shall be the  immediately  preceding
     Banking Day;

     "Interest  Period(s)"  with  respect  to the  Loan,  means  any  period  by
     reference to which an interest  rate is  determined  pursuant to Clause 6.2
     hereof;

     "Letter of Guarantee" means the amended and restated letter of guarantee in
     respect of the  obligations  of (i) the Borrower  under this  Agreement and
     (ii) the Original Borrowers under the First Loan Agreement,  to be executed
     by the  Guarantor in favor of the Lender  pursuant to Clause  4.1(d) hereof
     substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto;

     "LIBOR"  means,  in relation  to  Interest  Periods of three (3) or six (6)
     months,  the rate (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of one percent) for
     offer rates for deposits of Dollars for a period  equivalent to such period
     at or about  11:00 a.m.  (London  time) on the second  London  Banking  Day
     before the first day of such  period as  displayed  on  Telerate  page 3750
     (British  Bankers'  Association  Interest  Settlement Rates) (or such other
     page as may replace such page 3750 on such system or on any other system of
     the  information  vendor  for the  time  being  designated  by the  British
     Bankers'  Association  to calculate  the BBA Interest  Settlement  Rate (as
     defined  in  the  British  Bankers'  Association's  Recommended  Terms  and
     Conditions  ("BBAIRS" terms) dated August 1985)),  provided that if on such
     date no such rate is so displayed  or if the Interest  Period is other than
     three (3) or six (6) months,  LIBOR for such period shall be the arithmetic
     mean  (rounded  upward if necessary  to four  decimal  places) of the rates
     respectively  quoted  to the  Agent by each of the  Reference  Banks at the
     request  of the Agent as the  offered  rate for  deposits  of Dollars in an
     amount  approximately  equal to the amount in relation to which LIBOR is to
     be determined for a period  equivalent to such period to prime banks in the
     London  Interbank Market at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second
     Banking Day before the first day of such period;

     "Loan"  means the term loan to be made  available  to the  Borrower  by the
     Lender  pursuant  to Clause 3.1 in the maximum  principal  amount of Thirty
     Million  Dollars  (US$30,000,000)  or the balance thereof from time to time
     outstanding;

     "Manager" means Teekay Shipping  Limited,  a Bahamian  company and a Wholly
     Owned Subsidiary of Teekay;

     "Margin" is .10% per annum;

     "Maturity  Date" means December 17, 2005; if such day is not a Banking Day,
     the next  following  Banking Day,  unless such next  following  Banking Day
     falls in the  following  calendar  month,  in which case the Maturity  Date
     shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day;

     "Original  Borrowers"  shall  have  the  meaning  ascribed  thereto  in the
     Reimbursement Agreement;

     "Palmerston"  shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the  Reimbursement
     Agreement;

     "Reimbursement  Agreement"  means the  Amended and  Restated  Reimbursement
     Agreement  dated  the  date  hereof  entered  into  between  the  Borrower,
     Palmerston,  Barrington, VSSI Transport, Alliance, the Banks, the Agent and
     the Security Trustee;

     "Repayment  Date"  means  June 17,  1998 and each of the dates  falling  at
     intervals of six months  thereafter;  if such day is not a Banking Day, the
     next following Banking Day, unless such next following Banking Day falls in
     the following  calendar  month,  in which case the relevant  Repayment Date
     shall be the immediately preceding Banking Day;

     "Security Document" means the Letter of Guarantee;

     "Security  Trustee"  means Nedship Bank (America)  N.V.,  appointed as such
     pursuant to Clause 13 of the Reimbursement Agreement;

     "Teekay" means Teekay  Shipping  Corporation,  a corporation  organized and
     existing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia;

     "Transaction Documents" means this Agreement and the Security Documen;t

     "Vessel" means the Bahamian registered vessel, DAMPIER SPIRIT, Official No.
     730939;

     "VSSI   Transport"   shall  have  the  meaning   ascribed  thereto  in  the
     Reimbursement Agreement; and

     "Wholly Owned  Subsidiary"  shall have the meaning  ascribed thereto in the
     Reimbursement Agreement.

1.2  Construction.  Words  importing the singular  number only shall include the
plural and vice versa. Words importing persons shall include  companies,  firms,
corporations,  partnerships,  unincorporated  associations  and their respective
successors and assigns.

1.3 Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall
be construed in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles as in
effect from time to time in the United  States of America  consistently  applied
("GAAP") and all financial statements submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall
be prepared in accordance with, and all financial data submitted pursuant hereto
shall be derived from financial statements prepared in accordance with, GAAP.

2        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1 In order to induce the Lender to enter into this  Agreement  and to make the
Loan   available,   the  Borrower   hereby   represents   and  warrants   (which
representations  and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the drawdown of the Loan hereunder) that:

                  (a) Due  Organization  and Power.  The Borrower is duly formed
and  validly  existing  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of its  respective
jurisdiction of  incorporation,  has duly qualified and, insofar as the Borrower
is aware,  has been  registered  as a foreign  corporation  in Australia  and is
authorized to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction  wherein
the  nature  of  the  business   transacted  thereby  makes  such  qualification
necessary, has full power to carry on its business as now being conducted and to
enter into and perform its obligations under the Transaction  Documents to which
it is or is to be a party,  and has complied with all statutory,  regulatory and
other   requirements   relative  to  such  business  and  such   agreements  the
noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse
effect on its business, assets or operations, financial or otherwise.

                  (b) Authorization and Consents. All necessary corporate action
has been taken to authorize,  and all necessary  consents and  authorities  have
been  obtained  and remain in full force and effect to permit,  the  Borrower to
enter into and perform its obligations  under the  Transaction  Documents and to
borrow,  service  and repay the Loan and, as of the date of this  Agreement,  no
further  consents or authorities  are necessary for the service and repayment of
the Loan or any part of any thereof.

                  (c) Binding Obligations.  The Transaction Documents constitute
or, when  executed and  delivered,  will  constitute,  legal,  valid and binding
obligations of the Borrower  enforceable  thereagainst  in accordance with their
terms,  except to the extent that such  enforcement  may be limited by equitable
principles,  principles of public policy or applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium or other laws affecting generally the enforcement of
creditors' rights.

                  (d) No  Violation.  The  execution  and  delivery  of, and the
performance of the provisions of, the Transaction Documents by the Borrower does
not, and will not during the term of this  Agreement,  contravene any applicable
law or  regulation  existing at the date hereof or any  contractual  restriction
binding  on  any  thereof  or the  articles  of  incorporation  or  by-laws  (or
equivalent documents) of any thereof.

                  (e)  Litigation.  Except as otherwise  disclosed in writing to
the  Lender on or before  the date  hereof,  no action,  suit or  proceeding  is
pending or  threatened  against the  Borrower  before or by any court,  board of
arbitration  or  administrative  agency  which has a  reasonable  likelihood  of
resulting in any material adverse change in the business or condition (financial
or otherwise) of the Borrower.

                  (f) No  Default.  The  Borrower  is not in  default  under any
agreement by which it is bound,  nor is any thereof in default in respect of any
financial commitment or obligation.

                  (g)  Financial  Statements.  Except as otherwise  disclosed in
writing to the Lender on or prior to the date hereof,  all information and other
data  furnished by the Borrower to the Lender are complete and correct,  and all
financial  statements furnished by the Borrower have been prepared in accordance
with GAAP and  accurately  and fairly  present the  financial  condition  of the
parties  covered  thereby as of the respective  dates thereof and the results of
the  operations  thereof for the period or  respective  periods  covered by such
financial  statements.  Since  such  date or dates  there  has been no  material
adverse change in the financial condition or results of the operations of any of
such parties and none thereof has any contingent  obligations,  liabilities  for
taxes or other  outstanding  financial  obligations  which are  material  in the
aggregate except as disclosed in such statements, information and data.

                  (h) Tax Returns and  Payments.  The Borrower has filed all tax
returns  required  to be filed  thereby and has paid all taxes  payable  thereby
which have become due,  other than those not yet delinquent or the nonpayment of
which would not have a material  adverse  effect on any such party,  as the case
may be,  and  except  for  those  taxes  being  contested  in good  faith and by
appropriate  proceedings or other acts and for which adequate reserves have been
set aside on its books.

                  (i)  Insurance.  The Borrower has insured its  properties  and
assets  against such risks and in such amounts as are  customary  for  companies
engaged in similar businesses.

                  (j)  Offices.  The chief  executive  office and chief place of
business of the Borrower and the office in which the financial  records relating
the Vessel are kept,  is, and will  continue to be,  located at Ernst & Young at
Ernst & Young Building, 321 Kent Street, Sydney NSW Australia; the Borrower does
not  maintains a place of business  in Canada,  the United  States or the United
Kingdom.

                  (k)  Equity   Ownership.   The  Borrower  is  a  Wholly  Owned
Subsidiary of Teekay. On the Drawdown Date, the Borrower will not own any shares
of capital stock,  partnership  interest or any other direct or indirect  equity
interest in any corporation, partnership or other entity.

                  (l) Limited Purpose. The Borrower is a special purpose company
whose sole  capital  asset is the Vessel;  the  Borrower  does not engage in any
business other than the owning of the Vessel.

                  (m)   Confirmation.   All   representations,   covenants   and
undertakings made pursuant to Clause 3 of the Reimbursement Agreement are hereby
incorporated,  repeated  and  warranted  to be true and  correct as if they were
fully set forth herein.

                  (n) Survival.  All  representations,  covenants and warranties
made herein and in any certificate or other document  delivered  pursuant hereto
or in connection herewith shall survive the making of the Loan.

3        THE LOAN

3.1 (a) Purposes.  The Lender shall make the Loan  available to the Borrower for
the purpose of financing the acquisition cost of the Vessel.

                  (b) Loan. The Lender, relying upon each of the representations
and  warranties  set out in Clause 2,  hereby  agrees  with the  Borrower  that,
subject to and upon the terms of this  Agreement,  it will on the Drawdown  Date
advance the Loan to the Borrower.  The proceeds of the Loan shall be utilized to
partially finance the acquisition cost of the Vessel.

3.2 Drawdown Notice. The Borrower, shall, at least three (3) Banking Days before
a Drawdown Date, serve a notice,  such notice to be substantially in the form of
Exhibit C hereto (a "Drawdown Notice"),  on the Lender which notice shall (a) be
in writing  addressed to the Lender,  (b) be effective on receipt by the Lender,
(c) specify  the amount of the Loan to be drawn,  (d) specify the Banking Day on
which the Loan is to be drawn,  (e) identify the  purpose(s) of the Loan and the
Borrower(s)  on whose  behalf the Loan is  requested,  (f)  specify  the initial
Interest Period for the Loan, (g) specify the disbursement  instructions and (h)
be irrevocable.

3.3 Effect of Drawdown Notice. The Drawdown Notice shall be deemed to constitute
a warranty by the Borrower (a) that the representations and warranties stated in
Clause 2 (updated  mutatis  mutandis)  are true and  correct on the date of such
Drawdown  Notice and will be true and correct on the Drawdown Date as if made on
such date,  and (b) that no Event of Default nor any event which with the giving
of notice or lapse of time or both  would  constitute  an Event of  Default  has
occurred and is continuing.

4        CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 Conditions  Precedent to Drawdown of the Loan . The obligation of the Lender
to make the  Loan  available  to the  Borrower  under  this  Agreement  shall be
expressly subject to the following conditions precedent:

                  (a) the Lender shall have received the following  documents in
form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and counsel to the Lender:

                    (i)  copies, certified as true and complete by an officer of
                         the  Borrower,  of  the  resolutions  of its  board  of
                         directors (and, if any necessary under appropriate law,
                         shareholders)  evidencing  approval of the  Transaction
                         Documents  to which  such  company is to be a party and
                         authorizing  an  appropriate  officer  or  officers  or
                         attorney-in-fact  or  attorneys-in-fact  to execute the
                         same on its behalf;

                    (ii) copies, certified as true and complete by an officer of
                         the  Borrower  or  other   applicable   party,  of  all
                         documents   evidencing  any  other   necessary   action
                         (including  actions by such parties  thereto other than
                         the  Borrower,  as may  be  required  by  the  Lender),
                         approvals or consents  with  respect to this  Agreement
                         and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

                    (iii)copies,  certified  as true and  complete by an officer
                         of the  Borrower  of the  articles  or  certificate  of
                         incorporation  and by-laws (or the equivalent  thereof)
                         thereof;

                    (iv) good standing  certificate  or the  equivalent  thereof
                         with respect to the Borrower  issued by the appropriate
                         authorities  of  the   jurisdiction  of   incorporation
                         thereof; and

                    (v)  evidence  that the Borrower is  registered as a foreign
                         corporation in Australia; and

                  (b) the Lender shall have received  evidence  satisfactory  to
the Lender and  counsel to the Lender  that all  conditions  precedent  required
pursuant to Clause 4 of the Reimbursement Agreement have been satisfied;

               (c) the  Borrower  shall have duly  executed and  delivered  this
Agreement;

               (d) the  Guarantor  shall have duly  executed and  delivered  the
Letter of Guarantee;

                  (e) the Lender shall have received payment in full of all fees
and  expenses  due  to  the  Lender  on  the  date  thereof  including,  without
limitation, all fees and expenses due under Clause 13 hereof;

                  (f) the  Borrower  shall have  provided  such  evidence as the
Lender may require documenting the current legal and beneficial ownership of the
shares of the Borrower;

                  (g)  Watson,  Farley &  Williams,  counsel to the  Borrower on
matters of Liberian law, shall have provided a legal opinion with respect to the
laws of the United States, New York and Liberia acceptable to the Lender; and

                  (h)  Norton  Smith & Co.,  special  counsel  to the  Lender on
matters of Australian  corporate  law,  shall have provided a legal opinion with
respect in Australian law acceptable to the Lender.

4.2 Further Conditions Precedent.  The obligation of the Lender to make the Loan
available to the Borrower shall be expressly and  separately  from the foregoing
conditional upon, on the relevant Drawdown Date:

               (a) the Lender  having  received a Drawdown  Notice in accordance
with the terms of Clause 3.2;

                  (b) the  representations  stated in Clause 2 (updated  mutatis
mutandis to such date) being true and correct as if made on that date;

                  (c) no Event of Default having  occurred and being  continuing
and no event having  occurred  and being  continuing  which,  with the giving of
notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default; and

                  (d) the Lender being  satisfied  that no Event of Default will
arise  following  the drawdown of the Loan in question by reason of the drawdown
of the Loan and that no event or state of affairs exists which  constitutes,  in
the reasonable  opinion of the Lender,  a material risk that it will be unlawful
or impossible for the Borrower,  or any other of the parties thereto to make any
payment or perform any material  obligation as required  under the terms of this
Agreement and the Security Document to which it is a party or any of them.

5        REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

5.1 Repayment.  The Borrower  shall repay the principal  amount of the Loan with
interest  thereon in sixteen (16)  consecutive  semiannual  installments  on the
Repayment  Dates,  the first eight of which shall be in the principal  amount of
One Million Dollars  ($1,000,000)  the next following seven of which shall be in
the principal  amount of Two Million Dollars  ($2,000,000) and the sixteenth and
last  installment  shall be in the  principal  amount of Eight  Million  Dollars
($8,000,000).

5.2 Voluntary  Prepayment.  The Borrower may prepay,  upon five (5) Banking Days
written  notice  (which  notice  shall be  irrevocable),  on the last day of any
Interest Period applicable to the Loan or the portion thereof to be prepaid, the
Loan or any portion  thereof,  without  penalty.  Each prepayment  shall be in a
minimum amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) in increments of One Million
Dollars ($1,000,000) or the full amount of the Loan.

5.3  Application  of  Prepayments.  Any  prepayments  of the Loan made hereunder
(including,  without  limitation,  those made  pursuant  to Clauses 5.2 and 9.1)
shall be subject to the condition that:

                    (a)  any partial  prepayment  made shall be applied pro rata
                         in   or   towards   satisfaction   of   the   remaining
                         installments of the Loan;

                    (b)  any  amounts   prepaid   shall  not  be  available  for
                         re-borrowing; and

                    (c)  on the date of any prepayment  all accrued  interest to
                         the date of such prepayment  shall be paid in full with
                         respect to the portion of the principal  being prepaid,
                         together  with any and all  actual  costs  or  expenses
                         incurred by the Lender in connection  with any breaking
                         of  funding  (as   certified   by  the  Lender,   which
                         certification  shall,  absent any  manifest  error,  be
                         conclusive and binding on the Borrower).

6        INTEREST AND RATE

6.1 Interest Rate;  Default Rate. The Loan shall bear interest at the Applicable
Rate,  which shall be the rate per annum equal to the aggregate of (a) LIBOR for
the applicable  Interest  Period and (b) the Margin.  Any amounts due under this
Agreement,  not paid when due,  whether on a Repayment  Date, by acceleration or
otherwise, shall bear interest thereafter at the Default Rate.

6.2 Interest  Periods.  The Borrower may select Interest Periods of three or six
months,  or such other period as selected by the Borrower which is available to,
and accepted by the Lender for purposes of funding the Loan, provided,  however,
that at all times the Borrower must select an Interest Period which  corresponds
to the  Interest  Period (as such term is  defined in the First Loan  Agreement)
under the First Loan  Agreement.  The  Borrower,  shall  provide the Lender with
written notice  specifying the Interest Period selected by the Borrower at least
three  (3)  Banking  Days  prior  to the  Drawdown  Date and the end of any then
existing Interest Period. If at the end of any then existing Interest Period the
Borrower fails to give notice as aforesaid,  the relevant  Interest Period shall
be three (3) months.

6.3 Interest Payments.  The Borrower agrees to pay interest accrued on the Loan,
in arrears, on the Interest Payment Dates.

6.4  Calculation  of Interest.  All interest shall accrue from day to day and be
calculated on the actual number of days elapsed over a three hundred sixty (360)
day year.

7        PAYMENTS

7.1 Place of Payments,  No Set Off. (a) All payments to be made hereunder by the
Borrower  shall be made on the due dates of such  payments  to the Lender at its
office located at Level 10, Challis House, 4 Martin Place, Sydney, NSW Australia
or to such other place as the Lender may direct without  set-off or counterclaim
and free from, clear of and without deduction for, any Taxes, provided, however,
that if the Borrower shall at any time be compelled by law to withhold or deduct
any Taxes from any amounts  payable to the Lender  hereunder,  then,  subject to
Clause 7.2, the Borrower shall pay such additional  amounts in Dollars as may be
necessary in order that the net amounts received after  withholding or deduction
shall equal the amounts  which would have been received if such  withholding  or
deduction  were not required and, in the event any  withholding  or deduction is
made,  whether for Taxes or otherwise,  the Borrower  shall promptly send to the
Lender such  documentary  evidence with respect to such withholding or deduction
as may be  required  from  time  to  time  by the  Lender.  Notwithstanding  the
preceding sentence, the Borrower shall not be required to pay additional amounts
or otherwise indemnify the Lender for or on account of:

                  (i) Taxes  based on or  measured  by the overall net income of
the Lender or Taxes in the nature of franchise  taxes or taxes for the privilege
of doing business  imposed by any  jurisdiction or any political  subdivision or
taxing  authority  therein unless such are imposed as a result of the activities
of the Borrower within the relevant taxing jurisdiction;

                  (ii)  Taxes  imposed  by any  jurisdiction  or  any  political
subdivision or taxing  authority  therein on the Lender that would not have been
imposed  but for the Lender  being  organized  in or  conducting  business in or
maintaining a place of business in the relevant taxing jurisdiction, or engaging
in activities  or  transactions  in the relevant  taxing  jurisdiction  that are
unrelated to the  transactions  contemplated by the Transaction  Documents,  but
only to the extent such Taxes are not imposed as a result of the  activities  of
any of the Borrower within the relevant taxing  jurisdiction or the jurisdiction
of the Borrower under the laws of the taxing jurisdiction;

                  (iii)  Taxes  imposed  on or with  respect  to the Lender as a
result of a transfer,  sale,  assignment,  or other disposition by the Lender of
any interest in any  Transaction  Document or the Vessel  (other than a transfer
pursuant to an exercise of remedies upon an Event of Default);

                  (iv) Taxes imposed on, or with respect to, a transferee  (or a
subsequent  transferee)  of the Lender (and  including as such a transferee  the
Lender  whose  shares  of stock  have been  transferred  or the  purchaser  of a
participation  in the  Loan) to the  extent  of the  excess of such Tax over the
amount of such Tax that  would have been  imposed  on, or with  respect  to, the
Lender had there not been a transfer,  sale,  assignment or other disposition of
the shares of the Lender or a transfer, sale, assignment or other disposition by
the Lender of any  interest in the Vessel or any  Transaction  Document (in each
case,  other than any transfer  pursuant to the exercise of remedies as a result
of an Event of Default that shall have occurred and be continuing); or

                  (v)  Taxes  imposed  on the  Lender  that  would not have been
imposed  but for any  failure  of the Lender to comply  with any  return  filing
requirement or any certification, information, documentation, reporting or other
similar  requirement  known to the  Lender,  if such  compliance  is required to
obtain or establish relief or exemption from or reduction in such Taxes.

                  (b) In the event that the Borrower has actual  knowledge  that
the  Borrower  is  required  to, or there  arises in the  Borrower's  reasonable
opinion a substantial  likelihood  that the Borrower will be required to, pay an
additional amount or otherwise indemnify the Lender for or on account of any Tax
pursuant to Clause 7.1(a),  the Borrower will promptly  notify the Lender of the
nature of such Tax,  and shall  furnish  such  information  to the  Lender  with
respect to such Tax, as the Lender may reasonably  request.  In the event of any
knowledge or opinion of the Borrower  described in the preceding  sentence,  the
Borrower  and the Lender shall  consult in good faith to  determine  what may be
required to fund the Loan in  Australian  Dollars  and/or to eliminate or reduce
such Tax, and shall each use  reasonable  efforts to fund the Loan in Australian
Dollars  and/or to eliminate or reduce such Tax (so long as such efforts do not,
in the  reasonable  opinion of the  relevant  Lender,  result in any cost to the
Lender or any  modification  of the terms or  repayment of the Loan or result in
the Lender being subjected to any additional risk or exposure).

7.2 Tax  Credits.  If the Lender at its  discretion  utilises  the  benefit of a
credit  against its liability for Taxes imposed by any taxing  authority for all
or part of the Taxes as to which the  Borrower  has paid  additional  amounts as
aforesaid  then the Lender  shall  reimburse  the Borrower for the amount of the
credit so obtained.  The Lender shall use reasonable  efforts in filing such tax
return as are necessary to obtain any such credit. In connection therewith,  the
Lender may consult with its legal advisers, all fees and expenses of which shall
be for the account of the Borrower. Where the credit is not utilized, the Lender
shall use reasonable endeavors to pass credit on to the Borrower.

8        EVENTS OF DEFAULT

8.1 In the event that any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

               (a) Repayments.  Any principal or interest  payment due hereunder
is not paid on the due date; or

                  (b) Other Payments.  Any fees or other amount becoming payable
to the Lender  under this  Agreement is not paid on the due date or within three
(3) Banking Days after the date of demand (as the case may be); or

                  (c)  Representations,  etc.  Any  representation,  warranty or
other  statement  made  by the  Borrower  in  this  Agreement  or in  any  other
instrument,  document or other  agreement  delivered in  connection  herewith or
therewith proves to have been untrue or misleading in any material respect as at
the date as of which made; or

                  (d)  Impossibility,   Illegality.  It  becomes  impossible  or
unlawful  for the  Borrower,  to fulfill any of the  covenants  and  obligations
contained  herein or, exercise any of the rights vested in any of them hereunder
and such  impossibility or illegality,  in the reasonable opinion of the Lender,
will have a  material  adverse  effect  on its  rights  hereunder,  or under the
Security Document or on its rights to enforce any thereof; or

                  (e) Covenants. The Borrower defaults in the performance of any
term,  covenant  or  agreement  contained  in  this  Agreement  or in any  other
instrument,  document or other  agreement  delivered in  connection  herewith or
therewith,  or there occurs any other event which  constitutes  a default  under
this Agreement in each case other than an Event of Default referred to elsewhere
in this Clause 8.1, and such default,  in the reasonable  opinion of the Lender,
could have a material  adverse effect on their rights  hereunder or under any of
the  Security  Document or on their  right to enforce any thereof and  continues
unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days; or

                  (f)  Indebtedness.  The Borrower  shall default in the payment
when due (subject to any applicable  grace period),  whether by  acceleration or
otherwise,  of any Indebtedness  having an outstanding  principal amount of Five
Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($500,000) or more or any party becomes  entitled to
enforce the security for any such  Indebtedness  and such party shall take steps
to enforce the same,  unless such default or enforcement  is being  contested in
good faith and by  appropriate  proceedings or other acts and the Borrower shall
set aside on its books adequate  reserves with respect  thereto,  and so long as
such  default or  enforcement  shall not subject the Vessel to material  risk of
forfeiture or loss; or

                  (g) Stock  Ownership.  There  is,  without  the prior  written
consent of the Lender (i) any change in the legal or beneficial  stock ownership
or the voting  control of the  Borrower  or (ii) any pledge of the shares of the
Borrower in favor of a party other than the Security  Trustee or (iii) less than
fifty-one  percent (51%) of the issued and outstanding  shares of Teekay is held
beneficially and of record by the Cirrus Trust and the JTK Trust; or

                  (h) Default under the  Reimbursement  Agreement and First Loan
Agreement.  There is an event  of  default  under  either  of the  Reimbursement
Agreement  or  the  First  Loan  Agreement  which  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing; or

                  (i) Bankruptcy. The Borrower commences any proceeding relating
to any substantial portion of its property under any reorganization, arrangement
or  readjustment  of debt,  dissolution,  winding up,  adjustment,  composition,
bankruptcy or  liquidation  law or statute of any  jurisdiction,  whether now or
hereafter in effect  ("Proceeding"),  or there is commenced against the Borrower
any Proceeding and such Proceeding remains  undismissed or unstayed for a period
of thirty (30) days; or any receiver, trustee, liquidator or sequestrator of, or
for,  the  Borrower  or any  substantial  portion  of the  property  thereof  is
appointed  and is not  discharged  within a period of thirty  (30) days;  or the
Borrower by any act indicates  consent to or approval of or  acquiescence in any
Proceeding  or to  the  appointment  of any  receiver,  trustee,  liquidator  or
sequestrator of, or for, itself or any substantial portion of its property; or

                  (j) Sale of Assets.  The  Borrower  ceases,  or  threatens  to
cease, its operations or sells or otherwise disposes of, or threatens to sell or
otherwise  dispose  of,  all  or  substantially  all  of  its  assets  or all or
substantially all of its assets are seized or otherwise appropriated; or

                  (k)  Judgments.  Any  judgment  or order  is made  the  effect
whereof would be to render  ineffective  or invalid this  Agreement the Security
Document or any of them; or

                  (l)  Inability to Pay Debts.  The Borrower is unable to pay or
admits its inability to pay its debts as they fall due or if a moratorium  shall
be declared in respect of any Indebtedness thereof; or

                  (m) Financial  Position.  Any change in the financial position
of the Borrower  which,  in the reasonable  opinion of the Lender,  is likely to
have a material  adverse  effect on the  ability of the  Borrower to perform its
material obligations under this Agreement;

         then the Lender's obligation to make the Loan available shall cease and
the Lender, by notice to the Borrower,  may declare the then outstanding  amount
of the  Loan,  accrued  interest  and any other  sums  payable  by the  Borrower
hereunder,  to be immediately due and payable whereupon the same shall forthwith
be due and payable without presentment,  demand,  protest or notice of any kind,
all of which are hereby expressly waived; provided that upon the happening of an
event  specified in subclauses (i) or (l) of this Clause 8.1, the Loan,  accrued
interest  and any other sums  payable  hereunder  shall be  immediately  due and
payable without declaration or other notice to the Borrower.  In such event, the
Lender, may (i) proceed to protect and enforce its rights by action at law, suit
in equity or in admiralty or other appropriate proceeding,  whether for specific
performance  of any  covenant  contained  in this  Agreement  or in the Security
Document or to enforce the  payment of the  Security  Document or to enforce any
other legal or equitable right of the Lender, or (ii) proceed to take any action
authorized  or permitted  under the terms of any of the Security  Document or by
applicable  laws  for  the  collection  of all  sums  due,  or so  declared  due
including,  without  limitation,  the  right  to  appropriate  and hold or apply
(directly,  by way of set-off or otherwise) to the payment of the obligations of
the  Borrower  to the Lender  hereunder,  all  moneys  and other  amounts of the
Borrower,  then or  thereafter  in  possession  of the Lender,  inclusive of the
balance of any deposit  account  (demand or time,  matured or  unmatured) of the
Borrower, then or thereafter with the Lender.

8.2 Indemnification.  The Borrower agrees to, and shall,  indemnify and hold the
Lender harmless against any loss or costs or expenses  (including legal fees and
expenses)  which the Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of any default
in repayment of the principal  amount of the Loan or interest accrued thereon or
any other amount payable  hereunder (other than costs and expenses caused by the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender) including, but not limited
to, all actual losses  incurred in  liquidating or  re-employing  fixed deposits
made by third  parties or funds  acquired to effect or maintain  the Loan or any
part  thereof.  The Lender's  certification  of such costs and  expenses  shall,
absent any manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower.

8.3  Application of Moneys.  All moneys received by the Lender under or pursuant
to this Agreement  after the happening of any Event of Default  (unless cured to
the  satisfaction of the Lender) shall be applied by the Lender in the following
manner:

                    (i)  first,  in or towards the payment or  reimbursement  of
                         any expenses or  liabilities  incurred by the Lender in
                         connection  with  the   ascertainment,   protection  or
                         enforcement  of its rights and remedies  hereunder  and
                         under the Security Document,

                    (ii) secondly,  in or towards  payment of any interest owing
                         in respect of the Loan,

                    (iii)thirdly,  in or towards repayment of principal owing in
                         respect of the Loan,

                    (iv) fourthly, in or towards payment of all other sums which
                         may be owing to the Lender under this  Agreement or the
                         First Loan Agreement, and

                    (v)  fifthly,  the  surplus  (if  any)  shall be paid to the
                         Borrower or to whomsoever else may be entitled thereto.

9        COVENANTS

9.1 The Borrower hereby  covenants and undertakes with the Lender that, from the
date hereof and so long as any principal,  interest or other monies are owing in
respect of this Agreement:

The Borrower will:

                   (i) Performance of Agreements.  Duly perform and observe, and
procure the observance and  performance by all other parties thereto (other than
the Lender) of, the terms of this Agreement and the Reimbursement Agreement;

                  (ii)  Notice of  Default.  Promptly  inform  the Lender of the
occurrence  of (a) any Event of Default or of any event which with the giving of
notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default,  (b) any
litigation or governmental proceeding pending or threatened against the Borrower
or Teekay which could  reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse effect
on the business, assets, operations, property or financial condition of any such
party and (c) any other event or  condition  of which it becomes  aware which is
reasonably  likely to have a  material  adverse  effect on its  ability,  or the
ability of any other  party  thereto,  to  perform  its  obligations  under this
Agreement;

                 (iii) Obtain  Consents.  Obtain every  consent and do all other
acts and things which may from time to time be  necessary  or advisable  for the
continued  due  performance  of all its and any other  party's  (other  than the
Lender's') obligations under this Agreement;

                  (iv) Corporate Existence.  Do or cause to be done, and procure
that Teekay and Alliance shall do or cause to be done,  all things  necessary to
preserve and keep in full force and effect their respective corporate existence,
and all licenses, franchises, permits and assets necessary to the conduct of the
business of each such corporation;

                   (v) Taxes.  Pay and discharge,  and cause Teekay and Alliance
to pay and discharge,  all taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies
imposed upon each such corporation or upon such corporation's income or property
prior to the date upon which penalties attach thereto;  provided,  however, that
such  corporations  shall not be required to pay and  discharge,  or cause to be
paid and  discharged,  any such tax,  assessment,  charge or levy so long as the
legality or amount  thereof shall be contested in good faith and by  appropriate
proceedings or other acts and it shall set aside on its books adequate  reserves
with respect thereto, and so long as such deferment in payment shall not subject
the Vessel to material risk of forfeiture or loss;

                  (vi)  Compliance  with Statutes,  etc. Do or cause to be done,
and procure  that Teekay and Alliance  shall do or cause to be done,  all things
necessary  to comply  with all  material  laws,  and the  rules and  regulations
thereunder,  applicable  to the  Borrower,  Teekay and Alliance  and  including,
without  limitation,  those  laws,  rules and  regulations  relating to employee
benefit plans and environmental matters; and

                 (vii)  Maintenance  of  Properties.  Maintain,  or  cause to be
maintained,  and keep, or cause to be kept, and procure that Teekay and Alliance
shall  maintain,  or cause to be maintained,  and keep, or cause to be kept, all
properties  used or useful in the  conduct of its  business  in good  condition,
repair and working  order and supplied  with all  necessary  equipment  and will
cause to be made necessary  repairs,  renewals and replacements  thereof so that
the business  carried on and in connection  therewith and every portion  thereof
may be properly  and  advantageously  conducted at all times.  In addition,  the
Borrower  shall  cause the Vessel to be  drydocked  as often as  required by the
Vessel's classification society and as a prudent shipowner would require.

9.2 The Borrower covenants and undertakes with the Lender that the Borrower will
be duly registered as a foreign company under the  Corporations Law of Australia
within 60 days from the date of this  Agreement or such further period which the
Lender shall in writing permit.

10       ASSIGNMENT

                  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit
of, the Borrower, the Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except
that the  Borrower  may not assign any of its  rights or  obligations  hereunder
except as specifically  provided herein.  The Lender may, with the prior written
consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld) assign a
portion of its rights and  obligations  under this  Agreement to any one or more
commercial  lenders  (the  expenses  of the Lender in  connection  with any such
assignment shall be for its own account).  The Borrower will take all reasonable
actions  requested by the Lender to effect such assignment,  including,  without
limitation,  the  execution  of a written  consent  to such  assignment  and any
agreement executed in connection therewith.

11       ILLEGALITY, INCREASED COST, NON-AVAILABILITY, ETC.

11.1.  Illegality.  In the event that by reason of any change in any  applicable
law, regulation or regulatory  requirement or in the interpretation  thereof the
Lender  reasonably  concludes  that it has  become  unlawful  for the  Lender to
maintain or give effect to its  obligations as  contemplated  by this Agreement,
the Lender shall inform the Borrower to that effect, whereafter the liability of
the Lender to make the Loan  available  shall  forthwith  cease and the Borrower
shall be required to prepay the then outstanding portion of the Loan immediately
in  accordance  with and subject to the  provisions  of Clause 11.4. In any such
event,  but without  prejudice to the aforesaid  obligations  of the Borrower to
prepay the Loan, the Borrower and the Lender shall  negotiate in good faith with
a view to agreeing on terms for making the Loan available in Australian  Dollars
or or otherwise  restructuring  the Loan on a basis which is not  unlawful  with
respect to the Lender and the  Lender  shall use  reasonable  efforts to replace
itself with a lender for which the making and performance of the Agreement would
not be illegal.

11.2 Increased Cost. If any change in applicable  law,  regulation or regulatory
requirement or in the interpretation or application  thereof by any governmental
or other authority, shall:

     (i)  change the basis of taxation  (excluding any change in the rate of any
          Tax) to the Lender of payments of  principal  or interest or any other
          payment due or to become due pursuant to this Agreement  (other than a
          change in taxation of the overall net income of the Lender effected by
          the  jurisdiction of organization or the jurisdiction of the principal
          place of business of the Lender,  the  Commonwealth of Australia,  the
          State of New  South  Wales or any  governmental  subdivision  or other
          taxing  authority  having  jurisdiction  over the Lender  (unless such
          jurisdiction  is asserted  solely by reason of the  activities  of the
          Borrower) or such other jurisdiction where the Loan may be repayable),
          or

     (ii) impose,  modify or deem applicable any reserve requirements or require
          the making of any special deposits against or in respect of any assets
          or liabilities  of,  deposits with or for the account of, or loans by,
          the Lender, or

     (iii)impose on the Lender  any other  condition  affecting  the Loan or any
          part  thereof,  and the result of the  foregoing is either to increase
          the cost to the Lender of making  available or maintaining the Loan or
          any part  thereof or to reduce the amount of any  payment  received by
          the Lender, then and in any such case if such increase or reduction in
          the  opinion of the Lender  materially  affects the  interests  of the
          Lender under or in connection with this Agreement, then:

          (a)  the Lender  shall  notify the  Borrower of the  happening of such
               event,

          (b)  the Borrower  agrees  forthwith  upon demand to pay to the Lender
               such amount as the Lender certifies to be necessary to compensate
               the Lender for such additional cost or such reduction, and

          (c)  any such  demand  as is  referred  to in  sub-clause  (b) of this
               Clause 11.2 may be made by the Lender at any time before or after
               any repayment of the Loan.

11.3  Determination  of Losses.  A certificate  or  determination  notice of the
Lender,  as to any of the matters  referred  to in this Clause 11 shall,  absent
manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower.

11.4  Compensation  for  Losses.  Where the Loan or a portion  thereof are to be
prepaid  by  the  Borrower   pursuant  to  Clause  11.1  the   Borrower   agrees
simultaneously with such prepayment to pay to the Lender all accrued interest to
the date of actual  payment  and all other sums  payable by the  Borrower to the
Lender pursuant to this Agreement, without penalty or premium.

12       CURRENCY INDEMNITY

12.1  Currency  Conversion.  If for the  purpose of  obtaining  or  enforcing  a
judgment in any court in any country it becomes  necessary  to convert  into any
other  currency  (the  "judgment  currency") an amount due in Dollars under this
Agreement then the conversion shall be made, in the discretion of the Lender, at
the rate of  exchange  prevailing  either on the date of  default  or on the day
before the day on which the  judgment is given or the order for  enforcement  is
made, as the case may be (the "conversion date"), provided that the Lender shall
not be entitled to recover under this clause any amount in the judgment currency
which  exceeds  at the  conversion  date the  amount in  Dollars  due under this
Agreement.

12.2  Change in  Exchange  Rate.  If there is a change  in the rate of  exchange
prevailing  between the  conversion  date and the date of actual  payment of the
amount due, the Borrower shall pay such  additional  amounts (if any, but in any
event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid in
the judgment  currency when converted at the rate of exchange  prevailing on the
date of payment  will  produce  the  amount  then due under  this  Agreement  in
Dollars;  any excess  over the amount due  received or  collected  by the Lender
shall be remitted to the Borrower.

12.3  Additional  Debt Due. Any amount due from the  Borrower  under Clause 12.2
shall be due as a separate  debt and shall not be  affected  by  judgment  being
obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Agreement.

12.4. Rate of Exchange.  The term "rate of exchange" in this Clause 12 means the
rate at which the Lender in accordance  with their normal  practices are able on
the relevant  date to purchase  Dollars with the judgment  currency and includes
any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with such purchase.

13       FEES AND EXPENSES

13.1  Expenses.  The Borrower  agrees,  whether or not the  transactions  hereby
contemplated are consummated,  on demand to pay, or reimburse the Lender for its
payment of, the reasonable  expenses of the Lender incident to said transactions
(and in  connection  with  any  supplements,  amendments,  waivers  or  consents
relating  thereto or incurred in connection  with the  enforcement or defense of
the Lender's rights or remedies with respect  thereto or in the  preservation of
the  Lender's  priorities  under the  documentation  executed  and  delivered in
connection  therewith) including,  without limitation,  all reasonable costs and
expenses of  preparation,  negotiation,  execution  and  administration  of this
Agreement and the documents  referred to herein,  the fees and  disbursements of
the Lender's  counsel in  connection  therewith,  including  Seward & Kissel and
Norton  Smith  & Co.,  as  well  as the  reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of any
independent appraisers,  surveyors,  engineers and other consultants retained by
the  Lender  in  connection  with this  transaction,  all  reasonable  costs and
expenses,  if any, in connection  with the enforcement of this Agreement and the
Security  Document and stamp and other similar  taxes,  if any,  incident to the
execution  and delivery of the  documents  herein  contemplated  and to hold the
Lender free and  harmless in  connection  with any  liability  arising  from the
nonpayment  of any such stamp or other  similar  taxes.  Such taxes and, if any,
interest and  penalties  related  thereto as may become  payable  after the date
hereof shall be paid immediately by the Borrower to the Lender,  as the case may
be, when liability  therefor is no longer  contested by such party or parties or
reimbursed  immediately  by the Borrower to such party or parties  after payment
thereof (if the Lender, at its sole discretion, chooses to make such payment).

14       APPLICABLE LAW, JURISDICTION AND WAIVER

14.1  Applicable  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by, and  construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New South Wales.

14.2 Jurisdiction.  The Borrower hereby irrevocably  submits to the jurisdiction
of the Supreme Court of New South Wales and of the Federal Court of Australia in
any action or proceeding  brought  against it by the Lender under this Agreement
or under any document  delivered  hereunder and hereby  irrevocably  agrees that
service of summons or other legal process on it may be served by registered mail
addressed thereto, c/o Clayton Utz, Levels 27-35, No. 1 O'Connell Street, Sydney
NSW Australia.  The service, as herein provided,  of such summons or other legal
process in any such action or proceeding  shall be deemed  personal  service and
accepted  by the  Borrower  as such,  and  shall be legal and  binding  upon the
Borrower for all the purposes of any such action or  proceeding.  Final judgment
(a certified or  exemplified  copy of which shall be conclusive  evidence of the
fact and of the  amount  of any  indebtedness  of the  Borrower  to the  Lender)
against the Borrower in any such legal action or proceeding  shall be conclusive
and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment. The Borrower
will  advise the Lender  promptly  of any change of address  for the  purpose of
service of process.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Lender
may bring any legal action or proceeding in any other appropriate jurisdiction.

15       NOTICES AND DEMANDS

15.1 Notices.  All notices,  requests,  demands and other  communications to any
party  hereunder  shall be in  writing  (including  prepaid  overnight  courier,
facsimile  transmission  or similar  writing) and shall be given to the Borrower
and  Lender at the  address  or  telecopy  number set out below or at such other
address or telecopy  number as such party may hereafter  specify for the purpose
by  notice to each  other  party  hereto.  Each such  notice,  request  or other
communication shall be effective (i) if given by telecopy, when such telecopy is
transmitted  to the  telecopy  number  specified  in this Clause and  telephonic
confirmation  of receipt  thereof is obtained or (ii) if given by mail,  prepaid
overnight  courier or any other means, when received at the address specified in
this Clause or when delivery at such address is refused.

                  If to the Borrower:

                  c/o      Teekay Shipping Limited
                           4th Floor
                           Euro-Canadian Centre
                           Marlborough Street and Navy Lion Road
                           P.O. Box SS 7293
                           Nassau, Bahamas
                           Telecopy No.: 242-328-7330
                           Attention: The President

                  If to the Lender:

                  Rabo Australia Limited
                  Level 10, Challis House
                  4 Martin Place
                  Sydney, NSW AUSTRALIA
                  Telecopy No.: 612-9231-0007
                  Attention: Manager -
                           Corporate Banking and Structured Finance

16       MISCELLANEOUS

16.1 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement but no failure or
delay on the part of the  Lender  to  exercise  any  power or right  under  this
Agreement  shall  operate as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall any single or partial
exercise  by the Lender of any power or right  hereunder  preclude  any other or
further  exercise  thereof  or the  exercise  of any other  power or right.  The
remedies  provided  herein are  cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies
provided by law.

16.2  Unenforceable,  etc.,  Provisions - Effect. In case any one or more of the
provisions  contained in this  Agreement  would,  if given  effect,  be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law applicable in any relevant
jurisdiction,  said provision shall not be enforceable against the Borrower, but
the validity,  legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions herein or
therein contained shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

16.3 References.  References herein to Clauses and Schedules are to be construed
as references to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement.

16.4  Further  Assurances.  The  Borrower  agrees that if this  Agreement in the
reasonable  opinion of the  Lender,  at any time be deemed by the Lender for any
reason  insufficient in whole or in part to carry out the true intent and spirit
hereof or  thereof,  it will  execute  or cause to be  executed  such  other and
further assurances and documents as in the opinion of the Lender may be required
in order more effectively to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.

16.5  Entire  Agreement;  Amendments.  This  Agreement  constitutes  the  entire
agreement of the parties  hereto This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts,   each  of  will  shall  be  deemed  an  original,  but  all  such
counterparts  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  instrument.  Any
provision  of this  Agreement  may be amended  or waived  if, but only if,  such
amendment  or waiver is in writing and is signed by the  Borrower and the Lender
(and, if the rights or duties of the Lender are affected thereby, by the Lender,
as applicable).

16.6 Headings.  In this Agreement,  Clause headings are inserted for convenience
of reference only and shall not be taken into account in the  interpretation  of
this Agreement.



<PAGE>



Executed as an Agreement



Signed for and on behalf of                                      )
VSSI Australia Limited                                           )
in the presence of:                                              )



- -------------------------




Signed for and on behalf of                                      )
Rabo Australia Limited                                           )
ACN 060 452 217                                                  )
in the presence of :                                             )

- -------------------------


01029.004 #160636





April    , 1998

To:        Rabo Australia Limited
           Level 10, Challis House
           74 Martin Place
           Sydney NSW Australia

At the  request  of  Barrington  (Australia)  Pty.  Limited  (ACN  080 850  559)
("Barrington"),   Palmerston   (Australia)   Pty.  Limited  (ACN  080  850  586)
("Palmerston"; Palmerston and Barrington shall sometimes hereinafter be referred
to together as the  "Original  Borrowers")  and VSSI  Australia  Limited  ("VSSI
Australia")  (collectively,  the "Borrowers" and each separately, a "Borrower"),
we the  undersigned  Nedship Bank  (America)  N.V.,  hereby issue the  following
guarantee  to you (the  "Guarantee"),  which  amends and  restates  the Original
Guarantee (as hereinafter defined).

We have  previously  issued a  guarantee  to you dated  December  17,  1997 (the
"Original  Guarantee"),  in connection with a term loan facility agreement dated
December 17, 1997 (the "First Loan  Facility  Agreement"),  between the Original
Borrowers, as borrowers,  and you, as lender,  regarding a loan in the amount of
US$44,000,000  (the  "First  Loan")  provided  by you in order to  assist in the
financing of the Australian flag vessels BARRINGTON and PALMERSTON.

You have  agreed to make a loan in the  amount  of  US$30,000,000  (the  "Second
Loan";  the First  Loan and the  Second  Loan  shall  sometimes  hereinafter  be
referred  to together  as the  "Loans"  and each  separately,  a "Loan") to VSSI
Australia,  an affiliate of the Original Borrowers,  as borrower,  pursuant to a
term loan facility agreement to be dated on or about April 17, 1998 (the "Second
Loan Facility Agreement";  the First Loan Facility Agreement and the Second Loan
Facility  Agreement shall  sometimes  hereinafter be referred to together as the
"Loan Facility Agreements" and each separately, a "Loan Facility Agreement"), in
order to assist in the financing of the Bahamian flag vessel DAMPIER SPIRIT.

We have received a copy of and have duly noted the contents of the Loan Facility
Agreements.

     1.   In  consideration  of you  having  entering  into  the  Loan  Facility
          Agreements  we hereby  irrevocably  guarantee to pay to you as primary
          obligor  any and all  amounts  due and  payable  to you  from  (i) the
          Original  Borrowers  under the First Loan Facility  Agreement and (ii)
          VSSI Australia under the Second Loan Facility Agreement (together, the
          "Guaranteed Amounts") as herein provided.

     2.   We shall  immediately,  and no later than five (5) Banking  Days after
          receipt of your written  demand,  pay to you all amounts due and which
          the  Borrower(s)  are  obliged  to pay to you under the Loan  Facility
          Agreements  to which they are a party,  provided only that your demand
          recites  that  there has been an Event of Default  under the  relevant
          Loan  Facility  Agreement and that you have  accelerated  the relevant
          Loan and specifies the amount that the relevant  Borrowers are obliged
          to pay to you. No further  documentation  or action shall be necessary
          in order to oblige us to make payment under this Guarantee.

           Upon our  payment  of the  Guaranteed  Amounts,  you shall  execute a
           release of this  Guarantee.  Any costs  incurred by you in connection
           with such release shall be for our account.
     3.    As a separate  obligation we unconditionally and irrevocably agree to
           indemnify  you against all  liability or loss arising  from,  and any
           costs, charges, expenses or interest incurred directly or indirectly,
           as a result of or arising out of the Guaranteed  Amounts not being or
           ever having been recoverable from any of the Borrowers because of any
           circumstance.

     4.    Our obligations  hereunder shall be irrevocable and absolute  without
           regard to:

          (1)  you, as lender under either of the Loan Facility  Agreements (the
               "Lender") or another  person  granting  time or other  indulgence
               (with or without  the  imposition  of an  additional  burden) to,
               compounding or compromising with or wholly or partially releasing
               the Borrowers, any other guarantor or another person in any way;

          (2)  laches,  acquiescence,  delay, acts, omissions or mistakes on the
               part of the Lender or another person or any one or more of them;

          (3)  any  variation  or  novation  of a right of the Lender or another
               person or material  alteration  of a document,  in respect of the
               Borrowers,  the Guarantor or another  person  including,  without
               limitation,  an  increase in the limit of or other  variation  in
               connection with advances or accommodation;

          (4)  the transaction of business,  expressly or impliedly,  with, for,
               or at the request of, the  Borrowers,  the  Guarantor  or another
               person;

          (5)  changes which from time to time may take place in the membership,
               name or business of a firm, partnership, committee or association
               whether by death,  retirement,  admission or otherwise whether or
               not the Guarantor or another person was a member;

          (6)  the loss or  impairment  of any  security  given with  respect to
               either of the Loan Facility Agreements (a "Security Interest");

          (7)  a Security Interest being void, voidable or unenforceable;

          (8)  a  person  dealing  in any  way  with a  guarantee,  judgment  or
               negotiable  instrument  (including,  without limitation,  taking,
               abandoning  or  releasing   (wholly  or  partially),   realizing,
               exchanging,   varying,   abstaining  from  perfecting  or  taking
               advantage of it);

          (9)  the  death  of  any   person  or  any   insolvency,   bankruptcy,
               reorganization  or  other  similar   proceeding  (an  "Insolvency
               Event");

          (10) a change  in the  legal  capacity,  rights  or  obligations  of a
               person;

          (11) the fact that a person is a trustee,  nominee, joint owner, joint
               venturer or a member of a partnership, firm or association;

          (12) a judgment against any Borrower or another person;

          (13) the  receipt  of a  dividend  after  an  Insolvency  Event or the
               payment  of a sum or sums into the  account  of any  Borrower  or
               another  person at any time  (whether  received or paid  jointly,
               jointly and severally or otherwise);

          (14) any part of the Guaranteed Amounts being irrecoverable;

          (15) an  assignment  of  rights  in  connection  with  either  of  the
               Guaranteed Amounts;

          (16) the acceptance of repudiation or other  termination in connection
               with either of the Guaranteed Amounts;

          (17) the invalidity or  unenforceability of an obligation or liability
               of a person other than the Guarantor;

          (18) invalidity or  irregularity in the execution of this guarantee by
               the  Guarantor  or  any  deficiency  in or  irregularity  in  the
               exercise of the powers of the  Guarantor to enter into or observe
               its obligations under this guarantee and indemnity;

          (19) the opening of a new account by any  Borrower  with the Lender or
               another person or the operation of a new account;

          (20) any obligation of any Borrower  being  discharged by operation of
               law;

          (21) property  secured  under a  Security  Interest  being  forfeited,
               extinguished, surrendered, resumed or determined.

     The liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee is not affected;

           (a)    because any other  person who was  intended to enter into this
                  Guarantee,  or otherwise become a co-surety or  co-indemnifier
                  for  payment of any of the  Guaranteed  Amounts or other money
                  payable under this  guarantee and indemnity has not done so or
                  has not done so effectively; or

           (b)    because a person  who is a  co-surety  or  co-indemnifier  for
                  payment  of any of  the  Guaranteed  Amounts  or  other  money
                  payable under this Guarantee is discharged  under an agreement
                  or under statute or a principle of law or equity.

     1.           This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect up to the
                  date which is six months after the Maturity  Date (as the term
                  is defined in the First Loan Facility Agreement).

     2.           If at any time any amount  payable by any  Borrower  under the
                  Loan Facility Agreement to which it is a party is rescinded or
                  must be otherwise  restored or returned  upon the  insolvency,
                  bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower or otherwise, our
                  obligations  hereunder  with respect to such payment  shall be
                  reinstated  at such time as though  such  payment had not been
                  made.

     3.    We waive any right we may have of requiring you to proceed against or
           enforce  your rights  against any  Borrower  under the Loan  Facility
           Agreement to which it is a party or any other person  before making a
           demand under the Guarantee.

           We confirm that our rights of  subrogation  and our rights to proceed
           against any of the Borrowers  (including without limitation the right
           to initiate  legal  proceedings  against any of the Borrowers and the
           right to claim dividend from any Borrower's  estate) are subordinated
           to your rights against the Borrowers.  We shall not exercise any such
           right unless either the Guaranteed  Amounts have been paid in full or
           with your prior written consent.

     4.    Any and all  payments  under this  Guarantee  shall be made in freely
           available  funds  without  set-off or  counterclaims  and without any
           restrictions  or  condition  and free and clear of all and any taxes,
           duties, charges or other deductions or withholdings of any nature.

     5.    This Guarantee is governed by  the law in force in New  South  Wales,
           Australia.

           The undersigned hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the
           non-exclusive  jurisdiction  of the  courts  of New  South  Wales and
           courts of appeal from them. The  undersigned  waives any right it has
           to object to an action  being  brought  in those  courts,  including,
           without  limitation,  by claiming that the action has been brought in
           an inconvenient forum or that those courts do not have jurisdiction.

           Without  preventing  any other mode of  service,  any  document in an
           action (including,  without limitation,  any writ of summons or other
           originating process or any third or other party notice) may be served
           on the  undersigned  by being  delivered to or left for that party at
           Scharlooweg 55 Curacao, Netherlands Antilles,  Attention: Richard van
           Heel.

     6. This Guarantee becomes effective on the date hereof.

Executed as an Agreement


Signed for and on behalf of                          )
Nedship Bank (America) N.V.                          )
in the presence of:                                  )


 ............................................



01029.004 #160636


                                                                       EXHIBIT C

                                 DRAWDOWN NOTICE


                                                                  April   , 1998





Rabo Australia Limited
Level 10, Challis House
4 Martin Place
SYDNEY 2000
NSW AUSTRALIA

Attention:

Dear Sirs:

                  Please be advised that,  in  accordance  with the terms of the
Term Loan Facility  Agreement  among (i) you, as lender (the  "Lender") and (ii)
VSSI Australia Limited (the "Borrower"),  to be dated on or about April 17, 1998
(the "Loan Agreement"),  we hereby irrevocably request that the loan be advanced
to the Borrower as follows:

          (1)  Amount: US$30,000,000 (the "Loan")

          (2)  Date Loan requested to be made available:

          (3)  Purpose: To assist the financing of the acquisition of the vessel
               DAMPIER SPIRIT

          (4)  Initial Interest Period:

          (5)  Disbursement  Instructions:  Transfer for value today US$ to your
               account at Account No. for further credit to .

                  In the event  that the Lender  shall not be obliged  under the
terms of the Loan Agreement or as a result of any other cause or circumstance to
make the Loan, the Borrower  together with the  undersigned  shall indemnify and
hold the Lender fully  harmless  against any losses which the Lender may sustain
as a result  of  borrowing  or  agreeing  to borrow  funds to meet the  drawdown
requirement in respect thereof and the certificate of such Lender shall,  absent
manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the undersigned as
to the extent of any such losses.

The  undersigned  hereby  represents and warrants that all corporate  action has
been taken to authorize,  and all necessary  consents and authorities  have been
obtained to permit,  the  undersigned to enter into and perform its  obligations
under this Drawdown Notice.

This Drawdown Notice is governed by the law of New South Wales.


                                                     TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION
                                                     on behalf of itself and
                                                     VSSI AUSTRALIA LIMITED


                                                     By_______________________
                                                        Name:
                                                        Title:

01029.004 #160636



                                  EXHIBIT 2.35

                                 AGREEMENT FOR
                                        A
                           U.S. $44,000,000 TERM LOAN
                                    FACILITY

                             TO BE MADE AVAILABLE TO
                       BARRINGTON (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                                (ACN 080 850 559)
                       PALMERSTON (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                                (ACN 080 850 586)

                                       BY

                             RABO AUSTRALIA LIMITED
                                (ACN 060 452 217)



                                December 18, 1997

<PAGE>


                                      INDEX

                                                                            PAGE


CLAUSE 1  DEFINITIONS  .....................................................   1

         1.1           Defined Terms........................................   1
         1.2           Construction.........................................   5
         1.3           Accounting Terms.....................................   5

CLAUSE 2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES....................................   5

         2.1(a)        Due Organization and Power...........................   5
         2.1(b)        Authorization and Consents...........................   5
         2.1(c)        Binding Obligations..................................   6
         2.1(d)        No Violation.........................................   6
         2.1(e)        Litigation...........................................   6
         2.1(f)        No Default...........................................   6
         2.1(g)        Financial Statements.................................   6
         2.1(h)        Tax Returns and Payments.............................   6
         2.1(i)        Insurance............................................   7
         2.1(j)        Offices..............................................   7
         2.1(k)        Equity Ownership.....................................   7
         2.1(l)        Limited Purpose......................................   7
         2.1(m)        Confirmation.........................................   7
         2.1(n)        Survival.............................................   7

CLAUSE 3  THE LOAN     .....................................................   7

         3.1(a)        Purposes.............................................   7
         3.1(b)        Loan ................................................   7
         3.2           Drawdown Notice......................................   7
         3.3           Effect of Drawdown Notice............................   8

CLAUSE 4  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT..............................................   8

         4.1           Conditions Precedent to Drawdown of
                         Loan ..............................................   8
         4.2           Further Conditions Precedent.........................   9

CLAUSE 5  REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT .........................................  10

         5.1           Repayment............................................  10
         5.2           Voluntary Prepayment.................................  10
         5.3           Application of Prepayments...........................  10

CLAUSE 6  INTEREST AND RATE.................................................  11

         6.1           Interest Rate; Default Rate..........................  11
         6.2           Interest Periods.....................................  11
         6.3           Interest Payments....................................  11
         6.4           Calculation of Interest..............................  11

CLAUSE 7  PAYMENTS     .....................................................  11

         7.1           Place of Payments, No Set Off........................  11
         7.2           Tax Credits..........................................  13

CLAUSE 8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT..................................................  13

         8.1(a)        Repayment............................................  13
         8.1(b)        Other Payments.......................................  13
         8.1(c)        Representations, etc.................................  13
         8.1(d)        Impossibility, Illegality............................  13
         8.1(e)        Covenants............................................  14
         8.1(f)        Indebtedness.........................................  14
         8.1(g)        Stock Ownership......................................  14
         8.1(h)        Default under the Reimbursement
                         Agreement..........................................  14
         8.1(i)        Bankruptcy...........................................  14
         8.1(j)        Sale of Assets.......................................  15
         8.1(k)        Judgments............................................  15
         8.1(l)        Inability to Pay Debts...............................  15
         8.1(m)        Financial Position...................................  15
         8.2           Indemnification......................................  16
         8.3           Application of Moneys................................  16

CLAUSE 9 COVENANTS     .....................................................  16

         9.1           Covenants............................................  16

CLAUSE 10  ASSIGNMENT  .....................................................  18

CLAUSE 11  ILLEGALITY, INCREASED COST,
                        NON-AVAILABILITY, ETC...............................  18

         11.1          Illegality   ........................................  18
         11.2          Increased Cost.......................................  19
         11.3          Determination of Losses..............................  20
         11.4          Compensation for Losses..............................  20

CLAUSE 12  CURRENCY INDEMNITY       ........................................  20

         12.1          Currency Conversion..................................  20
         12.2          Change in Exchange Rate..............................  20
         12.3          Additional Debt Due..................................  20
         12.4          Rate of Exchange.....................................  20

CLAUSE 13  FEES AND EXPENSES        ........................................  21

         13.1          Expenses     ........................................  21

CLAUSE 14  APPLICABLE LAW, JURISDICTION AND WAIVER..........................  21

         14.1          Applicable Law.......................................  21
         14.2          Jurisdiction ........................................  21

CLAUSE 15  NOTICES AND DEMANDS      ........................................  22

         15.1          Notices      ........................................  22

CLAUSE 16  MISCELLANEOUS            ........................................  23

         16.1          Time of Essence......................................  23
         16.2          Unenforceable, etc., Provisions -
                         Effect     ........................................  23
         16.3          References   ........................................  23
         16.4          Further Assurances...................................  23
         16.5          Joint and Several Obligations........................  23
         16.6          Entire Agreement, Amendments.........................  23
         16.7          Headings     ........................................  24


EXHIBITS

    A Form of Letter of Guarantee
    B Form of Drawdown Notice

99182.020 #160632



                          TERM LOAN FACILITY AGREEMENT

                  THIS TERM LOAN  FACILITY  AGREEMENT is made as of the 17th day
of December, 1997, and is by and among:

          (1)  BARRINGTON  (AUSTRALIA)  PTY  LIMITED  (ACN  080  850  559),  and
               PALMERSTON  (AUSTRALIA)  PTY  LIMITED  (ACN  080 850  586),  both
               corporations  incorporated  and  existing  under  the laws of New
               South  Wales,  Australia  (together,  the  "Borrowers",   each  a
               "Borrower"); and

          (2)  RABO   AUSTRALIA   LIMITED  (ACN  060  452  217),  a  corporation
               incorporated  and  existing  under the laws of New  South  Wales,
               Australia (the "Lender").

                                WITNESSETH THAT:

1.       DEFINITIONS

1.1 Defined Terms. In this Agreement the words and  expressions  specified below
shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the meanings attributed
to them in Clause 1.1 of the  Reimbursement  Agreement (as defined  below) or as
follows:

     "Agreement" means this Agreement as the same shall be amended,  modified or
     supplemented from time to time;

     "Applicable  Rate" means any rate of interest on the Loan from time to time
     applicable pursuant to Clause 6.1 hereof;

     "Assignment   and  Assumption   Agreement(s)"   means  the  Assignment  and
     Assumption Agreement(s) executed pursuant to Clause 10 hereof substantially
     in the form of Exhibit I hereto;

     "Banks" means the "Banks" party to the Reimbursement Agreement.

     "Default  Rate" means the rate per annum equal to the sum of the Applicable
     Rate and three percent (3%);

     "Drawdown Date" means, the date, being a Banking Day falling not later than
     January 31, 1998,  upon which the Borrowers  shall have  requested that the
     Loan be made available as provided in Clause 3 hereof and;

     "Drawdown  Notice"  shall have the meaning  ascribed  thereto in Clause 3.2
     hereof;

     "Event(s) of Default" means any of the events set out in Clause 8 hereof;

     "Facility  Period" means the period from the Drawdown Date to the date upon
     which all  amounts  owing  under the Loan and all other  amounts due to the
     Lender  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  and  the  Security  Document  become
     repayable and are repaid in full or are prepaid in full;

     "Guarantor" Nedship Bank (America) N.V., a banking corporation incorporated
     and existing under the laws of the Netherlands Antilles;


     "Interest Payment Date" means the last day of each Interest Period and, for
     Interest  Periods  longer than three  months  that day falling  every three
     months  after  the  commencement  thereof  until  the end of such  Interest
     Periods;  should any such day not be a Banking  Day the  relevant  Interest
     Payment  Date shall be the next  following  Banking  Day,  unless such next
     following Banking Day falls in the following  calendar month, in which case
     the  relevant  Interest  Payment  Date shall be the  immediately  preceding
     Banking Day;

     "Interest  Period(s)"  with  respect  to the  Loan,  means  any  period  by
     reference to which an interest  rate is  determined  pursuant to Clause 6.2
     hereof;


     "Letter of Guarantee" means the letter of guarantee in respect of the joint
     and  several  obligations  of the  Borrowers  under  this  Agreement  to be
     executed by the Guarantor in favor of the Lender  pursuant to Clause 4.1(d)
     hereof substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto;

     "LIBOR"  means,  in relation  to  Interest  Periods of three (3) or six (6)
     months,  the rate (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of one percent) for
     offer rates for deposits of Dollars for a period  equivalent to such period
     at or about  11:00 a.m.  (London  time) on the second  London  Banking  Day
     before the first day of such  period as  displayed  on  Telerate  page 3750
     (British  Bankers'  Association  Interest  Settlement Rates) (or such other
     page as may replace such page 3750 on such system or on any other system of
     the  information  vendor  for the  time  being  designated  by the  British
     Bankers'  Association  to calculate  the BBA Interest  Settlement  Rate (as
     defined  in  the  British  Bankers'  Association's  Recommended  Terms  and
     Conditions  ("BBAIRS" terms) dated August 1985)),  provided that if on such
     date no such rate is so displayed  or if the Interest  Period is other than
     three (3) or six (6) months,  LIBOR for such period shall be the arithmetic
     mean  (rounded  upward if necessary  to four  decimal  places) of the rates
     respectively  quoted  to the  Agent by each of the  Reference  Banks at the
     request  of the Agent as the  offered  rate for  deposits  of Dollars in an
     amount  approximately  equal to the amount in relation to which LIBOR is to
     be determined for a period  equivalent to such period to prime banks in the
     London  Interbank Market at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second
     Banking Day before the first day of such period;

     "Loan"  means the term loan to be made  available  to the  Borrowers by the
     Lender pursuant to Clause 3.1 in the maximum principal amount of Forty Four
     Million U.S.  Dollars  (US$44,000,000)  or the balance thereof from time to
     time outstanding;

     "Manager"  means  Australian  Tankships  Pty  Limited  a  New  South  Wales
     corporation and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Teekay;

     "Margin" is .10% per annum;


     "Maturity  Date" means the day which  falls  eight years from the  Drawdown
     Date;  if such day is not a Banking  Day, the next  following  Banking Day,
     unless  such next  following  Banking Day falls in the  following  calendar
     month, in which case the Maturity Date shall be the  immediately  preceding
     Banking Day;

     "Reimbursement  Agreement" means the Reimbursement Agreement dated the date
     hereof entered into between the Borrowers, Palmstar Thistle, Inc., Alliance
     Chartering,  the Banks (as  defined  therein),  the Agent and the  Security
     Trustee (as defined therein);

     "Repayment Date" means each of the dates falling at intervals of six months
     after  the  Drawdown  Date;  if such  day is not a  Banking  Day,  the next
     following  Banking Day, unless such next following Banking Day falls in the
     following  calendar month, in which case the relevant  Repayment Date shall
     be the immediately preceding Banking Day;

     "Security Document" means the Letter of Guarantee;

     "Security  Trustee"  means Nedship Bank (America)  N.V.,  appointed as such
     pursuant to Clause 13 of the Reimbursement Agreement;

     "Teekay" means Teekay  Shipping  Corporation,  a corporation  organized and
     existing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia;

     "Transaction  Documents" means this Agreement and the Security Document and
     any Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

     "Vessels" means the Australian registered vessels,  BARRINGTON Official No.
     853229, and PALMERSTON Official No. 853755;

1.2  Construction.  Words  importing the singular  number only shall include the
plural and vice versa. Words importing persons shall include  companies,  firms,
corporations,  partnerships,  unincorporated  associations  and their respective
successors and assigns.

1.3 Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall
be construed in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles as in
effect from time to time in the United  States of America  consistently  applied
("GAAP") and all financial statements submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall
be prepared in accordance with, and all financial data submitted pursuant hereto
shall be derived from financial statements prepared in accordance with, GAAP.

2    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

2.1 In order to induce the Lender to enter into this  Agreement  and to make the
Loan  available,  each of the Borrowers  hereby  represents and warrants  (which
representations  and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the drawdown of the Loan hereunder) that:

                  (a) Due Organization and Power.  Each of the Borrowers is duly
formed and validly  existing in good standing  under the laws of its  respective
jurisdiction of incorporation,  has duly qualified and, insofar as the Borrowers
are  aware,  is  authorized  to do  business  as a foreign  corporation  in each
jurisdiction  wherein the nature of the business  transacted  thereby makes such
qualification  necessary,  has full power to carry on its  business as now being
conducted  and to enter into and perform its  respective  obligations  under the
Transaction  Documents to which it is or is to be a party, and has complied with
all statutory,  regulatory and other requirements  relative to such business and
such  agreements the  noncompliance  with which could  reasonably be expected to
have a material adverse effect on its business, assets or operations,  financial
or otherwise.

                  (b) Authorization and Consents. All necessary corporate action
has been taken to authorize,  and all necessary  consents and  authorities  have
been  obtained  and  remain in full  force and  effect  to  permit,  each of the
Borrowers  to enter  into and  perform  its  obligations  under the  Transaction
Documents and to borrow,  service and repay the Loan and, as of the date of this
Agreement,  no further consents or authorities are necessary for the service and
repayment of the Loan or any part of any thereof.

                  (c) Binding Obligations.  The Transaction Documents constitute
or, when  executed and  delivered,  will  constitute,  legal,  valid and binding
obligations of each of the Borrowers enforceable against each in accordance with
their  terms,  except to the  extent  that such  enforcement  may be  limited by
equitable  principles,  principles of public  policy or  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or other laws  affecting  generally the
enforcement of creditors' rights.

                  (d) No  Violation.  The  execution  and  delivery  of, and the
performance  of the  provisions  of, the  Transaction  Documents  by each of the
Borrowers do not, and will not during the term of this Agreement, contravene any
applicable  law or  regulation  existing at the date  hereof or any  contractual
restriction  binding on any thereof or the articles of  incorporation or by-laws
(or equivalent documents) of any thereof.

                  (e)  Litigation.  Except as otherwise  disclosed in writing to
the  Lender on or before  the date  hereof,  no action,  suit or  proceeding  is
pending or threatened against any of the Borrowers before or by any court, board
of arbitration  or  administrative  agency which has a reasonable  likelihood of
resulting in any material adverse change in the business or condition (financial
or otherwise) of either of the Borrowers.

                  (f) No Default.  Neither of the  Borrowers is in default under
any agreement by which it is bound,  nor is any thereof in default in respect of
any financial commitment or obligation.

                  (g)  Financial  Statements.  Except as otherwise  disclosed in
writing to the Lender on or prior to the date hereof,  all information and other
data furnished by the Borrowers to the Lender are complete and correct,  and all
financial statements furnished by the Borrowers have been prepared in accordance
with GAAP and  accurately  and fairly  present the  financial  condition  of the
parties  covered  thereby as of the respective  dates thereof and the results of
the  operations  thereof for the period or  respective  periods  covered by such
financial  statements.  Since  such  date or dates  there  has been no  material
adverse change in the financial condition or results of the operations of any of
such parties and none thereof has any contingent  obligations,  liabilities  for
taxes or other  outstanding  financial  obligations  which are  material  in the
aggregate except as disclosed in such statements, information and data.

                  (h) Tax Returns and Payments.  Each of the Borrowers has filed
all tax  returns  required to be filed  thereby  and has paid all taxes  payable
thereby  which have  become  due,  other than  those not yet  delinquent  or the
nonpayment of which would not have a material  adverse effect on any such party,
as the case may be, and except for those taxes being contested in good faith and
by appropriate  proceedings  or other acts and for which adequate  reserves have
been set aside on its books.

                  (i)   Insurance.   Each  of  the  Borrowers  has  insured  its
properties  and assets  against such risks and in such amounts as are  customary
for companies engaged in similar businesses.

                  (j)  Offices.  Each of the chief  executive  office  and chief
place of business of each of the Borrowers and the office in which the financial
records  relating the Vessels are kept,  is, and will continue to be, located at
Ernst & Young at Ernst & Young Building,  321 Kent Street, Sydney NSW Australia;
none of the Borrowers  maintains a place ofbusiness in Canada, the United States
or the United Kingdom.

                  (k) Equity Ownership.  Each of the Borrowers is a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary of Teekay.  On the Drawdown Date,  none of the Borrowers will own any
shares of capital  stock,  partnership  interest or any other direct or indirect
equity interest in any corporation, partnership or other entity.

                  (l)  Limited  Purpose.  Each  Borrower  is a  special  purpose
company  whose sole  capital  asset is its Vessel;  no  Borrower  engages in any
business other than the owning of its Vessel.

                  (m)   Confirmation.   All   representations,   covenants   and
undertakings made pursuant to Clause 3 of the Reimbursement Agreement are hereby
incorporated,  repeated  and  warranted  to be true and  correct as if they were
fully set forth herein;

                  (n) Survival.  All  representations,  covenants and warranties
made herein and in any certificate or other document  delivered  pursuant hereto
or in connection herewith shall survive the making of the Loan.

3        THE LOAN

3.1 (a) Purposes.  The Lender shall make the Loan available to the Borrowers for
the purpose of financing the acquisition cost of the Vessels.

                  (b) Loan. The Lender, relying upon each of the representations
and warranties set out in Clause 2, hereby severally and not jointly agrees with
the Borrowers that, subject to and upon the terms of this Agreement,  it will on
the Drawdown  Date advance the Loan to the  Borrowers.  The proceeds of the Loan
shall be utilized to partially finance the acquisition cost of the Vessels.

3.2 Drawdown Notice. The Borrowers, shall, at least five (5) Banking Days before
a Drawdown Date, serve a notice,  such notice to be substantially in the form of
Exhibit C hereto (a "Drawdown Notice"),  on the Lender which notice shall (a) be
in writing  addressed to the Lender,  (b) be effective on receipt by the Lender,
(c) specify  the amount of the Loan to be drawn,  (d) specify the Banking Day on
which the Loan is to be drawn,  (e) identify the  purpose(s) of the Loan and the
Borrower(s)  on whose  behalf the Loan is  requested,  (f)  specify  the initial
Interest Period for the Loan, (g) specify the disbursement  instructions and (h)
be irrevocable.

3.3 Effect of Drawdown Notice. The Drawdown Notice shall be deemed to constitute
a warranty by the Borrowers (a) that the  representations  and warranties stated
in Clause 2 (updated mutatis  mutandis) are true and correct on the date of such
Drawdown  Notice and will be true and correct on the Drawdown Date as if made on
such date,  and (b) that no Event of Default nor any event which with the giving
of notice or lapse of time or both  would  constitute  an Event of  Default  has
occurred and is continuing.

4    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 Conditions  Precedent to Drawdown of the Loan . The obligation of the Lender
to make the Loan  available  to the  Borrowers  under  this  Agreement  shall be
expressly subject to the following conditions precedent:

     (a) the Lender  shall have  received  the  following  documents in form and
     substance satisfactory to the Lender and counsel to the Lender:

          (i)  copies,  certified  as true and complete by an officer of each of
               the Borrowers, of the resolutions of each such company's board of
               directors   (and,  if  any  necessary  under   appropriate   law,
               shareholders) evidencing approval of the Transaction Documents to
               which  such  company  is  to  be  a  party  and   authorizing  an
               appropriate   officer  or   officers   or   attorney-in-fact   or
               attorneys-in-fact to execute the same on its behalf;

          (ii) copies,  certified  as true and complete by an officer of each of
               the  Borrowers  or  other  applicable  party,  of  all  documents
               evidencing any other necessary action (including  actions by such
               parties  thereto other than the Borrowers,  as may be required by
               the Lender), approvals or consents with respect to this Agreement
               and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

          (iii)copies,  certified  as true and complete by an officer of each of
               the Borrowers of the articles or certificate of incorporation and
               by-laws (or the equivalent thereof) of each thereof;

          (iv) good standing certificates or the equivalent thereof with respect
               to each of the Borrowers issued by the appropriate authorities of
               the respective jurisdiction of incorporation of such parties; and

     (b) the Lender shall have received evidence  satisfactory to the Lender and
     counsel to the Lender that all conditions  precedent  required  pursuant to
     Clause 4 of the Reimbursement Agreement have been satisfied;

     (c) each Borrower shall have duly executed and delivered this Agreement;

     (d) the  Guarantor  shall have duly  executed and  delivered  the Letter of
     Guarantee;

     (e) the Lender shall have received payment in full of all fees and expenses
     due to the Lender on the date thereof including,  without  limitation,  all
     fees and expenses due under Clause 13 hereof;

     (f) the  Borrowers  shall have  provided  such  evidence  as the Lender may
     require  documenting  the current  legal and  beneficial  ownership  of the
     shares of the Borrowers; and

     (g)  Norton  Smith & Co.,  special  counsel  to the  Lender on  matters  of
     Australian  law,  shall have  advised  the  Lender  that the  Borrower  has
     complied with, or made  satisfactory  arrangement for compliance  with, the
     requirements of clauses 4.1(a) through (f).

4.2 Further Conditions Precedent.  The obligation of the Lender to make the Loan
available to the Borrowers  shall be expressly and separately from the foregoing
conditional upon, on the relevant Drawdown Date:

     (a) the Lender having  received a Drawdown  Notice in  accordance  with the
     terms of Clause 3.2;

     (b) the  representations  stated in Clause 2 (updated  mutatis  mutandis to
     such date) being true and correct as if made on that date;

     (c) no Event of Default having  occurred and being  continuing and no event
     having occurred and being  continuing  which,  with the giving of notice or
     lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default;

     (d) the  Lender  being  satisfied  that no  Event  of  Default  will  arise
     following the drawdown of the Loan in question by reason of the drawdown of
     the Loan and that no event or state of affairs exists which constitutes, in
     the  reasonable  opinion of the  Lender,  a  material  risk that it will be
     unlawful  or  impossible  for the  Borrowers,  or any other of the  parties
     thereto to make any payment or perform any material  obligation as required
     under the terms of this Agreement and the Security  Document to which it is
     a party or any of them; and

5        REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

5.1 Repayment.  The Borrowers shall repay the principal  amount of the Loan with
interest  thereon in sixteen (16)  consecutive  semiannual  installments  on the
Repayment  Dates, the first fifteen of which shall be in the principal amount of
Two Million Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,200,000) and the sixteenth and last
installment  shall  be  in  the  principal  amount  of  Eleven  Million  Dollars
($11,000,000).

5.2 Voluntary  Prepayment.  The Borrowers may prepay, upon five (5) Banking Days
written  notice  (which  notice  shall be  irrevocable),  on the last day of any
Interest Period applicable to the Loan or the portion thereof to be prepaid, the
Loan or any portion  thereof,  without  penalty.  Each prepayment  shall be in a
minimum amount of Five Million Dollars  ($5,000,000) in increments of $1,000,000
or the full amount of the Loan.

5.3  Application  of  Prepayments.  Any  prepayments  of the Loan made hereunder
(including,  without  limitation,  those made  pursuant  to Clauses 5.2 and 9.1)
shall be subject to the condition that:

     (a)  any  partial  prepayment  made shall be applied pro rata in or towards
          satisfaction of the remaining installments of the Loan;

     (b)  any amounts prepaid shall not be available for re-borrowing; and

     (c)  on the date of any prepayment all accrued interest to the date of such
          prepayment  shall be paid in full with  respect to the  portion of the
          principal  being  prepaid,  together  with any and all actual costs or
          expenses  incurred by any Lender in  connection  with any  breaking of
          funding (as  certified  by such  Lender,  which  certification  shall,
          absent any manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrower).

6        INTEREST AND RATE

6.1 Interest Rate;  Default Rate. The Loan shall bear interest at the Applicable
Rate,  which shall be the rate per annum equal to the aggregate of (a) LIBOR for
the applicable  Interest  Period and (b) the Margin.  Any amounts due under this
Agreement,  not paid when due,  whether on a Repayment  Date, by acceleration or
otherwise, shall bear interest thereafter at the Default Rate.

6.2 Interest Periods.  The Borrowers may select Interest Periods of three or six
months, or such other period as selected by the Borrowers which is available to,
and accepted by the Lender for purposes of funding the Loan, provided,  however,
that at all times the Borrower  must select an Interest  Period for a portion of
the  Loan to  allow  the  installments  to be met on each  Repayment  Date.  The
Borrowers,  shall provide the Lender with written notice specifying the Interest
Period  selected by the  Borrowers  at least three (3) Banking Days prior to the
Drawdown Date and the end of any then existing Interest Period. If at the end of
any  then  existing  Interest  Period  the  Borrowers  fail  to give  notice  as
aforesaid, the relevant Interest Period shall be three (3) months.

6.3 Interest Payments.  The Borrowers agree to pay interest accrued on the Loan,
in arrears, on the Interest Payment Dates.

6.4  Calculation  of Interest.  All interest shall accrue from day to day and be
calculated on the actual number of days elapsed over a three hundred sixty (360)
day year.

7        PAYMENTS

7.1 Place of Payments,  No Set Off. (a) All payments to be made hereunder by the
Borrowers  shall be made on the due dates of such  payments to the Lender at its
office located at Level 10, Challis House, 4 Martin Place, Sydney, NSW Australia
or to such other place as the Lender may direct without  set-off or counterclaim
and free from, clear of and without deduction for, any Taxes, provided, however,
that if the  Borrowers  shall at any time be  compelled  by law to  withhold  or
deduct any Taxes from any amounts payable to the Lender hereunder, then, subject
to Clause 7.2, the Borrowers shall pay such additional amounts in Dollars as may
be  necessary  in order  that the net  amounts  received  after  withholding  or
deduction  shall  equal the  amounts  which  would  have been  received  if such
withholding or deduction were not required and, in the event any  withholding or
deduction is made, whether for Taxes or otherwise,  the Borrowers shall promptly
send to the Lender such documentary evidence with respect to such withholding or
deduction  as may be required  from time to time by the Lender.  Notwithstanding
the preceding  sentence,  the Borrowers  shall not be required to pay additional
amounts or otherwise indemnify the Lender for or on account of:

                  (i) Taxes  based on or  measured  by the overall net income of
the Lender or Taxes in the nature of franchise  taxes or taxes for the privilege
of doing business  imposed by any  jurisdiction or any political  subdivision or
taxing  authority  therein unless such are imposed as a result of the activities
of the Borrowers within the relevant taxing jurisdiction;

                  (ii)  Taxes  imposed  by any  jurisdiction  or  any  political
subdivision or taxing  authority  therein on the Lender that would not have been
imposed  but for the Lender  being  organized  in or  conducting  business in or
maintaining a place of business in the relevant taxing jurisdiction, or engaging
in activities  or  transactions  in the relevant  taxing  jurisdiction  that are
unrelated to the  transactions  contemplated by the Transaction  Documents,  but
only to the extent such Taxes are not imposed as a result of the  activities  of
any of the Borrowers within the relevant taxing jurisdiction or the jurisdiction
of any of the Borrowers under the laws of the taxing jurisdiction;

                  (iii)  Taxes  imposed  on or with  respect  to the Lender as a
result of a transfer,  sale,  assignment,  or other disposition by the Lender of
any interest in any  Transaction  Document or any Vessel  (other than a transfer
pursuant to an exercise of remedies upon an Event of Default);

                  (iv) Taxes imposed on, or with respect to, a transferee  (or a
subsequent  transferee)  of the Lender (and  including as such a transferee  the
Lender  whose  shares  of stock  have been  transferred  or the  purchaser  of a
participation  in the  Loan) to the  extent  of the  excess of such Tax over the
amount of such Tax that  would have been  imposed  on, or with  respect  to, the
Lender had there not been a transfer,  sale,  assignment or other disposition of
the shares of the Lender or a transfer, sale, assignment or other disposition by
the Lender of any  interest in any Vessel or any  Transaction  Document (in each
case,  other than any transfer  pursuant to the exercise of remedies as a result
of an Event of Default that shall have occurred and be continuing); or

                  (v)  Taxes  imposed  on the  Lender  that  would not have been
imposed  but for any  failure  of the Lender to comply  with any  return  filing
requirement or any certification, information, documentation, reporting or other
similar  requirement  known to the  Lender,  if such  compliance  is required to
obtain or establish relief or exemption from or reduction in such Taxes.

                  (b) In the event that any Borrower has actual  knowledge  that
the  Borrowers  are required to, or there  arises in any  Borrower's  reasonable
opinion a substantial  likelihood that the Borrowers will be required to, pay an
additional amount or otherwise indemnify the Lender for or on account of any Tax
pursuant to Clause 7.1(a),  the Borrower will promptly  notify the Lender of the
nature of such Tax,  and shall  furnish  such  information  to the  Lender  with
respect to such Tax, as the Lender may reasonably  request.  In the event of any
knowledge or opinion of a Borrower  described  in the  preceding  sentence,  the
Borrowers  and the Lender shall  consult in good faith to determine  what may be
required to fund the Loan in  Australian  Dollars  and/or to eliminate or reduce
such Tax, and shall each use  reasonable  efforts to fund the Loan in Australian
Dollars  and/or to eliminate or reduce such Tax (so long as such efforts do not,
in the  reasonable  opinion of the  relevant  Lender,  result in any cost to the
Lender or any  modification  of the terms or  repayment of the Loan or result in
the Lender being subjected to any additional risk or exposure).

7.2 Tax  Credits.  If the Lender at its  discretion  utilises  the  benefit of a
credit  against its liability for Taxes imposed by any taxing  authority for all
or part of the Taxes as to which the Borrowers have paid  additional  amounts as
aforesaid  then the Lender shall  reimburse  the Borrowers for the amount of the
credit so obtained.  The Lender shall use reasonable  efforts in filing such tax
return as are necessary to obtain any such credit. In connection therewith,  the
Lender may consult with its legal advisers, all fees and expenses of which shall
be for the  account  of the  Borrowers.  Where the Credit is not  utilized,  the
Lender shall use reasonable endeavors to pass credit on to the Borrowers.

8    EVENTS OF DEFAULT

8.1  In  the  event  that  any  of  the  following  events  shall  occur  and be
     continuing:

     (a) Repayments. Any principal or interest payment due hereunder is not paid
on the due date; or

                  (b) Other Payments.  Any fees or other amount becoming payable
to the Lender  under this  Agreement is not paid on the due date or within three
(3) Banking Days after the date of demand (as the case may be); or

                  (c)  Representations,  etc.  Any  representation,  warranty or
other  statement  made  by the  Borrowers  in  this  Agreement  or in any  other
instrument,  document or other  agreement  delivered in  connection  herewith or
therewith proves to have been untrue or misleading in any material respect as at
the date as of which made; or

                  (d)  Impossibility,   Illegality.  It  becomes  impossible  or
unlawful for the  Borrowers,  to fulfill any of the  covenants  and  obligations
contained  herein or, exercise any of the rights vested in any of them hereunder
and such  impossibility or illegality,  in the reasonable opinion of the Lender,
will have a  material  adverse  effect  on its  rights  hereunder,  or under the
Security Document or on its rights to enforce any thereof; or

                  (e)  Covenants.  Either  of  the  Borrowers  defaults  in  the
performance of any term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in
any other  instrument,  document  or other  agreement  delivered  in  connection
herewith or  therewith,  or there  occurs any other event  which  constitutes  a
default  under  this  Agreement  in each  case  other  than an Event of  Default
referred to elsewhere in this Clause 8.1, and such  default,  in the  reasonable
opinion of the  Lender,  could have a material  adverse  effect on their  rights
hereunder or under any of the Security Document or on their right to enforce any
thereof and continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days; or

                  (f)  Indebtedness.  The Borrowers shall default in the payment
when due (subject to any applicable  grace period),  whether by  acceleration or
otherwise,  of any  Indebtedness  having  an  outstanding  principal  amount  of
$500,000 or more or any party  becomes  entitled to enforce the security for any
such  Indebtedness  and such party shall take steps to enforce the same,  unless
such default or enforcement is being  contested in good faith and by appropriate
proceedings  or other  acts and the  relevant  Borrowers  shall set aside on its
books  adequate  reserves with respect  thereto,  and so long as such default or
enforcement shall not subject any Vessel to material risk of forfeiture or loss;
or

                  (g) Stock  Ownership.  There  is,  without  the prior  written
consent of the Lender (i) any change in the legal or beneficial  stock ownership
or the voting  control of the  Borrowers or (ii) any pledge of the shares of the
Borrowers in favor of a party other than the Security Trustee or (iii) less than
fifty-one  percent (51%) of the issued and outstanding  shares of Teekay is held
beneficially and of record by the Cirrus Trust and the JTK Trust; or

                  (h) Default  under the  Reimbursement  Agreement.  There is an
event of default under the Reimbursement Agreement which shall have occurred and
be continuing; or

                  (i)  Bankruptcy.   Either  of  the  Borrowers   commences  any
proceeding  relating  to any  substantial  portion  of its  property  under  any
reorganization,  arrangement or readjustment of debt,  dissolution,  winding up,
adjustment,  composition,  bankruptcy  or  liquidation  law  or  statute  of any
jurisdiction,  whether now or  hereafter in effect  ("Proceeding"),  or there is
commenced  against the  Borrowers any  Proceeding  and such  Proceeding  remains
undismissed  or  unstayed  for a period of thirty  (30) days;  or any  receiver,
trustee, liquidator or sequestrator of, or for, the Borrowers or any substantial
portion of the property of any thereof is appointed and is not discharged within
a period of thirty (30) days; or the  Borrowers by any act indicates  consent to
or approval of or  acquiescence  in any Proceeding or to the  appointment of any
receiver,  trustee,  liquidator  or  sequestrator  of,  or  for,  itself  or any
substantial portion of its property; or

                  (j) Sale of Assets.  The  Borrowers  ceases,  or  threatens to
cease, its operations or sells or otherwise disposes of, or threatens to sell or
otherwise  dispose  of,  all  or  substantially  all  of  its  assets  or all or
substantially all of its assets are seized or otherwise appropriated; or

                  (k)  Judgments.  Any  judgment  or order  is made  the  effect
whereof would be to render  ineffective  or invalid this  Agreement the Security
Document or any of them; or

                  (l) Inability to Pay Debts.  Any of the Borrowers is unable to
pay or admits its inability to pay its debts as they fall due or if a moratorium
shall be declared in respect of any Indebtedness thereof; or

                  (m) Financial  Position.  Any change in the financial position
of the Borrower  which,  in the reasonable  opinion of the Lender,  is likely to
have a material  adverse  effect on the ability of the  Borrowers to perform its
material obligations under this Agreement;

         then the Lender's  obligation to make the Loan thereof  available shall
cease  and the  Lender,  by  notice  to the  Borrowers,  may  declare  the  then
outstanding  amount of the Loan,  accrued interest and any other sums payable by
the Borrowers  hereunder,  to be immediately due and payable  whereupon the same
shall  forthwith  be due and payable  without  presentment,  demand,  protest or
notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived; provided that upon
the happening of an event specified in subclauses (i) or (l) of this Clause 8.1,
the  Loan,  accrued  interest  and any other  sums  payable  hereunder  shall be
immediately  due  and  payable  without  declaration  or  other  notice  to  the
Borrowers. In such event, the Lender, may (i) proceed to protect and enforce its
rights by action at law,  suit in equity or in  admiralty  or other  appropriate
proceeding,  whether for specific  performance of any covenant contained in this
Agreement or in the Security  Document or to enforce the payment of the Security
Document or to enforce any other legal or equitable right of the Lender, or (ii)
proceed to take any action authorized or permitted under the terms of any of the
Security  Document or by applicable  laws for the collection of all sums due, or
so declared due including, without limitation, the right to appropriate and hold
or apply  (directly,  by way of  set-off  or  otherwise)  to the  payment of the
obligations  of the  Borrowers  to the  Lender  hereunder,  all moneys and other
amounts of the  Borrowers,  then or  thereafter  in  possession  of the  Lender,
inclusive  of the balance of any  deposit  account  (demand or time,  matured or
unmatured) of the Borrowers, then or thereafter with the Lender.

8.2 Indemnification.  The Borrowers agree to, and shall,  indemnify and hold the
Lender harmless against any loss or costs or expenses  (including legal fees and
expenses)  which the Lender  sustain or incur as a consequence of any default in
repayment of the principal amount of the Loan or interest accrued thereon or any
other amount  payable  hereunder  (other than costs and  expenses  caused by the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender) including, but not limited
to, all actual losses  incurred in  liquidating or  re-employing  fixed deposits
made by third  parties or funds  acquired to effect or maintain  the Loan or any
part  thereof.  The Lender's  certification  of such costs and  expenses  shall,
absent any manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers.

8.3  Application of Moneys.  All moneys received by the Lender under or pursuant
to this Agreement  after the happening of any Event of Default  (unless cured to
the  satisfaction of the Lender) shall be applied by the Lender in the following
manner:

               (i)  first,  in or towards  the payment or  reimbursement  of any
                    expenses or liabilities incurred by the Lender in connection
                    with the  ascertainment,  protection or  enforcement  of its
                    rights  and  remedies   hereunder  and  under  the  Security
                    Document,

               (ii) secondly,  in or towards  payment of any  interest  owing in
                    respect of the Loan,

               (iii)thirdly,  in or  towards  repayment  of  principal  owing in
                    respect of the Loan,

               (iv) fourthly,  in or towards payment of all other sums which may
                    be owing to the Lender under this Agreement, and

               (v)  fifthly, the surplus (if any) shall be paid to the Borrowers
                    or to whomsoever else may be entitled thereto.

9    COVENANTS

9.1 Each Borrower hereby covenants and undertakes with the Lender that, from the
date hereof and so long as any principal,  interest or other monies are owing in
respect of this Agreement:

The Borrowers will each:

                   (i) Performance of Agreements.  Duly perform and observe, and
procure the observance and  performance by all other parties thereto (other than
the Lender) of, the terms of this Agreement and the Reimbursement Agreement;

                  (ii)  Notice of  Default.  Promptly  inform  the Lender of the
occurrence  of (a) any Event of Default or of any event which with the giving of
notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default,  (b) any
litigation  or  governmental   proceeding  pending  or  threatened  against  the
Borrowers  or Teekay  which  could  reasonably  be  expected  to have a material
adverse  effect on the  business,  assets,  operations,  property  or  financial
condition  of any such party and (c) any other  event or  condition  of which it
becomes aware which is reasonably  likely to have a material  adverse  effect on
its  ability,  or the  ability  of any  other  party  thereto,  to  perform  its
obligations under this Agreement;

                 (iii) Obtain  Consents.  Obtain every  consent and do all other
acts and things which may from time to time be  necessary  or advisable  for the
continued  due  performance  of all its and any other  party's  (other  than the
Lender's') obligations under this Agreement;

                  (iv) Corporate Existence.  Do or cause to be done, and procure
that Teekay and  Alliance  Chartering  shall do or cause to be done,  all things
necessary  to  preserve  and keep in full  force  and  effect  their  respective
corporate existence, and all licenses,  franchises, permits and assets necessary
to the conduct of the business of each such corporation;

                   (v) Taxes.  Pay and discharge,  and cause Teekay and Alliance
Chartering to pay and discharge, all taxes, assessments and governmental charges
or levies imposed upon each such corporation or upon such  corporation's  income
or property prior to the date upon which  penalties  attach  thereto;  provided,
however,  that such corporations shall not be required to pay and discharge,  or
cause to be paid and  discharged,  any such tax,  assessment,  charge or levy so
long as the legality or amount  thereof  shall be contested in good faith and by
appropriate  proceedings  or  other  acts and it shall  set  aside on its  books
adequate reserves with respect thereto, and so long as such deferment in payment
shall not subject any Vessel to material risk of forfeiture or loss;

                  (vi)  Compliance  with Statutes,  etc. Do or cause to be done,
and procure  that Teekay and Alliance  Chartering  shall do or cause to be done,
all  things  necessary  to  comply  with all  material  laws,  and the rules and
regulations  thereunder,  applicable  to  the  Borrowers,  Teekay  and  Alliance
Chartering and including,  without limitation, those laws, rules and regulations
relating to employee benefit plans and environmental matters;

                 (vii)  Maintenance  of  Properties.  Maintain,  or  cause to be
maintained,  and keep, or cause to be kept, and procure that Teekay and Alliance
Chartering shall maintain,  or cause to be maintained,  and keep, or cause to be
kept,  all  properties  used or useful in the  conduct of its  business  in good
condition,  repair and working order and supplied  with all necessary  equipment
and will cause to be made necessary repairs,  renewals and replacements  thereof
so that the business  carried on and in  connection  therewith and every portion
thereof may be properly and advantageously  conducted at all times. In addition,
each Borrower shall cause its Vessel to be drydocked as often as required by the
Vessel's classification society and as a prudent shipowner would require;

10       ASSIGNMENT

                  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit
of, the  Borrowers,  the Lender and their  respective  successors  and  assigns,
except  that the  Borrowers  may not  assign  any of its  rights or  obligations
hereunder except as specifically provided herein. The Lender may, with the prior
written consent of the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld)
assign a portion of their rights and obligations under this Agreement to any one
or more  commercial  lenders (the expenses of the Lender in connection  with any
such  assignment  shall be for its own  account).  The  Borrowers  will take all
reasonable actions requested by the Lender to effect such assignment, including,
without  limitation,  the execution of a written  consent to such Assignment and
Assumption Agreement.

11       ILLEGALITY, INCREASED COST, NON-AVAILABILITY, ETC.

11.1.  Illegality.  In the event that by reason of any change in any  applicable
law, regulation or regulatory  requirement or in the interpretation  thereof the
Lender  reasonably  concludes  that it has  become  unlawful  for the  Lender to
maintain or give effect to its  obligations as  contemplated  by this Agreement,
the Lender shall inform the Borrowers to that effect,  whereafter  the liability
of the Lender to make the Loan available shall forthwith cease and the Borrowers
shall be required to prepay the then outstanding portion of the Loan immediately
in  accordance  with and subject to the  provisions  of Clause 11.4. In any such
event,  but without  prejudice to the aforesaid  obligations of the Borrowers to
prepay the Loan, the Borrowers and the Lender shall negotiate in good faith with
a view to agreeing on terms for making the Loan available in Australian  Dollars
or or otherwise  restructuring  the Loan on a basis which is not  unlawful  with
respect to the Lender and the  Lender  shall use  reasonable  efforts to replace
itself with a lender for which the making and performance of the Agreement would
not be illegal.

11.2 Increased Cost. If any change in applicable  law,  regulation or regulatory
requirement or in the interpretation or application  thereof by any governmental
or other authority, shall:

     (i)  change the basis of taxation  (excluding any change in the rate of any
          Tax) to the Lender of payments of  principal  or interest or any other
          payment due or to become due pursuant to this Agreement  (other than a
          change in taxation of the overall net income of the Lender effected by
          the  jurisdiction of organization or the jurisdiction of the principal
          place of business of the Lender,  the  Commonwealth of Australia,  the
          State of New  South  Wales or any  governmental  subdivision  or other
          taxing  authority  having  jurisdiction  over the Lender  (unless such
          jurisdiction  is asserted solely by reason of the activities of any of
          the  Borrowers)  or such  other  jurisdiction  where  the  Loan may be
          repayable), or

     (ii) impose,  modify or deem applicable any reserve requirements or require
          the making of any special deposits against or in respect of any assets
          or liabilities  of,  deposits with or for the account of, or loans by,
          the Lender, or

     (iii)impose on the Lender  any other  condition  affecting  the Loan or any
          part  thereof,  and the result of the  foregoing is either to increase
          the cost to the Lender of making  available or maintaining the Loan or
          any part  thereof or to reduce the amount of any  payment  received by
          the Lender, then and in any such case if such increase or reduction in
          the  opinion of the Lender  materially  affects the  interests  of the
          Lender under or in connection with this Agreement, then:

          (a)  the Lender  shall notify the  Borrowers of the  happening of such
               event,

          (b)  the Borrowers  agree  forthwith  upon demand to pay to the Lender
               such amount as the Lender certifies to be necessary to compensate
               the Lender for such additional cost or such reduction, and

          (c)  any such  demand  as is  referred  to in  sub-clause  (b) of this
               Clause 11.2 may be made by the Lender at any time before or after
               any repayment of the Loan.

11.3  Determination  of Losses.  A certificate  or  determination  notice of the
Lender,  as to any of the matters  referred  to in this Clause 11 shall,  absent
manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers.

11.4  Compensation  for  Losses.  Where the Loan or a portion  thereof are to be
prepaid  by  the  Borrowers   pursuant  to  Clause  11.1  the  Borrowers   agree
simultaneously with such prepayment to pay to the Lender all accrued interest to
the date of actual  payment and all other sums  payable by the  Borrowers to the
the Lender pursuant to this Agreement without penalty or premium.

12       CURRENCY INDEMNITY

12.1  Currency  Conversion.  If for the  purpose of  obtaining  or  enforcing  a
judgment in any court in any country it becomes  necessary  to convert  into any
other  currency  (the  "judgment  currency") an amount due in Dollars under this
Agreement then the conversion shall be made, in the discretion of the Lender, at
the rate of  exchange  prevailing  either on the date of  default  or on the day
before the day on which the  judgment is given or the order for  enforcement  is
made, as the case may be (the "conversion date"), provided that the Lender shall
not be entitled to recover under this clause any amount in the judgment currency
which  exceeds  at the  conversion  date the  amount in  Dollars  due under this
Agreement.

12.2  Change in  Exchange  Rate.  If there is a change  in the rate of  exchange
prevailing  between the  conversion  date and the date of actual  payment of the
amount due, the Borrowers shall pay such additional  amounts (if any, but in any
event not a lesser amount) as may be necessary to ensure that the amount paid in
the judgment  currency when converted at the rate of exchange  prevailing on the
date of payment  will  produce  the  amount  then due under  this  Agreement  in
Dollars;  any excess  over the amount due  received or  collected  by the Lender
shall be remitted to the Borrowers.

12.3  Additional  Debt Due. Any amount due from the Borrowers  under Clause 12.2
shall be due as a separate  debt and shall not be  affected  by  judgment  being
obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Agreement.

12.4. Rate of Exchange.  The term "rate of exchange" in this Clause 12 means the
rate at which the Lender in accordance  with their normal  practices are able on
the relevant  date to purchase  Dollars with the judgment  currency and includes
any premium and costs of exchange payable in connection with such purchase.

13       FEES AND EXPENSES

13.1 Expenses.  The Borrowers  jointly and severally  agree,  whether or not the
transactions hereby contemplated are consummated, on demand to pay, or reimburse
the Lender for its payment of, the reasonable expenses of the Lender incident to
said transactions (and in connection with any supplements,  amendments,  waivers
or consents  relating  thereto or incurred in connection with the enforcement or
defense  of the  Lender's  rights or  remedies  with  respect  thereto or in the
preservation of the Lender's  priorities  under the  documentation  executed and
delivered in connection therewith) including, without limitation, all reasonable
costs and expenses of preparation,  negotiation, execution and administration of
this Agreement and the documents  referred to herein, the fees and disbursements
of the Lender's counsel in connection  therewith,  including Seward & Kissel and
Norton  Smith  & Co.,  as  well  as the  reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of any
independent appraisers,  surveyors,  engineers and other consultants retained by
the  Lender  in  connection  with this  transaction,  all  reasonable  costs and
expenses,  if any, in connection  with the enforcement of this Agreement and the
Security  Document and stamp and other similar  taxes,  if any,  incident to the
execution  and delivery of the  documents  herein  contemplated  and to hold the
Lender free and  harmless in  connection  with any  liability  arising  from the
nonpayment  of any such stamp or other  similar  taxes.  Such taxes and, if any,
interest and  penalties  related  thereto as may become  payable  after the date
hereof shall be paid immediately by the Borrowers to the Lender, as the case may
be, when liability  therefor is no longer  contested by such party or parties or
reimbursed  immediately  by the Borrowers to such party or parties after payment
thereof  (if the the  Lender,  at its  sole  discretion,  chooses  to make  such
payment).

14       APPLICABLE LAW, JURISDICTION AND WAIVER

14.1  Applicable  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by, and  construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New South Wales.

14.2  Jurisdiction.  Each of the  Borrowers  hereby  irrevocably  submits to the
jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of New South Wales and of the Federal Court of
Australia  in any action or  proceeding  brought  against it by the Lender under
this Agreement or under any document delivered  hereunder and hereby irrevocably
agrees  that  service of summons or other  legal  process on it may be served by
registered  mail  addressed  thereto,  c/o  Clayton  Utz,  Levels  27-35,  No. 1
O'Connell Street, Sydney NSW Australia. The service, as herein provided, of such
summons or other legal process in any such action or proceeding  shall be deemed
personal  service and accepted by the Borrowers as such,  and shall be legal and
binding  upon  the  Borrowers  for  all  the  purposes  of any  such  action  or
proceeding.  Final judgment (a certified or  exemplified  copy of which shall be
conclusive  evidence  of the fact and of the amount of any  indebtedness  of the
Borrowers  to the Lender)  against  the  Borrowers  in any such legal  action or
proceeding  shall be conclusive  and may be enforced in other  jurisdictions  by
suit on the  judgment.  The  Borrowers  will  advise the Lender  promptly of any
change of  address  for the  purpose  of  service  of  process.  Notwithstanding
anything  herein to the  contrary,  the  Lender  may  bring any legal  action or
proceeding in any other appropriate jurisdiction.

15                NOTICES AND DEMANDS

15.1 Notices.  All notices,  requests,  demands and other  communications to any
party  hereunder  shall be in  writing  (including  prepaid  overnight  courier,
facsimile  transmission or similar  writing) and shall be given to the Borrowers
and  Lender at the  address  or  telecopy  number set out below or at such other
address or telecopy  number as such party may hereafter  specify for the purpose
by  notice to each  other  party  hereto.  Each such  notice,  request  or other
communication shall be effective (i) if given by telecopy, when such telecopy is
transmitted  to the  telecopy  number  specified  in this Clause and  telephonic
confirmation  of receipt  thereof is obtained or (ii) if given by mail,  prepaid
overnight  courier or any other means, when received at the address specified in
this Clause or when delivery at such address is refused.

                  If to the Borrowers:

                  c/o      Teekay Shipping Limited
                           4th Floor
                           Euro-Canadian Centre
                           Marlborough Street and Navy Lion Road
                           P.O. Box SS 7293
                           Nassau, Bahamas
                           Telecopy No.: 242-328-7330
                           Attention: The President

                  If to the Lender:

                  Rabo Australia Limited
                  Level 10, Challis House
                  4 Martin Place
                  Sydney, NSW AUSTRALIA
                  Telecopy No.: 612-9231-0007
                  Attention: Veronica White

16                MISCELLANEOUS

16.1 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement but no failure or
delay on the part of the  Lender  to  exercise  any  power or right  under  this
Agreement  shall  operate as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall any single or partial
exercise  by the Lender of any power or right  hereunder  preclude  any other or
further  exercise  thereof  or the  exercise  of any other  power or right.  The
remedies  provided  herein are  cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies
provided by law.

16.2  Unenforceable,  etc.,  Provisions - Effect. In case any one or more of the
provisions  contained in this  Agreement  would,  if given  effect,  be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law applicable in any relevant
jurisdiction, said provision shall not be enforceable against the Borrowers, but
the validity,  legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions herein or
therein contained shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

16.3 References.  References herein to Clauses and Schedules are to be construed
as references to clauses of, and schedules to, this Agreement.

16.4 Further  Assurances.  Each of the Borrowers agree that if this Agreement in
the  reasonable  opinion of the Lender,  at any time be deemed by the Lender for
any  reason  insufficient  in whole or in part to carry out the true  intent and
spirit hereof or thereof, it will execute or cause to be executed such other and
further assurances and documents as in the opinion of the Lender may be required
in order more effectively to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement.

16.5 Joint and Several Obligations.  The obligations of the Borrowers under this
Agreement and under each provision  hereof are joint and several  whether or not
so specified in any provision hereof.  Each Borrower shall be entitled to rights
of  contribution  as against the other Borrower,  provided,  however,  that such
rights  of  contribution  shall  (a)  not in any way  condition  or  lessen  the
liability of any  Borrower as a joint and several  borrower for the whole of the
obligations  owed  to  the  Lender  hereunder  and  (b)  be  fully  subject  and
subordinate to the rights of the Lender hereunder.

16.6  Entire  Agreement;  Amendments.  This  Agreement  constitutes  the  entire
agreement of the parties hereto  including all parties added hereto  pursuant to
an Assignment  and Assumption  Agreement.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts,  each of will shall be deemed an original,  but all such
counterparts  together  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  instrument.  Any
provision  of this  Agreement  may be amended  or waived  if, but only if,  such
amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed by the  Borrowers and the Lender
(and, if the rights or duties of the Lender are affected thereby, by the Lender,
as applicable).

16.7 Headings.  In this Agreement,  Clause headings are inserted for convenience
of reference only and shall not be taken into account in the  interpretation  of
this Agreement.



<PAGE>



Executed as an Agreement



Signed for and on behalf of                                 )
Barrington (Australia) Pty. Limited                         )
ACN 080 850 559                                             )
in the presence of:                                         )



- -------------------------



Signed for and on behalf of                                 )
Palmerston (Australia) Pty Limited                          )
ACN 080 850 586                                             )
in the presence of:                                         )



- -------------------------



Signed for and on behalf of                                 )
Rabo Australia Limited                                      )
ACN 060 452 217                                             )
in the presence of :                                        )



- -------------------------

99182.020 #160632



<PAGE>


December 17, 1997
To:        Rabo Australia Limited
           Level 10, Challis House
           74 Martin Place
           Sydney NSW Australia

At the request of  Barrington  (Australia)  Pty.  Limited  (ACN 080 850 559) and
Palmerston (Australia) Pty. Limited (ACN 080 850 586) (the "Borrowers"),  we the
undersigned Nedship Bank (America) N.V., hereby issue the following guarantee to
you (the "Guarantee").

We have  received  a copy of and have  duly  noted the  contents  of a term loan
facility  agreement dated on or about December 18, 1997,  between the Borrowers,
as borrowers, and you, as lender (the "Term Loan Facility Agreement"), regarding
a Loan (as  defined  in the Term  Loan  Facility  Agreement)  in the  amount  of
US$44,000,000  provided  by you in  order  to  assist  in the  financing  of the
Australian  flag  vessels  BARRINGTON  and  PALMERSTON.  Terms not  specifically
defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Term Loan Facility
Agreement.

           1.     In  consideration  of you having  entering  into the Term Loan
                  Facility Agreement we hereby  irrevocably  guarantee to pay to
                  you as primary  obligor any and all amounts due and payable to
                  you from the Borrowers under the Term Loan Facility  Agreement
                  (the "Guaranteed Amount") as herein provided.

           2.     We shall immediately,  and no later than five (5) Banking Days
                  after receipt of your written  demand,  pay to you all amounts
                  due and which the  Borrowers  are  obliged to pay to you under
                  the Term  Loan  Facility  Agreement,  provided  only that your
                  demand  recites that there has been an Event of Default  under
                  the Term Loan Facility Agreement and that you have accelerated
                  the Loan and  specifies  the  amount  that the  Borrowers  are
                  obliged  to pay to you.  No  further  documentation  or action
                  shall be necessary in order to oblige us to make payment under
                  this Guarantee.

           Upon our  payment  of the  Guaranteed  Amount,  you  shall  execute a
           release of this  Guarantee.  Any costs  incurred by you in connection
           with such release shall be for our account.

     3.    As a separate  obligation we unconditionally and irrevocably agree to
           indemnify  you against all  liability or loss arising  from,  and any
           costs,  charges or expenses  incurred  directly or  indirectly,  as a
           result of or arising out of the Guaranteed


Amount not being or ever having been recoverable  from the Borrowers  because of
any circumstance.

     4. Our  obligations  hereunder  shall be irrevocable  and absolute  without
regard to:


           (1)    the Lender or another person granting time or other indulgence
                  (with or without the  imposition of an additional  burden) to,
                  compounding  or  compromising  with  or  wholly  or  partially
                  releasing the Borrowers, any other guarantor or another person
                  in any way;

           (2)    laches,  acquiescence,  delay, acts,  omissions or mistakes on
                  the part of the Lender or another person or any one or more of
                  them;

           (3)    any  variation or novation of a right of the Lender or another
                  person or material alteration of a document, in respect of the
                  Borrowers, the Guarantor or another person including,  without
                  limitation,  an increase in the limit of or other variation in
                  connection with advances or accommodation;

           (4)    the  transaction  of business,  expressly or impliedly,  with,
                  for, or at the request of, the Borrowers, the the Guarantor or
                  another person;

           (5)    changes  which  from  time  to  time  may  take  place  in the
                  membership, name or business of a firm, partnership, committee
                  or  association  whether by death,  retirement,  admission  or
                  otherwise whether or not the Guarantor or another person was a
                  member;

           (6)    the loss or impairment  of any security  given with respect to
                  the Term Loan Facility Agreement (a "Security Interest");

           (7) a Security Interest being void, voidable or unenforceable;

           (8)    a person  dealing  in any way with a  guarantee,  judgment  or
                  negotiable instrument (including,  without limitation, taking,
                  abandoning  or  releasing  (wholly or  partially),  realizing,
                  exchanging,  varying,  abstaining  from  perfecting  or taking
                  advantage of it);

                  (9) the  death of any  person or any  insolvency,  bankruptcy,
reorganization or other similar proceeding (an "Insolvency Event");

(10)a change in the legal capacity, rights or obligations of a person;

           (11)   the fact that a person is a  trustee,  nominee,  joint  owner,
                  joint  venturer  or  a  member  of  a  partnership,   firm  or
                  association;

           (12) a judgment against either Borrower or another person;

           (13)   the  receipt of a dividend  after an  Insolvency  Event or the
                  payment of a sum or sums into the  account of either  Borrower
                  or  another  person  at any  time  (whether  received  or paid
                  jointly, jointly and severally or otherwise);

           (14) any part of the Guaranteed Amount being irrecoverable;

           (15) an  assignment  of  rights  in  connection  with the  Guaranteed
Amount;

           (16) the acceptance of repudiation or other termination in connection
with the Guaranteed Amount;

           (17)   the  invalidity  or   unenforceability  of  an  obligation  or
                  liability of a person other than the Guarantor;

           (18)   invalidity or  irregularity in the execution of this guarantee
                  by the Guarantor or any deficiency in or  irregularity  in the
                  exercise  of the  powers  of the  Guarantor  to enter  into or
                  observe its obligations under this guarantee and indemnity;

           (19)   the  opening  of a new  account  by either  Borrower  with the
                  Lender or another person or the operation of a new account;

           (20) any obligation of either Borrower being  discharged by operation
of law;

           (21)   property  secured under a Security  Interest being  forfeited,
                  extinguished, surrendered, resumed or determined.

The liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee is not affected;

           (a)    because any other  person who was  intended to enter into this
                  Guarantee,  or otherwise become a co-surety or  co-indemnifier
                  for payment of the  Guaranteed  Amount or other money  payable
                  under this  guarantee and indemnity has not done so or has not
                  done so effectively; or

<PAGE>
                                                         5
           (b)    because a person  who is a  co-surety  or  co-indemnifier  for
                  payment of the Guaranteed  Amount or other money payable under
                  this  Guarantee  is  discharged  under an  agreement  or under
                  statute or a principle of law or equity.

     1.           This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect up to the
                  date which is six months after the Maturity Date.

     2.           If at any time any amount  payable by the Borrowers  under the
                  Term Loan Facility Agreement is rescinded or must be otherwise
                  restored  or  returned  upon  the  insolvency,  bankruptcy  or
                  reorganization   of  either   Borrower   or   otherwise,   our
                  obligations  hereunder  with respect to such payment  shall be
                  reinstated  at such time as though  such  payment had not been
                  made.

     3.           We waive any  right we may have of  requiring  you to  proceed
                  against or enforce your rights against the Borrowers under the
                  Term Loan Facility Agreement or any other person before making
                  a demand under the Guarantee.

           We confirm that our rights of  subrogation  and our rights to proceed
           against the  Borrowers  (including  without  limitation  the right to
           initiate  legal  proceedings  against the  Borrowers and the right to
           claim dividend from the Borrower's  estate) are  subordinated to your
           rights  against the  Borrowers.  We shall not exercise any such right
           unless  either  the  Guaranteed  Amount has been paid in full or with
           your prior written consent.

     4.    Any and all  payments  under this  Guarantee  shall be made in freely
           available  funds  without  set-off or  counterclaims  and without any
           restrictions  or  condition  and free and clear of all and any taxes,
           duties, charges or other deductions or withholdings of any nature.

     5. This  Guarantee  is  governed  by the law in force in New  South  Wales,
        Australia.

           The undersigned hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the
           non-exclusive  jurisdiction  of the  courts  of New  South  Wales and
           courts of appeal from them. The  undersigned  waives any right it has
           to object to an action  being  brought  in those  courts,  including,
           without  limitation,  by claiming that the action has been brought in
           an inconvenient forum or that those courts do not have jurisdiction.
           Without  preventing  any other mode of  service,  any  document in an
           action (including,  without limitation,  any writ of summons or other
           originating process or any third or other party notice) may be served
           on the  undersigned  by being  delivered to or left for that party at
           Scharlooweg 55 Curacao, Netherlands Antilles,  Attention: Richard van
           Heel.

     6. This Guarantee becomes effective on the date hereof.



Executed as an Agreement


Signed for and on behalf of                          )
Nedship Bank (America) N.V.                          )
in the presence of:                                  )


 ............................................




99182.020 #160632



<PAGE>


                                 DRAWDOWN NOTICE


                                                               December 11, 1997





Rabo Australia Limited
Level 10, Challis House
4 Martin Place
SYDNEY 2000
NSW AUSTRALIA



Attention:  Veronica White

Dear Sirs:

                  Please be advised that,  in  accordance  with the terms of the
Term Loan  Facility  Agreement  among (i) you,  as lender (the  "Lender"),  (ii)
Barrington Pty. Ltd. and Palmerston  Pty. Ltd., as borrowers (the  "Borrowers"),
to be dated on or about  December  11,  1997 (the "Loan  Agreement"),  we hereby
irrevocably request that the loan be advanced to the Borrowers as follows:

         (1)      Amount: US$44,000,000 (the "Loan")

         (2)      Date Loan requested to be made available: December 18, 1997

         (3)      Purpose:  To assist the  financing of the  acquisition  of the
                  vessels BARRINGTON and PALMERSTON

         (2)      Initial Interest Period:

         (3)      Disbursement Instructions: Transfer for value today
                  US$                                         to your account at
                  Account No.                  for further credit to

                  In the event that the Lenders  shall not be obliged  under the
terms of the Loan Agreement or as a result of any other cause or circumstance to
make the Loan, the Borrowers  together with the undersigned  shall indemnify and
hold the Lenders,  or any of them,  fully harmless  against any losses which the
Lenders,  or any of them,  may sustain as a result of  borrowing  or agreeing to
borrow  funds  to meet the  drawdown  requirement  in  respect  thereof  and the
certificate  of  such  Lender  or  Lenders  shall,  absent  manifest  error,  be
conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the  undersigned as to the extent of
any such losses.

The  undersigned  hereby  represents and warrants that all corporate  action has
been taken to authorize,  and all necessary  consents and authorities  have been
obtained to permit,  the  undersigned to enter into and perform its  obligations
under this Drawdown Notice.

This Drawdown Notice is governed by the law of New South Wales.


                           TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION
                             on behalf of itself and

                          PALMERSTON (AUSTRALIA), PTY.
LTD. (ACN 080 850 586)

                          BARRINGTON (AUSTRALIA), PTY.
LTD. (ACN 080 850 559)


                            By_______________________
                                      Name:
                                     Title:


99182.020 #160632





                                  EXHIBIT 2.36

                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

                                      AMONG

                       BARRINGTON (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                       PALMERSTON (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                             VSSI AUSTRALIA LIMITED
                               VSSI TRANSPORT INC.

                        ALLIANCE CHARTERING PTY LIMITED,
                               as Account Parties,

                          NEDSHIP BANK (AMERICA) N.V.,
                      as Agent, Security Trustee and Issuer


                                       AND

                                    THE BANKS

                               as provided herein.


===============================================================================




                                                  April 16, 1998

01029.004 #79655

                                                        5

                                                       INDEX

                                                                            PAGE

CLAUSE 1 DEFINITIONS.........................................................  3

1.1  Defined Terms...........................................................  3
1.2  Construction............................................................ 18
1.3  Accounting Terms........................................................ 18

CLAUSE 2 LETTER OF CREDIT.................................................... 19

2.1  Issuance of the Amended Letter of Credit................................ 19
2.2  Several Obligations; Drawings........................................... 19
2.3  Reimbursement Obligation; Interest...................................... 20
2.4  Commission and Fees..................................................... 21
2.5  Increased Cost ......................................................... 22
2.6  Illegality.............................................................. 24
2.7  Substitution of Banks................................................... 24
2.8  General Provisions as to Payment........................................ 25
2.9  Obligations Absolute.................................................... 26
2.10 Determination of Losses................................................. 27

CLAUSE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................................... 27

3.1(a) Due Organization and Power............................................ 27
3.1(b) Authorization and  Consents........................................... 27
3.1(c) Filings,  etc......................................................... 28
3.1(d) Binding  Obligations.................................................. 28
3.1(e) No  Violation......................................................... 28
3.1(f) No  Immunity.......................................................... 28
3.1(g) Litigation............................................................ 29
3.1(h) No Default............................................................ 29
3.1(i) Charters.............................................................. 29
3.1(j) Vessel Ownership, Classification, Seaworthiness and Insurance......... 29
3.1(k) Financial Statements.................................................. 30
3.1(l) Tax Returns and Payments.............................................. 30
3.1(m) Insurance............................................................. 30
3.1(n) Offices............................................................... 31
3.1(o) Not an Investment Company............................................. 31
3.1(p) Equity Ownership...................................................... 31
3.1(q) Environmental Matters................................................. 31
3.1(r) Pending or Threatened Environmental Claims............................ 32
3.1(s) Limited Purpose....................................................... 32
3.1(t) Permitted Indebtedness................................................ 32
3.1(u) Survival.............................................................. 32

CLAUSE 4 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT................................................ 32

4.1 Conditions Precedent to Issuance of Amended Letter of Credit............. 32

CLAUSE 5 PAYMENTS............................................................ 36

5.1  Place of Payments, No Set Off........................................... 36
5.2  Tax Credits............................................................. 38
5.3  Sharing of Setoffs...................................................... 38

CLAUSE 6 EVENTS OF DEFAULT................................................... 39

6.1(a) Repayments............................................................ 39
6.1(b) Other Payments........................................................ 39
6.1(c) Loan Agreements....................................................... 39
6.1(d) Representations, etc.................................................. 39
6.1(e) Impossibility, Illegality............................................. 39
6.1(f) Covenants............................................................. 39
6.1(g) Indebtedness.......................................................... 40
6.1(h) Stock Ownership....................................................... 40
6.1(i) Default under the Security Documents.................................. 40
6.1(j) Bankruptcy............................................................ 40
6.1(k) Sale of Assets........................................................ 40
6.1(l) Judgments............................................................. 41
6.1(m) Inability to Pay Debts................................................ 41
6.1(n) Financial Position.................................................... 41
6.1(o) Amendment or Assignment of Charters................................... 41
6.1(p) Termination or Default Under Charters................................. 41
6.2  Indemnification......................................................... 42
6.3  Application of Moneys................................................... 42

CLAUSE 7 COVENANTS........................................................... 43

7.1  Covenants............................................................... 43

7.1(A)(i)   Performance of Agreements........................................ 43
7.1(A)(ii)  Notice of Default; Change in Classification of Vessel............ 44
7.1(A)(iii) Obtain Consents.................................................. 44
7.1(A)(iv)  Financial Statements............................................. 44
7.1(A)(v)   Corporate Existence.............................................. 45
7.1(A)(vi)  Books, Records, etc.............................................. 45
7.1(A)(vii) Inspection....................................................... 45
7.1(A)(viii)Taxes        .................................................... 45
7.1(A)(ix)  Compliance with Statutes, etc.................................... 46
7.1(A)(x)   Environmental Matters............................................ 46
7.1(A)(xi)  Accountants...................................................... 47
7.1(A)(xii) Continue Charters................................................ 47
7.1(A)(xiii)Class Certificate................................................ 47
7.1(A)(xiv) Maintenance of Properties........................................ 47
7.1(A)(xv)  Vessel Management................................................ 48
7.1(A)(xvi) ISM Compliance................................................... 48
7.1(A)(xvii)Limitation on Restricted Payments................................ 48
7.1(B)(i)   Liens............................................................ 50
7.1(B)(ii)  Loans and Advances............................................... 51
7.1(B)(iii) Limitation on Indebtedness....................................... 51
7.1(B)(iv)  Guarantees, etc.................................................. 53
7.1(B)(v)   Changes in Business.............................................. 53
7.1(B)(vi)  Use of Corporate Funds........................................... 53
7.1(B)(vii) Issuance of Shares............................................... 53
7.1(B)(viii)Consolidation, Merger............................................ 54
7.1(B)(ix)  Changes in Offices or Names...................................... 54
7.1(B)(x)   Limitation on Transactions with Shareholders and Affiliates...... 54
7.1(B)(xi)  Change of Flag................................................... 55
7.1(B)(xii) Sale of Vessel................................................... 55
7.1(b)(xiii)Modification of Agreements....................................... 55
7.2  Valuation of the Vessels................................................ 55
7.3  Collateral Maintenance.................................................. 55
7.4  Substitution of Collateral.............................................. 56

CLAUSE 8 ASSIGNMENT/PARTICIPATIONS........................................... 56

8.1 Assignment............................................................... 56

8.2 Participations........................................................... 57

CLAUSE 9 CURRENCY INDEMNITY.................................................. 57

9.1  Currency Conversion..................................................... 57
9.2  Change in Exchange Rate................................................. 58
9.3  Additional Debt Due..................................................... 58
9.4  Rate of Exchange........................................................ 58

CLAUSE 10 EXPENSES........................................................... 58

10.1 Expenses................................................................ 58

CLAUSE 11 APPLICABLE LAW, JURISDICTION AND WAIVER............................ 59

11.1 Applicable Law.......................................................... 59
11.2 Jurisdiction ........................................................... 59
11.3 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.................................................... 59

CLAUSE 12 THE AGENT.......................................................... 60

12.1 Appointment of Agent.................................................... 60
12.2 Distribution of Payments................................................ 60
12.3 No Duty to Examine, Etc................................................. 60
12.4 Agent as Banks.......................................................... 60
12.5(a) Obligations of Agent................................................. 60
12.5(b) No Duty to Investigate............................................... 60
12.6(a) Discretion of Agent.................................................. 61
12.6(b) Instructions of Majority Banks....................................... 61
12.7 Assumption re Event of Default.......................................... 61
12.8 No Liability of Agent or Banks.......................................... 61
12.9 Indemnification of Agent................................................ 62
12.10Consultation with Counsel............................................... 62
12.11Resignation ............................................................ 62
12.12Representations of Banks................................................ 63
12.13Notification of Event of Default........................................ 63
12.14Distributing Financial Statements, etc.................................. 63

CLAUSE 13 APPOINTMENT OF SECURITY TRUSTEE.................................... 63

CLAUSE 14 NOTICES AND DEMANDS................................................ 64

14.1 Notices................................................................. 64

CLAUSE 15 MISCELLANEOUS...................................................... 64

15.1 Time of Essence......................................................... 64
15.2 Unenforceable, etc., Provisions - Effect................................ 64
15.3 References ............................................................. 65
15.4 Further Assurances...................................................... 65
15.5 Prior Agreements, Merger................................................ 65
15.6 Joint and Several Obligations........................................... 65
15.7 Limitation of Liability................................................. 65
15.8 Release of Palmstar Thistle............................................. 67
15.9 Entire Agreement; Amendments............................................ 67
15.10Headings   ...........................................................   67

EXHIBITS

    A                      Amended Letter of Credit
    B                      Guaranty
    C1                     Form of Bahamian Deed of Covenants
    C2                     Form of Australian Mortgage
    C3                     Form of Mortgage Amendment
    D1 Form of Bahamian Vessels Earnings Assignment
    D2Form of Australian Vessels Earnings Assignment
    E                      Form of Insurances Assignment
    F                      Form of Sub-Charter Assignment
    G1Form of Consent and Agreement to the Earnings Assignment
    G2Form of Consent and Agreement to the Sub- Charter Assignment
    H                      Form of Share Pledge
    I                      Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
    J                      Form of Compliance Certificate
    K                      Accession Agreement

























01029.004 #79655




                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED  REIMBURSEMENT  AGREEMENT  dated  April __,  1998
(this "Agreement") is made among BARRINGTON (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED (ACN 080 850
559)  ("Barrington")  and PALMERSTON  (AUSTRALIA)  PTY LIMITED (ACN 080 850 586)
("Palmerston"  and with  Barrington  collectively  referred to as the  "Original
Borrowers"),  each a company  organized and existing under the laws of New South
Wales,  Commonwealth  of  Australia,  and  VSSI  AUSTRALIA  LIMITED,  a  company
organized  and  existing  under  the  laws of the  Republic  of  Liberia  ("VSSI
Australia"  and with the  Original  Borrowers  collectively  referred  to as the
"Borrowers"),  VSSI TRANSPORT  INC., a company  organized and existing under the
laws of the  Republic  of  Liberia  ("VSSI  Transport"  and with  the  Borrowers
collectively  referred to as the "Owners"),  and ALLIANCE CHARTERING PTY LIMITED
(ACN 080 850 540) ("Alliance"),  a company organized and existing under the laws
of New South Wales,  Commonwealth of Australia,  as account parties  ("Alliance"
and with the Owners individually referred to as an "Obligor" and collectively as
the  "Obligors"),  the  BANKS  listed  on the  signature  pages  hereof  and any
additional banks as may become a party hereto pursuant to Clause 8 (the "Banks")
and NEDSHIP BANK (AMERICA) N.V. ("Nedship"), as agent (the "Agent") and security
trustee (the  "Security  Trustee"),  which  Agreement  amends and restates  that
certain   reimbursement   agreement  dated  December 17,   1997  (the  "Original
Reimbursement  Agreement")  made among,  inter  alia,  the  Original  Borrowers,
Palmstar  Thistle Inc., a company  organized and existing  under the laws of the
Republic of Liberia ("Palmstar  Thistle"),  Alliance,  certain of the Banks, the
Agent and the Security Trustee.

     WHEREAS the Original  Borrowers and Rabo Bank Australia Ltd. (the "Lender")
are  parties  to a loan  agreement  dated  December 17,  1997 (the  "First  Loan
Agreement")  providing  for  (among  other  things)  the  making  of a  loan  of
US$44,000,000  (the "First  Loan") by the Lender to the  Original  Borrowers  to
enable the Original  Borrowers to acquire the Australian flag vessels BARRINGTON
and PALMERSTON;

     WHEREAS,  a  condition  precedent  to the making of the First Loan was that
Nedship (the "Loan Guarantor")  deliver to the Lender a letter of guarantee (the
"Letter of Guarantee")  which secured the obligations of the Original  Borrowers
under the First Loan Agreement;

     WHEREAS,  a condition  precedent to the issuance of the Letter of Guarantee
by the  Loan  Guarantor  was  that  the  Loan  Guarantor,  as  beneficiary  (the
"Beneficiary")  receive a standby  letter of credit in the maximum stated amount
of US$46,000,000  (of which  US$44,000,000  secured the amount guaranteed by the
Loan Guarantor of the First Loan and $2,000,000  secured  interest and expenses)
(the  "Letter  of  Credit")  from the  Agent on  behalf of  certain  banks  (the
"Original  Banks") as security for the obligations of the Original  Borrowers to
the Loan Guarantor in respect of the Letter of Guarantee;

     WHEREAS, the the Agent on behalf of the Original Banks issued the Letter of
Credit on the terms and conditions of the Original Reimbursement Agreement;

     WHEREAS,  VSSI  Australia  and the Lender are  parties to a loan  agreement
dated as of the date hereof (the "Second Loan Agreement" and with the First Loan
Agreement  collectively  referred  to as the "Loan  Agreements")  providing  for
(among other  things) the making of a loan of up to  US$30,000,000  (the "Second
Loan" and with the First Loan  collectively  referred to as the  "Loans") by the
Lender to VSSI  Australia to enable VSSI  Australia to finance the Bahamian flag
vessel DAMPIER SPIRIT;

     WHEREAS,  it is a condition precedent to the making of the Second Loan that
the Loan  Guarantor  deliver  to the Lender an amended  and  restated  letter of
guarantee (the "Amended Letter of Guarantee"), which Amended Letter of Guarantee
amends and restates the Letter of Guarantee to provide for the  guarantee of the
obligations  of the Original  Borrowers  under the First Loan  Agreement and the
obligations of VSSI Australia under the Second Loan Agreement;

     WHEREAS,  it is a condition precedent to the issuance of the Amended Letter
of Guarantee by the Loan Guarantor  that the Loan  Guarantor  receive an amended
and  restated  standby  letter  of  credit  in  the  maximum  stated  amount  of
US$78,000,000,  (of which $74,000,000  secures the amount guaranteed by the Loan
Guarantor  of the Loans and  $4,000,000  secures  interest  and  expenses)  (the
"Amended  Letter of  Credit")  from the Agent on behalf of the Banks as security
for the  obligations  of the  Borrowers to the Loan  Guarantor in respect of the
Amended Letter of Guarantee;

     WHEREAS,  the Obligors  have  requested the Agent on behalf of the Banks to
issue the Amended Letter of Credit; and

     WHEREAS,  the Banks are  willing  to to have the  Agent  issue the  Amended
Letter of Credit on their behalf on the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     WITNESSETH THAT:

1.   DEFINITIONS

1.1  Defined Terms. In this Agreement the words and expressions  specified below
     shall,  except  where the context  otherwise  requires,  have the  meanings
     attributed to them below:

"Acceptable  Accounting  Firm"
     means Ernst & Young, or such other recognized international accounting firm
     as shall  be  approved  by the  Majority  Banks,  such  approval  not to be
     unreasonably withheld;

"Accession Agreement"
     an  agreement  substantially  in the form of Exhibit K  hereto  pursuant to
     which a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of the  Guarantor  is made an Obligor in
     accordance with the terms hereof;  "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income" means
     the aggregate  net income (or loss) of the  Guarantor and its  consolidated
     Subsidiaries   determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP;  provided  that  the
     following items shall be excluded in computing  Adjusted  Consolidated  Net
     Income (without duplication):  (i) the effects of foreign currency exchange
     adjustments  under GAAP,  (ii) any gains or losses (on an after-tax  basis)
     attributable to vessel sales or to prepayment of Indebtedness and (iii) any
     extraordinary gains (or losses).

"Adjusted Stated Amount"
     means the Stated Amount less the aggregate of  (i) $4,000,000  and (ii) any
     principal amount of the Loans theretofore prepaid;

"Affiliate"
     means, with respect to any Person,  any other Person directly or indirectly
     controlling,  controlled by or under common  control with such Person.  For
     the purposes of this  definition,  "control"  (including,  with correlative
     meanings,  the terms  "controlled  by" and "under common  control with") as
     applied to any Person means the  possession  directly or  indirectly of the
     power to direct or cause the  direction of the  management  and policies of
     that Person whether through  ownership of voting  securities or by contract
     or otherwise;

"Agent"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble to this Agreement;

"Agreement"
     means this  Agreement  as such term is used in the  Preamble  hereto as the
     same shall be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time;

"Alliance"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals to this Agreement;

"Amended Letter of Credit"
     means the amended and restated  irrevocable letter of credit in the maximum
     stated amount of $78,000,000 referred to in the Recitals of this Agreement,
     to be  issued  by the  Agent on  behalf  of the  Banks  to the  Beneficiary
     pursuant to this  Agreement,  substantially  in the form of  Exhibit A,  as
     amended  and in  effect  from  time  to  time  and  any  letter  of  credit
     substituted therefor pursuant to Clause 2.7;

"Amended Letter of Guarantee"

     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals to this Agreement;

"Ampol"
     means  Australian  Petroleum  Pty Ltd.  (ACN 000 032  128),  a  corporation
     incorporated and existing under the laws of New South Wales, Australia;

"Apache"
     means Apache Energy  Limited (ACN 009 301 964), a corporation  incorporated
     and existing under the laws of Western Australia;

"Apache Charter"
     the  charterparty  agreement dated  December 10,  1997 entered into by VSSI
     Australia with Apache  relating to the DAMPIER  SPIRIT,  as the same may be
     modified or amended in accordance with this Agreement;

"Applicable Office"
     means,  as to each Bank, its office located at its address set forth on the
     signature  pages  hereof or such  other  office as such Bank may  hereafter
     designate as its Applicable Office by notice to the Obligors and the Agent;

"Assignment and Assumption Agreement(s)"
     means the  Assignment  and  Assumption  Agreement(s)  executed  pursuant to
     Clause 8 substantially in the form of Exhibit I;

"Assignment Notices"
means:
     a)   the notices with respect to the Earnings  Assignments  executed by the
          Owners pursuant to Clause 4.1(c)  substantially in the form set out in
          Exhibit 1 thereto or in such other form as the Agent may agree;

     b)   the notices with  respect to the  Subcharter  Assignments  executed by
          Alliance  pursuant to Clause 4.1(d)  substantially in the form set out
          in Exhibit 1 thereto or in such other form as the Agent may agree; and

     c)   the notices with respect to the Insurances Assignments executed by the
          Owners pursuant to Clause 4.1(c)  substantially in the form set out in
          Exhibit 1 thereto or in such other form as the Agent may agree;

"Assignments"
     means  the  Earnings  Assignments,   the  Subcharter  Assignments  and  the
     Insurances Assignments;

"Australian Vessels"
     means the BARRINGTON and PALMERSTON;

"Bahamian Vessels"
     means the DAMPIER SPIRIT and NASSAU SPIRIT;

"Banking Day(s)"
     means day(s) on which banks are open for the transaction of business of the
     nature  required by this  Agreement in Vancouver,  Canada,  Rotterdam,  the
     Netherlands, Curacao, Netherlands Antilles, Sydney, Australia and New York,
     New York;

"Banks"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble to this Agreement;

"BARRINGTON"
          means the Australian registered tanker vessel BARRINGTON, Official No.
          853229;

"Beneficiary"
          has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble to this Agreement;

"Bond Offering"
          means that certain issue by the Guarantor of  US$225,000,000  of 8.32%
          First Preferred  Mortgage Notes due February 1,  2008 made pursuant to
          the Prospectus dated January 19, 1996;

"Borrowers"
          has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble to this Agreement;

"Charter(s)"
means
     (a)  the time charterparty  agreements dated December 17, 1997 entered into
          by each of the  Original  Borrowers  with  Alliance  relating  to such
          Original  Borrower's  Vessel, or any substitute  charter acceptable to
          the Majority Banks in their sole discretion,

     (b)  the charterparty agreement dated January 10, 1998 entered into by VSSI
          Transport  with Palm  Shipping  relating  to the NASSAU  SPIRIT or any
          substitute  charter  acceptable  to the  Majority  Banks in their sole
          discretion,  and  (c) the  Apache  Charter or any  substitute  charter
          acceptable to the Majority Banks in their sole discretion;

"Charterers"

          means Alliance and/or Palm Shipping and/or Apache;

"Code"
          means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor
          statute and regulations promulgated thereunder;

"Commitment"
          in  relation  to a Bank,  means the  portion  of the  Letter of Credit
          Amount set out opposite its name on the signature  pages hereto or, as
          the case may be, in any relevant Assignment and Assumption Agreement;

"Compliance Certificate"
          has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 7.1A(iv)(a);

"Consents"
means
          (i) the  Consent and  Agreement  to each of the  Earnings  Assignments
          executed by the relevant  Charterer  substantially in the form set out
          in Exhibit G1  and (ii) the  Consent and  Agreements to the Subcharter
          Assignments  executed  or to be  executed  by Ampol to the  Subcharter
          Assignments  substantially in the form of Exhibit G2 together with any
          amendments thereto;

"Consolidated EBITDA"
          means,  with  respect  to  any  Person  for  any  period,  the  sum of
          (i) income  from  vessel  operations,  (ii) depreciation  expense  and
          (iii) amortization  expense, as presented in the financial  statements
          of such Person;

"Consolidated Interest Expense"
     means,  with respect to any Person for any period,  the aggregate amount of
     (i) interest   expense  and  (ii) losses  on  marketable   securities  less
     (iii) interest  income and (iv) gains on marketable securities as disclosed
     on the financial statements of such Person;

"Currency Agreement"
     means any foreign  exchange  contract,  currency  swap  agreement  or other
     similar  agreement or arrangement  designed to protect the Guarantor or any
     of its  Subsidiaries  against  fluctuations  in currency values to or under
     which the Guarantor or any of its  Subsidiaries is a party or a beneficiary
     on the  date  of  this  Agreement  or  becomes  a  party  or a  beneficiary
     thereafter;

"DAMPIER SPIRIT"
     means the Bahamian registered vessel DAMPIER SPIRIT, Official No. 730939;

"Date of Issuance"
     means the date on which the Amended Letter of Credit is issued  pursuant to
     Clause 2.1;

"DOC"
     means a document of  compliance  issued to an Operator in  accordance  with
     rule 13 of the ISM Code;

"Dollars" and the sign "$"
     means the legal  currency,  at any relevant time  hereunder,  of the United
     States of America and, in relation to all payments  hereunder,  in same day
     funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System
     (or  such  other  Dollar  funds  as may be  determined  by the  Banks to be
     customary for the  settlement in New York City of banking  transactions  of
     the type herein involved);

"Earnings Assignments"
     means the  assignments  in respect of the  earnings of each Vessel from any
     and all  sources,  including,  but not limited to, the  respective  Charter
     relating to such Vessel,  executed or to be executed by the relevant  Owner
     in favor of the Security  Trustee for the benefit of the Banks  pursuant to
     Clause 4.1(c)(iii), substantially in the form of Exhibits D1 and D2;

"Environmental Approvals"
     shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 3.1(r);

"Environmental Claim"
     shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 3.1(r);

"Environmental Laws"
     shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 3.1(r);

"Equity"
     means, for any Person,  such Person's  shareholders'  equity  (inclusive of
     retained  earnings)  as reflected on such  Person's  most recent  quarterly
     unaudited or annual audited  financial  statements,  as the case may be, as
     prepared in accordance with GAAP;

"Event(s) of Default"
     means any of the events set out in Clause 6;

"Expiration Date"
     has the meaning set forth in Clause 2.1(b);

"First Loan Agreement"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals to this Agreement;

"GAAP"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 1.3;

"Guarantor"
     means Teekay  Shipping  Corporation,  a corporation  organized and existing
     under the laws of the Republic of Liberia;

"Guaranty"
     means the amended and restated guaranty in respect of the joint and several
     obligations  of the  Obligors  under this  Agreement  to be executed by the
     Guarantor  in favor of the  Security  Trustee  for the benefit of the Banks
     pursuant to Clause 4.1(e) substantially in the form of Exhibit B;

"Indebtedness"
     means,  with  respect to any Person at any date of  determination  (without
     duplication),  (i) all  indebtedness  of such  Person for  borrowed  money,
     (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds,  debentures,  notes
     or other  similar  instruments,  (iii) all  obligations  of such  Person in
     respect  of  letters  of credit  or other  similar  instruments  (including
     reimbursement  obligations with respect thereto),  (iv) all  obligations of
     such Person to pay the  deferred and unpaid  purchase  price of property or
     services,  which  purchase price is due more than six months after the date
     of placing  such  property  in service  or taking  delivery  thereof or the
     completion of such services, except trade payables,  (v) all obligations on
     account of  principal of such Person as lessee  under  capitalized  leases,
     (vi) all  indebtedness  of other Persons  secured by a lien on any asset of
     such Person,  whether or not such  indebtedness  is assumed by such Person;
     provided  that the  amount  of such  indebtedness  shall be the  lesser  of
     (a) the fair market value of such asset at such date of  determination  and
     (b) the  amount  of such  indebtedness,  (vii) all  indebtedness  of  other
     Persons  guaranteed  by such  Person to the  extent  such  indebtedness  is
     guaranteed by such Person,  and (viii) to the extent not otherwise included
     in this  definition,  the net  obligations  under  Currency  Agreements and
     Interest Rate  Agreements.  The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any
     date shall be the  outstanding  balance  at such date of all  unconditional
     obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations,
     the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to
     the  obligation,  provided that the amount  outstanding  at any time of any
     indebtedness  issued with original  issue discount shall be the face amount
     of such indebtedness less the remaining unamortized portion of the original
     issue  discount  of  such  indebtedness  at  such  time  as  determined  in
     conformity  with GAAP;  and provided  further that  Indebtedness  shall not
     include any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes;

"Indenture"
     means that certain  Indenture  dated as of  January 29,  1996 by and among,
     inter alia,  the  Guarantor  and United  States  Trust  Company of New York
     executed pursuant to the Bond Offering;

"Insurances Assignments"
     means the assignments in respect of the insurances of each Vessel, executed
     or to be executed by the relevant Borrower in favor of the Security Trustee
     for the benefit of the Banks pursuant to  Clause 4.1(c)(ii),  substantially
     in the form of Exhibit E;

"Interest Coverage Ratio"
     means,  with  respect  to any  Person  on any  date,  the ratio of (i)  the
     aggregate amount of Consolidated  EBITDA of such Person for the four fiscal
     quarters for which  financial  information in respect  thereof is available
     immediately prior to such date to (ii) the aggregate  Consolidated Interest
     Expense of such  Person  during such four  fiscal  quarters.  In making the
     foregoing  calculation,  (A) pro  forma  effect  shall be given to  (1) any
     Indebtedness  incurred  subsequent  to the  end of the  four-fiscal-quarter
     period  referred  to in  clause (i)  and  prior to such  date  (other  than
     Indebtedness  incurred under a revolving  credit or similar  arrangement to
     the extent of the commitment thereunder (or under any predecessor revolving
     credit or similar  arrangement)  in effect on the last day of such period),
     (2) any  Indebtedness  incurred  during  such  period  to the  extent  such
     Indebtedness  is  outstanding at such date and (3) any  Indebtedness  to be
     incurred  on such  date,  in each  case as if such  Indebtedness  had  been
     incurred  on the first  day of such  four-fiscal-quarter  period  and after
     giving pro forma effect to the  application  of the proceeds  thereof as if
     such application had occurred on such first day;  (B) Consolidated Interest
     Expense  attributable to interest on any Indebtedness  (whether existing or
     being  incurred)  computed  on a pro forma  basis and if bearing a floating
     interest  rate  shall be  computed  as if the rate in  effect  on such date
     (taking  into  account  any  Interest  Rate  Agreement  applicable  to such
     Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess
     of 12 months) had been the applicable rate of the entire period;  (C) there
     shall be excluded  from  Consolidated  Interest  Expense  any  Consolidated
     Interest Expense related to any amount of Indebtedness that was outstanding
     during  such  four-fiscal-quarter  period  or  thereafter  but  that is not
     outstanding  or is to be  repaid  on such  date,  except  for  Consolidated
     Interest Expense accrued (as adjusted  pursuant to clause (B))  during such
     four-fiscal-quarter  period under a revolving credit or similar arrangement
     to  the  extent  of the  commitment  thereunder  (or  under  any  successor
     revolving  credit or  similar  arrangement)  in effect  on such  date;  and
     (D) pro  forma  effect  shall  be given to  asset  dispositions  and  asset
     acquisitions  (including  giving  pro forma  effect to the  application  of
     proceeds   of   any   asset    disposition)    that   occur   during   such
     four-fiscal-quarter  period or thereafter and prior to such date as if they
     had  occurred  and such  proceeds had been applied on the first day of such
     four-fiscal-quarter  period; provided that to the extent that clause (D) of
     this  sentence  requires  that  pro  forma  effect  be  given  to an  asset
     acquisition or asset disposition, such pro forma calculation shall be based
     upon the four full fiscal quarters  immediately  preceding such date of the
     Person, or division or line of business of the Person,  that is acquired or
     disposed for which financial information is available; and provided further
     that for purposes of determining  the Interest  Coverage Ratio with respect
     to the acquisition of a Vessel or the financing thereof,  the Guarantor may
     apply Consolidated EBITDA for such Vessel based upon historical earnings of
     such  Vessel  or,  if  none,  of its  most  comparable  Vessel  during  the
     applicable   four-fiscal-quarter   period,   or  if,  in  the  good   faith
     determination  of the board of directors of the  Guarantor,  the  Guarantor
     does not have a comparable Vessel, based upon industry average earnings for
     comparable vessels;

"Interest Rate Agreements"
     means  any  interest  rate  protection  agreement,   interest  rate  future
     agreement,  interest rate option  agreement,  interest rate swap agreement,
     interest rate cap agreement,  interest rate collar agreement, interest rate
     hedge  agreement  or other  similar  agreement or  arrangement  designed to
     protect the Guarantor or any of its  Subsidiaries  against  fluctuations in
     interest  rates to or under which the Guarantor or any of its  Subsidiaries
     is a party or a  beneficiary  on the date of this  Agreement  or  becomes a
     party or a beneficiary hereafter;

"ISM Code"
     means the  International  Safety  Management Code for the Safe Operating of
     Ships and for Pollution  Prevention  constituted  pursuant to Resolution A.
     741(18) of the  International  Maritime  Organization and incorporated into
     the  Safety  of Life at Sea  Convention  and  includes  any  amendments  or
     extensions thereto and any regulation issued pursuant thereto;

"L/C Fee"
     shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 2.4;

"Lender"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble to this Agreement;

"Letter of Credit Amount"
     means,  with  respect  to any Bank at any  time,  (i)  prior to the Date of
     Issuance,  the  amount  set  forth  opposite  the name of such  Bank on the
     signature  pages  hereof  and (ii) on or after the Date of  Issuance,  such
     Bank's Percentage Share of the Stated Amount at such time;

"Letter of Credit Liabilities"
     means,  as of any date,  the sum of (i) the  Stated  Amount as of such date
     plus  (ii) the  aggregate  unpaid amount of all  Reimbursement  Obligations
     (together  with  accrued  interest  thereon) as of such date payable to all
     Banks in respect of  drawings or other  payments  made under or pursuant to
     the Amended Letter of Credit on or prior to such date;

"Loan Agreements"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals to this Agreement;

"Loans"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals to this Agreement;


"Majority Banks"
     means  Banks  whose  Commitments   exceed  fifty  percent  (50%)  of  total
     Commitments;

"Management Agreement(s)"
     means the agreement(s) entered into between the respective Manager and each
     Borrower  in respect of the  commercial  and  technical  management  of the
     Vessels;

"Manager"
     means  Australian  Tankships  Pty.  Ltd.  (ACN 079 641 580),  an Australian
     corporation and a Wholly Owned  Subsidiary of the Guarantor,  in respect of
     the Australian  Vessels and Teekay Shipping Limited, a Bahamian company and
     also a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor, in respect of the Bahamian
     Vessels;

"Materials of Environmental Concern"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in Clause 3.1(r);

"Mortgage Amendments"
     means the amendment no. 1 to the first priority  Australian  ship mortgages
     dated  December 18, 1997 with respect to each  Australian  Vessel,  in each
     case  executed  or to be  executed  by the  relevant  Owner in favor of the
     Security   Trustee   for   the   benefit   of  the   Banks,   pursuant   to
     Clause 4.1(c)(i),  and to be  substantially  in the  form of  Exhibit C3  ;
     "Mortgages"  means (i) the first priority  statutory  Bahamian mortgage and
     deed of covenants  collateral  thereto with respect to each Bahamian Vessel
     and (ii) the first priority  Australian ship mortgages with respect to each
     Australian  Vessel, in each case executed or to be executed by the relevant
     Owner  in favor of the  Security  Trustee  for the  benefit  of the  Banks,
     pursuant  to  Clause 4.1(c)(i),  and to be  substantially  in the  form  of
     Exhibits C1 and C2, respectively;

"NASSAU SPIRIT"
     means the Bahamian registered vessel NASSAU SPIRIT, Official No. 730910;

"Net Debt"
     means (x) the sum of long  term  debt and  capital  leases  (including  the
     current  portions)  less  (y) to  the  extent  positive,  the  sum of  cash
     (including cash held in retention accounts for the payment of debt and cash
     pledged as collateral  against  balance sheet  obligations)  and marketable
     securities  less  the sum of the  current  portion  of long  term  debt and
     capital leases (excluding the current portion of advances outstanding under
     any revolving credit facilities);

"Net Debt to Equity Ratio"
     means,  the  ratio  of  the  Guarantor's   consolidated  Net  Debt  to  its
     consolidated  Equity as reflected on the most recent quarterly unaudited or
     annual audited financial  statements,  as the case may be, as calculated by
     the  Guarantor,  which  calculation  shall be set  forth in the  Compliance
     Certificate  accompanying  such  financial  statements,  and  agreed by the
     Agent;

"Obligor(s)"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals to this Agreement;

"Operator"
     means any Person who is from time to time  concerned in the  operation of a
     Vessel and falls within the  definition  of "Company" set out in rule 1.1.2
     of the ISM Code;

"Original Banks"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals to this Agreement;

"Original Borrowers"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals to this Agreement;

"Original Reimbursement Agreement"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Recitals to this Agreement;

"Owner"
     means the relevant registered owner of a Vessel;

"Palm Shipping"
     means Palm Shipping  Inc., a corporation  organized and existing  under the
     laws of the  Republic of Liberia and an  affiliate  of the  Obligors  and a
     Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor;

"PALMERSTON"
     means the  Australian  registered  tanker vessel  PALMERSTON,  Official No.
     853755;

"Palmstar Thistle"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble to this Agreement;

"Parent"

means, with respect to any Bank, any Person controlling such Bank;

"Percentage Share"
     means,  with respect to any Bank, the  percentage  specified as such Bank's
     Percentage  Share on the signature  pages hereof or in any  Assignment  and
     Assumption Agreement executed in connection herewith;

"Person"
     means  any  individual,  sole  proprietorship,   corporation,   partnership
     (general or limited),  limited  liability  company,  business trust,  bank,
     trust company,  joint venture,  association,  joint stock company, trust or
     other  unincorporated  organization,  whether or not a legal entity, or any
     government or agency or political subdivision thereof;

"Pledge"
     means  the  pledge of shares of VSSI  Australia  and VSSI  Transport  to be
     executed by the Guarantor  pursuant to  Clause 4.1(e)(ii)  substantially in
     the form of Exhibit H;

"Prime Rate"
     means the rate of interest announced by the Reference Bank in New York City
     from time to time as its base, prime or reference rate;

"Reference Bank"
     means Rabobank International, New York branch;

"Reimbursement Obligations"
     means,  with  respect to any Bank as of any date,  the  obligations  of the
     Obligors  then  outstanding  and unpaid to reimburse  such Bank pursuant to
     Clause 2.3  for the amounts paid by such Bank in respect of all drawings or
     other payments made under or pursuant to the Amended Letter of Credit;

"Reimbursement Period"
     means the period from the Date of Issuance until the Expiration Date;

"Security Documents"
     means the Guaranty, the Pledge, the Mortgages, the Mortgage Amendments, the
     Assignments,  the Assignment Notices, the Consents, and any other documents
     that may be executed as security for the Obligors' obligations hereunder;

"Security Trustee"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble to this Agreement;

"SMC"
     means a safety  management  certificate  issued in  respect  of a Vessel in
     accordance with rule 13 of the ISM Code;

"Stated Amount"
     means the amount  reflected in Column 1 of Schedule A to the Amended Letter
     of Credit in the initial amount of  $78,000,000,  such amount being reduced
     six months after each  installment  date under the Loan  Agreements  by the
     aggregate  of  the  scheduled  amount  of  principal  due  under  the  Loan
     Agreements on such date;

"Subcharter Assignments"
     means the  assignments  in respect of the  Sub-Charters  executed  or to be
     executed by Alliance  in favor of the  Security  Trustee for the benefit of
     the Banks pursuant to Clause 4.1(d)  substantially in the form of Exhibit F
     ;

"Sub-Charters"
     means  the  sub-charter  agreements  relating  to  each  of the  Australian
     Vessels, entered into between Alliance and Ampol;

"Subsidiary"
     is defined to mean,  with  respect to any Person,  any  business  entity of
     which more than 50% of the  outstanding  voting stock is owned  directly or
     indirectly  by  such  Person  and one or more  other  Subsidiaries  of such
     Person;

"Taxes"
     means any present or future income or other taxes, levies, duties, charges,
     fees,  deductions or withholdings  of any nature now or hereafter  imposed,
     levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any taxing authority whatsoever;

"Transaction Documents"
     means this Agreement,  the Amended Letter of Guarantee,  the Amended Letter
     of  Credit,  the  Security  Documents  and any  Assignment  and  Assumption
     Agreement;

"VSSI Australia"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble to this Agreement;

"VSSI Transport"
     has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Preamble to this Agreement;

"Vessels"
     means the Australian Vessels and the Bahamian Vessels; and

"Wholly Owned"
     means,  with respect to any  Subsidiary of any Person,  such  Subsidiary of
     such Person if all of the outstanding  common stock or other similar equity
     ownership  interests (but not including preferred stock) in such Subsidiary
     (other  than any  director's  qualifying  share or  investments  by foreign
     nationals  mandated by applicable  law) is owned  directly or indirectly by
     such Person.

1.2  Construction.  Words  importing the singular  number only shall include the
     plural and vice versa.  Words  importing  persons shall include  companies,
     firms, corporations,  partnerships,  unincorporated  associations and their
     respective successors and assigns.

1.3  Accounting  Terms.  All accounting  terms not  specifically  defined herein
     shall  be  construed  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
     principles  as in effect from time to time in the United  States of America
     consistently  applied  ("GAAP")  and  all  financial  statements  submitted
     pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be prepared in accordance  with, and all
     financial  data submitted  pursuant  hereto shall be derived from financial
     statements prepared in accordance with, GAAP.

2.   LETTER OF CREDIT

2.1  Issuance of the Amended Letter of Credit.

     (a)  Subject to the terms and  conditions of this Agreement and in reliance
          on the representations, warranties and covenants herein contained, the
          Banks hereby agree,  upon  satisfaction  of the  conditions  precedent
          contained  in Clause 4 to procure that the Agent shall issue on behalf
          of the Banks the Amended Letter of Credit in favor of the Beneficiary.

     (b)  The Agent,  on behalf of the  Banks,shall  issue the Amended Letter of
          Credit  upon  three  Business  Days'  prior  written  notice  from the
          Obligors to the Agent requesting the issuance of the Amended Letter of
          Credit and setting forth the Date of Issuance,  which date shall be no
          later than May 31, 1998,  with  respect  thereto and the date on which
          such  Amended  Letter of Credit is to expire  which  date  shall be no
          later than June 17,  2006 (the "Expiration Date"). Each Bank severally
          and not jointly agrees,  on the terms and conditions set forth herein,
          to cause  the  Agent to issue on  behalf of the Banks on such date the
          Amended  Letter  of  Credit  to  the  Beneficiary  in  the  amount  of
          $78,000,000,  effective  on the Date of Issuance  and  expiring on the
          Expiration  Date.  The  commitment  of each Bank to cause the Agent to
          issue on  behalf of the Banks  the  Amended  Letter of Credit  and its
          obligations  hereunder and under the Amended Letter of Credit shall be
          limited to its Letter of Credit Amount as in effect from time to time.

     (c)  Upon  receipt  of the Notice of  Issuance,  the Agent  shall  promptly
          notify each Bank of the contents  thereof and of its Percentage  Share
          of the amount of the Amended Letter of Credit.

     (d)  In the event that the Borrowers  prepay part of the Loans  pursuant to
          the terms of the relevant Loan Agreement and the Beneficiary  consents
          to a  corresponding  reduction  of the  Stated  Amount of the  Amended
          Letter of Credit,  the Banks  agree that they shall cause the Agent to
          issue on their  behalf an  amended  letter  of  credit  with a reduced
          Stated Amount.

2.2. Several Obligations; Drawings.

     (a)  The  obligations of the Banks hereunder and under or in respect of the
          Amended Letter of Credit are several and not joint,  and no Bank shall
          be liable for the failure of any other Bank to perform its obligations
          hereunder  or  thereunder.  The  failure  of any  Bank  to  honor  its
          obligations  hereunder  or in respect of the Amended  Letter of Credit
          shall not excuse the several  obligations of the other Banks hereunder
          or thereunder.

     (b)  Upon receipt from the  Beneficiary of any demand for payment under the
          Amended  Letter of Credit made in accordance  with the terms  thereof,
          the Agent shall  promptly  notify the Obligors and each Bank as to the
          amount to be paid by such Bank as a result of such demand and the date
          for such payment (which shall be a Business Day). Upon receipt of such
          notice from the Agent, each Bank shall promptly transfer the amount to
          be paid by it as a result  of such  demand  in  immediately  available
          funds to the account  specified in or pursuant to  Clause 5.1  or such
          other account as the Agent shall have specified in such notice. Unless
          the Agent shall have received notice from a Bank prior to the date for
          such payment that such Bank will not make  available to the Agent such
          Bank's  Percentage  Share of such  payment,  the Agent may assume that
          such Bank has made an amount equal to such Percentage  Share available
          to the  Agent on the date for such  payment  in  accordance  with this
          subclause (b)  and the Agent may,  in reliance  upon such  assumption,
          make available to the Beneficiary on such date a corresponding amount.
          If and to the extent that the Agent in reliance  upon such  assumption
          shall have made available to the  Beneficiary,  on behalf of any Bank,
          an  amount  equal  to such  Bank's  Percentage  Share  of any  payment
          pursuant  to this  Clause  and such Bank shall not have made an amount
          equal to such  Percentage  Share  available to the Agent and the Agent
          shall not have been  reimbursed by the Obligors for such amount,  such
          Bank  agrees to pay to the Agent  forthwith  on  demand  such  amount,
          together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount
          is made  available  to the  Beneficiary  until the date such amount is
          repaid to the Agent at a rate per  annum  equal to the Prime  Rate for
          each such day.

2.3. Reimbursement Obligation; Interest.

     (a)  The Obligors agree to pay to the Agent,  for the account of the Banks,
          immediately  after (and on the same Business Day as) (i) any amount is
          drawn under,  or  otherwise  paid  pursuant to, the Amended  Letter of
          Credit,  a sum equal to the  amount so drawn or paid and  interest  on
          such amount as provided in  subclauses (b)  and (c) below and (ii) any
          Event of Default  shall have  occurred  and be  continuing,  an amount
          equal to the  aggregate  amount  (if any) paid or prepaid by the Agent
          pursuant  to  Clause 6.1,  and  interest on such amount as provided in
          subclauses (b) and (c) below; provided that if the Agent shall receive
          such  payment from the Obligors  later than  3:00 P.M.  (New York City
          time) on such  Business Day, such payment shall be deemed to have been
          received by the Agent on the next succeeding Business Day and interest
          shall accrue thereon pursuant to subclauses (b) and (c) below from the
          date such  payment  was due.  The  Obligors  agree  that all  payments
          required   hereunder   shall  be  free  and  clear  of  all  set-offs,
          withholdings,   taxes,   claims  or  other   deductions  of  any  kind
          whatsoever.

     (b)  Any amount owing by the  Obligors  pursuant to  subclause (a)  and not
          paid when due shall bear interest,  payable upon demand,  for each day
          from and including  the date payment  thereof was due to but excluding
          the date of actual  payment  thereof in full at a rate per annum equal
          to the sum of 2% plus the Prime Rate for such day.

     (c)  Until  payment of any  amount due  hereunder  is made,  the  Obligors'
          obligations  to the Agent and the Banks under  Clause  2.3(a) shall be
          evidenced by a loan account ledger maintained by the Agent in the name
          of the Obligors.  The Agent shall determine any amounts payable by the
          Obligors  under this  Clause 2.3 and any such  determination  shall be
          conclusive absent manifest error.

2.4  Commission and Fees.  (a) L/C Fee. The Obligors agree to pay the Agent, for
     distribution  to the Banks, a letter of credit fee (the "L/C Fee"),  on the
     Adjusted Stated Amount quarterly in arrears for the period from the Date of
     Issuance  of the  Amended  Letter of Credit  until the  earlier  of (i) the
     Expiration  Date or  (ii) termination  of the  Amended  Letter of Credit in
     accordance  with the terms hereof or thereof,  at the rate as determined in
     accordance with this Clause 2.4; provided, however, that the Obligors shall
     not be obligated  to pay the L/C Fee for the period from the maturity  date
     or prepayment of the Loans until the Expiration Date if the Loans have been
     repaid  in full.  The L/C Fee will vary  based  upon the Net Debt to Equity
     Ratio in accordance with the following schedule:

     Net Debt to Equity Ratio: L/C Fee

     If greater than or equal to 1.5 to 1.0 0.85% p.a.

     If greater than or equal to 1.0 to 1.0 but less than 1.5 to 1.0 0.70% p.a.

     If less than 1.0 to 1.0 0.60% p.a.

     The  L/C Fee  shall  be  determined  based  on the  most  recent  financial
     information  delivered to the Agent in accordance  with  Clause 7.1A(iv)(a)
     and shall  change,  effective  as of the  beginning  of any fiscal  quarter
     following the quarter during which a change in such ratio occurred.

     (b)  Commitment  Commission.  The  Obligors  agree  to pay on the  Date  of
          Issuance a commitment  commission on the available but unissued amount
          of the Adjusted Stated Amount for the period commencing on the date of
          execution of this  Agreement by the Obligors and ending on the Date of
          Issuance.  The Commitment  Commission shall accrue from day to day and
          be calculated on the actual number of days elapsed and a three hundred
          sixty (360) day year. The Commitment  Commission  will vary based upon
          the Net  Debt  to  Equity  Ratio  in  accordance  with  the  following
          schedule:

     Net Debt to Equity Ratio: Commitment Commission

     If greater than or equal to 1.5 to 1.0 0.34% p.a.

     If greater than or equal to 1.0 to 1.0 but less than 1.5 to 1.0 0.28% p.a.

     If less than 1.0 to 1.0 0.24% p.a.

     The  Commitment  Commission  shall be  determined  based on the most recent
     financial information delivered to the Agent and shall change, effective as
     of the beginning of any fiscal quarter following the quarter during which a
     change in such ratio occurred.

     (c)  Front-End  Fee. The Obligors agree to pay a  non-refundable  front-end
          fee equal to .25% of the Adjusted Stated Amount (the "Front-End  Fee")
          as of the  Date of  Issuance,  payable  to the  Banks  on the  Date of
          Issuance,  to be allocated  (including  the Original Front End Fee (as
          hereinafter  defined) by the Agent based upon their  Commitments.  The
          front-end  fee (the  "Original  Front-End  Fee") paid by the  Original
          Borrowers,  Palmstar Thistle and Alliance in connection with the First
          Loan  Agreement  pursuant  to a fee letter  dated  December  17,  1997
          executed by the  Guarantor on their  behalf shall be credited  against
          the Front-End Fee due hereunder.

2.5  Increased Cost. If any change in applicable  law,  regulation or regulatory
     requirement  or  in  the  interpretation  or  application  thereof  by  any
     governmental or other authority, shall:

     (i)  change the basis of taxation  (excluding any change in the rate of any
          Tax) to any of the Banks with respect to the Amended  Letter of Credit
          or any  drawing  or  payment  thereunder  or  pursuant  thereto or its
          obligations to make payments under or in respect of the Amended Letter
          of Credit or to issue the  Amended  Letter of Credit  pursuant to this
          Agreement  or with respect to payments of principal or interest or any
          other payment due or to become due pursuant to this  Agreement  (other
          than a change  in  taxation  of the  overall  net  income of such Bank
          effected by the  jurisdiction of  organization or the  jurisdiction of
          the  principal  place of business of such Bank,  the United  States of
          America, the State or City of New York or any governmental subdivision
          or other taxing  authority having  jurisdiction  over the Bank (unless
          such  jurisdiction  is asserted  solely by reason of the activities of
          any of the Obligors) or such other  jurisdiction where the obligations
          under this Agreement may be payable), or

     (ii) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve requirements (including,
          without  limitation,  any such  requirement  imposed  by the  Board of
          Governors  of  the  Federal   Reserve   System  or  other   comparable
          governmental  authority  against  letters  of  credit  or  letters  of
          commitment  issued  by, or  assets  of,  or  deposits  with or for the
          account of, or credit  extended by, any Bank) or require the making of
          any  special   deposits  against  or  in  respect  of  any  assets  or
          liabilities  of, deposits with or for the account of, or loans by, any
          of the Banks, or

     (iii)impose  on  any  of  the  Banks  any  other  condition  affecting  its
          obligations  under or in respect  of this  Agreement,  or the  Amended
          Letter of Credit or any part thereof,  and the result of the foregoing
          is either to  increase  the cost to such Bank of making  available  or
          maintaining  the  Amended  Letter of Credit or any part  thereof or to
          reduce the amount of any payment  received  by such Bank,  then and in
          any such case if such  increase  or  reduction  in the opinion of such
          Bank  materially  affects  the  interests  of such  Bank  under  or in
          connection with this Agreement, then:

          (a)  such Bank shall notify the Agent and Obligors of the happening of
               such event,

          (b)  the Obligors  agree  forthwith upon demand to pay to the Agent or
               such Bank such amount as such Bank  certifies  to be necessary to
               compensate such Bank, for such additional cost or such reduction,
               and

          (c)  any such  demand  as is  referred  to in  sub-clause  (b) of this
               Clause 2.5  may be made by such Bank at any time  before or after
               any repayment of the Letter of Credit Liabilities.



2.6  Illegality.  In the event  that by reason of any  change in any  applicable
     law, regulation or regulatory  requirement or in the interpretation thereof
     any of the Banks reasonably  concludes that it has become unlawful for such
     Bank to maintain or give effect to its  obligations as contemplated by this
     Agreement, such Bank shall inform the Agent, the Agent shall forthwith give
     notice  thereof  to the  other  Banks  and the  Obligors  to  that  effect,
     whereafter  the liability of such Bank to make payments under or in respect
     of the Amended  Letter of Credit or to issue the  Amended  Letter of Credit
     pursuant to this Agreement  shall forthwith cease and the Obligors shall be
     required  to (x) replace  such Bank with one or more banks  pursuant to the
     provisions of Clause 2.7(a),(y) pay to the Agent an amount in Dollars equal
     to such Bank's  Letter of Credit  Amount as of such date which amount shall
     be retained by the Agent until such time as this  Agreement  is  terminated
     pursuant  to Clause  2.7 and  applied by the Agent from time to time to pay
     such Bank's  Percentage  Share of any drawings or other  payments  under or
     pursuant to the Amended  Letter of Credit or (z) obtain  the  Beneficiary's
     consent  to the  discharge  of such  Bank  from its  obligations  under the
     Amended Letter of Credit; provided that, upon any such discharge (except if
     such Bank is replaced  pursuant to (x) above),  the Stated  Amount shall be
     reduced by the amount of such Bank's Letter of Credit  Amount.  In any such
     event, but without  prejudice to the aforesaid  obligations of the Obligors
     to prepay such Bank's Letter of Credit  Amount,  the Obligors and such Bank
     shall  negotiate  in good faith with a view to agreeing on terms for making
     its  Letter  of  Credit  Amount  available  from  another  jurisdiction  or
     otherwise  restructuring  the  obligations  under this Agreement on a basis
     which is not  unlawful  with  respect  to such  Bank and  Agent  shall  use
     reasonable  efforts to  replace  such Bank with a bank for which the making
     and performance of this Agreement would not be illegal.


2.7  Substitution  of Banks.  If (i) any  Bank has demanded  compensation  under
     Clause 2.5 or (ii) the Obligors are obligated to replace a Bank pursuant to
     clause (x) of Clause 2.6(a) the Obligors shall have the right,  upon twenty
     (20) Business Days' prior notice to such Bank (or five Business Days' prior
     notice in the case of any  substitution  pursuant to the  foregoing  clause
     (ii)),  to cause one or more banks (which may be one or more of the Banks),
     each such bank to be acceptable to the  Beneficiary  and, if there shall at
     such time be more than one Bank hereunder,  reasonably  satisfactory to the
     Majority Banks  (determined  for this purpose as if such Bank had no Letter
     of Credit Amount and no  Reimbursement  Obligation was payable to such Bank
     hereunder),  in each case with the written  acknowledgment of the Agent, to
     assume the obligations of the Bank to be replaced (the "Old Bank(s)") under
     this Agreement and, if required by the Beneficiary, to issue (together with
     the other  Banks  hereto)  a letter  of  credit in the form of the  Amended
     Letter of Credit  then  outstanding  but in an amount  equal to the  Stated
     Amount then in effect. If one or more such banks in each case acceptable to
     the Beneficiary are identified by the Obligors and, if required pursuant to
     this  Clause,  approved as being  reasonably  satisfactory  to the Majority
     Banks  (determined  as provided  above),  the Banks  shall  consent to such
     assumption  and  issuance  pursuant to a written  instrument.  Upon (i) the
     execution and delivery of such instrument by the Obligors,  the Banks,  and
     the Agent,  (ii) the  return by the  Beneficiary  of the Amended  Letter of
     Credit, (iii) the execution and delivery to the Beneficiary of a new letter
     of credit  by the Banks  (including  the new  banks but  excluding  the Old
     Banks) and (iv) payment by the new banks (the "Substitution  Banks") to the
     Old Banks of all accrued fees to but excluding the date of such  assumption
     and issuance,  each of such Substitution Banks shall become a bank party to
     this  Agreement  (if it is not  already a party  hereto) and shall from the
     date of such  substitution  have all the rights and  obligations  of a Bank
     with a Letter  of  Credit  Amount  and  Percentage  Share  (which,  if such
     Substitution  Bank is already a party hereto,  shall take into account such
     Substitution  Bank's existing Letter of Credit Amount and Percentage Share)
     and the Old Bank shall from date of such  substitution be released from its
     obligations  under this Agreement and the Amended Letter of Credit,  and no
     further  consent or action by any other Person shall be required;  provided
     that on the date of such  assumption and issuance  (x) all  amounts payable
     under  Clause 2.3 shall have been paid in full and (y) no  Event of Default
     shall have occurred and be continuing on such date. In the event that there
     is more than one Bank party  hereto and the entity  which is the Agent,  in
     its  capacity as a Bank,  is  required  to  transfer  all of its rights and
     obligations  hereunder  pursuant  to this  Clause  2.7,  the  Agent  shall,
     promptly upon the  consummation  of any assumption  pursuant to this Clause
     2.7, resign as Agent hereunder and the Majority Banks (determined as if the
     Bank resigning as Agent had no Letter of Credit Amount and no Reimbursement
     Obligation  was  payable  to such Bank  hereunder)  shall  (subject  to the
     consent  of the  Obligors),  have the  right  to  appoint  another  Bank as
     successor Agent, all in accordance with Clause 12.11.

2.8  General  Provisions  as to  Payment.  (a)  All  Payments  to be made by the
     Obligors shall be made in Dollars and in immediately available funds to the
     Agent at its address  specified  in or pursuant  to  Clause 7.1.  The Agent
     shall  promptly  distribute  to each of the  Banks  its pro  rata  share in
     accordance  with its  Percentage  Share of each such Payment  (other than a
     Payment  pursuant to Clause  2.6)  received by the Agent for the account of
     the Bank.

     (b)  Whenever any payment  hereunder,  including  without  limitation,  any
          payment due to the Agent  pursuant to Clause  2.3,  2.4,  2.5, or 2.6,
          shall  be due on a day  which  is not a  Business  Day,  the  date for
          payment thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding  Business Day
          and any interest  payable  thereon  shall be payable for such extended
          time at the specified rate. If the date for any payment is extended by
          operation of law or otherwise,  interest  thereon shall be payable for
          such extended time.

     (c)  Interest and any fees payable hereunder shall be computed on the basis
          of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual  number of days  elapsed
          from and  including the first day of the period for which they are due
          to but excluding the last day thereof.

     (d)  Any amount owed to the Agent or any Bank under this Agreement not paid
          when due shall bear interest,  payable upon demand,  for each day from
          and  including  the date payment  thereof was due to but excluding the
          date of actual payment thereof in full as provided in subclause (b) of
          Clause 2.3.

2.9  Obligations Absolute.  The obligations of the Obligors under this Agreement
     shall be absolute,  unconditional  and irrevocable,  and shall be performed
     strictly  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of this  Agreement,  under  all
     circumstances  whatsoever,   including  without  limitation  the  following
     circumstances:

     (a) unenforceability for any reason of this Agreement or the Amended Letter
          of Credit;

     (b)  any modification, amendment or waiver of, or any consent to, departure
          from,  or  supplement  to, this  Agreement  or the  Amended  Letter of
          Credit;  provided that neither the Agent nor any Bank shall enter into
          any written  amendment to, or written  modification  or waiver of, the
          Amended Letter of Credit without the consent of the Obligors;

     (c)  the existence of any claim, set-off,  defense or other right which the
          Obligors may have at any time against the  Beneficiary  (or any Person
          for  whom  the  Beneficiary  may  be  acting),  any  Affiliate  of the
          Beneficiary,  the  Agent,  any Bank or any other  Person,  whether  in
          connection with this Agreement,  the Amended Letter of Credit,  or the
          Loan  Agreements or any unrelated  transaction;  provided that nothing
          herein shall  prevent the assertion of any such claim by separate suit
          or compulsory counterclaim;

     (d)  any statement or any other document presented under the Amended Letter
          of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in
          any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any
          respect whatsoever;

     (e)  payment  by the Agent or any Bank under the  Amended  Letter of Credit
          against  presentation of a draft or certificate  which does not comply
          with the terms of the Amended Letter of Credit; and

     (f)  any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by any Bank, the
          Agent  or  any  other  Person  or  any  other  event  or  circumstance
          whatsoever  which might,  but for the  provisions  of this Clause 2.9,
          constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Obligors' obligations
          hereunder;provided  that,  with  respect to  clauses (d),  (e) and (f)
          above,  the  Obligors  shall  not be  obligated  with  respect  to any
          Reimbursement  Obligation or other obligation hereunder arising solely
          out of the gross  negligence,  willful  misconduct or bad faith of the
          Agent or any Bank to which such Reimbursement Obligation or such other
          obligation is payable,  as the case may be.  Nothing in this Agreement
          and no failure by the  Obligors  to perform  any of their  obligations
          hereunder shall affect the several  obligations of the Banks hereunder
          or under the Amended Letter of Credit.

2.10 Determination  of Losses.  A  certificate  or  determination  notice of any
     affected  Bank(s)  or the  Agent,  as the  case may be,  as to any  matters
     referred to in this Clause 2 shall, absent in manifest error, be conclusive
     and binding on the Obligors.

3    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

3.1  In order to induce the Banks and the Agent to enter into this Agreement and
     to make the Amended Letter of Credit available, each of the Obligors hereby
     represents and warrants (which representations and warranties shall survive
     the  execution  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and the  issuance of the
     Amended Letter of Credit hereunder) that:

     (a)  Due Organization and Power.  Each of the Obligors and the Guarantor is
          duly formed and validly  existing in good  standing  under the laws of
          its respective jurisdiction of incorporation,  has duly qualified and,
          insofar as the Obligors are aware,  is  authorized to do business as a
          foreign  corporation  in each  jurisdiction  wherein the nature of the
          business  transacted thereby makes such qualification  necessary,  has
          full  power to carry on its  business  as now being  conducted  and to
          enter  into  and  perform  its   respective   obligations   under  the
          Transaction  Documents  to which  it is or is to be a  party,  and has
          complied  with  all  statutory,   regulatory  and  other  requirements
          relative to such business and such agreements the  noncompliance  with
          which could  reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse effect
          on  its  business,  assets  or  operations,  condition  (financial  or
          otherwise).

     (b)  Authorization  and Consents.  All necessary  corporate action has been
          taken to authorize, and all necessary consents and authorizations have
          been  obtained and remain in full force and effect to permit,  each of
          the  Obligors  and  the  Guarantor  to  enter  into  and  perform  its
          obligations  under the  Transaction  Documents  to which it is a party
          and, in the case of the Obligors,  to make all payments required under
          this  Agreement  and,  as of the date of this  Agreement,  no  further
          consents or  authorizations  are  necessary for the repayment of their
          obligations under this Agreement.

     (c)  Filings, etc. It is not necessary to ensure (i) the legality, validity
          or enforceability  of this Agreement or any of the Security  Documents
          that any of them be filed,  recorded,  registered or enrolled with any
          governmental,  state or local  authority or agency (other than (A) the
          recordation  of the Mortgages  with the relevant ship registry and (B)
          the  filing  of  (1) the  Earnings  Assignments  with  respect  to the
          BARRINGTON and the  PALMERSTON,  (2) the  Subcharter  Assignments  and
          (3) the  Insurance  Assignments with respect to each Vessel,  with the
          Australian  Securities  Commission  within  45 days  of the  execution
          thereof) or that this  Agreement or any  Security  Document be stamped
          with any stamp or similar transaction tax or (ii) the admissibility in
          evidence of this  Agreement or any Security  Document in the courts of
          the State of New York,  courts of New South  Wales,  Australia  or the
          Commonwealth  of  Australia,  that  any of  them be  filed,  recorded,
          registered or enrolled with any governmental, state or local authority
          or agency (other than usual and customary  filings and  submissions in
          the courts of such jurisdictions);

     (d)  Binding  Obligations.  The Transaction  Documents  constitute or, when
          executed and  delivered,  will  constitute,  legal,  valid and binding
          obligations  of each of the Obligors  and the  Guarantor as is a party
          thereto  enforceable  against  each  thereof as is a party  thereto in
          accordance   with  their  terms,   except  to  the  extent  that  such
          enforcement  may be limited by  equitable  principles,  principles  of
          public policy or applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
          moratorium  or other  laws  affecting  generally  the  enforcement  of
          creditors' rights.

     (e)  No Violation.  The execution and delivery of, and the  performance  of
          the provisions of, the  Transaction  Documents by each of the Obligors
          and the Guarantor as is a party  thereto,  do not, and will not during
          the   term   of  this   Agreement,   contravene   (i) any   applicable
          law,regulation or judicial order existing at the date hereof, (ii) any
          material  agreement  or document  to which such  Obligor is a party or
          which is binding upon it or any of its assets,or  (iii)the articles of
          incorporation or by-laws (or equivalent documents) of any thereof, nor
          will it result in the creation or imposition  of any mortgage,  charge
          (whether  fixed or floating) or pledge,  any maritime or other lien or
          any other security  interest of any kind on the assets of any Obligors
          (except  for those in favor of the  Security  Trustee on behalf of the
          Banks) pursuant to the provisions of any such agreement or document;

     (f)  No immunity.  Neither any of the Obligors nor the Guarantor nor any of
          their  respective  assets are  entitled  to immunity on the grounds of
          sovereignty  or otherwise  from any legal action or proceeding  (which
          shall include, without limitation, suit, attachment prior to judgment,
          execution or other enforcement);

     (g)  Litigation.  Except as otherwise  disclosed in writing to the Banks on
          or before the date hereof, no action, suit or proceeding is pending or
          threatened  against any of the Obligors or the Guarantor  before or by
          any court,  board of arbitration or administrative  agency which has a
          reasonable  likelihood of resulting in any material  adverse change in
          the  business or  condition  (financial  or  otherwise)  of any of the
          Obligors or the Guarantor.

     (h)  No Default.  None of the Obligors or the Guarantor is in default under
          any  agreement by which it is bound,  nor is any thereof in default in
          respect of any financial commitment or obligation.

     (i)  Charters.  Each  Vessel is  subject  to a Charter  and the  Australian
          Vessels are also subject to a Sub-Charter. The certified copies of the
          Charters  and  Subcharters  delivered  to the Agent on or prior to the
          date of this  Agreement  are  true and  complete  copies  thereof  and
          constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto
          enforceable  against  the  parties  thereto in  accordance  with their
          respective  terms,  except to the extent that such  enforcement may be
          limited  by  equitable  principles,  principles  of  public  policy or
          applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
          laws affecting  generally the enforcement of creditors' rights, and no
          amendments  thereof or variations thereto have been proposed or agreed
          prior to the date hereof  other than  immaterial  changes,  details of
          which shall have been forwarded to the Agent.  The right of each Owner
          to all moneys  payable under its  respective  Charter and the right of
          Alliance to payment under the Subcharters are not subject to any right
          of set-off or counterclaim  or any lien,  charge,  security  interest,
          assignment  or other  encumbrance  except in favor of the  Agent,  the
          Security Trustee or the Banks.  There are no material  defaults on the
          part of any party to the Charters or the  Subcharters  and there is no
          accrued  right of any Owner to terminate its  respective  Charter with
          the  respective   Charterers  or  of  Alliance  to  terminate   either
          Subcharter with Ampol.

     (j)  Vessel Ownership, Classification,  Seaworthiness and Insurance. On the
          Issuance Date:

          (i)  each Vessel  will be in the sole and  absolute  ownership  of the
               respective Owner, unencumbered,  save and except for the Mortgage
               (and  the  respective  Mortgage  Amendment  in  the  case  of the
               Australian  Vessels) thereon,  and duly registered in the name of
               the respective  Owner under the laws and flag of the Commonwealth
               of Australia or the Commonwealth of the Bahamas,  as the case may
               be;

          (ii) each  Vessel will be classed in the  highest  classification  and
               rating   for   vessels   of  the  same  age  and  type  with  its
               classification   society   (which   shall  be  a  member  of  the
               International  Association of  Classification  Societies) or such
               other  classification  society  acceptable to the Majority  Banks
               without any  outstanding  recommendations  deemed material by the
               Majority Banks;

          (iii)each Vessel will be operationally  seaworthy and in every way fit
               for service; and

          (iv) each Vessel will be insured in accordance  with the provisions of
               the Mortgage thereon and the  requirements  thereof in respect of
               such insurances will have been complied with.

     (k)  Financial Statements.  Except as otherwise disclosed in writing to the
          Banks on or prior to the date hereof,  all  information and other data
          furnished by the Obligors and the  Guarantor to the Banks are complete
          and correct,  and all financial  statements  furnished by the Obligors
          and the  Guarantor  have been  prepared  in  accordance  with GAAP and
          accurately and fairly  present the financial  condition of the parties
          covered thereby as of the respective  dates thereof and the results of
          the operations thereof for the period or respective periods covered by
          such financial statements.  Since such date or dates there has been no
          material  adverse change in the financial  condition or results of the
          operations of any of such parties and none thereof has any  contingent
          obligations,  liabilities  for  taxes or other  outstanding  financial
          obligations which are material in the aggregate except as disclosed in
          such statements, information and data.

     (l)  Tax Returns and  Payments.  Each of the Obligors and the Guarantor has
          filed all tax returns  required  to be filed  thereby and has paid all
          taxes payable  thereby which have become due, other than those not yet
          delinquent  or the  nonpayment  of which  would  not  have a  material
          adverse  effect on any such party,  as the case may be, and except for
          those  taxes  being   contested  in  good  faith  and  by  appropriate
          proceedings  or other acts and for which  adequate  reserves have been
          set aside on its books.

     (m)  Insurance.  Each of the  Obligors  and the  Guarantor  has insured its
          properties  and assets  against  such risks and in such amounts as are
          customary for companies engaged in similar businesses.

     (n)  Offices.  The chief  executive  office and chief  place of business of
          each of the Obligors,  and the office in which the  financial  records
          relating to the Vessels are kept, is, and will continue to be, located
          at Ernst & Young at Ernst & Young Building,  321 Kent Street,  Sydney,
          Australia  or Teekay  Shipping  Limited  at 4th Floor,  Euro  Canadian
          Centre,  Marlborough  Street  and Navy Lion  Road,  P.O. Box  SS 6293,
          Nassau,  the  Bahamas,  as the  case  may  be;  none  of the  Obligors
          maintains  a place of  business  in Canada,  the United  States or the
          United Kingdom.

     (o)  Not an  Investment  Company.  Neither  the  Guarantor,  nor any of the
          Obligors  is  an  "investment  company"  within  the  meaning  of  the
          Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     (p)  Equity Ownership. Each of the Obligors is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of
          the Guarantor. On the Issuance Date, none of the Obligors will own any
          shares of  capital  stock,  partnership  interest  or other  direct or
          indirect  equity  interest in any  corporation,  partnership  or other
          entity.

     (q)  Environmental  Matters.  Except as heretofore  disclosed in writing to
          the  Banks  (i) each  of  the  Obligors  will,  when  required,  be in
          compliance with all applicable United States federal and state, local,
          foreign  and   international   laws,   regulations,   conventions  and
          agreements  relating to pollution  prevention  or  protection of human
          health or the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air,
          surface  water,  ground  water,   navigable  waters,   waters  of  the
          contiguous zone, ocean waters and  international  waters),  including,
          without  limitation,  laws,  regulations,  conventions  and agreements
          relating to (1) emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases
          of chemicals,  pollutants,  contaminants,  wastes,  toxic  substances,
          hazardous  materials,   oil,  hazardous   substances,   petroleum  and
          petroleum  products  and  by-products   ("Materials  of  Environmental
          Concern"),  or (2) the  manufacture,  processing,  distribution,  use,
          treatment,  storage,  disposal,  transport or handling of Materials of
          Environmental  Concern  ("Environmental   Laws");   (ii) each  of  the
          Obligors will, when required, have all permits,  licenses,  approvals,
          rulings,  variances,   exemptions,   clearances,   consents  or  other
          authorizations   required   under   applicable    Environmental   Laws
          ("Environmental  Approvals")  and  will,  when  required,  be in  full
          compliance with all Environmental  Approvals required to operate their
          business  as then being  conducted;  (iii) none  of the  Obligors  has
          received   any  notice  of  any  claim,   action,   cause  of  action,
          investigation  or  demand  by  any  person,   entity,   enterprise  or
          government,  or any political  subdivision,  intergovernmental body or
          agency,  department or  instrumentality  thereof,  alleging  potential
          liability for, or a requirement to incur, investigatory costs, cleanup
          costs,   response  and/or  remedial  costs  (whether   incurred  by  a
          governmental entity or otherwise), natural resources damages, property
          damages, personal injuries,  attorneys' fees and expenses, or fines or
          penalties,  in each case arising out of,  based on or  resulting  from
          (1) the   presence,   or  release  or  threat  of  release   into  the
          environment,   of  any  Materials  of  Environmental  Concern  at  any
          location,  whether or not owned by such person,  or  (2) circumstances
          forming  the basis of any  violation,  or  alleged  violation,  of any
          Environmental Law or Environmental  Approval  ("Environmental  Claim")
          (other  than  Environmental  Claims  that have been fully and  finally
          adjudicated or otherwise determined and all fines, penalties and other
          costs,  if any,  payable by the Obligors in respect  thereof have been
          paid in full or are fully  covered by insurance  (including  permitted
          deductibles)); and (iv) there are no circumstances that may prevent or
          interfere with such full compliance in the future.

     (r)  Pending  or  Threatened  Environmental  Claims.  Except as  heretofore
          disclosed  in writing  to the Banks  there is no  Environmental  Claim
          pending or threatened  against any Obligor or past or present actions,
          activities, circumstances, conditions, events or incidents, including,
          without limitation,  the release,  emission,  discharge or disposal of
          any Materials of Environmental  Concern,  that could form the basis of
          any Environmental Claim against any Obligor.

     (s)  Limited  Purpose.  Each Owner is a special  purpose company whose sole
          capital asset is its Vessel;  no Owner  engages in any business  other
          than the owning of its Vessel.

     (t)  Permitted  Indebtedness.  The  Loans  and  the  Guaranty  thereof  are
          Indebtedness  of  the  Original  Borrowers,  VSSI  Australia  and  the
          Guarantor,  respectively,  the  incurrence  of which is  permitted  by
          Clause 4.3 of the Indenture  because the Interest  Coverage  Ratio (as
          such term is defined in the Indenture) shall be greater than 2:1 after
          consummation of the transactions contemplated herein.

     (u)  Survival.  All  representations,  covenants and warranties made herein
          and in any certificate or other document  delivered pursuant hereto or
          in  connection  herewith  shall  survive  the  issuance of the Amended
          Letter of Credit.

4    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1  Conditions   Precedent  to  Issuance  of  Amended  Letter  of  Credit.  The
     obligation of the Agent on behalf of the Banks, to issue the Amended Letter
     of  Credit to the  Beneficiary  under  this  Agreement  shall be  expressly
     subject to the following conditions precedent:

     (a)  the Agent shall have  received  the  following  documents  in form and
          substance satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel:

          (i)  copies,  certified  as true and complete by an officer of each of
               the Obligors and the Guarantor of excerpts of the  resolutions of
               each such  company's  board of directors  (and,  if any necessary
               under appropriate law,  shareholders)  evidencing approval of the
               Transaction  Documents  to which  such  company  is or is to be a
               party and  authorizing  an  appropriate  officer or  officers  or
               attorney-in-fact or  attorneys-in-fact to execute the same on its
               behalf;

          (ii) copies,  certified  as true and complete by an officer of each of
               the Obligors and the Guarantor or other applicable  party, of all
               documents   evidencing  any  other  necessary  action  (including
               actions by such  parties  thereto  other than the Obligors or the
               Guarantor as may be required by the Agent), approvals or consents
               with respect to this Agreement, the Loan Agreements, the Security
               Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

          (iii)copies,  certified  as true and complete by an officer of each of
               the Obligors and the Guarantor, of the articles or certificate of
               incorporation  and  by-laws (or the  equivalent  thereof) of each
               thereof  (unless such Obligor or  Guarantor  previously  provided
               such  documents in  connection  with the  Original  Reimbursement
               Agreement,  in which case such Obligor or Guarantor shall provide
               a  certificate  from an  officer  of such  Obligor  or  Guarantor
               stating  that such  documents  have not been amended or rescinded
               since the date of the Original Reimbursement Agreement);

          (iv) good standing certificates or the equivalent thereof with respect
               to  each  of  the  Obligors  and  the  Guarantor  issued  by  the
               appropriate   authorities  of  the  respective   jurisdiction  of
               incorporation of such parties; and

          (v)  executed copies,  certified as true and complete by an officer of
               the relevant  Owner,  of the Charter,  Subcharter  and Management
               Agreement  relating to its Vessel  (unless such Owner  previously
               provided  such   documents  in   connection   with  the  Original
               Reimbursement Agreement, in which case such Owner shall provide a
               certificate  from an  officer  of such  Owner  stating  that such
               documents  have not been amended or  rescinded  since the date of
               the Original Reimbursement Agreement);

          (vi) on the  Date  of  Issuance,  a  certificate  from an  officer  or
               director of each of the Obligors stating that the representations
               and warranties  stated in Clause 2 (updated  mutatis  mutandis to
               such date) are true and correct as if made on that date;

     (b)  the Agent shall have received  evidence  (unless such  evidence  shall
          have  previously  been  delivered  to the  Agent  and its  counsel  in
          connection with the Original  Reimbursement  Agreement,  in which case
          the relevant  Obligor shall  certify that such  evidence  continues to
          exist and has not in any way been changed or amended)  satisfactory to
          the Agent and its counsel that:

          (i)  each of the  Vessels is  registered  in the name of the  relevant
               Owner under the  Australian or Bahamian flag, as the case may be,
               and  that  each  Vessel  is  free  and  clear  of all  liens  and
               encumbrances  of record except for the Mortgage  (and  respective
               Mortgage Amendment in the case of the Australian Vessels) thereon
               in favor of the  Security  Trustee  for the benefit of the Banks,
               each such Mortgage having been recorded and  constituting a first
               mortgage lien over the relevant Vessel;

          (ii) each Vessel is classed in the highest  classification  and rating
               for  vessels  of the same age and  type  with its  classification
               society without any material outstanding recommendations;

          (iii)each Vessel is  operationally  seaworthy and in every way fit for
               service; and

          (iv) each Vessel is insured in accordance  with the  provisions of its
               respective  Mortgage  (evidence of which shall  include,  without
               limitation,  cover  notes,  Certificates  of Entry  and  brokers'
               letters of undertaking and an opinion of an insurance  consultant
               retained  by the  Agent  or  such  other  evidence  as  shall  be
               reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Agent)  and  all  requirements
               thereof in respect of such insurances have been fulfilled;

     (c)  each Owner shall have duly executed and delivered:

          (i)  the Mortgage and/or Mortgage Amendment relating to its Vessel,

          (ii) the Insurances Assignment relating to its Vessel,

          (iii)the Earnings Assignment relating to its Vessel, and

          (iv) the Assignment Notices relating to (ii) and (iii) above;

     (d)  Alliance shall have executed and delivered the Subcharter Assignments,
          the Assignment Notices relating thereto and its Consents;

     (e)  the Guarantor shall have duly executed and delivered:

          (i)  the Guaranty, and

          (ii) the Pledge and related  irrevocable  proxies and stock powers and
               shall have  delivered  to the Agent the undated  resignations  of
               officers and  directors  required to be so delivered  pursuant to
               the Pledge;

     (f)  Ampol shall have duly executed and delivered its Consents;

     (g)  Palm Shipping shall have duly executed and delivered its Consent;

     (h)  the Agent shall have received payment in full of all fees and expenses
          due to the Agent and the Banks on the date thereof including,  without
          limitation,  all fees and  expenses  due under Clause 2.4 and all fees
          due the Agent and the Original Banks under the Original  Reimbursement
          Agreement shall have been paid;

     (i)  the Banks shall have received evidence  satisfactory to them and their
          legal  advisers  that,  save for the liens  created by the  respective
          Mortgage,  Mortgage  Amendment,  Earnings  Assignment  and  Insurances
          Assignment,  there are no liens,  charges or  encumbrances of any kind
          whatsoever  on any  Vessel or its  earnings  or  insurances  except as
          permitted hereby or by any of the Security Documents;

     (j)  the  Banks  shall  be  satisfied  that  none  of the  Obligors  or the
          Guarantor  is subject to any  Environmental  Claim  which could have a
          material  adverse  effect  on  the  business,  assets  or  results  of
          operations of any thereof;

     (k)  the Banks  shall have  received a  complete  copy of the  consolidated
          audited  financial  report  of  the  Guarantor  for  the  year  ending
          March 31, 1997, which shall include at least the balance sheet of such
          corporation  as of the end of such year and the related  statements of
          income,  cash  flow  and  retained  earnings  for  such  year  all  in
          reasonable  detail,   certified  by  an  Acceptable  Accounting  Firm,
          together with their opinion  (containing no  qualifications  which the
          Banks deem material);

     (l)  the  Obligors  shall  have  provided  such  evidence  as the Banks may
          require documenting the current legal and beneficial  ownership of the
          shares of the  Obligors  and the legal  ownership of the shares of the
          Guarantor; and

     (m)  the Banks  shall have  received  opinions  from  (i) Watson,  Farley &
          Williams,  counsel to the Obligors and the Guarantor on matters of New
          York law,  the  Federal  law of the United  States and  Liberian  law,
          (ii) Norton  Smith & Co.,  special  counsel  to the Banks on New South
          Wales law and Australian law,  (iii) Graham,  Thompson & Co.,  special
          counsel to the Banks on Bahamian law and (iv) Seward & Kissel, special
          counsel  to the  Banks,  in each  case in such  form as the  Banks may
          require,  as well as such other legal opinions as the Banks shall have
          required as to all or any matters  under the laws of the United States
          of  America,  the State of New York,  the  Republic  of  Liberia,  the
          Commonwealth  of  Australia,  the  State of New  South  Wales  and the
          Commonwealth  of  the  Bahamas   covering  the   representations   and
          conditions which are the subjects of Clauses 3 and 4.

5    PAYMENTS

5.1  Place of Payments, No Set Off. (a) All payments to be made hereunder by the
     Obligors  shall be made on the due dates of such  payments  to the Agent at
     its account  located at Republic  National  Bank;  in favor of Nedship Bank
     (America) N.V. Account No.  608 202 444 or to such other place as the Agent
     may direct,  for the account of the Banks,  without set-off or counterclaim
     and free from,  clear of and without  deduction  for, any Taxes,  provided,
     however,  that if the  Obligors  shall at any time be  compelled  by law to
     withhold  or  deduct  any  Taxes  from any  amounts  payable  to the  Banks
     hereunder,  then,  subject  to  Clause 5.2,  the  Obligors  shall  pay such
     additional  amounts in Dollars  as may be  necessary  in order that the net
     amounts  received after  withholding  or deduction  shall equal the amounts
     which would have been received if such  withholding  or deduction  were not
     required and, in the event any  withholding  or deduction is made,  whether
     for Taxes or otherwise,  the Obligors shall promptly send to the Banks such
     documentary  evidence with respect to such  withholding or deduction as may
     be  required  from time to time by any of the  Banks.  Notwithstanding  the
     preceding  sentence,  the Obligors  shall not be required to pay additional
     amounts or otherwise indemnify the Banks for or on account of:

     (i)  Taxes  based on or  measured  by the overall net income of any Bank or
          Taxes in the nature of franchise  taxes or taxes for the  privilege of
          doing  business   imposed  by  any   jurisdiction   or  any  political
          subdivision or taxing  authority  therein unless such are imposed as a
          result of the  activities of the Obligors  within the relevant  taxing
          jurisdiction;

     (ii) Taxes  imposed by any  jurisdiction  or any political  subdivision  or
          taxing authority  therein on any Bank that would not have been imposed
          but for such Bank's being  organized in or  conducting  business in or
          maintaining a place of business in the relevant  taxing  jurisdiction,
          or engaging in  activities  or  transactions  in the  relevant  taxing
          jurisdiction  that are unrelated to the  transactions  contemplated by
          the Transaction  Documents,  but only to the extent such Taxes are not
          imposed as a result of the  activities  of any of the Obligors  within
          the relevant  taxing  jurisdiction  or the  jurisdiction of any of the
          Obligors under the laws of the taxing jurisdiction;

     (iii)Taxes  imposed on or with respect to a Bank as a result of a transfer,
          sale, assignment, or other disposition by such Bank of any interest in
          any  Transaction  Document,  any  Note  or any  Vessel  (other  than a
          transfer  pursuant  to an  exercise  of  remedies  upon  an  Event  of
          Default);

     (iv) Taxes  imposed on, or with respect to, a  transferee  (or a subsequent
          transferee)  of an original Bank (and including as such a transferee a
          Bank whose shares of stock have been transferred or the purchaser of a
          participation  in the  Loans) to the  extent of the excess of such Tax
          over the amount of such Tax that would have been  imposed  on, or with
          respect to, such  original  Bank had there not been a transfer,  sale,
          assignment  or  other  disposition  of the  shares  of such  Bank or a
          transfer,  sale, assignment or other disposition by such original Bank
          of any interest in any Vessel,  any Note or any  Transaction  Document
          (in each case,  other than any  transfer  pursuant to the  exercise of
          remedies as a result of an Event of Default  that shall have  occurred
          and be continuing); or

     (v)  Taxes imposed on any Bank that would not have been imposed but for any
          failure of such Bank to comply with any return filing  requirement  or
          any  certification,  information,  documentation,  reporting  or other
          similar requirement known to such Bank, if such compliance is required
          to obtain or establish  relief or exemption  from or reduction in such
          Taxes.

     (b)  In the event that any Obligor has actual  knowledge  that the Obligors
          are required to, or there arises in any Obligor's reasonable opinion a
          substantial  likelihood  that the Obligors will be required to, pay an
          additional amount or otherwise indemnify any Bank for or on account of
          any Tax pursuant to  Clause 5.1(a),  such Obligor will promptly notify
          the Agent and each  relevant Bank of the nature of such Tax, and shall
          furnish  such  information  to the Agent and such Bank with respect to
          such Tax,  as the Agent or such Bank may  reasonably  request.  In the
          event of any  knowledge  or  opinion of an  Obligor  described  in the
          preceding  sentence,  the  Obligors,  the Agent and each relevant Bank
          shall consult in good faith to determine what may be required to avoid
          or reduce such Tax, and each shall use reasonable  efforts to avoid or
          reduce  such Tax (so long as such  efforts do not,  in the  reasonable
          opinion of any relevant  Bank,  result in any cost to such Bank or any
          modification of the terms or repayment of the Loans).

5.2  Tax  Credits.  If any Bank  obtains  the  benefit of a credit  against  its
     liability for Taxes imposed by any taxing  authority for all or part of the
     Taxes as to which the Obligors  have paid  additional  amounts as aforesaid
     then such Bank shall reimburse the Obligors for the amount of the credit so
     obtained.  Each Bank shall use reasonable  efforts to file such tax returns
     as are necessary to obtain any such credit.  In connection  therewith,  the
     Banks may consult with their legal advisers, all fees and expenses of which
     shall be for the account of the Obligors.

5.3  Sharing of Setoffs. Each Bank agrees that if it shall, through the exercise
     of a right of  banker's  lien,  setoff or  counterclaim  or  pursuant  to a
     secured  claim under  Section 506 of the Federal  Bankruptcy  Code or other
     security or interest  arising  from,  or in lieu of,  such  secured  claim,
     exercised  or  received  by such  Bank  under  any  applicable  bankruptcy,
     insolvency or other  similar law or otherwise,  or by any other means other
     than  pursuant to Clause 2.7 and Clause 8,  obtain  payment  (voluntary  or
     involuntary) in respect of any of its Reimbursement Obligations as a result
     of which the unpaid principal portion of its Reimbursement Obligations (and
     accrued and unpaid L/C Fees thereon) shall be proportionately less than the
     unpaid principal portion of the Reimbursement  Obligations (and accrued and
     unpaid  L/C  Fees   thereon)  of  any  other  Bank,   it  shall  be  deemed
     simultaneously  to have purchased  from such other Bank at face value,  and
     shall   promptly  pay  to  such  other  Bank  the  purchase  price  for,  a
     participation in the  Reimbursement  Obligations of such other Bank so that
     the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Reimbursement Obligations (and
     accrued  and  unpaid  L/C  Fees   thereon)   and   participations   in  the
     Reimbursement Obligations held by each Bank shall be in the same proportion
     to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all  Reimbursement  Obligations
     then outstanding as the principal amount of its  Reimbursement  Obligations
     (and  accrued  and  unpaid  L/C Fees  thereon)  prior to such  exercise  of
     banker's lien,  setoff or  counterclaim or other event was to the principal
     amount of all Reimbursement Obligations outstanding (and accrued and unpaid
     L/C Fees  thereon)  prior to such  exercise  of  banker's  lien,  setoff or
     counterclaim or other event; provided,  however, that, if any such purchase
     or purchases or  adjustments  shall be made pursuant to this Clause 5.3 and
     the  payment  giving rise  thereto  shall  thereafter  be  recovered,  such
     purchase or  purchases or  adjustments  shall be rescinded to the extent of
     such  recovery  and the  purchase  price or prices or  adjustment  restored
     without  interest.   Any  Bank  holding  a  participation  in  any  of  the
     Reimbursement Obligations deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any
     and all rights of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim with respect to any
     and all  moneys  owing to such Bank by reason  thereof  as fully as if such
     Bank had made payment  with respect to the Amended  Letter of Credit in the
     amount  of  such  participation.  The  Obligors  expressly  consent  to the
     foregoing arrangement.

6    EVENTS OF DEFAULT

6.1  In  the  event  that  any  of  the  following  events  shall  occur  and be
     continuing:

     (a)  Repayments.  Any payment  due under  Clause 2.3 is not paid on the due
          date; or

     (b)  Other  Payments.  Any fees or other  amount  becoming  payable  to the
          Agent,  the Security  Trustee or the Banks under this Agreement (other
          than any  payment due under  Clause 2.3) or under any of the  Security
          Documents  or under  any of them is not paid on the due date or within
          three (3) Banking  Days after the date of demand (as the case may be);
          or

     (c)  Loan Agreement.  An Event of Default (as defined in either of the Loan
          Agreements) shall occur and be continuing; or

     (d)  Representations, etc. Any representation,  warranty or other statement
          made by the Obligors or the  Guarantor in this  Agreement or in any of
          the  Security  Documents  to  which  it is a  party  or in  any  other
          instrument,  document  or  other  agreement  delivered  in  connection
          herewith or therewith  proves to have been untrue or misleading in any
          material  respect as at the date as of which it was made or delivered;
          or

     (e)  Impossibility,  Illegality.  It becomes impossible or unlawful for the
          Obligors  or the  Guarantor  or  any of  them  to  fulfill  any of the
          covenants and obligations  contained  herein or in any of the Security
          Documents  to  which  it is a party  or for the  Agent,  the  Security
          Trustee or the Banks to  exercise  any of the rights  vested in any of
          them  hereunder  or  under  any of the  Security  Documents  and  such
          impossibility or illegality,  in the reasonable  opinion of the Agent,
          the  Security  Trustee  or the  Majority  Banks,  will have a material
          adverse effect on their rights  hereunder or under any of the Security
          Documents or on their right to enforce any thereof; or

     (f)  Covenants.  The Obligors or the  Guarantor or any of them  defaults in
          the performance of any term,  covenant or agreement  contained in this
          Agreement  or in any of the  Security  Documents  to which  they are a
          party or in any of them, or in any other instrument, document or other
          agreement  delivered in  connection  herewith or  therewith,  or there
          occurs  any  other  event  which  constitutes  a  default  under  this
          Agreement or any of the Security Documents, in each case other than an
          Event of Default  referred to elsewhere in this  Clause 6.1,  and such
          default, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Banks, could have a
          material  adverse effect on their rights hereunder or under any of the
          Security  Documents  or on their  right to  enforce  any  thereof  and
          continues unremedied for a period of thirty (30) days; or

     (g)  Indebtedness.  The  Obligors,  the  Guarantor,  or  any  Wholly  Owned
          Subsidiary  of the  Guarantor  shall  default in the payment  when due
          (subject to any applicable  grace period),  whether by acceleration or
          otherwise,  of any Indebtedness having an outstanding principal amount
          of  $5,000,000  or more or any party  becomes  entitled to enforce the
          security for any such  Indebtedness and such party shall take steps to
          enforce  the  same,  unless  such  default  or  enforcement  is  being
          contested in good faith and by  appropriate  proceedings or other acts
          and  the  relevant  Obligors,  the  Guarantor  or  such  Wholly  Owned
          Subsidiary of the Guarantor as the case may be, shall set aside on its
          books  adequate  reserves  with respect  thereto,  and so long as such
          default or  enforcement  shall not subject any Vessel to material risk
          of forfeiture or loss; or

     (h)  Stock  Ownership.  There is, without the prior written  consent of the
          Majority  Banks  (i) any  change  in the  legal  or  beneficial  stock
          ownership or the voting control of the Obligors or (ii) any  pledge of
          the shares of the Obligors in favor of a party other than the Security
          Trustee  for the  benefit of the Banks or  (iii) less  than  fifty-one
          percent (51%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Guarantor is
          held beneficially and of record by the Cirrus Trust and the JTK Trust;
          or

     (i)  Default  under the  Security  Documents.  There is an event of default
          under any of the Security  Documents  which shall have occurred and be
          continuing; or

     (j)  Bankruptcy.  Any  of  the  Obligors  or the  Guarantor  commences  any
          proceeding  relating to any substantial  portion of its property under
          any reorganization,  arrangement or readjustment of debt, dissolution,
          winding up, adjustment,  composition, bankruptcy or liquidation law or
          statute  of any  jurisdiction,  whether  now or  hereafter  in  effect
          ("Proceeding"),  or there is commenced  against any of the Obligors or
          the Guarantor any Proceeding and such Proceeding  remains  undismissed
          or  unstayed  for a period  of  thirty  (30)  days;  or any  receiver,
          trustee, liquidator or sequestrator of, or for, any of the Obligors or
          the  Guarantor  or any  substantial  portion  of the  property  of any
          thereof is appointed and is not  discharged  within a period of thirty
          (30)  days;  or any of  the  Obligors  or  the  Guarantor  by any  act
          indicates  consent to or approval of or acquiescence in any Proceeding
          or  to  the  appointment  of  any  receiver,  trustee,  liquidator  or
          sequestrator  of, or for,  itself or any  substantial  portion  of its
          property; or

     (k)  Sale of  Assets.  Any of the  Obligors  or the  Guarantor  ceases,  or
          threatens to cease, its operations or sells or otherwise  disposes of,
          or threatens to sell or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all
          of its assets or all or substantially  all of its assets are seized or
          otherwise appropriated; or

     (l)  Judgments.  Any judgment or order is made the effect  whereof would be
          to render  ineffective  or  invalid  this  Agreement  or the  Security
          Documents or any of them; or

     (m)  Inability to Pay Debts. Any of the Obligors or the Guarantor is unable
          to pay or admits its inability to pay its debts as they fall due or if
          a moratorium shall be declared in respect of any Indebtedness thereof;
          or

     (n)  Financial  Position.  Any  change  in the  financial  position  of the
          Guarantor  which, in the reasonable  opinion of the Majority Banks, is
          likely  to  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  ability  of the
          Obligors or the  Guarantor to perform its material  obligations  under
          this Agreement, the Security Documents or the Charters; or

     (o)  Amendment  or  Assignment   of  Charters.   Any  of  the  Charters  or
          Subcharters is materially  amended or modified or assigned without the
          prior written consent of the Majority Banks; or

     (p)  Termination  or  Default  Under  Charters.  Any  of  the  Charters  or
          Subcharters  is terminated  without the prior  written  consent of the
          Majority  Banks,  or any party to any  thereof  defaults  or ceases to
          perform thereunder for any reason whatsoever, unless, provided that no
          other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,  (A) within 180
          days of the  termination of the Apache Charter by Apache in accordance
          therewith, Apache pays to the Security Trustee on behalf of the Banks,
          the  Termination  Payment  (as  such  term is  defined  in the  Apache
          Charter) or  (B) within 30 days of any default or  non-performance  of
          (1) Ampol  under a Subcharter or (2) Apache  under the Apache Charter,
          the Obligors  replace such Subcharter or Apache  Charter,  as the case
          may be, with a charter or subcharter,  as the case may be,  acceptable
          to the  Banks;then  the Banks'  obligation to cause the Agent on their
          behalf to issue the Amended Letter of Credit shall cease and the Agent
          shall,  upon the  instructions of the Majority Banks, by notice to the
          Obligors,  (i) direct the Obligors to pay to the Agent for the benefit
          of the Banks, and the Obligors shall  immediately pay, an amount equal
          to all Letter of Credit  Liabilities as of such date less the value of
          any cash collateral previously provided to the Banks or Security Agent
          on behalf of the Banks  hereunder,  to be kept as  collateral  for the
          Obligors' obligations in respect of the Amended Letter of Credit until
          the Banks'  obligations in respect of the Amended Letter of Credit are
          canceled and all of the Reimbursement  Obligations of the Obligors are
          repaid, and declare all sums payable by the Obligors hereunder due and
          payable  whereupon the same shall forthwith be due and payable without
          presentment,  demand,  protest or notice of any kind, all of which are
          hereby  expressly  waived,  and  (ii) pay or prepay all other  amounts
          owing under or in  connection  with this  Agreement  and the  Security
          Documents;  provided that upon the happening of an event  specified in
          subclause (j)   or  (m)  of   this   Clause 6.1,   the   Reimbursement
          Obligations,  accrued  interest and any other sums  payable  hereunder
          shall be  immediately  due and payable  without  presentment,  demand,
          protest,  declaration  or other  notice to the  Obligors.  In any such
          event,  the Banks,  the Agent  and/or  the  Security  Trustee  may (i)
          proceed to protect and enforce  their rights by action at law, suit in
          equity or in admiralty or other  appropriate  proceeding,  whether for
          specific performance of any covenant contained in this Agreement or in
          any of the  Security  Documents,  or to  enforce  any  other  legal or
          equitable right of the Banks,  the Agent and/or the Security  Trustee,
          or (ii) proceed to take any action  authorized or permitted  under the
          terms of any of the Security  Documents or by applicable  laws for the
          collection of all sums due, including,  without limitation,  the right
          to  appropriate  and hold or apply  (directly,  by way of  set-off  or
          otherwise)  to the payment of the  obligations  of the Obligors to the
          Banks,  the Agent and/or the Security  Trustee  hereunder and/or under
          any of the Security Documents (whether or not then due) all moneys and
          other amounts of the Obligors, then or thereafter in possession of the
          Banks, the Agent and/or Security Trustee,  inclusive of the balance of
          any deposit  account  (demand or time,  matured or  unmatured)  of the
          Obligors, then or thereafter with the Banks, the Agent and/or Security
          Trustee.

6.2  Indemnification.  The  Obligors  agree to,  and shall,  indemnify  and hold
     harmless the Agent,  the Security Trustee and the Banks against any loss or
     costs or expenses  (including legal fees and expenses) which the Agent, the
     Security  Trustee and the Banks  sustain or incur as a  consequence  of any
     default in payment of the  Reimbursement  Obligations  or interest  accrued
     thereon  or any  other  amount  payable  hereunder  or under  the  Security
     Documents  (other than costs and expenses caused by the gross negligence or
     willful  misconduct of the Agent,  the Security  Trustee or any Bank).  The
     Agent's,  Security  Trustee's  or Banks'  certification  of such  costs and
     expenses shall, absent any manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the
     Obligors.

6.3  Application  of Moneys.  (a) Except  as otherwise  provided in any Security
     Document, all moneys received by the Agent, Security Trustee or Banks under
     or pursuant to this  Agreement or any of the Security  Documents  after the
     happening of any Event of Default (unless cured to the  satisfaction of the
     Banks) shall be applied by the Agent in the following manner:

     (i)  first, in or towards the payment or  reimbursement  of any expenses or
          liabilities  incurred by the Agent,  the Security Trustee or the Banks
          in connection  with the  ascertainment,  protection or  enforcement of
          their  rights and  remedies  hereunder  and under any of the  Security
          Documents,

     (ii) secondly,  in or  towards  the  payment  of all  fees  payable  by the
          Obligors under Clause 2.4;

     (iii)thirdly,  in or towards  payment of any  interest  owing in respect of
          the Reimbursement Obligations,

     (iv) fourthly, in or towards payment of any Reimbursement Obligations,

     (v)  fifthly,  in or towards  payment of all sums which may be owing to the
          Banks,  the Agent or the Security Trustee on behalf of the Banks under
          this  Agreement or into a cash  collateral  account  maintained by the
          Agent for  amounts  which the  Banks,  in their sole  discretion  deem
          necessary to secure  against future claims under the Amended Letter of
          Credit,

     (vi) sixthly, in or towards payment of all other sums which may be owing to
          the Agent,  the Security  Trustee or the Banks under this Agreement or
          under any of the Security Documents, and

     (vii)seventhly,  the surplus  (if any) shall be paid to the  Obligors or to
          whomsoever else may be entitled thereto.

          (b)  With respect to any moneys  received by the Agent pursuant to the
               Security Documents prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default
               the Agent shall hold such moneys as  collateral in respect of the
               Obligors' obligations hereunder,  provided, however, that so long
               as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing  and
               the  Obligors  are in  compliance  with their  obligations  under
               Clause  7.3,  the  Agent  shall  release  any such  moneys to the
               Obligors or to whomsoever the Obligors may direct.

7    COVENANTS

7.1  Each Obligor hereby  covenants and undertakes with the Banks, the Agent and
     Security  Trustee that,  from the date hereof and so long as any principal,
     interest  or other  monies are owing in respect of this  Agreement  and the
     Security Documents or any of them:

     A.   The Obligors will each:

          (i)  Performance of Agreements.  Duly perform and observe, and procure
               the  observance  and  performance  by all other  parties  thereto
               (other than the Agent,  the  Security  Trustee and the Banks) of,
               the terms of this Agreement and the Security Documents;

          (ii) Notice of Default;  Change in Classification of Vessel.  Promptly
               inform the Agent of the occurrence of (a) any Event of Default or
               of any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or
               both, would constitute an Event of Default, (b) the withdrawal of
               any Vessel's rating by its classification society or the issuance
               by such classification  society of any recommendation or notation
               affecting class,  (c) any  litigation or governmental  proceeding
               pending  or  threatened  against  any  of  the  Obligors  or  the
               Guarantor  which could  reasonably be expected to have a material
               adverse effect on the business, assets,  operations,  property or
               financial  condition of any such party and (d) any other event or
               condition of which it becomes aware which is reasonably likely to
               have a material adverse effect on its ability,  or the ability of
               any other party thereto,  to perform its  obligations  under this
               Agreement and the Security Documents or any of them;

          (iii)Obtain  Consents.  Obtain every consent and do all other acts and
               things which may from time to time be necessary or advisable  for
               the  continued due  performance  of all its and any other party's
               (other than the Agent's,  the  Security  Trustee's or the Banks')
               respective  obligations  under this  Agreement  and the  Security
               Documents;

          (iv) Financial  Statements.  Deliver or cause to be  delivered  to the
               Agent  to  be  distributed  by  the  Agent  in  accordance   with
               Clause 12.14:

               (a)  as soon as  available  but not later than  ninety (90)  days
                    after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor  complete
                    copies of the financial  reports of the Guarantor  (together
                    with a Compliance  Certificate  substantially in the form of
                    Exhibit J,  signed by the  Chief  Financial  Officer  of the
                    Guarantor),  on a consolidated basis, which shall include at
                    least the consolidated  balance sheet of the Guarantor as of
                    the end of such year and the related consolidated statements
                    of income,  cash flow and  retained  earnings for such year,
                    all  in  reasonable  detail,   certified  by  an  Acceptable
                    Accounting  Firm,   together  with  their  opinion  (without
                    material qualifications) thereon;

               (b)  as soon as available but not later than forty-five (45) days
                    after the end of each of the first  three  quarters  of each
                    fiscal  year  of  the  Guarantor,  a  balance  sheet  of the
                    Guarantor,  on a consolidated  basis,  as at the end of such
                    quarter and the related  consolidated  statements of income,
                    cash flow and  retained  earnings for such  quarter,  all in
                    reasonable  detail,  unaudited,  but  certified by the chief
                    financial  officer  of  the  Guarantor,  together,  in  each
                    instance,  with a  Compliance  Certificate,  signed  by such
                    chief financial officer of the Guarantor;

               (c)  as soon as available,  copies of all reports,  statements or
                    other  instruments  filed with the United States  Securities
                    and Exchange Commission; and

               (d)  such other  statement or  statements,  lists of property and
                    accounts,   budgets,   forecasts,   reports  and   financial
                    information  with respect to the operation and management of
                    the Vessels and any other vessels owned or operated directly
                    or indirectly by the  Guarantor,  as the Agent may from time
                    to time reasonably request;

          (v)  Corporate Existence. Do or cause to be done, and procure that the
               Guarantor  shall do or cause to be done, all things  necessary to
               preserve  and keep in full  force  and  effect  their  respective
               corporate existence,  and all licenses,  franchises,  permits and
               assets  necessary  to the  conduct of the  business  of each such
               corporation;

          (vi) Books,  Records,  etc. Keep, and procure that the Guarantor shall
               keep,  proper  books of record  and  account  into which full and
               correct entries shall be made, in accordance with GAAP;

          (vii)Inspection.  Allow,  and procure that the Guarantor  shall allow,
               any representative or representatives  designated by the Agent or
               any of the Banks, subject to applicable laws and regulations,  to
               visit and inspect any of the  properties of any such party,  and,
               on request, to examine the books of account, records, reports and
               other  papers  (and to make copies  thereof and to take  extracts
               therefrom) of each such  corporation  and to discuss the affairs,
               finances and accounts of each such corporation, with the officers
               and  executive  employees  of each such  corporation  all at such
               reasonable  times  and  as  often  as  the  Agent  or  such  Bank
               reasonably requests;

          (viii) Taxes.  Pay and  discharge,  and cause the Guarantor to pay and
               discharge,  all taxes,  assessments and  governmental  charges or
               levies   imposed  upon  each  such   corporation   or  upon  such
               corporation's  income or  property  prior to the date upon  which
               penalties   attach   thereto;   provided,   however,   that  such
               corporations shall not be required to pay and discharge, or cause
               to be paid and discharged,  any such tax,  assessment,  charge or
               levy so long as the legality or amount thereof shall be contested
               in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or other acts and it
               shall set  aside on its  books  adequate  reserves  with  respect
               thereto,  and so long as such  deferment  in  payment  shall  not
               subject any Vessel to material risk of forfeiture or loss;

          (ix) Compliance  with  Statutes,  etc.  Do or cause  to be  done,  and
               procure  that the  Guarantor  shall  do or cause to be done,  all
               things  necessary to comply with all material laws, and the rules
               and  regulations  thereunder,  applicable to the Obligors and the
               Guarantor and including,  without  limitation,  those laws, rules
               and   regulations   relating  to  employee   benefit   plans  and
               environmental matters;

          (x)  Environmental Matters. Promptly upon the occurrence of any of the
               following  conditions,  provide to the Agent a certificate of the
               chief executive officer thereof,  specifying in detail the nature
               of such condition and the Obligors' or the  Guarantor's  proposed
               response or the proposed response of any Environmental  Affiliate
               (as such term is hereinafter defined) of any thereof, as the case
               may be:  (a) the  Obligors'  or the  Guarantor's  receipt  or the
               receipt  by any  Environmental  Affiliate  of any  thereof of any
               communication  whatsoever that alleges that such Person is not in
               compliance with any applicable environmental law or environmental
               approval,  if such noncompliance  could reasonably be expected to
               have  a  material   adverse  effect  on  the  business,   assets,
               operations,  property or  financial  condition of the Obligors or
               the Guarantor,  (b) knowledge by the Obligors or the Guarantor or
               any Environmental  Affiliate of any thereof that there exists any
               Environmental Claim pending or threatened against any such Person
               which could  reasonably  be  expected to have a material  adverse
               effect on the business, assets, operations, property or financial
               condition  of  the  Guarantor  or  (c) any   release,   emission,
               discharge or disposal of any  material  that could form the basis
               of  any   Environmental   Claim  against  the  Guarantor  or  any
               Environmental   Affiliate  if  such  Environmental   Claim  could
               reasonably be expected to have a material  adverse  effect on the
               business, assets, operations,  property or financial condition of
               the  Guarantor.  Upon the  written  request  by the  Agent,  each
               Obligor will submit, and procure that the Guarantor shall submit,
               to the  Agent at  reasonable  intervals,  a report  providing  an
               update  of the  status of any  issue or claim  identified  in any
               notice or certificate  required  pursuant to this subclause.  For
               the purposes of this subclause,  "Environmental Claim" shall mean
               any claim under federal,  state and local  environmental,  health
               and safety  laws,  statutes  or  regulations  and  "Environmental
               Affiliate" shall mean any person or entity the liability of which
               for  Environmental  Claims the Obligors or the Guarantor may have
               assumed by contract or operation of law;

          (xi) Accountants.   Retain  an  Acceptable   Accounting  Firm  as  its
               independent certified accountants;

          (xii)Continue  Charters.  Continue  to  charter  the  Vessels  to  the
               respective  Charterer and procure that Alliance shall  subcharter
               the  Australian  Vessels to Ampol,  and ensure  that the terms of
               such  Charters and  Sub-Charters  include,  inter alia,  that the
               payments of the Charterers to the Owners under the Charters will,
               in the  aggregate,  be  sufficient  to cover all  payments of the
               Owners under this  Agreement and any operating and other expenses
               of such Owner and that  payments by Ampol to  Alliance  under the
               Subcharters  will be  sufficient  to allow  Alliance  to meet its
               obligations under the Charters;

          (xiii) Class Certificate.  Furnish,  or cause to be furnished,  to the
               Agent, upon any change of a Vessel's classification status or the
               issuance  of a  recommendation  affecting  class  by  a  Vessel's
               classification society or upon the Agent's reasonable request (to
               be made no more than once in any calendar  year),  a confirmation
               of  class   certificate   covering  each  Vessel  and  evidencing
               compliance with the applicable provisions of the Mortgage thereon
               within thirty (30) days of such change or such request;

          (xiv)Maintenance of Properties.  Maintain,  or cause to be maintained,
               and keep, or cause to be kept, and procure that the Guarantor and
               shall maintain, or cause to be maintained,  and keep, or cause to
               be kept,  all  properties  used or useful in the  conduct  of its
               business in good condition, repair and working order and supplied
               with all necessary  equipment and will cause to be made necessary
               repairs,  renewals and replacements  thereof so that the business
               carried on and in connection  therewith and every portion thereof
               may be properly and  advantageously  conducted  at all times.  In
               addition,  each Owner shall cause its Vessel to be  drydocked  as
               often as required by such Vessel's  classification society and as
               a prudent shipowner would require;

          (xv) Vessel Management.  Cause its Vessel to be managed by the Manager
               or such ship manager  selected by the Owners and  satisfactory to
               the Majority  Banks  pursuant to a written  management  agreement
               acceptable to the Majority Banks;

          (xvi) ISM Compliance. Procure:

               (a)  that any  Operator  will  comply  with and ensure  that each
                    Vessel  and any  Operator  by not later  than  July 1,  1998
                    comply with the requirements of the ISM Code, including (but
                    not  limited  to)  the  maintenance  and  renewal  of  valid
                    certificates pursuant thereto;

               (b)  that any Operator will immediately inform the Agent if there
                    is  any  threatened  or  actual  withdrawal  of  its  or  an
                    Operator's DOC or the SMC in respect of any Vessel; and

               (c)  that any Operator  will  promptly  inform the Agent upon the
                    issuance to the Borrower or any Operator of a DOC and to any
                    Vessel  of an SMC  or the  receipt  by the  Borrower  or any
                    Operator of  notification  that its application for the same
                    has been realized;


          (xvii) Limitation on Restricted Payments.

          Procure that the Guarantor will not directly or indirectly  declare or
          pay any dividend or make any  distribution  on its capital stock (such
          payments being defined as  "Restricted  Payments") if, at the time of,
          and after giving  effect to, the proposed  Restricted  Payment:  (A) a
          default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred and be continuing or
          (B) the  aggregate  amount  expended for all Restricted  Payments (the
          amount so expended,  if other than in cash,  to be  determined in good
          faith  by  the  Board  of  Directors,  whose  determination  shall  be
          conclusive  and be  evidenced  by a Board  Resolution)  after the date
          hereof shall exceed the sum of (1) 50% of the aggregate  amount of the
          Adjusted  Consolidated  Net Income (or if  Adjusted  Consolidated  Net
          Income is a loss,  minus one hundred percent (100%) of such amount) of
          the Guarantor  accrued on a cumulative  basis during the period (taken
          as one accounting period) beginning February 1, 1996 and ending on the
          last day of the last fiscal  quarter  preceding such date plus (2) the
          aggregate  net proceeds  (including  the fair market value of non-cash
          proceeds  as  determined  in good  faith by the  Board  of  Directors)
          received  by the  Guarantor  (including  the  amount of any  dividends
          reinvested  in the capital stock of the  Guarantor)  from the issuance
          and sale  permitted by the Indenture of capital stock of the Guarantor
          (other than redeemable stock),  including an issuance or sale for cash
          or other  property  upon the  conversion  of any  Indebtedness  of the
          Guarantor  subsequent to the date hereof,  or from the issuance of any
          options,  warrants  or other  rights to acquire  capital  stock of the
          Guarantor  (in each case,  exclusive  of any  redeemable  stock or any
          options, warrants or other rights that are redeemable at the option of
          the holder,  or are  required to be  redeemed,  prior to the  Maturity
          Date) plus (3) $50,000,000.

          The foregoing provision shall not take into account,  and shall not be
          violated by reason of:

          (a)  the  payment  of any  dividend  within 60 days  after the date of
               declaration thereof if, at said date of declaration, such payment
               would comply with the foregoing paragraph;

          (b)  the redemption,  repurchase,  defeasance or other  acquisition or
               retirement  for value of  Indebtedness  of the Guarantor  that is
               subordinated   in  right   of   payment   to  the   Reimbursement
               Obligations,   with  the  proceeds   of,  or  in  exchange   for,
               Indebtedness incurred under Clause 7.1(B)(iii)(III);

          (c)  the repurchase,  redemption or other acquisition by the Guarantor
               of capital  stock of the Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the
               proceeds of a  substantially  concurrent  offering of,  shares of
               capital stock of the Guarantor (other than redeemable stock);

          (d)  the  acquisition  by the  Guarantor of its  Indebtedness  that is
               subordinated in right of payment to the Reimbursement Obligations
               in  exchange  for  or  out  of  the  proceeds  of  a  substantial
               concurrent  offering of shares of capital  stock of the Guarantor
               (other than redeemable shares);

          (e)  payments or  distributions  pursuant to or in  connection  with a
               consolidation,  merger or transfer of assets that  complies  with
               the applicable provisions herein; or

          (f)  certain purchases,  redemptions,  acquisitions,  cancellations or
               other  retirements  for a nominal  value per right of any  rights
               granted  pursuant  to any  shareholders'  rights  plan  (i.e.,  a
               "poison  pill");  provided  that  in the  case  of the  foregoing
               clauses (a) and (b), no Event of Default  shall have occurred and
               be  continuing  or  occur  as a  consequence  of the  actions  or
               payments set forth therein.

B.   None of the  Obligors,  without the prior  written  consent of the Majority
     Banks, will:

     (i)  Liens. Create,  assume or permit to exist any mortgage,  pledge, lien,
          charge,  encumbrance or any security  interest  whatsoever upon any of
          such party's property or other assets,  real or personal,  tangible or
          intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired except:

          (a)  liens for taxes not yet payable for which adequate  reserves have
               been maintained;

          (b)  the Mortgages, the Mortgage Amendments, the Assignments and other
               liens in favor of the Security Trustee;

          (c)  liens,  charges and encumbrances against their respective Vessels
               permitted to exist under the terms of the Mortgages;

          (d)  pledges of  certificates  of  deposit  or other  cash  collateral
               securing the Obligors'  reimbursement  obligations  in connection
               with  letters of credit  hereafter  issued for the account of the
               Obligors in connection  with the  establishment  of the financial
               responsibility  of the  Obligors  under  Title 33 Code of Federal
               Regulations  ("C.F.R.") Part 130 or Title 46 C.F.R.  Part 540, as
               the case may be, as the same may be amended or replaced; and

          (e)  other liens,  charges and encumbrances  incidental to the conduct
               of the  business of each such party or the  ownership of any such
               party's  property  and assets  and which do not in the  aggregate
               materially  detract from the value of each such party's  property
               or assets or  materially  impair the use thereof in the operation
               of its business;

               (ii) Loans and  Advances.  Make any loans or advances  to, or any
                    investments in, any person, firm, corporation, joint venture
                    or other entity (including,  without limitation, any loan or
                    advance to any officer, director,  stockholder,  employee or
                    customer of any company  affiliated with the Obligors or the
                    Guarantor) except for advances and investments in the normal
                    course  of  its  business  and  loans  or  advances  to  the
                    Guarantor;

               (iii)Limitation  on  Indebtedness.  (a) Incur,  and shall procure
                    that  the  Guarantor  will  not  incur,   any   Indebtedness
                    excluding  Indebtedness hereunder to the Agent, the Security
                    Trustee or the Banks,  Indebtedness  under or in  connection
                    with the Loan Agreements and  Indebtedness  existing (or for
                    which a written  commitment  has been made on or before  the
                    date hereof) on the date hereof; provided that the Guarantor
                    or any of its Subsidiaries may incur  Indebtedness if, after
                    giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the
                    receipt  and  application  of the  proceeds  therefrom,  the
                    Interest  Coverage  Ratio of the Guarantor  would be greater
                    than 2:1.

     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Guarantor (or in the case of subclause
     (VI) below, Alliance) may incur each and all of the following:

     (I)  Indebtedness in an aggregate  principal amount such that the aggregate
          principal  amount of the  Indebtedness  of the  Guarantor  outstanding
          immediately  after  such  incurrence  does not  exceed  the  aggregate
          principal  amount of  Indebtedness  existing  on the date  hereof plus
          $50,000,000;

     (II) Indebtedness of the Guarantor to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

     (III)Indebtedness  issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are
          used  to  refinance  or  refund,   outstanding   Indebtedness  of  the
          Guarantor, other than Indebtedness incurred under clause (I) or (V) of
          this  paragraph  and any  refinancings  thereof,  in an amount  not to
          exceed the principal amount so exchanged, refinanced or refunded (plus
          premiums, accrued and unpaid interest, fees and expenses thereon);

     (IV) Indebtedness  (A) in  respect of  performance,  surety or appeal bonds
          provided  in the  ordinary  course  of  business,  (B) under  Currency
          Agreements and Interest Rate Agreements; provided that, in the case of
          Currency Agreements that relate to other  Indebtedness,  such Currency
          Agreements  do  not  increase  the   Indebtedness   of  the  Guarantor
          outstanding  at any time  other  than as a result of  fluctuations  in
          foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees,  indemnities and
          compensation  payable  thereunder,  and  (C) arising  from  agreements
          providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar
          obligations,  or from guarantees or letters of credit, surety bonds or
          performance  bonds securing any obligations of the Guarantor  pursuant
          to such  agreements,  in any  case  incurred  in  connection  with the
          disposition  of any  business  or  assets  of the  Guarantor  and  not
          exceeding  the gross  proceeds  therefrom,  other than  guarantees  of
          Indebtedness  incurred by any Person  acquiring  all or any portion of
          such  business or assets of the Guarantor for the purpose of financing
          such acquisition;

     (V)  Indebtedness   in  connection   with  the   acquisition   of  any  new
          Wholly-Owned   Subsidiary;   provided  that,   with  respect  to  this
          Clause 7.1(B)(iii)(a)(V),   after  giving  effect  to  the  Incurrence
          thereof,  the  Guarantor  could incur at least  $1.00 of  Indebtedness
          pursuant to the first paragraph of this Clause 7.1(B)(iii)(a); and

     (VI) Indebtedness  of  Alliance  incurred  in the  ordinary  course  of the
          operation  of vessels or  Indebtedness  of Alliance  to the  Guarantor
          resulting  from  advances  to Alliance  by the  Guarantor  made in the
          ordinary course of business;

          (b)  For purposes of determining any particular amount of Indebtedness
               under this  Clause 7.1(B)(iii),  guarantees or  obligations  with
               respect to letters of credit  supporting  Indebtedness  otherwise
               included in the determination of such particular amount shall not
               be included.  For purposes of  determining  compliance  with this
               Clause 7.1(B)(iii), (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness
               meets the criteria of more than one of the types of  Indebtedness
               described above in this Clause 7.1(B)(iii), the Guarantor, in its
               sole  discretion,  shall classify such item of  Indebtedness  and
               only  be  required  to  include  the  amount  and  type  of  such
               Indebtedness  in one of  such  clauses  and  (ii) the  amount  of
               Indebtedness  issued at a price  that is less than the  principal
               amount  thereof  shall be equal to the amount of the liability in
               respect    thereof    determined   in   conformity   with   GAAP.
               Notwithstanding  any other provision of this  Clause 7.1(B)(iii),
               the maximum amount of  Indebtedness  that the Guarantor may incur
               pursuant  to this  Clause 7.1(B)(iii)  shall  not be deemed to be
               exceeded  due solely to  fluctuations  in the  exchange  rates of
               currencies.

          (c)  The Guarantor shall not incur any Indebtedness  that is expressly
               subordinated to any other  Indebtedness  of the Guarantor  unless
               such Indebtedness,  by its terms or the terms of any agreement or
               instrument  pursuant  to which  such  Indebtedness  is  issued or
               remains  outstanding,  is also expressly made  subordinate to the
               Indebtedness of the Guarantor under the Guaranty.

     (iv) Guarantees,  etc.  Assume,  guarantee  or (other than in the  ordinary
          course of its business)  endorse or otherwise  become or remain liable
          in  connection  with any  obligation of any Person,  firm,  company or
          other  entity  except  for  guaranties  in favor  of the  Banks or the
          Security Trustee on behalf of the Banks;

     (v)  Changes in Business. Change the nature of its business or commence any
          other business;

     (vi) Use of  Corporate  Funds.  Pay out any funds to any  company or Person
          except (a) in the ordinary  course of business in connection  with the
          management  of  the  business  of  the  Obligors  and  the  Guarantor,
          including  the  operation  and/or  repair of the  Vessels  and (b) the
          servicing of the Indebtedness to the Banks;

     (vii)Issuance of Shares.  Issue or dispose of any shares of its own capital
          stock to any Person;

     (viii) Consolidation, Merger. Consolidate with, or merge into any Person;

     (ix) Changes  in  Offices  or  Names.  Change  the  location  of the  chief
          executive  office of the Obligors or the Guarantor,  the office of the
          chief  place  of  business  any such  parties,  or the  office  of the
          Obligors in which the records  relating to the earnings or  insurances
          of the Vessels are kept  unless the Banks shall have  received  thirty
          (30) days prior written notice of such change;

     (x)  Limitation on Transactions with  Shareholders and Affiliates.  None of
          the  Obligors  will and will  procure  that the  Guarantor  will  not,
          directly or indirectly,  enter into,  renew or extend any  transaction
          (including,  without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange
          of property or assets,  or the  rendering of any service) or series of
          related transactions with any holder (or any Affiliate of such holder)
          of 5% or more of any class of capital  stock of the  Guarantor or with
          any Affiliate of the Guarantor,  except upon fair and reasonable terms
          no less  favorable  to the  Obligors  or the  Guarantor  than could be
          obtained,  at the  time of  such  transaction  or  series  of  related
          transactions  or at  the  time  of  the  execution  of  the  agreement
          providing therefor,  in a comparable  arm's-length  transaction with a
          Person that is not such a holder or Affiliate.

          The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to:

          (a)  transactions or series of related  transactions (I) approved by a
               majority of the  disinterested  members of the Board of Directors
               as fair to the  Obligors or the  Guarantor  or (II) for which the
               Obligors or the  Guarantor,  as the case may be,  delivers to the
               Agent a written  opinion of a  nationally  recognized  investment
               banking firm stating that the transaction is fair to the Obligors
               or the Guarantor,  as the case may be, from a financial  point of
               view;

          (b)  the payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors
               of the  Obligors or the  Guarantor  who are not  employees of the
               Obligors or the Guarantor; or

          (c)  any Restricted Payments not prohibited by Clause 7.1(A)(xvi);

     (xi) Change of Flag.  Change  the flag of any Vessel or the  management  of
          such Vessel;

     (xii) Sale of Vessel. Sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of a Vessel; or

     (xiii)  Modification   of  Agreements.   Except  as  contemplated  by  this
          Agreement,  amend,  modify or otherwise change, or allow the Guarantor
          to amend, modify or change, any of the Transaction  Documents to which
          it is a party.


7.2  Valuation of the Vessels.  The  aggregate  fair market value ("FMV") of the
     Vessels during the  Reimbursement  Period shall be greater than or equal to
     130%  of  the  Adjusted   Stated   Amount  (at  any  time,   the  "Relevant
     Percentage").  The FMV of each Vessel  shall be  determined  at the Agent's
     discretion,  but no  less  frequently  than  annually,  on the  basis  of a
     valuation  (the  "Valuation")  provided  by the  Agent.  In the  event  the
     Majority Banks or the Obligors  disagree with the Agent's  Valuation,  then
     the  Obligors  and the Agent  shall each obtain a separate  valuation  (the
     "Additional Valuations") from separate independent shipbrokers, and the FMV
     shall  be  determined  to be  the  arithmetic  average  of  the  Additional
     Valuations.  Any  valuation  obtained  with  respect to the DAMPIER  SPIRIT
     pursuant  to this  Clause  7.2  shall be made on the  basis of the  DAMPIER
     SPIRIT  as a  non-converted  trading  tanker.  The  cost of all  valuations
     obtained hereunder shall be for the account of the Obligors.

7.3  Collateral  Maintenance.  If the FMV of the Vessels, as determined pursuant
     to Clause 7.2 falls below the Relevant  Percentage,  within a period of ten
     (10) Banking Days following  receipt by the Obligors of written notice from
     the Agent  notifying  the Obligors of such  shortfall  and  specifying  the
     amount thereof (which amount shall,  in the absence of manifest  error,  be
     deemed to be conclusive and binding on the Obligors) (a) the Obligors shall
     deliver to the Agent, upon its request,  additional collateral satisfactory
     to the Banks, in their sole discretion  (including the deposit of cash in a
     cash collateral account  maintained with the Agent),  such that (x) the sum
     of (i) the  value of the Vessels,  as  determined  in  accordance  with the
     latest valuation  delivered pursuant to Clause 7.2,  plus (ii) the value of
     additional  collateral  other  than  cash  collateral,  such  value  to  be
     determined  by the Banks when  divided by (y) the  Adjusted  Stated  Amount
     (less any cash collateral  held by the Agent in a cash collateral  account)
     shall be equal  to or  greater  than the  Relevant  Percentage  or  (b) the
     Obligors  shall  prepay the Letter of Credit  Liabilities  or part  thereof
     (together with interest  thereon) as shall result in the FMV of the Vessels
     being not less than the Relevant Percentage.

7.4  Substitution  of Collateral.  In the event of the sale by VSSI Transport of
     the NASSAU  SPIRIT or the release of the NASSAU SPIRIT from the lien of the
     Mortgage  thereon  at  VSSI  Transport's  request,   VSSI  Transport  shall
     substitute  a vessel  approved by the Banks (the  "Substitute  Vessel") and
     which meets the following conditions:


     (i)  the Substitute Vessel complies with the requirements of Clause 4.1(b);

     (ii) the aggregate of the FMV of the Substitute  Vessel and the BARRINGTON,
          PALMERSTON  and DAMPIER  SPIRIT  shall be greater than or equal to the
          Relevant Percentage;

     (iii)the owner of the Substitute Vessel, if other than VSSI Transport,  has
          executed an Accession  Agreement and has executed a counterpart of the
          Note,  a Mortgage,  an  Assignment  of Earnings and an  Assignment  of
          Insurances  (and  related  notices  and  has  obtained   consents  and
          agreements  relating thereto) and the Guarantor has pledged the shares
          of such  owner in favor  of the  Security  Trustee  as  provided  with
          respect  to each other  Owner  hereunder  and has met the  conditions,
          updated mutadis mutandis,  of Clauses 4.1(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g),
          (h), (i), (j), (k), (l) and (m); and

     (iv) the  relevant  charterer  of the  Substitute  Vessel has  executed  an
          assignment  of any  subcharter of the  Substitute  Vessel (and related
          notices and has obtained consents and agreements relating thereto).

Upon the  satisfaction  of the  foregoing  conditions  of this Clause  7.4,  the
Security  Trustee,  on behalf of the Banks,  shall  release the Mortgage and any
Security Documents relating tothe NASSAU SPIRIT and shall release VSSI Transport
from its obligations hereunder.

8    ASSIGNMENT/PARTICIPATIONS

8.1  Assignment.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit
     of, the Obligors,  the Agent,  the Security Trustee and the Banks and their
     respective successors and assigns,  except that the Obligors may not assign
     any of their  rights or  obligations  hereunder  . The Banks may,  with the
     prior written  consent of the Obligors (such consent not to be unreasonably
     withheld)  assign a portion  of their  rights  and  obligations  under this
     Agreement to any one or more commercial  lenders (the expenses of the Banks
     in  connection  with any such  assignment  shall be for their own account),
     provided,  however, in the event of any such assignment, such assignment is
     to be made pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially
     in the form of Exhibit I . The Obligors  will take all  reasonable  actions
     requested  by the  Banks to  effect  such  assignment,  including,  without
     limitation,  the  execution  of a written  consent to such  Assignment  and
     Assumption Agreement.

8.2  Participations.  Any  Bank  may,  with the  prior  written  consent  of the
     Obligors (such consent not to be unreasonably  withheld),  at any time sell
     to one or more commercial  banks or other financial  institutions  (each of
     such commercial banks and other financial  institutions being herein called
     a "Participant")  participating interests in any of its Commitment or other
     interests of such Bank hereunder; provided, however, that

     (a)  no  participation  contemplated in this Section 8.2 shall relieve such
          Bank from its Commitment or its other obligations hereunder,

     (b)  such Bank shall remain solely  responsible  for the performance of its
          Commitment and such other obligations,

     (c)  no Participant,  unless such Participant is an affiliate of such Bank,
          shall be entitled to require  such Bank to take or refrain from taking
          any  action  hereunder,  except  that  such  Bank may  agree  with any
          Participant  that  such  Bank will  not,  without  such  Participant's
          consent,   take  any  of  the  following  actions:  (i)  increase  the
          Commitment of such Bank,  reduce any fees  described in Section 2,  or
          extend the  Expiration  Date,  (ii) extend the due date for, or reduce
          the  amount  of,  any  scheduled  repayment  or  prepayment  of  fees,
          principal of or interest on any of the Reimbursement  Obligations,  or
          (iii) release any guarantor from its obligations  under any guarantee,
          and

     (d)  none  of the  Obligors  shall  be  required  to pay any  amount  under
          Clauses 2.5,  2.6 or 10 that is greater than the amount which it would
          have been required to pay had no participating interest been sold.

9    CURRENCY INDEMNITY

9.1  Currency  Conversion.  If for the  purpose  of  obtaining  or  enforcing  a
     judgment in any court in any country it becomes  necessary  to convert into
     any other currency (the "judgment currency") an amount due in Dollars under
     this Agreement or any of the Security  Documents then the conversion  shall
     be made, in the discretion of the Banks, at the rate of exchange prevailing
     either on the date of  default  or on the day  before  the day on which the
     judgment is given or the order for  enforcement is made, as the case may be
     (the "conversion  date"),  provided that the Banks shall not be entitled to
     recover under this clause any amount in the judgment currency which exceeds
     at the  conversion  date the  amount in Dollars  due under  this  Agreement
     and/or any of the Security Documents.

9.2  Change  in  Exchange  Rate.  If there is a change  in the rate of  exchange
     prevailing  between the  conversion  date and the date of actual payment of
     the amount due, the Obligors shall pay such additional amounts (if any, but
     in any event not a lesser  amount) as may be  necessary  to ensure that the
     amount paid in the judgment currency when converted at the rate of exchange
     prevailing  on the date of payment  will  produce the amount then due under
     this Agreement and/or any of the Security Documents in Dollars;  any excess
     over the amount due received or collected by the Banks shall be remitted to
     the Obligors.

9.3  Additional  Debt Due.  Any amount due from the  Obligors  under  Clause 9.2
     shall be due as a separate debt and shall not be affected by judgment being
     obtained for any other sums due under or in respect of this Agreement,  the
     Loan Agreements and/or any of the Security Documents.

9.4  Rate of Exchange.  The term "rate of exchange" in this  Clause 9  means the
     rate at which the Banks in accordance with their normal  practices are able
     on the relevant  date to purchase  Dollars  with the judgment  currency and
     includes any premium and costs of exchange  payable in connection with such
     purchase.

10   EXPENSES

10.1 The Obligors jointly and severally  agree,  whether or not the transactions
     hereby  contemplated  are  consummated,  on demand to pay, or reimburse the
     Agent,  the  Security  Trustee  and the  Banks for their  payment  of,  the
     reasonable  expenses  of the  Agent,  the  Security  Trustee  and the Banks
     incident to said  transactions  (and in  connection  with any  supplements,
     amendments,  waivers or consents relating thereto or incurred in connection
     with the enforcement or defense of any of the Agent's,  Security  Trustee's
     and Banks' rights or remedies with respect  thereto or in the  preservation
     of the Agent's,  the Security Trustee's and the Banks' priorities under the
     documentation  executed and delivered in connection  therewith)  including,
     without  limitation,  all  reasonable  costs and  expenses of  preparation,
     negotiation,  execution  and  administration  of  this  Agreement  and  the
     documents  referred to herein, the reasonable fees and disbursements of the
     Banks' counsel in connection  therewith,  including Seward & Kissel, Norton
     Smith & Co. and Graham  Thompson & Co. as well as the  reasonable  fees and
     expenses of any  independent  appraisers,  surveyors,  engineers  and other
     consultants  retained by the Agent,  the Security  Trustee and the Banks in
     connection  with  this  transaction,  all costs and  expenses,  if any,  in
     connection  with  the  enforcement  of this  Agreement,  and  the  Security
     Documents  and stamp and  other  similar  taxes,  if any,  incident  to the
     execution and delivery of the documents herein contemplated and to hold the
     Banks free and harmless in connection  with any liability  arising from the
     nonpayment  of any such stamp or other  similar  taxes.  Such taxes and, if
     any, interest and penalties related thereto as may become payable after the
     date here of shall be paid  immediately  by the Obligors to the Agent,  the
     Security Trustee or the Banks, as the case may be, when liability  therefor
     is no longer  contested by such party or parties or reimbursed  immediately
     by the  Obligors  to such party or parties  after  payment  thereof (if the
     Agent, the Security Trustee or the Banks, at their sole discretion, chooses
     to make such payment).

11   APPLICABLE LAW, JURISDICTION AND WAIVER

11.1 Applicable  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed  by, and  construed in
     accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

11.2 Jurisdiction.  Each  of the  Obligors  hereby  irrevocably  submits  to the
     jurisdiction  of the  courts  of the  State of New  York and of the  United
     States  District Court for the Southern  District of New York in any action
     or proceeding brought against it by the Banks under this Agreement or under
     any document delivered hereunder and hereby irrevocably agrees that service
     of summons or other legal  process on it may be served by  registered  mail
     addressed thereto, c/o Watson,  Farley & Williams,  380 Madison Avenue, New
     York, New York 10017. The service,  as herein provided,  of such summons or
     other  legal  process  in any such  action  or  proceeding  shall be deemed
     personal  service and accepted by the Obligors as such,  and shall be legal
     and binding  upon the  Obligors  for all the purposes of any such action or
     proceeding.  Final judgment (a certified or exemplified copy of which shall
     be conclusive evidence of the fact and of the amount of any indebtedness of
     the Obligors to the Banks) against the Obligors in any such legal action or
     proceeding  shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other  jurisdictions
     by suit on the judgment. The Obligors will advise the Banks promptly of any
     change of address for the  purpose of service of  process.  Notwithstanding
     anything  herein to the  contrary,  the Banks may bring any legal action or
     proceeding in any other appropriate jurisdiction.

11.3 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. IT IS MUTUALLY AGREED BY AND AMONG THE OBLIGORS,  THE
     GUARANTOR,  THE AGENT, THE SECURITY TRUSTEE AND THE BANKS THAT EACH OF THEM
     HEREBY  WAIVES  TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY  ACTION,  PROCEEDING  OR  COUNTERCLAIM
     BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY  HERETO  AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY  HERETO ON ANY MATTER
     WHATSOEVER  ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED  WITH THIS  AGREEMENT OR
     THE SECURITY DOCUMENTS.

12.  THE AGENT

12.1 Appointment  of Agent.  Each of the Banks hereby  irrevocably  appoints and
     authorizes  the Agent (which for purposes of this Clause 12 shall be deemed
     to include the Agent acting in its capacity as Security Trustee pursuant to
     Clause 13) to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise  such
     powers under this Agreement and the Security  Documents as are delegated to
     the Agent by the terms hereof and thereof. Neither the Agent nor any of its
     directors,  officers,  employees  or agents  shall be liable for any action
     taken or  omitted  to be  taken by it or them  under  this  Agreement,  the
     Amended  Letter  of  Credit  or the  Security  Documents  or in  connection
     therewith,  except  for  its or  their  own  gross  negligence  or  willful
     misconduct.

12.2 Distribution  of  Payments.  Whenever  any payment is received by the Agent
     from the Obligors for the account of the Banks, or any of them,  whether of
     Reimbursement  Obligations,   commissions,   fees  or  otherwise,  it  will
     thereafter  cause to be distributed  on the same day if received  before 11
     a.m. New York time, or on the next day if received  thereafter,  like funds
     relating to such payment ratably to the Banks according to their respective
     Commitments,  as the case may be, in each case to be applied  according  to
     the terms of this Agreement.

12.3 No Duty to Examine,  Etc. The Agent shall not be under a duty to examine or
     pass upon the validity, effectiveness or genuineness of any of the Security
     Documents or any instrument,  document or communication  furnished pursuant
     to this  Agreement or in  connection  therewith or in  connection  with any
     Security Document,  and the Agent shall be entitled to assume that the same
     are valid,  effective  and genuine,  have been signed or sent by the proper
     parties and are what they purport to be.

12.4 Agent as Banks.  With  respect  to that  portion of the  Amended  Letter of
     Credit  made  available  by it as a "Bank",  the entity  which is the Agent
     shall have the same rights and powers  hereunder as any other Banks and may
     exercise the same as though it were not the Agent,  and the term "Banks" or
     "Banks"  shall  include the entity  which is the Agent in its capacity as a
     Bank. The entity which is the Agent and its affiliates may accept  deposits
     from,  lend money to and engage in any kind of business  with the  Obligors
     and the Guarantor as if it were not the Agent.

12.5 (a) Obligations of Agent. The obligations of the Agent under this Agreement
     and under the Security  Documents are only those expressly set forth herein
     and therein.

     (b)  No Duty to  Investigate.  The Agent shall not at any time be under any
          duty to  investigate  whether an Event of  Default,  or an event which
          with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both,  would constitute
          an Event of Default, has occurred or to investigate the performance of
          this Agreement,  the Loan Agreements or any of the Security  Documents
          by the Obligors or the Guarantor.

12.6 (a) Discretion of Agent.  The Agent shall be entitled to use its discretion
     with respect to exercising or refraining  from  exercising any rights which
     may be vested in it by,  and with  respect  to  taking or  refraining  from
     taking  any  action  or  actions  which it may be able to take  under or in
     respect of, this Agreement,  the Amended Letter of Credit, and the Security
     Documents,  unless the Agent  shall have been  instructed  by the  Majority
     Banks or all Banks, as appropriate hereunder, to exercise such rights or to
     take or refrain from taking such action; provided,  however, that the Agent
     shall  not be  required  to take any  action  which  exposes  the  Agent to
     personal  liability or which is contrary to this  Agreement  or  applicable
     law.

     (b)  Instructions of Majority Banks.  The Agent shall in all cases be fully
          protected in acting or  refraining  from acting under this  Agreement,
          under the Amended  Letter of Credit,  under the  Guaranty or under any
          Security  Document in accordance with the instructions of the Majority
          Banks or all Banks, as appropriate hereunder,  and any action taken or
          failure to act pursuant to such  instructions  shall be binding on all
          of the Banks.

12.7 Assumption   re  Event  of  Default.   Except  as  otherwise   provided  in
     Clause 12.13,  the  Agent  shall be  entitled  to  assume  that no Event of
     Default,  or event  which  with the  giving of notice or lapse of time,  or
     both, would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing,
     unless the Agent has been notified by the Obligors or the Guarantor of such
     fact, or has been notified by a Bank that such Bank considers that an Event
     of Default or such an event  (specifying in detail the nature  thereof) has
     occurred  and is  continuing.  In the event that the Agent  shall have been
     notified  by the  Obligors  or any  Bank in the  manner  set  forth  in the
     preceding  sentence  of any Event of Default or of an event  which with the
     giving of notice or lapse of time,  or both,  would  constitute an Event of
     Default,  the Agent shall notify the Banks and shall take action and assert
     such rights under this  Agreement  and under the Security  Documents as the
     Majority  Banks or all Banks,  as appropriate  hereunder,  shall request in
     writing.

12.8 No  Liability  of Agent or  Banks.  Neither  the Agent nor any of the Banks
     shall be under any liability or responsibility whatsoever:

     (A)  To the  Obligors or the  Guarantor  or any other Person or entity as a
          consequence of any failure or delay in  performance  by, or any breach
          by,  any  other  Bank  or any  other  Person  of  any of its or  their
          obligations under this Agreement or under any Security Document;

     (B)  To any Bank or Banks,  as a  consequence  of any  failure  or delay in
          performance by, or any breach by, the Obligors or the Guarantor of any
          of their  respective  obligations  under this  Agreement  or under the
          Security Documents; or

     (C)  To  any  Bank  or  Banks,  for  any  statements,   representations  or
          warranties  contained in this Agreement,  in any Security  Document or
          any  document  or  instrument   delivered  in   connection   with  the
          transaction hereby contemplated;  or for the validity,  effectiveness,
          enforceability  or  sufficiency  of this  Agreement,  or any  Security
          Document or any document or instrument  delivered in  connection  with
          the transactions hereby contemplated.

12.9 Indemnification  of Agent.  The Banks agree to  indemnify  the Agent in its
     capacity as Agent and Security Trustee (to the extent not reimbursed by the
     Obligors or the Guarantor), pro rata according to the respective amounts of
     their Commitments,  from and against any and all liabilities,  obligations,
     losses, damages,  penalties,  actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or
     disbursements  of any kind or nature  whatsoever  (including legal fees and
     expenses incurred in investigating claims and defending itself against such
     liabilities)  which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted  against the
     Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement,  the Amended
     Letter of Credit, or any Security Document,  any action taken or omitted by
     the Agent  thereunder  or the  preparation,  administration,  amendment  or
     enforcement of, or waiver of any provision of, this Agreement,  the Amended
     Letter of Credit, or any Security  Document,  except that no Banks shall be
     liable for any portion of such liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages,
     penalties,  actions,  judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses or disbursements
     resulting from the Agent's or the Security  Trustee's  gross  negligence or
     willful misconduct.

12.10Consultation  with  Counsel.  The  Agent may  consult  with  legal  counsel
     selected by it and shall not be liable for any action  taken,  permitted or
     omitted  by it in good  faith in  accordance  with the advice or opinion of
     such counsel.

12.11Resignation.  The Agent may  resign at any time by giving 60 days'  written
     notice  thereof to the Banks and the Obligors.  Upon any such  resignation,
     the Majority Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent. If no
     successor  Agent shall have been so  appointed  by the  Majority  Banks and
     shall have  accepted  such  appointment  within 60 days after the  retiring
     Agent's  giving  notice of  resignation,  then the  retiring  Agent may, on
     behalf of the Banks,  appoint a  successor  Agent  which shall be a bank or
     trust  company of recognized  standing.  The  appointment  of any successor
     Agent shall be subject to the prior written  consent of the Obligors,  such
     consent  not  to be  unreasonably  withheld.  After  any  retiring  Agent's
     resignation as Agent  hereunder,  the  provisions of this  Clause 12  shall
     continue in effect for its  benefit  with  respect to any actions  taken or
     omitted by it while acting as Agent.

12.12Representations  of Banks.  Each Bank represents and warrants to each other
     Bank and the Agent that:

     (i)  In making its  decision to enter into this  Agreement  and to make its
          portion of the Amended Letter of Credit  available  hereunder,  it has
          independently  taken whatever steps it considers necessary to evaluate
          the financial condition and affairs of the Obligors and the Guarantor,
          that it has made an  independent  credit  judgment and that it has not
          relied  upon any  statement,  representation  or warranty by any other
          Bank or the Agent; and

     (ii) So long as any portion of its Commitments remain outstanding,  it will
          continue  to make  its own  independent  evaluation  of the  financial
          condition and affairs of the Obligors and the Guarantor.

12.13Notification of Event of Default.  The Agent hereby  undertakes to promptly
     notify the Bank, and the Bank hereby promptly undertake to notify the Agent
     and the other Banks,  of the  existence of any Event of Default which shall
     have  occurred and be  continuing of which the Agent or any Bank has actual
     knowledge.

12.14Distributing  Financial  Statements,  etc. The Agent shall, upon receipt of
     financial statements pursuant to Clause 7.1 A(iv) or other notices received
     thereunder,  deliver or cause to be delivered  copies of such  documents to
     the Banks without delay.

13   APPOINTMENT OF SECURITY TRUSTEE

     Each of the Banks  irrevocably  appoints the  Security  Trustee as security
     trustee on their respective behalf with regard to the (i) security, powers,
     rights,   titles,   benefits  and  interests   (both  present  and  future)
     constituted by and conferred on the Banks or any of them or for the benefit
     thereof under or pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Amended Letter of Credit
     or any Security Documents  (including,  without limitation,  the benefit of
     all covenants,  undertakings,  representations,  warranties and obligations
     given,  made or  undertaken  to any Bank in this  Agreement or any Security
     Document),  (ii) all moneys,  property and other assets paid or transferred
     to or vested in any Bank or any agent of any Bank or received or  recovered
     by any Bank or any agent of any Bank  pursuant to, or in  connection  with,
     this  Agreement or the Security  Documents  whether from any Obligor or the
     Guarantor  or any other Person and (iii) all money,  investments,  property
     and  other  assets at any time  representing  or  deriving  from any of the
     foregoing,  including  all  interest,  income  and  other  sums at any time
     received or  receivable  by any Bank or any agent of any Bank in respect of
     the same (or any part  thereof).  The Security  Trustee hereby accepts such
     appointment.

14   NOTICES AND DEMANDS

14.1 Notices.  All notices,  requests,  demands and other  communications to any
     party hereunder shall be in writing  (including  prepaid overnight courier,
     facsimile  transmission  or  similar  writing)  and  shall  be given to the
     Obligors at the address or telecopy  number set out below and to the Banks,
     the Agent and the Security Trustee at their address and telecopy number set
     out below its name on the  signature  pages hereto or at such other address
     or telecopy  number as such party may hereafter  specify for the purpose by
     notice to each  other  party  hereto.  Each such  notice,  request or other
     communication  shall be  effective  (i) if  given by  telecopy,  when  such
     telecopy is transmitted to the telecopy number specified in this Clause and
     telephonic  confirmation of receipt thereof is obtained or (ii) if given by
     mail,  prepaid  overnight  courier or any other means, when received at the
     address  specified  in this  Clause or when  delivery  at such  address  is
     refused.

     If to the Obligors at:

                  c/o      Teekay Shipping Limited
                           4th Floor
                           Euro Canadian Centre
                           Marlborough Street and Navy Lion Road
                           P.O. Box SS 6293
                           Nassau, Bahamas
                           Fax: (242) 328-7330

15   MISCELLANEOUS

15.1 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement but no failure or
     delay on the part of the Banks to  exercise  any power or right  under this
     Agreement  shall  operate  as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall  any  single or
     partial exercise by the Banks of any power or right hereunder  preclude any
     other or further  exercise  thereof or the  exercise  of any other power or
     right. The remedies provided herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of
     any remedies provided by law.

15.2 Unenforceable,  etc.,  Provisions - Effect.  In case any one or more of the
     provisions  contained in this Agreement or in any of the Security Documents
     would, if given effect, be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect
     under any law applicable in any relevant jurisdiction, said provision shall
     not be  enforceable  against the  Obligors but the  validity,  legality and
     enforceability  of the  remaining  provisions  herein or therein  contained
     shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

15.3 References.  References herein to Clauses, Schedules and Exhibits are to be
     construed as  references to clauses of, and schedules and exhibits to, this
     Agreement.

15.4 Further  Assurances.  Each of the Obligors agrees that if this Agreement or
     any of the Security Documents shall, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent
     or the Majority  Banks,  at any time be deemed by the Agent or the Majority
     Banks for any reason insufficient in whole or in part to carry out the true
     intent  and  spirit  hereof  or  thereof,  it will  execute  or cause to be
     executed such other and further  assurances and documents as in the opinion
     of  the  Agent  or the  Majority  Banks  may  be  required  in  order  more
     effectively  to  accomplish  the  purposes of this  Agreement or any of the
     Security Documents.

15.5 Prior Agreements,  Merger. Any and all prior  understandings and agreements
     heretofore  entered into between the Obligors and the  Guarantor on the one
     part, and the Agent,  the Security Trustee or the Banks, on the other part,
     whether  written or oral,  are superseded by and merged into this Agreement
     and the other  agreements  (the forms of which are exhibited  hereto) to be
     executed and delivered in connection herewith to which the Obligors and the
     Guarantor,  the Security Trustee and/or Agent and/or the Banks are parties,
     which  alone  fully and  completely  express  the  agreements  between  the
     Obligors and the Security Trustee, the Agent and the Banks.

15.6 Joint and Several  Obligations.  The obligations of the Obligors under this
     Agreement and under each provision  hereof are joint and several whether or
     not so specified in any provision hereof. Each Obligor shall be entitled to
     rights of  contribution  as against the other Obligor,  provided,  however,
     that such rights of  contribution  shall  (a) not in any way  condition  or
     lessen the liability of any Obligor as a joint and several borrower for the
     whole of the obligations  owed to the Banks hereunder or under the Security
     Documents  and (b) be fully  subject and  subordinate  to the rights of the
     Banks hereunder and under the Security Documents.

15.7 Limitation of Liability. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
     in this Agreement or any of the other Security Documents, in the event that
     any court or other judicial body of competent jurisdiction  determines that
     legal principles of fraudulent conveyances, fraudulent transfers or similar
     concepts  are  applicable  in  evaluating  the  enforceability  against any
     particular Obligor or its assets of this Agreement or any Security Document
     granted by such Obligor as security for its obligations  hereunder and that
     under such principles,  this Agreement or such Security Documents would not
     be  enforceable  against  such Obligor or its assets  unless the  following
     provisions of this Clause 15.7 had effect,  then, the maximum  liability of
     each Obligor hereunder (the "Maximum Liability Amount") shall be limited so
     that  in  no  event  shall  such  amount  exceed  the  lesser  of  (i)  the
     Indebtedness  and (ii) an amount  equal to the  aggregate,  without  double
     counting,  of (a) ninety-five  percent (95%) of the such Obligor's Adjusted
     Net Worth  (as  hereinafter  defined)  on the date  hereof,  or on the date
     enforcement  of  this  Agreement  is  sought  (the  "Determination  Date"),
     whichever  is  greater,  (b) the  aggregate  fair  value of such  Obligor's
     Subrogation and  Contribution  Rights (as hereinafter  defined) and (c) the
     amount of any Valuable  Transfer (as hereinafter  defined) to such Obligor,
     provided  that such  Obligor's  liability  under  this  Agreement  shall be
     further limited to the extent,  if any, required so that the obligations of
     such Obligor under this  Agreement  shall not be subject to being set aside
     or annulled under any  applicable  law relating to fraudulent  transfers or
     fraudulent  conveyances.  In determining  the  limitations,  if any, on the
     amount  of any of such  Obligor's  obligations  hereunder  pursuant  to the
     preceding sentence, any rights of subrogation or contribution (collectively
     the "Subrogation  and Contribution  Rights") which such Obligor may have on
     the  Determination  Date  with  respect  to  any  other  guarantor  of  the
     Indebtedness  under applicable law shall be taken into account.  As used in
     this Clause  15.7,  "Indebtedness"  of the Obligor  shall mean,  all of the
     Obligor's present or future indebtedness  whether for principal,  interest,
     fees,  expenses or  otherwise,  to the Banks under this  Agreement  and the
     Security  Documents.  As used herein "Adjusted Net Worth" of the respective
     Obligor  shall mean,  as of any date of  determination  thereof,  an amount
     equal to the lesser of (a) an amount  equal to the excess of (i) the amount
     of the present fair saleable  value of the assets of such Obligor over (ii)
     the amount that will be required to pay such Obligor's  probable  liability
     on its then  existing  debts,  including  contingent  liabilities,  as they
     become  absolute and matured,  and (b) an amount equal to (i) the excess of
     the sum of such Obligor's property at a fair valuation over (ii) the amount
     of all liabilities of such Obligor,  contingent or otherwise, as such terms
     are construed in accordance with  applicable laws governing  determinations
     of the insolvency of debtors. In determining the Adjusted Net Worth of such
     Obligor for purposes of calculating the Maximum  Liability  Amount for such
     Obligor,  the liabilities of such Obligor to be used in such  determination
     pursuant to each clause (ii) of the preceding  sentence  shall in any event
     exclude  (a) the  liability of such Obligor  under this  Agreement  and the
     Security  Documents  to which it is a party,  (b) the  liabilities  of such
     Obligor  subordinated  in right of  payment to this  Agreement  and (c) any
     liabilities of such Obligor for Subrogation and Contribution  Rights to any
     of the other guarantors.  As used herein "Valuable Transfer" shall mean, in
     respect of any Obligor,  (a) all loans,  advances or capital  contributions
     made to such Obligor with proceeds of the Loans, (b) all debt securities or
     other  obligations of such Obligor acquired from such Obligor or retired by
     such Obligor with  proceeds of the Loans,  (c) the fair market value of all
     property  acquired with proceeds of the Loans and  transferred,  absolutely
     and not as collateral,  to such Obligor,  (d) all equity securities of such
     Obligor  acquired from such Obligor with proceeds of the Loans, and (e) the
     value of any other economic  benefits in accordance  with  applicable  laws
     governing  determinations  of the insolvency of debtors,  in each such case
     accruing to such Obligor as a result of this Agreement.

15.8 Release of Palmstar Thistle.  Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth
     in  Clause 4.1  and issuance of the Amended  Letter of Credit,  any and all
     obligations of Palmstar  Thistle under and in connection  with the Original
     Reimbursement  Agreement  and any of the  security  documents  executed  by
     Palmstar  Thistle in  connection  therewith  shall be deemed  satisfied and
     released  and the  Agent and the  Banks  shall  execute  and  deliver  such
     releases and other  documents as may  reasonably be required to release and
     terminate  any  mortgage  and  assignments  heretofore  granted by Palmstar
     Thistle in connection with the Original Reimbursement Agreement.

15.9 Entire  Agreement;   Amendments.  This  Agreement  constitutes  the  entire
     agreement of the parties hereto including all parties added hereto pursuant
     to an Assignment and Assumption  Agreement.  This Agreement may be executed
     in any number of  counterparts,  each of will shall be deemed an  original,
     but all  such  counterparts  together  shall  constitute  one and the  same
     instrument.  Any  provision of this  Agreement may be amended or waived if,
     but only if,  such  amendment  or waiver is in writing and is signed by the
     Obligors and the Majority Banks (and, if the rights or duties of the Banks,
     the Agent or the Security Trustee are affected thereby, by the Banks, Agent
     or the Security  Trustee,  as  applicable);  provided  that no amendment or
     waiver shall,  unless signed by all the Banks, (i) increase or decrease the
     Commitment  of any Bank or subject any Bank to any  additional  obligation,
     (ii) reduce the Amended  Letter of Credit Fee or any other fees  hereunder,
     (iii)  postpone  the  date  fixed  for  any  payment  hereunder  or for any
     termination of any Commitment, (iv) amend Clause 8, (v) waive any condition
     precedent to the making of the Loans,  (vi) release  any  collateral or the
     Guarantor or (vii) amend or modify this Clause 14.8 or otherwise change the
     percentage  of the  Commitments  or the number or category of Banks,  which
     shall be  required  for the Banks or any of them to take any  action  under
     this Clause or any other provision of this Agreement.

15.10Headings.  In this Agreement,  Clause headings are inserted for convenience
     of reference only and shall not be taken into account in the interpretation
     of this Agreement.


     IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their duly authorized  representatives  as of the day and year first
above written.



BARRINGTON (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
(ACN 080 850 559)

By
      Name:  Victoria L. Smith
      Title:  Attorney-in-Fact


PALMERSTON (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
(ACN 080 850 586)

By
      Name:  Victoria L. Smith
      Title:  Attorney-in-Fact


VSSI AUSTRALIA LIMITED

By
      Name:  Victoria L. Smith
      Title:  Attorney-in-Fact


VSSI TRANSPORT INC.

By
      Name:  Victoria L. Smith
      Title:  Attorney-in-Fact


ALLIANCE CHARTERING PTY LIMITED
(ACN 080 850 540)

By
      Name:  Victoria L. Smith
      Title:  Attorney-in-Fact







COMMITMENTS/PERCENTAGE AMOUNT

Commitment: $26,878,379                      NEDSHIP BANK (America) N.V.
Percentage Amount: 34.45946%                 as Agent, Security Trustee and Bank
                                             Scharlooweg 55
                                             P.O. Box 3107
                                             Curacao, Netherlands Antilles
                                             Attention:  Managing Director
                                             Telecopy:  (599) 9-652-366


                                             By_______________________________
                                               Name: Monica Treitmeier-McCarthy
                                               Title: Attorney-in-Fact

                                             copies of all notices to:
                                             Nedship International, Inc.
                                             245 Park Avenue
                                             New York, NY 10167-0062
                                             Attention:  President
                                             Telecopy:  (212) 309-5188


Commitment: $24,770,270                      THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as a Bank
Percentage Amount: 31.75676%                 One Wall Street
                                             New York, N.Y. 10286
                                             Telecopy:  (212) 635-7512


                                              By_______________________________
                                                Name:
                                                Title:


Commitment: $26,351,351                       LANDESBANK SCHLESWIG-HOLSTEIN,
Percentage Amount: 33.78378%                  as a Bank
                                              Martensdamm 6
                                              D-24103 Kiel, Germany
                                              Telecopy: 49-431-900-1130

                                              with a copy of all notices to
                                              Landesbank Schleswig-Holstein
                                              United Kingdom
                                              Representative Office
                                              50 Gresham Street
                                              London EC2V 7AY
                                              Telecopy: 011-44-1-71-600-7020


                                              By_______________________________
                                                Name: Monica Treitmeier-McCarthy
                                                Title:Attorney-in-Fact





















01029.004 #79655


                                              CONSENT AND AGREEMENT


     The  undersigned,  referred  to  in  the  foregoing  Amended  and  Restated
Reimbursement  Agreement as the "Guarantor",  hereby consents and agrees to said
Agreement  and to  the  documents  contemplated  thereby  and to the  provisions
contained  therein  relating to conditions to be fulfilled and obligations to be
performed by the  undersigned  pursuant to or in connection  with said Agreement
and  agrees  particularly  to be bound by the  representations,  warranties  and
covenants relating to the undersigned contained in Clauses 3, 7 and 10.4 of said
Agreement  to the  same  extent  as if the  undersigned  were a  party  to  said
Agreement.


                                           TEEKAY SHIPPING CORPORATION



                                           By___________________________
                                              Name: Victoria L. Smith
                                              Title:  Attorney-in-fact






01029.004 #79655





                                  EXHIBIT 2.37

         AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT


                  THIS  AMENDMENT  NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND  RESTATED  REIMBURSEMENT
AGREEMENT  (this  "Amendment")  is made as of the  ____ day of May,  1999  among
BARRINGTON  (AUSTRALIA)  PTY  LIMITED  (ACN  080  850  559)  ("Barrington")  and
PALMERSTON  (AUSTRALIA)  PTY LIMITED  (ACN 080 850 586)  ("Palmerston"  and with
Barrington collectively referred to as the "Original Borrowers"), each a company
organized  and  existing  under the laws of New  South  Wales,  Commonwealth  of
Australia,  and VSSI AUSTRALIA  LIMITED,  a company organized and existing under
the laws of the  Republic of Liberia  ("VSSI  Australia"  and with the  Original
Borrowers  collectively referred to as the "Borrowers"),  VSSI TRANSPORT INC., a
company  organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia ("VSSI
Transport" and with the Borrowers  collectively referred to as the "Owners") and
ALLIANCE  CHARTERING  PTY  LIMITED  (ACN 080 850  540)  ("Alliance")  a  company
organized  and  existing  under the laws of New  South  Wales,  Commonwealth  of
Australia,  as account  parties  ("Alliance"  and with the  Owners  individually
referred to as an  "Obligor"  and  collectively  as the  "Obligors"),  the BANKS
listed on the  signature  pages  thereof  and any  additional  banks as may have
become a party  thereto  pursuant to Clause 8 thereto (the  "Banks") and NEDSHIP
BANK  (AMERICA)  N.V.,  as agent (in such  capacity,  the  "Agent") and security
trustee (in such  capacity,  the "Security  Trustee")  (the  "Agreement")  which
Agreement amends several loans and restates that certain reimbursement agreement
dated December 17, 1997 (the  "Original  Reimbursement  Agreement")  made among,
inter alia, the Original  Borrowers,  Palmstar Thistle Inc., a company organized
and existing under the laws of the Republic of Liberia, Alliance, certain of the
Banks, the Agent and the Security Trustee.

                          WITNESSETH THAT:

     WHEREAS,  pursuant to the Agreement,  the Agent issued an Amended Letter of
Credit;

     WHEREAS,  the Borrowers  have  requested,  and the Lenders have agreed,  to
amend Section 6.1(h) of the Agreement;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the premises and such other good and
valuable   consideration,   the  receipt  and   adequacy  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged  by the parties,  it is hereby agreed as follows:

     1.  Definitions.  Unless  otherwise  defined herein,  words and expressions
defined in the Agreement  shall bear the same meanings  ascribed  thereto in the
Agreement.
     2.  Representations and Warranties.  Each of the Borrowers hereby reaffirm,
as of the date hereof,  each and every  representation and warranty made thereby
in the  Agreement,  the Note and the  Security  Documents to which it is a party
(updated mutatis mutandis).
     3. No Defaults.  Each of the Borrowers hereby represent and warrant that as
of the date hereof there exists no Event of Default or any condition which, with
the giving of notice or passage of time, or both,  would  constitute an Event of
Default.
     4. Performance of Covenants. Each of the Borrowers hereby reaffirms that it
has duly performed and observed the covenants and  undertakings set forth in the
Agreement,  the Note and the Security  Documents to which it is a party,  on its
part to be performed,  and covenants and  undertakes to continue to duly perform
and observe such covenants and  undertakings,  as amended hereby, so long as the
Agreement shall remain in effect.

     5. Amendment to the Agreement.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this
Amendment,  the Agreement is hereby amended and supplemented as follows: (a) The
existing Section

     6.1(h) is deleted and replaced by the following:  6.1(h) Change of Control.
There is,  without the prior written  consent of the Majority  Lenders,  (i) any
change in the legal or beneficial  stock  ownership or voting  control of any of
the Obligors or (ii) any pledge of the shares of the capital stock of any of the
Obligors in favor of a party other than the  Security  Trustee or (iii) a Change
of Control in respect of the Guarantor;

     (b) The following  definition of "Change of Control" is inserted in Section
1.1  immediately  following the definition of  "Borrowers":  "means such time as
(i)(a)  prior to the Merger less than a majority  of the issued and  outstanding
shares of capital stock of the Guarantor are legally and  beneficially  owned by
the  Cirrus  Trust and the JTK Trust and (b) after the  Merger,  a  "person"  or
"group"  (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act)
other than the Cirrus Trust or the JTK Trust  becomes the  ultimate  "beneficial
owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more than 50% of the
total voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Guarantor;  or (ii)
individuals  who at  the  beginning  of any  period  of  two  consecutive  years
constituted  the  Board of  Directors  (together  with any new  directors  whose
election by the Board of Directors or whose nomination by the Board of Directors
for election by the Guarantor's  stockholders was approved by a vote of at least
two-thirds  of the members of the Board of  Directors  then in office who either
were members of the Board of  Directors on the date of the closing  hereunder or
whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved)  cease for
any reason to  constitute a t least 50% of the members of the Board of Directors
then in office";

     (c) The following  definition of "Exchange  Act" is inserted in Section 1.1
immediately  following  the  definition  of "Event(s)  of  Default":  "means the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended";

(d) The following
definition  of "Merger" is inserted  in Section 1.1  immediately  following  the
definition of "Materials of Environmental  Concern":  "means the consummation of
the  transaction  announced by the Guarantor on March 29, 1999 pursuant to which
the Guarantor  shall acquire the outstanding  capital stock of Bona  Shipholding
Ltd."

     6. No Other  Amendment.  All other terms and  conditions  of the  Agreement
shall  remain  in full  force and  effect  and the  Agreement  shall be read and
construed  as if the terms of this  Amendment  were  included  therein by way of
addition or substitution, as the case may be.

     7. Note.  By the  execution  and  delivery of this  Amendment,  each of the
Borrowers  hereby  consents  and agrees  that (a) the Note shall  remain in full
force and effect  notwithstanding the amendment contemplated hereby, and (b) all
references  in the  Note to the  Agreement  shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to the
Agreement as amended by this Amendment.

     8. Fees and  Expenses.  The Borrowers  jointly and  severally  agree to pay
promptly all costs and expenses  (including  reasonable legal fees) of the Agent
and any  Lender  in  connection  with  the  preparation  and  execution  of this
Amendment.

     9.  Governing  Law.  This  Amendment  shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

     10. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in as many counterparts as
may be deemed  necessary or convenient,  and by the different  parties hereto on
separate counterparts each of which, when so executed,  shall be deemed to be an
original  but all  such  counterparts  shall  constitute  but  one and the  same
agreement.

     11. Headings;  Amendment.  In this Amendment,  Clause headings are inserted
for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the  interpretation of
this Amendment. This agreement cannot be amended other than by written agreement
signed by the parties hereto.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  each of the parties hereto has executed this Amendment
by its duly authorized representative on the day and year first above written.

                                             BARRINGTON (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                                             (ACN 080 850 559)


                                             By   ___________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:



                                             PALMERSTON (AUSTRALIA) PTY LIMITED
                                             (ACN 080 850 586)


                                             By   ___________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:



                                             VSSI AUSTRALIA LIMITED


                                             By   ___________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


                                             VSSI TRANSPORT INC.


                                             By   ___________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:



                                             ALLIANCE CHARTERING PTY LIMITED


                                             By   ___________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:



                                             THE BANK OF NEW YORK


                                             By   ___________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:



                                             NEDSHIP BANK (AMERICA) N.V.
                                             as Agent, Security Trustee and Bank



                                             By   ___________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:

                                             LANDESBANK SCHLESWIG-HOLSTEIN



                                             By   ___________________________
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:


01029.004 #92149


<PAGE>


                      CONSENT, AGREEMENT AND REAFFIRMATION


                  The undersigned hereby consents and agrees to all of the terms
and conditions of the  Amendments  dated the date hereof to each of (i) the Loan
Facility  Agreement dated December 18, 1997 between  Barrington  (Australia) Pty
Limited and Palmerston  (Australia) Pty Limited, as Borrowers and Rabo Australia
Limited, as Lender and (ii) the Loan Facility Agreement between VSSI (Australia)
Limited as Borrowers and Rabo Australia  Limited as Lender dated April 17, 1998,
and hereby  reaffirms its  obligations  under its Guaranties  dated December 18,
1997 and April 17, 1998  executed in  connection  with the  aforementioned  Loan
Facility Agreements.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the undersigned has caused this Consent,
Agreement and Reaffirmation to be executed as of this _____ day of May, 1999.

                                        NEDSHIP BANK (AMERICA) N.V.


                                        By       _______________________
                                                 Name:
                                                 Title:


01029.004 #92149



                                  EXHIBIT 2.38

                              Bona Shipholding Ltd

                                   as Borrower

                               Chase Manhattan plc

                                   as Arranger

                           Citibank International plc

                         as Arranger, Trustee And Agent

                                   and others


   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              Amended and restated
                                 US$500,000,000
                            Revolving Loan Agreement
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>






                                    CONTENTS
Clause                                                                      Page
       Part 1        DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.     Definitions and Interpretation..........................................1
       Part 2        THE FACILITIES
2.     The Facilities.........................................................17
3.     Utilisation of the Facilities..........................................18
       Part 3        INTEREST
4.     Payment and Calculation of Interest....................................20
5.     Market Disruption and Alternative Interest Rates.......................20
       Part 4        REPAYMENT, REDUCTION, CANCELLATION AND PREPAYMENT
6.     Repayment and Reduction................................................21
7.     Cancellation...........................................................22
       Part 5        RISK ALLOCATION
8.     Taxes..................................................................24
9.     Tax Receipts and Credits...............................................25
10.    Changes in Circumstances...............................................26
       Part 6        REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT
11.    Representations........................................................29
12.    Financial Information..................................................31
13.    Financial Condition and Security.......................................33
14.    Covenants..............................................................38
15.    Events of Default......................................................40
       Part 7        DEFAULT INTEREST AND INDEMNITY
16.    Default Interest and Indemnity.........................................44
       Part 8        PAYMENTS
17.    Currency of Account and Payment........................................46
18.    Payments...............................................................46
19.    Set-Off................................................................48
20.    Sharing................................................................48
       Part 9        FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES
21.    Commitment Commission and Fees.........................................50
22.    Costs and Expenses.....................................................51
       Part 10       AGENCY PROVISIONS
23.    The Agent, the Trustee, the Arrangers and the Banks....................52
       Part 11       ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS
24.    Assignments and Transfers..............................................57
       Part 12       MISCELLANEOUS
25.    Calculations and Evidence of Debt......................................59
26.    Remedies and Waivers, Partial Invalidity...............................59
27.    Notices................................................................60
28.    Amendments.............................................................61
       Part 13       LAW AND JURISDICTION
29.    Law....................................................................63
30.    Jurisdiction...........................................................63








<PAGE>




                     London-3/140335/04 - 61 - C0828/29464

THIS AGREEMENT originally made on 16 December 1998 is amended and restated on 11
June 1999

BETWEEN

(1)......BONA SHIPHOLDING LTD. (the "Borrower");

(2)      CHASE MANHATTAN plc and CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc (the "Arrangers");

(3)      CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc (the "Trustee");  and

(4)      CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc (the "Agent")

(5) THE BANKS (as defined below).



NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:



Part 1
                                     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.       Definitions and Interpretation

1.1      Definitions
        In this Agreement the following terms have the meanings given to them in
this Clause 1.1.

        "A Advance" means,  save as otherwise  provided  herein,  an Advance (as
        from time to time reduced by repayment or prepayment) made or to be made
        by the Banks under the A Facility.

        "A Available  Commitment"  means,  in relation to a Bank at any time and
        save as otherwise  provided  herein,  its A Commitment at such time less
        the aggregate of its portions of A Advances  which are then  outstanding
        and not due for  repayment  Provided  that such amount shall not be less
        than zero.

        "A Available Facility" means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the A
        Available Commitments at such time.

        "A  Commitment"  means,  in relation to any Bank at any time and save as
        otherwise  provided  herein,  the  amount set  opposite  its name in the
        second column of the First Schedule.

        "Advance" means,  save as otherwise  provided  herein,  an advance under
        either Facility made or to be made by the Banks hereunder.

        "A Facility"  means the revolving  dollar loan  facility  granted to the
        Borrower pursuant to paragraph (i) of Clause 2.1 (Grant of Facilities).

        "Affiliate"  means a  corporation  or  partnership  at least  33% of the
        equity or partnership capital of which is beneficially  owned,  directly
        or indirectly,  by any member of the Parent's Group and the value of the
        interest of such member of the Parent's  Group therein (as determined in
        accordance with US GAAP) is not less than $10,000,000.

        "Aggregate A  Commitment"  means the aggregate for the time being of the
        Banks' A Commitments.

        "Aggregate B  Commitment"  means the aggregate for the time being of the
        Banks' B Commitments.

        "Aggregate Total  Commitments" means the aggregate for the time being of
        the Banks' Total Commitments.

        "Available Commitment" means, in relation to a Bank at any time and save
        as otherwise  provided herein,  the aggregate of its Total Commitment at
        such time less the aggregate of its portions of the Advances  which have
        then been made hereunder.

        "Available  Facility"  means,  at any time, the aggregate  amount of the
        Available Commitments at such time.

        "Average  Age of the  Vessels"  at any time means the average age of the
        Vessels  in the  Security  Pool at such  time,  but so  that  for  these
        purposes,  if an  asset  in the  Security  Pool  comprises  shares  in a
        vessel-owning company, the vessel owned by that company shall be brought
        into account as if it were a Vessel.

        "B Advance" means,  save as otherwise  provided  herein,  an Advance (as
        from time to time reduced by repayment or prepayment) made or to be made
        by the Banks under the B Facility.

        "Bank" means:

(i)               any  financial  institution  named in the First  Schedule (The
                  Banks)  (other than one which has ceased to be a party  hereto
                  in accordance with the terms hereof); or

(ii)              any financial  institution  which has become a party hereto in
                  accordance with the provisions of Clause 24.4  (Assignments by
                  Banks) or Clause 24.5 (Transfers by Banks).

        "Basle Paper" means the paper  entitled  "International  Convergence  of
        Capital  Measurement and Capital Standards" dated July 1988 and prepared
        by the Basle  Committee  on  Banking  Regulations  and  Supervision,  as
        amended in November 1991.

        "B Available  Commitment"  means,  in relation to a Bank at any time and
        save as otherwise  provided  herein,  its B Commitment at such time less
        the aggregate of its portions of B Advances  which are then  outstanding
        and not due for  repayment  Provided  that such amount shall not be less
        than zero.

        "B Available Facility" means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the B
        Available Commitments at such time.

        "Bermuda" means the Islands of Bermuda.

        "B  Commitment"  means,  in relation to any Bank at any time and save as
        otherwise provided herein, the amount set opposite its name in the third
        column of the First Schedule.

        "B Facility"  means the dollar  revolving  loan facility  granted to the
        Borrower pursuant to paragraph (ii) of Clause 2.1 (Grant of Facilities).

        "Borrower's Group" means the Borrower and its  subsidiaries for the time
        being.

        "Capital Adequacy  Requirement" means a request or requirement  relating
        to the maintenance of capital,  including one which makes any change to,
        or is based on any alteration in, the  interpretation of the Basle Paper
        or which  increases the amounts of capital  required  thereunder,  other
        than a request or requirement made by way of implementation of the Basle
        Paper in the manner in which it is being  implemented as at the Original
        Facility Date.

        "Chase  Revolver" means the revolving credit facility agreement dated 27
        March 1996 between the Borrower, Chemical Bank and others.

        "Citibank  Revolver" means the revolving credit facility agreement dated
        11 October 1994 between the Borrower, Citibank, N.A. and others.

        "Commitment  Termination  Date" means the date which is one month before
        the Final Maturity Date.

        "Cover  Ratio" at any time means,  in  relation  to the A Facility,  the
        Estimated Value of Security Pool 1 divided by Loan 1 and, in relation to
        the B Facility  means the Estimated  Value of Security Pool 2 divided by
        Loan 2.

        "Current Assets" means all assets of the members of the Borrower's Group
        (excluding  Intra-Group Assets) which, in accordance with US GAAP, would
        be classed as current assets plus the aggregate of all amounts available
        for drawing for more than one year but undrawn  under  committed  credit
        lines  (excluding  the  Facilities)  made available to any member of the
        Borrower's Group by its bankers or by any other financial institution.

        "Current  Liabilities"  means  all  obligations  of the  members  of the
        Borrower's Group to pay money on demand or within one year from the date
        of  computation  and  any  other  obligations  of  the  members  of  the
        Borrower's  Group which, in accordance with US GAAP, would be considered
        as current liabilities.

        "Current Ratio" at any time means  Current  Assets  divided  by  Current
        Liabilities.

        "Deeds of  Assignment"  means the deeds of  assignment  of earnings  and
        insurances  in the form or  substantially  the form  attached  hereto as
        Exhibit  B  (with  such  amendments  as may in the  Agent's  opinion  be
        appropriate to reflect the place of registration of the relevant Vessel)
        to be executed by the Borrower in favour of the Trustee over the Vessels
        as contemplated by paragraph 19 of Part 1, and by paragraph 11 of Part 2
        of the Third Schedule.

        "Estimated Value" means

(i)  (subject  to (iii) below in respect of a New Vessel) in respect of a vessel
     the average of the most recent  estimates of the Market  Value  thereof set
     forth in the summary  furnished  to the Agent  pursuant  to Clause  12.6(i)
     Provided  that if a vessel is the subject of a charter which had an initial
     duration of over 24 months and which was  approved  by the Agent  acting on
     the  instructions of the Banks, the Estimated Value of such vessel shall be
     increased  (or  reduced) to reflect any  difference  between (a) the amount
     determined  by the  Agent to be the net  present  value of the  charterhire
     payable  over the  remaining  period  of such  charter  and (b) the  amount
     determined by the Agent to be the net present value of the charterhire that
     would be payable  under a charter of such vessel for such period if it were
     to be  chartered  in the  market at  charterhire  rates  current  as at the
     preceding Quarter Date;

(ii) in respect of any asset in a  Security  Pool other than a vessel,  the most
     recent  estimate of the value  thereof  furnished to the Agent  pursuant to
     Clause 12.6(ii); and

(iii)in respect of a New Vessel and for the purposes only of Clause  3.1(vi) the
     value as determined pursuant to Clause 13.9

     Provided  Always  That any  Vessel  older  than 27 years 6 months  shall be
     deemed to have a value of zero.

        "Estimated  Value of Security Pool 1" and  "Estimated  Value of Security
        Pool 2" at any time mean the  aggregate of the  Estimated  Values of the
        relevant  Vessels  and the  Estimated  Values  of the  other  assets  in
        Security  Pool 1, or, as the case may be, the aggregate of the Estimated
        Values of the  relevant  Vessels and the  Estimated  Values of the other
        assets in Security Pool 2 at such time.

        "Event of Default" means any circumstance described as such in Clause 15
        (Events of Default).

        "Excluded  Entity" means any subsidiary of the Borrower (i) which is not
        controlled,  directly or  indirectly,  by the Borrower and (ii) in which
        the Borrower's  direct or indirect  interest is as holder of equal to or
        less than 50% of the issued share capital or as  contributor of equal to
        or less than 50% of the  partnership  capital  and for these  purposes a
        company or corporation  shall be treated as being  controlled by another
        if that other  company  or  corporation  is able to direct  its  affairs
        and/or  to  control  the  composition  of  its  board  of  directors  or
        equivalent  body  Provided  Always,  for the  avoidance  of doubt,  that
        Soponata-Bona  Limited shall be an Excluded  Entity,  for so long as the
        Borrower's  direct or indirect  interest therein is 50% (or less) of the
        issued share capital thereof and Soponata-Bona Limited is not controlled
        directly or indirectly by the Borrower.

        "Existing  Swaps" means the two interest  rate swap  agreements  entered
        into by the Borrower with Royal Bank of Scotland and BankBoston, both to
        expire on February 19 2005 and both for a notional  principal  amount of
        $50,000,000.

         "Facilities"  means the A Facility  and the B  Facility  granted to the
        Borrower  in  this   Agreement   and   "Facility"   shall  be  construed
        accordingly.

        "Facility  Office"  means,  in  relation  to the Agent or any Bank,  the
        office  identified  with  its  signature  below  (or,  in the  case of a
        Transferee,  at the end of the  Transfer  Certificate  to  which it is a
        party as  Transferee)  or such other  office as it may from time to time
        select.

        "Final  Maturity  Date"  means the tenth  anniversary  of  the  Original
        Facility Date.

        "Finance Documents" means:

(i)               this Agreement;

(ii)              the Guarantee;

(iii)             the Security Agreements; and

(iv)              any other  document from time to time entered into in relation
                  to this  Agreement  which is agreed  between the Agent and the
                  Borrower to  constitute  a Finance  Document  for the purposes
                  hereof.

        "Finance Parties" means the Parent and the Borrower.

        "Free Cash" means,  on any date,  the  aggregate  amount  (expressed  in
        dollars  or as a dollar  equivalent)  on such  date of the then  current
        market value of:

(i)               all amounts  which are legally and  beneficially  owned by the
                  Borrower  and which are  standing to the credit of current and
                  deposit   accounts  with  banks  and  other   deposit   taking
                  institutions  excluding  any such amount to which the right of
                  access or use of the owner is blocked or  restricted  (whether
                  by an encumbrance or otherwise);

(ii)              to the extent not within  (i)  above,  all  unencumbered  time
                  deposits with banks and other deposit taking  institutions and
                  certificates  of  deposit   issued,   and  bills  of  exchange
                  accepted, by banks and other deposit taking institutions which
                  are legally and  beneficially  owned by the Borrower free from
                  encumbrances; and

(iii)             debt securities  quoted on a trading exchange  approved by the
                  Agent acting on the instructions of an Instructing Group which
                  are rated AA or better by  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation  or
                  such other rating  agency as the Agent acting as aforesaid may
                  approve,

        to which the Borrower shall have free,  immediate and direct access (but
        limited,  if  appropriate,  to that portion  thereof  which the Borrower
        shall be entitled to appropriate for its own account) plus the aggregate
        amount (expressed in dollars or as a dollar equivalent) of the items set
        out in (i), (ii) and (iii) above which shall be legally and beneficially
        owned  by any  subsidiary  of the  Borrower  and to which  the  Borrower
        (through such subsidiary)  shall have free,  immediate and direct access
        (but  limited,  if  appropriate,  to that  portion  thereof  which  such
        subsidiary  shall be entitled  to  appropriate  for its own  benefit) as
        multiplied by the Relevant Percentage in respect of that subsidiary, but
        excluding  from such  computation  (i)  Intra-Group  Assets and (ii) any
        amounts attributable to any Excluded Entity or minority interests.

        "Future  Vessel"  means  (subject  always to Clause  13.11)  any  vessel
        purchased by the Borrower and which is mortgaged to provide security for
        the Borrower's  obligations hereunder and which is allocated to Security
        Pool 2.

        "Guarantee" means the guarantee of the Borrower's  obligations hereunder
        given by the Parent substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

        "Initial Vessels" means the following Vessels:

                  Vessels flagged in Liberia:

                  "Bona Shimmer",  "Bona Spinner", "Bona Skipper", "Bona Robin",
                  "Bona Rider",  "Bona Rover", "Bona Ray", "Bona Ranger";

                  Vessels flagged in the Bahamas:

                  "Bona  Forum",  "Bona  Fulmar",  "Bona Foam",  "Bona  Favour",
                  "Bona  Spring",  "Bona Sparrow", "Bona Sailor", "Bona Spray";

                  Vessels flagged in the Norwegian International Register:

                  "Bona Fountain", "Bona Fair"

                  and "Initial Vessel" means any of them;

        "Instructing Group" means:

(i)               whilst no Advances are outstanding  hereunder, a Bank or group
                  of Banks  whose Total  Commitments  amount (or, if each Bank's
                  Total  Commitment  has been reduced to zero,  did  immediately
                  before such  reduction  to zero,  amount) in aggregate to more
                  than 662/3 per cent. of the Aggregate Total Commitments; and

(ii)              whilst at least one Advance is outstanding  hereunder,  a Bank
                  or group of Banks to whom in  aggregate  more  than  662/3 per
                  cent. of the Loan is (or  immediately  prior to its prepayment
                  or repayment, was then) owed.

        "Interest  Payment  Date" means any date upon which  interest is payable
        pursuant to Clause 4.1.

        "Intra-Group  Asset"  means  (i) any  indebtedness  which is owed to any
        member of the Borrower's Group by any member of the Parent's Group or by
        any Affiliate;  (ii) any capital  contribution made by any member of the
        Borrower's  Group in any member of the Parent's  Group or any Affiliate;
        and (iii) any equity security issued by any member of the Parent's Group
        or by any  Affiliate  which is  beneficially  owned by any member of the
        Borrower's  Group (the values of (i), (ii) and (iii) to be determined in
        accordance with US GAAP).

        "ISM  Code"  means  the  International  Management  Code  for  the  Safe
        Operation of Ships for pollution prevention adopted by the International
        Maritime Organisation.

        "Leverage" at any time means Total Liabilities divided by Total Assets.

        "Liberia" means the Republic of Liberia.

        "LIBOR"  means,  in relation to any period for which an interest rate is
        to be determined  hereunder,  the rate determined by the Agent to be the
        rate  displayed on the Telerate  screen (or, if there is no such rate on
        the Telerate  screen,  the rate displayed on the Reuters screen) for the
        British  Bankers'  Association rate for deposits in dollars for a period
        corresponding  to such period at or about  11.00 a.m.  on the  Quotation
        Date  therefor  Provided  that if no such rate is so displayed on either
        the Telerate screen or the Reuters screen at such time it means the rate
        per annum  determined  by the Agent to be the  arithmetic  mean (rounded
        upwards,  if not already such a multiple,  to the nearest whole multiple
        of  one-thirty-second of one per cent.) of the rates (as notified to the
        Agent) at which each of the Reference  Banks was offering to prime banks
        in  the  London  Interbank  Market  deposits  in  dollars  for a  period
        corresponding to such period at such time.

        "Liquid  Assets"  means  the  aggregate  of  Free  Cash  and  marketable
        securities as defined by US GAAP.

        "Loan 1" means the aggregate  principal amount  outstanding  under the A
        Facility, from time to time.

        "Loan 2" means the aggregate  principal amount  outstanding  under the B
        Facility from time to time.

        "Loan" means the aggregate principal amount of Loan 1 and Loan 2 for the
        time being outstanding hereunder.

        "Margin  1" means (a)  0.775%  per annum up to (but not  including)  the
        fifth  anniversary  of the first  drawdown  hereunder and (b) 0.825% per
        annum thereafter until the Final Maturity Date Provided That during such
        time as Net  Leverage is equal to or less than 50%, (on the basis of the
        most recent financial  statements  delivered  pursuant to Clause 12.1 or
        Clause 12.2),  then the  applicable  Margin 1 for any A Advance shall be
        0.725%  p.a.  (or,  if  the  rate  in (b)  would  otherwise  apply,  the
        applicable Margin 1 shall be 0.775% p.a.).

        "Margin 2" means (a) 0.9% per annum up to (but not  including) the fifth
        anniversary  of the  first  drawdown  hereunder  and (b) 0.95% per annum
        thereafter  until the Final Maturity Date Provided That during such time
        as Net  Leverage is equal to or less than 50%, (on the basis of the most
        recent financial  statements delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1 or Clause
        12.2),  then the  applicable  Margin 2 for any B Advance  shall be 0.85%
        p.a.  (or,  if the rate in (b) would  otherwise  apply,  the  applicable
        Margin 2 shall be 0.9% p.a.).

        "Market  Value"  means,  in relation  to a vessel at any time,  the sale
        value thereof in dollars determined on the basis of a sale (for cash and
        prompt delivery) by a willing seller to a willing buyer, free of charter
        and encumbrances and at arm's length on normal commercial terms;

        "Material  Subsidiary"  means (i) the Borrower;  (ii) Bona Shipping A.S.
        and (iii) any  subsidiary of the Parent whose  assets,  as determined in
        accordance with US GAAP and as shown from whose most recently  available
        financial  statements,  as  multiplied  by the  Relevant  Percentage  in
        respect  of such  subsidiary,  equal or  exceed  10% of the value of the
        assets of the Parent's  Group as determined  in accordance  with US GAAP
        and as shown from the most recently  available  financial  statements of
        the Parent's Group Provided that:

(i)               in respect of any subsidiary of the Parent,  only the value of
                  its assets as multiplied by the Relevant Percentage in respect
                  of  such  subsidiary  shall  be  taken  into  account  in  the
                  computation of the value of the assets of the Parent's  Group;
                  and

(ii)              a statement  by the auditors of the Parent to the effect that,
                  in their opinion,  a subsidiary is or is not or was or was not
                  at any particular  time a Material  Subsidiary  shall,  in the
                  absence of manifest  error,  be conclusive  and binding on the
                  parties hereto;

        "Mortgages" means the first preferred (or first priority) ship mortgages
        over the Vessels in the form or substantially  the form of that attached
        hereto as  Exhibits  C1, C2 and C3 (with such  amendments  as may in the
        Agent's  reasonable  opinion  be  appropriate  to  reflect  the place of
        registration  of the  relevant  Vessel) to be granted by the Borrower in
        favour of the  Trustee as  contemplated  by  paragraph  18 of Part 1 and
        paragraph 10 of Part 2 of the Third Schedule;



<PAGE>


         "Net Leverage" means:

                  Total Liabilities less (Liquid Assets exceeding $25,000,000)

                  -------------------------------------------------------------

                  Total Assets less (Liquid Assets exceeding $25,000,000)

        "Newbuilding  Facility" means the facility  agreement dated 17 June 1997
        between the  Borrower,  Chase  Investment  Bank  Limited,  and  Citibank
        International  plc as  arrangers  and Chase  Manhattan  Bank Norge AS as
        agent and others.

        "New  Vessels"  means New  Vessel 1, New  Vessel 2, New Vessel 3 and New
        Vessel 4 or any combination  thereof and "New Vessel" shall be construed
        accordingly.

        "New Vessel 1" means the vessel scheduled to be delivered by the Yard to
        the Borrower in January 1999 and having the Yard's Hull No 1234.

        "New Vessel 2" means the vessel scheduled to be delivered by the Yard to
        the Borrower in April 1999 and having the Yard's Hull No 1235.

        "New Vessel 3" means the vessel scheduled to be delivered by the Yard to
        the Borrower in June 1999 and having the Yard's Hull No 1236.

        "New Vessel 4" means the vessel scheduled to be delivered by the Yard to
        the Borrower in February  2000 if the Borrower  exercises  its option to
        purchase such vessel.

        "NIS" means the Norwegian International Ship Register.

        "Notice of Drawdown" means a notice substantially in the form set out in
        the Fourth Schedule (Notice of Drawdown).

        "Option Declaration Date" means 15 July 1999;

        "Original   Consolidated   Financial   Statements"   means  the  audited
        consolidated  financial  statements  of the  Borrower's  Group  for  its
        financial year ended 31 December 1997.

        "Original Facility Date" means 16 December 1998.

        "Parent" means Teekay Shipping Corporation, a Liberian corporation.

        "Parent's  Group"  means  the  Parent and its  subsidiaries for the time
        being.

        "Potential  Event of Default" means any event which may become (with the
        passage of time, the giving of notice,  the making of any  determination
        hereunder or any combination thereof) an Event of Default.

        "Proportion" means, in relation to a Bank:

(i)               whilst no Advances are outstanding  hereunder,  the proportion
                  borne  by  its  Total   Commitment  to  the  Aggregate   Total
                  Commitments  (or, if the Aggregate Total  Commitments are then
                  zero,  by  its  Total   Commitment  to  the  Aggregate   Total
                  Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero); or

(ii)              whilst at least one  Advance  is  outstanding  hereunder,  the
                  proportion borne by its share of the Loan to the Loan.

        "Quarter Date" means 31 March,  30 June, 30 September and 31 December in
        any year.

        "Quotation  Date" means, in relation to any period for which an interest
        rate is to be determined  hereunder,  the day on which  quotations would
        ordinarily  be given by prime banks in the London  Interbank  Market for
        deposits  in  dollars  for  delivery  on the  first  day of that  period
        Provided that, if, for any such period,  quotations  would ordinarily be
        given on more than one date, the Quotation Date for that period shall be
        the last of those dates.

        "Reduction  Dates"  means  (i) the  date  which is 6  months  after  the
        Original  Facility Date, (ii) each of the days which fall at six monthly
        intervals after such date specified in (i), and (iii) the Final Maturity
        Date.

        "Reference  Banks" means the principal  London offices of Citibank N.A.,
        The Chase  Manhattan  Bank, and  Christiania  Bank og Kreditkasse ASA or
        such other Bank or Banks as may from time to time be agreed  between the
        Borrower  and the Agent  acting on the  instructions  of an  Instructing
        Group.

        "Relevant  Percentage" means, in respect of any subsidiary of the Parent
        at  any  time,  the  percentage  of  the  equity  share  capital  or the
        partnership  capital,  as the case may be, of such  subsidiary  which is
        beneficially owned (free from encumbrances) by the Parent at that time.

       "Repayment Date" means, in relation to any  Advance,  the last day of the
       Term thereof.

        "Security Agreements" means each of the following:

(i)               the Mortgages;

(ii)              the Deeds of Assignment; and

(iii)             any other  document from time to time entered into in relation
                  to this Agreement which it is agreed between the Agent (or, as
                  the  case  may  be,  the  Trustee)  and  the  Borrower  is  to
                  constitute a Security Agreement for the purposes hereof.

        "Security  Pool" means Security Pool 1 and Security Pool 2, or either of
        them as the context requires.

        "Security Pool 1" means the Initial Vessels, the New Vessels and each of
        the other  assets from time to time  mortgaged  or charged to secure the
        Borrower's  obligations  under this  Agreement and allocated to Security
        Pool 1.

        "Security  Pool 2" means the Future Vessels and each of the other assets
        from  time to  time  mortgaged  or  charged  to  secure  the  Borrower's
        obligations under this Agreement and allocated to Security Pool 2.

        "Security  Trust Deed" means the security trust  agreement to be entered
        into  between the Trustee  and others in the form or  substantially  the
        form of that attached  hereto as Exhibit A whereby the Trustee will hold
        the benefit of the Security Documents on behalf of the Beneficiaries (to
        be defined therein).

        "Soponata  -  Bona  Guarantee"   means  the  guarantee  of  50%  of  the
        outstanding amounts from time to time under a $75,000,000 loan agreement
        dated  26  June  1996  between  Soponata  - Bona  Limited  as  borrower,
        Christiania Bank og Kreditkasse as agent and others.

        "Term"  means,  save as otherwise  provided  herein,  in relation to any
        Advance,  the period for which such  Advance is borrowed as specified in
        the Notice of Drawdown relating thereto.

        "Total  Assets" means (subject to the second proviso to Clause 13.1) the
        aggregate  of the  assets  of the  Borrower's  Group  as  determined  in
        accordance with US GAAP (excluding  Intra-Group Assets), but so that for
        the purposes of this definition the value attributable to each vessel in
        the  Borrower's  Group's fleet (or, if different,  each Vessel) shall be
        adjusted to reflect her most recent Estimated Value.

        "Total Commitments" means, in relation to a Bank at any time and save as
        otherwise provided herein, the amount set opposite its name in the First
        Schedule in the column headed "Total Commitment".

        "Total  Liabilities"  means  the  aggregate  of the  obligations  of the
        Borrower and its subsidiaries for the payment of money, whether borrowed
        or not and whether  present or future,  as determined in accordance with
        US GAAP.

        "Transfer Certificate" means a certificate substantially in the form set
        out in the Second  Schedule (Form of Transfer  Certificate)  signed by a
        Bank and a Transferee whereby:

(i)               such Bank seeks to procure the transfer to such  Transferee of
                  all or a part of such Bank's rights,  benefits and obligations
                  hereunder  as  contemplated  in Clause 24.3  (Assignments  and
                  Transfers by Banks); and

(ii)              such Transferee  undertakes to perform the obligations it will
                  assume  as a result of  delivery  of such  certificate  to the
                  Agent as is contemplated in Clause 24.5 (Transfers by Banks).

        "Transfer Date" means, in relation to any Transfer Certificate, the date
        for the making of the  transfer  as  specified  in the  schedule to such
        Transfer Certificate.

        "Transferee" means a bank or other financial  institution  (unless it is
        another  Bank,  approved by the  Borrower in  writing,)  to which a Bank
        seeks  to  transfer  all or part of such  Bank's  rights,  benefits  and
        obligations hereunder.

        "US GAAP" at any time means accounting  policies  generally  accepted in
        the United States of America at such time.

        "Vessels"  means the  Initial  Vessels,  the New  Vessels and the Future
        Vessels  or any  combination  thereof  and any  other  vessel  which  is
        mortgaged to provide security for the Borrower's  obligations  hereunder
        pursuant to any of the provisions of Clause 13.1, 13.2, 13.4 or 13.6 and
        "Vessel" shall be construed accordingly.

        "Yard" means Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd of Korea.

1.2      Interpretation
        Any reference in this Agreement to:

        "acting in concert" shall be construed as a reference to any two or more
        persons  co-operating  pursuant to any agreement or arrangement (whether
        or not legally  binding or formally  recorded)  in  connection  with the
        acquisition,  or attempted  acquisition,  by any of them of control over
        any company;

        the "Agent",  the  "Trustee",  or any "Bank" shall be construed so as to
        include its and any  subsequent  successors,  Transferees  and permitted
        assigns in accordance with their respective interests;

        a "business  day" shall be construed as a reference to a day (other than
        a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks  generally are open for business in
        London, New York City and Oslo;

        a "charter"  shall be construed as a reference to any  agreement  (other
        than, for the purposes of the definition of "Market  Value",  a contract
        of affreightment) pursuant to which a vessel is, or will be, employed;

        the "date  hereof"  shall be a  reference  to the date upon  which  this
        Agreement  was amended and restated  rather than the  Original  Facility
        Date.

        an  "encumbrance"  shall be  construed  as a  reference  to a  mortgage,
        charge, pledge, lien or other encumbrance securing any obligation of any
        person, or any other type of preferential  arrangement  (including title
        transfer and retention arrangements) having a similar effect;

        the   "equivalent"  in  one  currency  (in  this  paragraph  the  "first
        currency")  of an  amount  denominated  in  another  currency  (in  this
        paragraph the "second  currency")  on any date shall,  save as otherwise
        provided,  be  construed  as a  reference  to the  amount  of the  first
        currency  which  could be  purchased  with  that  amount  of the  second
        currency at the spot rate of exchange quoted by the Agent in the foreign
        exchange  market in London at or about  11.00 a.m.  on such date for the
        purchase of the first  currency with the second  currency for the second
        business day thereafter;

        a "guarantee"  includes any guarantee,  indemnity or other obligation to
        pay, purchase, provide funds for the payment of or indemnify against the
        consequences  of default in the  payment  of  indebtedness  of any other
        person and any encumbrance which secures the payment of any indebtedness
        of any other person;

        a "holding  company" of a company or corporation shall be construed as a
        reference  to any company or  corporation  of which the  first-mentioned
        company or corporation is a subsidiary;

        "indebtedness"  shall  be  construed  so as to  include  any  obligation
        (whether  incurred  as  principal  or as  surety)  for  the  payment  or
        repayment of money,  whether  present or future,  actual or  contingent;
        "indebtedness  for borrowed  money" shall be construed as a reference to
        any indebtedness of any person for or in respect of:

(i)      moneys borrowed or raised;

(ii)     amounts raised under any acceptance credit facility;

(iii)             amounts raised  pursuant to any note purchase  facility or the
                  issue of  bonds,  notes,  debentures,  loan  stock or  similar
                  instruments;

(iv)              amounts  raised  pursuant to any issue of shares of any member
                  of the Borrower's Group which are expressed to be redeemable;

(v)               the  amount  of any  liability  in  respect  of leases or hire
                  purchase  contracts which would, in accordance with US GAAP be
                  treated as finance or capital leases;

(vi)              the amount of any  liability in respect of any purchase  price
                  for assets or services  the payment of which is deferred for a
                  period in excess of one hundred and eighty (180) days;

(vii)             all  reimbursement  obligations  whether  contingent or not in
                  respect  of  amounts  paid under a letter of credit or similar
                  instrument;

(viii)            all  interest  rate and currency  swap and similar  agreements
                  obliging the making of payments,  whether periodically or upon
                  the  happening  of  a  contingency  (and  the  value  of  such
                  indebtedness  shall be the  mark-to-market  valuation  of such
                  transaction at the relevant time);

(ix)              amounts raised under any other transaction (including, without
                  limitation, any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the
                  commercial effect of a borrowing; and

(x) any guarantee of indebtedness falling within paragraphs (i) to (ix) above.

        a "month" is a reference  to a period  starting on one day in a calendar
        month  and  ending  on the  numerically  corresponding  day in the  next
        succeeding  calendar  month  save  that,  where  any such  period  would
        otherwise  end on a day which is not a business day, it shall end on the
        next  succeeding  business  day,  unless that day falls in the  calendar
        month  succeeding  that in which it would otherwise have ended, in which
        case it shall end on the  immediately  preceding  business  day Provided
        that, if a period starts on the last business day in a calendar month or
        if there is no numerically  corresponding day in the month in which that
        period  ends,  that period  shall end on the last  business  day in that
        later month (and references to "months" shall be construed accordingly);

        a "person"  shall be  construed  as a  reference  to any  person,  firm,
        company,  corporation,  government,  state or  agency  of a state or any
        association  or  partnership  (whether  or  not  having  separate  legal
        personality) of two or more of the foregoing;

        a  "subsidiary"  of a company or  corporation  shall be  construed  as a
        reference to any company or corporation:

(i)  which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the first-mentioned company
     or corporation;

(ii) more than half the issued  share  capital of which is  beneficially  owned,
     directly or indirectly, by the first-mentioned company or corporation; or

(iii)which is a subsidiary of another subsidiary of the first-mentioned  company
     or corporation

        and, for these  purposes,  a company or corporation  shall be treated as
        being controlled by another if that other company or corporation is able
        to direct its affairs and/or to control the  composition of its board of
        directors or  equivalent  body Provided that neither Bona Fortuna KS nor
        Bona  Freighter KS shall  constitute  subsidiaries  of any member of the
        Group;

        "tax"  shall be  construed  so as to include  any present or future tax,
        levy,  impost,  duty or other charge of a similar nature  (including any
        penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any
        delay in paying any of the same);

        a "total  loss" of a Vessel  shall be  construed so as to include (a) an
        actual, constructive, agreed, arranged or compromised total loss of such
        Vessel including such as may occur during a requisition for hire of such
        Vessel and (b) the requisition for title of a Vessel  (otherwise than by
        requisition for hire) by any government or other competent  authority or
        by any person  acting or  purporting to act by the authority of the same
        and from which  such  Vessel  has not been  released  within a period of
        ninety days of such event occurring;

        "VAT" shall be construed as a reference to value added tax including any
        similar tax which may be imposed in place thereof from time to time;

        "vessel" means any Vessel and any other vessel owned by the Borrower  or
        any of its subsidiaries; and

        the  "winding-up",  "dissolution"  or  "administration"  of a company or
        corporation  shall be  construed  so as to  include  any  equivalent  or
        analogous  proceedings  under the law of the  jurisdiction in which such
        company or corporation is incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such
        company or  corporation  carries on  business  including  the seeking of
        liquidation, winding-up,  reorganisation,  dissolution,  administration,
        arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief of debtors.

1.3      Currency Symbols
          "$" and  "dollars"  denote  lawful  currency  of the United  States of
          America.

1.4      Amendments
        Save where the contrary is indicated,  any  reference in this  Agreement
to:

(i)               this  Agreement or any other  agreement  or document  shall be
                  construed as a reference to this Agreement or, as the case may
                  be,  such other  agreement  or  document  as the same may have
                  been,  or may  from  time  to  time  be,  amended,  varied  or
                  supplemented;

(ii)              a statute shall be construed as a reference to such statute as
                  the same may have been,  or may from time to time be,  amended
                  or re-enacted; and

(iii)             a time of day shall be construed as a reference or  re-enacted
                  to London time.

1.5      Headings
        Clause, Part and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

1.6      Total Loss of Vessel
        For the  purposes  of the  Finance  Documents,  a total loss of a Vessel
        shall be deemed to have occurred:

(i)               if it consists of an actual total loss, at noon Greenwich Mean
                  Time on the actual  date of loss or, if that is not known,  on
                  the date on which such Vessel was last heard of;

(ii)              if  it  consists  of  a  requisitioning  for  title,  at  noon
                  Greenwich Mean Time on the date on which the same is expressed
                  to take effect by the person making the same; and

(iii)             if it consists of a constructive or compromised or arranged or
                  agreed total loss, at noon  Greenwich Mean Time on the date at
                  which  notice of  abandonment  of such  Vessel is given to her
                  insurers  for the time being or (if her  insurers for the time
                  being do not admit  the  claim for total  loss) at the time on
                  which a total loss is  subsequently  adjudged to have occurred
                  by a competent  court or arbitration  tribunal or liability in
                  respect thereof as a total loss is admitted by insurers.

1.7      Construction
        In the event of a conflict  between  any words and  expressions  defined
        herein  and  any  words  and  expressions  used  in any of the  Security
        Agreements,  unless otherwise defined therein, the words and expressions
        defined herein will prevail for the purpose of the Finance Documents.

Part 2

<PAGE>



                                             THE FACILITIES

2.                The Facilities

2.1      Grant of the Facilities
          The Banks  grant to the  Borrower,  upon the terms and  subject to the
          conditions hereof:-

(i)  the A Facility  being a dollar  revolving  loan  facility  in an  aggregate
     amount of $400,000,000 and;

(ii) the B Facility  being a dollar  revolving  loan  facility  in an  aggregate
     amount of $100,000,000.

2.2      Purpose and Application
(i)               The A  Facility  is  intended  to enable the  Borrower  (a) to
                  refinance the outstandings under the Citibank Revolver and the
                  Chase  Revolver and (b) to finance part of the purchase  price
                  of each New Vessel in an amount of up to  $30,000,000  (or, in
                  the case of New Vessel 4 in an amount of up to $25,000,000) on
                  the date of delivery of such New Vessel;

(ii)              The B Facility is  intended to enable the  Borrower to finance
                  part of the purchase  price of each Future  Vessel on the date
                  of delivery  of such Future  Vessel (or acquire all the issued
                  shares in a company which itself owns such Future Vessel)

                  and accordingly the Borrower shall apply all amounts raised by
                  it hereunder in or towards such purposes.

2.3      Condition Precedent Documents
        Save as the Banks may otherwise agree the Borrower may not deliver:-

(i)               the first  Notice of Drawdown  hereunder  unless the Agent has
                  confirmed  to the  Borrower  that it has  received  all of the
                  documents  listed in Part 1 of the Third  Schedule  (Condition
                  Precedent Documents) (excepting those documents referred to in
                  paragraphs  6, 7, 15,  16,  17,  18, 19, 20, 22 and 23 thereof
                  which must be received,  in form and  substance  acceptable to
                  the Agent,  concurrently with the relevant Advance being made)
                  and that each is, in form and substance,  satisfactory  to the
                  Agent;

(ii)              any  Notice  of  Drawdown  which  is in  connection  with  the
                  delivery of any New Vessel or Future  Vessel  unless the Agent
                  (without  prejudice  to Clause  13.11)  has  confirmed  to the
                  Borrower that:

(a)                     it has received all of the relevant  documents listed in
                        Part  2  of  the  Third  Schedule  (Condition  Precedent
                        Documents) relating to the New Vessel (or Future Vessel)
                        to  which  such  Facility   relates   (excepting   those
                        documents  referred to in paragraphs 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and
                        12 of  Part 2 of  the  Third  Schedule,  which  must  be
                        received, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent,
                        concurrently with the relevant Advance being made); and

(b) the Borrower has complied with its obligations under Clause 13.8.

(iii)and that each  document  referred  to in (a) and (b) above is in a form and
     substance satisfactory to the Agent.

2.4      Banks' Obligations Several
        The  obligations of each Bank hereunder are several and the failure by a
        Bank  to  perform  its  obligations   hereunder  shall  not  affect  the
        obligations of the Borrower towards any other party hereto nor shall any
        other  party be  liable  for the  failure  by such Bank to  perform  its
        obligations hereunder.

3.       Utilisation of the Facilities

3.1      Drawdown Conditions
        An Advance will be made by the Banks to the Borrower if:

(i)               not more than ten nor less than three business days before the
                  proposed  date for the making of such  Advance,  the Agent has
                  received  from the  Borrower  a Notice of  Drawdown  therefor,
                  receipt  of which  shall  oblige  the  Borrower  to borrow the
                  amount  therein  requested on the date therein stated upon the
                  terms and subject to the conditions contained herein;

(ii)              the proposed date for the making of such Advance is a business
                  day falling before the Commitment Termination Date;

(iii)             the  proposed  date for the making of such Advance is not less
                  than five business days after the date upon which the previous
                  Advance (if any) was made hereunder;

(iv)              the proposed  amount of such Advance is in a minimum amount of
                  $5,000,000  and  subject  thereto  an  integral   multiple  of
                  $1,000,000  which is equal to or less than the amount of the A
                  Available  Facility  or, as the case may be,  the B  Available
                  Facility;

(v)               there would not, immediately after the making of such Advance,
                  be more than six (6) Advances outstanding;

(vi)              following the making of any Advance under the A Facility which
                  increases the amount of the Loan  outstanding  (other than the
                  first Advance) Loan 1 shall not exceed  seventy-five per cent.
                  of the  Estimated  Value of Security  Pool 1; Provided that in
                  relation to an Advance  made in respect of the delivery of any
                  New Vessel from the Yard,  the  Borrower  shall be entitled to
                  borrow  up to  $30,000,000  ($25,000,000,  in the  case of New
                  Vessel 4) or, if less, up to the  Estimated  Value of such New
                  Vessel  notwithstanding  that  such  Advance  may  cause  such
                  percentage to be exceeded;

(vii)             following the making of a B Advance which increases the amount
                  outstanding  under the B  Facility,  Loan 2 shall  not  exceed
                  seventy five per cent of the Estimated  Value of Security Pool
                  2;

(viii)            the  proposed  Term of such  Advance is a period of one,  two,
                  three,  six or twelve  months (or such other periods as may be
                  agreed between the Borrower and the Banks) ending on or before
                  the Final Maturity Date;

(ix)              no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred
                  and the representations set out in Clause 11 (Representations)
                  are true in all  material  respects on and as of the  proposed
                  date for the making of such Advance; and

(x)               following  the making of a B Advance  (and on the basis of the
                  statement  which shall have been delivered  pursuant to Clause
                  12.8, if applicable) Leverage shall not be more than 75%.

3.2      Each Bank's Participation
        Each Bank will  participate  through its Facility Office in each Advance
        made  pursuant to Clause 3.1  (Drawdown  Conditions)  in the  proportion
        borne by its A Available  Commitment to the A Available Facility (in the
        case of an A Advance) or (in the case of a B Advance) in the  proportion
        borne by its B  Available  Commitment  to the B  Available  Facility  in
        either case immediately prior to the making of that Advance.

3.3      Reduction of Available Commitment
        If a Bank's A Commitment  (or, as the case may be, its B Commitment)  is
        reduced in accordance with the terms hereof after the Agent has received
        the Notice of  Drawdown  for an A Advance  (or,  as the case may be, a B
        Advance),  then the  amount of that A Advance  (or,  as the case may be,
        that B Advance) shall be reduced accordingly.

3.4     On  the  second  anniversary  of  the  Original  Facility  Date,  the  A
        Commitment of each Bank shall be permanently  reduced by the A Available
        Commitment  of  such  Bank  immediately  prior  to such  date  and the B
        Commitment of each Bank shall be permanently  reduced by the B Available
        Commitment of such Bank immediately prior to such date.

3.5     The first  Advance  hereunder  shall be made under the A Facility  which
        shall be used to refinance the  outstandings  and related expenses under
        the Citibank  Revolver and the Chase  Revolver and shall be in an amount
        of $285,000,000.
Part 3

<PAGE>



                                                INTEREST

4.       Payment and Calculation of Interest

4.1      Payment of Interest
        On the Repayment Date relating to each Advance (and, in the case where a
        Term has a duration  exceeding six months,  on the last day of the sixth
        of those  months)  the  Borrower  shall  pay  accrued  interest  on that
        Advance.

4.2      Calculation of Interest
        The rate of interest  applicable  to an Advance from time to time during
        its Term shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of the  applicable
        Margin 1 (or the applicable Margin 2 in the case of a B Advance) at such
        time and LIBOR on the Quotation Date therefor.

4.3     For the purposes of determining the amount of accrued  interest  payable
        on each Advance on an Interest  Payment Date pursuant to Clause 4.1, the
        Net Leverage (and  accordingly  the applicable  Margin 1, or as the case
        may be, the applicable  Margin 2) shall be assumed to be as disclosed in
        the most recent financial  statements  delivered pursuant to Clause 12.1
        or Clause 12.2  Provided  Always That if, on the basis of the  financial
        statements  delivered  in respect  of the next  following  Quarter  Date
        (having  regard to the proviso to the  definition  of "Margin 1" and the
        proviso to the  definition of "Margin 2") the Borrower has overpaid (or,
        as the case may be, underpaid) interest then the amount so overpaid (or,
        as the case may be,  underpaid)  shall be deducted from (or, as the case
        may be, added to) the amount of interest which would otherwise have been
        payable by the Borrower on the next following Interest Payment Date.
5.       Market Disruption and Alternative Interest Rates

        If, in relation to any Advance for which LIBOR falls to be determined in
        accordance  with  the  proviso  to the  definition  thereof,  the  Agent
        determines  that at or about 11.00 a.m.  (London  time) on the Quotation
        Date for the Term in respect of such Advance none of the Reference Banks
        was offering to prime banks in the London  Interbank  Market deposits in
        dollars for the proposed duration of such Term then, notwithstanding the
        provisions of Clause 4 (Payment and  Calculation of Interest) the length
        of the Term of such Advance shall be one month (unless otherwise agreed)
        and the rate of interest  applicable  to such  Advance from time to time
        during  such Term  shall be the rate per  annum  which is the sum of the
        applicable  Margin  1 (or the  applicable  Margin  2 in the  case of a B
        Advance)  and the  arithmetic  mean of the  respective  rates  per annum
        notified to the Agent by each Bank before the last day of the Term to be
        that which  expresses as a  percentage  rate per annum the cost to it of
        funding such Advance  during such Term from  whatever  sources such Bank
        may select (and the Agent shall notify the Borrower accordingly).



<PAGE>




Part 4
                           REPAYMENT, REDUCTION, CANCELLATION AND PREPAYMENT

6.       Repayment and Reduction

6.1      Repayment
        The  Borrower  shall  repay  each  Advance  made  to it in  full  on the
Repayment Date relating thereto.

6.2      Reduction
(i)               subject  always  to  Clause  7.4,  on  each  of the  following
                  Reduction  Dates  the  Aggregate  Total  Commitments  shall be
                  permanently  reduced to the amounts shown  opposite such dates
                  below:-

                  first Reduction Date               $490,000,000

                  second Reduction Date              $480,000,000

                  third Reduction Date               $470,000,000

                  and not less than five business  days prior to each  Reduction
                  Date  referred  to above in this  Clause  6.2(i) the  Borrower
                  shall by notice in writing to the Agent  specify  whether  the
                  relevant  reduction  on such  Reduction  Date shall be applied
                  against  the   Aggregate  A  Commitment  or  the  Aggregate  B
                  Commitment  (and in default of such notice,  the  reduction on
                  the  relevant  Reduction  Date  shall be applied  against  the
                  Aggregate B Commitment);

(ii) subject always to Clause 7.4, and without  prejudice to Clause 3.4, on each
     Reduction Date (other than the Reduction  Dates  specified in (i) above and
     the Final Maturity Date),  the Aggregate A Commitment  shall be permanently
     reduced by an amount equal to  one-twenty-fifth  (1/25) of the  Aggregate A
     Commitment as at the second  anniversary of the Original  Facility Date and
     the Aggregate B Commitment shall be permanently  reduced by an amount equal
     to  one-twenty-fifth  (1/25) of the Aggregate B Commitment as at the second
     anniversary of the Original  Facility Date,  respectively  Provided  Always
     That if, as at the second  anniversary of the Original Facility Date, after
     the application of Clause 3.4, and on the basis of the reductions specified
     in this  Clause  6.2(ii),  the sum of the  Aggregate A  Commitment  and the
     Aggregate B Commitment on the  penultimate  Reduction Date (the  "Balloon")
     would exceed  $150,000,000  then the  proportion  by which the  Aggregate A
     Commitment  and the  Aggregate B Commitment  would  otherwise be reduced on
     each of the  Reduction  Dates  specified  in this Clause  6.2(ii)  shall be
     increased  by such  amount as shall  ensure  that the  Balloon  is equal to
     $150,000,000  (without  prejudice  to any  further  cancellation  or deemed
     cancellation in accordance  with the provisions of this Agreement  pursuant
     to which the Balloon would be further reduced); and

(iii) on the  Final  Maturity  Date the  Aggregate  Total  Commitments  shall be
reduced to zero.

6.3      Rateable Reduction
        Each  reduction  pursuant to Clause 6.2 of Aggregate A Commitment or, as
        the case may be,  Aggregate  B  Commitment,  shall  reduce  the Banks' A
        Commitments or, as the case may be, the Banks' B Commitments,  pro rata.
        In any event the  amount of the  Facilities  shall be reduced to zero on
        the Final Maturity Date.

6.4      Reduction of Outstandings
        If on any date the Loan exceeds the Aggregate Total  Commitments on such
        date, the Borrower shall repay on such date the amount of the excess and
        the repayment of such excess shall reduce the  principal  amount of such
        Advance or Advances as is or are nominated by the Borrower.

6.5      Prepayment
        The Borrower may, by giving to the Agent not less than fifteen  business
        days' notice to that effect,  prepay (without penalty but subject to the
        Borrower complying with Clause 16.4) the whole or any part of an Advance
        (being an amount such that such  Advance will be reduced by an amount or
        integral multiple of $5,000,000).

6.6      Reborrowing of Prepayments
        Subject to the other  provisions of this Agreement,  any prepayment made
        by the Borrower  pursuant to Clause 6.5 shall increase the amount of the
        A Available  Facility or the B Available Facility as the case may be and
        may be reborrowed in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

6.7      No Other Repayments
        The  Borrower  shall not repay or prepay all or any part of any  Advance
        outstanding  hereunder  except at the times and in the manner  expressly
        provided herein and, subject to the terms and conditions  hereof,  shall
        be entitled to reborrow any amount repaid up to the Available Facilities
        at such time.

7.       Cancellation

7.1  Cancellation  (i) the  Borrower  may,  by giving to the Agent not less than
     fifteen business days' prior notice to that effect, cancel the whole or any
     part (being an amount or integral  multiple of $5,000,000) of the Aggregate
     Total  Commitments;  any  such  cancellation  shall  specify  the  relevant
     Facility and shall be applied (a) pro rata against the scheduled reductions
     in the Aggregate A Commitment or Aggregate B Commitment as the case may be,
     as at each Reduction Date as determined  pursuant to Clause 6.2 unless (b),
     at the time the relevant notice of  cancellation is given,  the Borrower is
     in breach of any  provision  of Clause  13.1,  in which case the  cancelled
     amount  shall be applied  against the relevant  Aggregate A  Commitment  or
     Aggregate B  Commitment  as the case may be, as at each  Reduction  Date as
     determined pursuant to Clause 6.2 in inverse chronological order.

(ii)              any such cancellation  shall reduce the relevant A Commitment,
                  or as the case may be, B Commitment, of each Bank rateably. No
                  premium or other compensation shall be payable by the Borrower
                  by reason of such cancellation.

(iii)             if the  Borrower  decides not to exercise or does not exercise
                  its option to purchase New Vessel 4 from the Yard on or before
                  the Option  Declaration  Date,  the Borrower  shall  forthwith
                  notify the Agent  accordingly  and an amount of $25,000,000 in
                  respect of the A  Facility  shall be  cancelled  automatically
                  with  effect from the date that it has elected not to exercise
                  such option or the Option  Declaration  Date (whichever  shall
                  first occur).

7.2      Notice of Cancellation
        Any notice of cancellation  given by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 7.1
        (Cancellation)  shall be  irrevocable  and shall  specify  the date upon
        which  such   cancellation  is  to  be  made  and  the  amount  of  such
        cancellation.

7.3      Repayment of a Bank's Share of the Loan
        If any Bank claims  indemnification  from the Borrower  under Clause 8.2
        (Tax  Indemnity)  or Clause 10.1  (Increased  Costs),  the Borrower may,
        within thirty days  thereafter  and by not less than ten business  days'
        prior notice to the Agent (which  notice shall be  irrevocable),  cancel
        such  Bank's  Total  Commitment  whereupon  such Bank shall  cease to be
        obliged to  participate  in further  Advances  and its Total  Commitment
        shall be reduced to zero.

7.4      Satisfaction of Clause 6.2
        Subject  always  to  Clause  6.4,  the  reductions  in  Aggregate  Total
        Commitment,  Aggregate A Commitment  or  Aggregate B Commitment  (as the
        case may be) pursuant to Clause 6.2 (Reduction)  shall be deemed to have
        been satisfied to the extent a cancellation  has been effected  pursuant
        to Clause 7.1  (Cancellation)  and such cancellation has been applied in
        accordance with Clause 7.1(i)(a) or Clause 7.1(iii) as the case may be.

Part 5

<PAGE>



                                            RISK ALLOCATION

8.                Taxes

8.1      Tax Gross-up
        All  payments to be made by the  Borrower to any person under any of the
        Finance  Documents shall be made free and clear of and without deduction
        for or on account of tax unless the  Borrower is required to make such a
        payment  subject to the deduction or  withholding  of tax, in which case
        the sum payable by the  Borrower in respect of which such  deduction  or
        withholding  is  required  to be made shall be  increased  to the extent
        necessary to ensure that, after the making of the required  deduction or
        withholding,  such person  receives and retains (free from any liability
        in respect of any such deduction or  withholding) a net sum equal to the
        sum which it would have  received and so retained had no such  deduction
        or withholding been made or required to be made.

8.2      Tax Indemnity
        Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 8.1 (Tax Gross-up), if any
        person or the Agent on its  behalf is  required  to make any  payment on
        account of tax (not being a tax imposed on and  calculated  by reference
        to the net income  paid to and  received by its  Facility  Office by the
        jurisdiction in which it is incorporated or in which its Facility Office
        is  located)  or  otherwise  on or in  relation  to any sum  received or
        receivable  hereunder  by  such  person  or  the  Agent  on  its  behalf
        (including  any sum received or  receivable  under this Clause 8) or any
        liability in respect of any such payment is asserted, imposed, levied or
        assessed  against  such person or the Agent on its behalf,  the Borrower
        shall, upon demand of the Agent,  promptly indemnify such person against
        such payment or liability,  together with any interest, penalties, costs
        and expenses payable or incurred in connection  therewith  Provided that
        if a Bank or the Agent or the Trustee considers that it is reasonable to
        do so and that it would not be otherwise  prejudiced  thereby,  it will,
        prior to  instructing  the Agent to make a demand under this Clause 8.2,
        use  reasonable  endeavours  to  determine  whether any such  payment or
        liability  was  correctly  or  legally  imposed  or  asserted  or  could
        reasonably be mitigated.

8.3      Claims by Banks
        If a Bank or the Trustee  intends to make a claim pursuant to Clause 8.2
        (Tax  Indemnity)  it shall  notify  the  Agent of the event by reason of
        which it is entitled  to do so and  provide the Agent with a  reasonable
        written  explanation  of  the  basis  and  calculation  of  such  claim,
        whereupon  the Agent shall notify the  Borrower  thereof and provide the
        Borrower with a copy of the  explanation  and  calculation  which it has
        received  from such Bank or the Trustee  Provided  that  nothing  herein
        shall  require  any Bank or the  Trustee to  disclose  any  confidential
        information relating to the organisation of its affairs.

9.       Tax Receipts and Credits

9.1      Notification of Requirement to Deduct Tax
        If, at any time,  the Borrower is required by law to make any  deduction
        or  withholding  from any sum  payable  by it under  any of the  Finance
        Documents (or if thereafter there is any change in the rates at which or
        the manner in which such deductions or withholdings are calculated), the
        Borrower  shall  promptly  notify the Agent,  whereupon  the Agent shall
        notify the Banks and the Trustee accordingly.

9.2      Evidence of Payment of Tax
        If the Borrower makes any payment under any of the Finance  Documents in
        respect of which it is required to make any deduction or withholding, it
        shall pay the full  amount  required  to be  deducted or withheld to the
        relevant  taxation or other  authority  within the time allowed for such
        payment  under  applicable  law and shall  deliver to the Agent for each
        Bank,  within  thirty  days after it has  received  the same an original
        receipt  (or  a  certified  copy  thereof)   issued  by  such  authority
        evidencing  the payment to such  authority of all amounts so required to
        be deducted or withheld in respect of that Bank's share of such payment.

9.3      Tax Credits
        In the event that an  additional  payment is made under  Clause 8.2 (Tax
        Indemnity) and the person for whose benefit such payment is made, in its
        sole opinion,  determines  that it has received or been granted a credit
        against  relief or remission for, or repayment of, any relevant tax paid
        or  payable  by it in respect of or  calculated  with  reference  to the
        deduction  or  withholding  giving  rise  to  the  relevant  payment  or
        liability,  such person  shall,  to the extent that it can do so without
        prejudice  to the  retention  of the  amount  of  such  credit,  relief,
        remission or  repayment,  pay to the Borrower such amount as such person
        shall,  in its sole opinion,  have concluded to be  attributable  to the
        relevant  payment or  liability.  Any such payment  shall be  conclusive
        evidence  of the  amount  due to the  Borrower  hereunder  and  shall be
        accepted by the Borrower in full and final  settlement  of its rights of
        reimbursement hereunder in respect of the relevant payment or liability.
        Nothing herein  contained shall interfere with the right of the Agent or
        any Bank to arrange  its tax  affairs in  whatever  manner it thinks fit
        and,  in  particular,  neither the Agent nor any Bank shall be under any
        obligation  to claim  credit,  relief,  remission or  repayment  from or
        against its corporate profits or similar tax liability in respect of the
        amount of the  relevant  payment or  liability  in priority to any other
        claims,  reliefs,  credits  or  deductions  available  to it.  Any  such
        reimbursement  to be made by a Bank  pursuant  to this  Clause  9.3 (Tax
        Credits)  shall  be made  as  soon as  possible  after  such  credit  or
        remission or repayment has, in the reasonable opinion of such Bank, been
        received or granted.

10.

<PAGE>



Changes in Circumstances

10.1     Increased Costs
        If,  by  reason of (i) any  change  in law or in its  interpretation  or
        administration  coming  into effect  after the  Original  Facility  Date
        and/or (ii)  compliance  with any Capital  Adequacy  Requirement  or any
        other request from or  requirement  of any central bank or other fiscal,
        monetary  or other  authority  coming  into  effect  after the  Original
        Facility Date  compliance with which is obligatory or customary for such
        Bank:

(i)               a Bank or any holding company of such Bank is unable to obtain
                  the rate of return on its overall  capital which it would have
                  been  able to  obtain  but for such  Bank's  entering  into or
                  assuming  or   maintaining  a  commitment  or  performing  its
                  obligations  (including  its  obligation to participate in the
                  making of Advances) under this Agreement;

(ii)              a Bank or any holding  company of such Bank incurs a cost as a
                  result of such Bank's entering into or assuming or maintaining
                  a commitment  or performing  its  obligations  (including  its
                  obligation  to  participate  in the making of Advances)  under
                  this Agreement;

(iii)             there is any  increase  in the  cost to a Bank or any  holding
                  company of such Bank of funding or  maintaining  all or any of
                  the loans comprised in a class of loans formed by or including
                  such Bank's share of the Advances; or

(iv)              a Bank or any holding  company of such Bank becomes  liable to
                  make any payment on account of tax or  otherwise  (not being a
                  tax imposed on and  calculated  by reference to the net income
                  paid to and  received  by such Bank's  Facility  Office by the
                  jurisdiction  in which  it is  incorporated  or in  which  its
                  Facility  Office is located) on or  calculated by reference to
                  the amount of such Bank's share of the Advances  and/or to any
                  sum received or receivable by it hereunder,

        then the  Borrower  shall,  from time to time on  demand  of the  Agent,
        promptly  pay  to the  Agent  for  the  account  of  that  Bank  amounts
        sufficient  to hold  harmless  and  indemnify  that Bank or such  Bank's
        holding company from and against, as the case may be, (1) such reduction
        in the rate of return on its overall  capital,  (2) such cost,  (3) such
        increased cost (or such  proportion of such increased cost as is, in the
        opinion of that Bank,  attributable to its  participating in the funding
        or  maintaining  of Advances) or (4) such  liability.  No claim shall be
        made by any Bank under this Clause 10.1 (Increased  Costs) in respect of
        any  increased  cost which arises out of a change to  applicable  law or
        regulation  affecting  that Bank which has been issued prior to the date
        of the first drawdown  hereunder and compliance  with which by that Bank
        is commercially reasonable (including, without limitation, any reduction
        in return or increased  cost which arises as a consequence of any law or
        directive  implementing  the  Basle  Paper in the  manner in which it is
        being implemented at the Original Facility Date).


10.2     Increased Costs Claims
        A Bank  intending  to make a claim  pursuant to Clause  10.1  (Increased
        Costs) shall as soon as reasonably  practicable  after becoming aware of
        the circumstance  which would give rise to such a claim notify the Agent
        of the event by reason of which it is  entitled to do so and provide the
        Agent with a reasonable written explanation of the basis and calculation
        of such claim,  whereupon the Agent shall  promptly  notify the Borrower
        thereof and  provide the  Borrower  with a copy of the  explanation  and
        calculation  which it has  received  from such Bank or Trustee  Provided
        that nothing herein shall require such Bank to disclose any confidential
        information relating to the organisation of its affairs.

10.3     Illegality
        If, at any time:

(i)               it is  unlawful  for a Bank to make,  fund or allow to  remain
                  outstanding  all or part of its  share of the  Advances,  then
                  that Bank shall,  promptly  after  becoming aware of the same,
                  deliver  to the  Borrower  through  the Agent a notice to that
                  effect and:

(a)                     such Bank shall not thereafter be obliged to participate
                        in the  making  of any  Advances  and the  amount of its
                        Total Commitment  shall be immediately  reduced to zero;
                        and

(b)                     if the Agent on behalf  of such  Bank so  requires,  the
                        Borrower  shall on such  date as the  Agent  shall  have
                        specified  repay such  Bank's  share of any  outstanding
                        Advances  together with accrued interest thereon and all
                        other amounts owing to such Bank hereunder; or

(ii) it is or will become  unlawful  for the  Borrower to perform or comply with
     any or all of its  obligations  under any  Finance  Document  or any of the
     obligations  of the  Borrower  under any Finance  Document  are not or will
     cease to be legal  valid  and  binding,  the  Agent  may by  notice  to the
     Borrower  require the  Borrower to enter into  negotiations  with a view to
     amending the terms of such Finance Document in such a way as to ensure that
     the Borrower's obligations thereunder remain substantially the same but are
     lawful or, as the case may be, legal,  valid and binding;  if within thirty
     days  following any such notice from the Agent such Finance  Document shall
     not have been so amended, the Borrower shall, on such date as the Agent may
     require,  repay the Loan  together  with accrued  interest  thereon and any
     other sums then due from the Borrower hereunder.

10.4     Mitigation
        If circumstances  arise which would (or would upon the giving of notice)
result in:

(i)  the  reduction  of a  Bank's  Total  Commitment  pursuant  to  Clause  10.3
     (Illegality) ;

(ii) the  prepayment  of a Bank's  share of an Advance  pursuant  to Clause 10.3
     (Illegality);

(iii)             an  increase in the amount of any payment to be made to or for
                  account of any Bank pursuant to Clause 8.1(Tax Gross-up); or

(iv)              a claim by any Bank for indemnification pursuant to Clause 8.2
                  (Tax  Indemnity)  or a claim by any  Bank for  indemnification
                  pursuant to Clause 10.1 (Increased Costs),

        then, without in any way limiting,  reducing or otherwise qualifying the
        obligations of the Borrower under any of the Clauses  referred to above,
        that Bank shall,  in  consultation  with the  Borrower  and the Agent on
        behalf of the Banks,  take such  reasonable  steps as may be  reasonably
        open to it to mitigate the effects of such  circumstances,  including by
        transferring its Facility Office to another jurisdiction or by assigning
        its rights hereunder to another  financial  institution  approved by the
        Borrower Provided that no Bank shall have any obligation to transfer its
        Facility Office or assign its rights  hereunder as aforesaid if it is of
        the opinion  that to do so would or might have an adverse  effect on its
        business, operations or financial condition.



<PAGE>




Part 6
                            REPRESENTATIONS, COVENANTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

11.      Representations

        Subject to any reservations  and/or  qualifications  as to matter of law
        which may be made in the legal  opinions  referred to in paragraphs 6, 7
        and 16 of Part 1 and  paragraph 8 of Part 2 of the Third  Schedule,  the
        Borrower represents that:

(i)               Status  and  Due   Authorisation  It  is  a  corporation  duly
                  organised  under the laws of Bermuda  with power to enter into
                  the Finance  Documents  and to exercise its rights and perform
                  its obligations  under the Finance Documents and all corporate
                  and other action  required to authorise  its  execution of the
                  Finance  Documents  and  its  performance  of its  obligations
                  thereunder has been duly taken.

(ii)              No  Deductions  or  Withholding  Under the laws of  Bermuda in
                  force at the date hereof,  it will not be required to make any
                  deduction  or  withholding  from any payment it may make under
                  any of the Finance Documents.

(iii)             Claims Pari Passu  (Without  prejudice  to the  security to be
                  constituted by or pursuant to the Security  Agreements)  under
                  the  laws  of  Bermuda  in  force  at  the  date  hereof,  its
                  indebtedness hereunder will, to the extent that it exceeds the
                  realised  value of the security  therefor,  rank at least pari
                  passu  with all its  other  unsecured  indebtedness  save that
                  which is preferred  solely by any  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
                  other similar laws of general application.

(iv)              No Immunity In any proceedings taken in Bermuda in relation to
                  any of the Finance Documents, it will not be entitled to claim
                  for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution,
                  attachment or other legal process.

(v)               Governing  Law  and  Judgments  In any  proceedings  taken  in
                  Bermuda in relation to any of the Finance  Documents  in which
                  there is an express choice of the law of a particular  country
                  as the  governing  law  thereof  that  choice  of law  and any
                  judgment  obtained  in that  country  will be  recognised  and
                  enforced.

(vi)              Validity and  Admissibility  in Evidence As at the date hereof
                  all acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled
                  and  performed  in order (a) to enable  it  lawfully  to enter
                  into,  exercise  its rights  under and perform and comply with
                  the  obligations  expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance
                  Documents,  (b) to ensure that the obligations expressed to be
                  assumed by it in the Finance  Documents  are legal,  valid and
                  binding and (c) to make the Finance  Documents  admissible  in
                  evidence in Bermuda have been done, fulfilled and performed.

(vii)             No Filing or Stamp Taxes Under the laws of Bermuda in force at
                  the date hereof,  it is not necessary  that any of the Finance
                  Documents  be filed,  recorded or  enrolled  with any court or
                  other  authority  in  Bermuda  other  than  the  Registrar  of
                  Companies  or that any stamp,  registration  or similar tax be
                  paid on or in relation to any of the Finance Documents.

(viii)            Binding Obligations The obligations expressed to be assumed by
                  it in the Finance  Documents  are legal and valid  obligations
                  binding  on it in  accordance  with the  terms of the  Finance
                  Documents.

        The Borrower further represents that:

(ix)              No Winding-up No member of the Borrower's  Group has taken any
                  corporate  action nor have any other steps been taken or legal
                  proceedings  been  started  or (to the best of the  Borrower's
                  knowledge  and  belief)  threatened  against any member of the
                  Borrower's    Group   for   its    winding-up,    dissolution,
                  administration or  re-organisation or for the appointment of a
                  receiver,  administrator,  administrative receiver, trustee or
                  similar  officer  of it or of any or  all  of  its  assets  or
                  revenues.

(x)               No Material  Defaults No member of the Borrower's  Group is in
                  breach of or in default  under any  agreement to which it is a
                  party or which is  binding  on it or any of its  assets  to an
                  extent or in a manner  which  might  have a  material  adverse
                  effect  on  the  business  or   financial   condition  of  the
                  Borrower's Group as a whole.

(xi)              No Material Proceedings No action or administrative proceeding
                  of or  before  any  court or agency  which is not  covered  by
                  insurance or which might have a material adverse effect on the
                  business  or   financial   condition  of  any  member  of  the
                  Borrower's  Group has been started or is reasonably  likely to
                  be started.

(xii)             Original   Consolidated   Financial  Statements  The  Original
                  Consolidated  Financial Statements were prepared in accordance
                  with US GAAP and give (in conjunction  with the notes thereto)
                  a true  and  fair  view  of  the  financial  condition  of the
                  Borrower's  Group at the date as of which  they were  prepared
                  and the results of the Borrower's  Group's  operations  during
                  the financial year then ended.

(xiii)            No Material  Adverse  Change  Since  publication  of the third
                  quarter results for 1998,  there has been no material  adverse
                  change in the business or financial condition of any member of
                  the Borrower's Group.

(xiv)             No  Undisclosed  Liabilities  As at the date as of  which  the
                  Original  Consolidated  Financial  Statements were prepared no
                  member of the Borrower's Group had any liabilities (contingent
                  or  otherwise)  which were not  disclosed  thereby  (or by the
                  notes thereto) or reserved  against therein nor any unrealised
                  or anticipated losses arising from commitments entered into by
                  it which were not so disclosed or reserved against (other than
                  pursuant to the Soponata - Bona Guarantee).

(xv)              No  Obligation  to  Create  Security  Its  execution  of  this
                  Agreement  and its exercise of its rights and  performance  of
                  its obligations  hereunder will not result in the existence of
                  nor oblige any  member of the  Borrower's  Group to create any
                  encumbrance  over all or any of its present or future revenues
                  or assets, other than pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(xvi)             Execution  of this  Agreement  Its  execution  of the  Finance
                  Documents  and its exercise of its rights and  performance  of
                  its  obligations  under any of the  Finance  Documents  do not
                  constitute  and will not result in any breach of any agreement
                  or treaty to which the Borrower is a party.

(xvii)            Year  2000   Problem  The  Borrower   believes   (having  made
                  reasonable  enquiry)  that the Year 2000 Problem (that is, the
                  risk that any computer hardware or software used by any member
                  of the Borrower's Group may be unable to recognise and perform
                  properly any date-sensitive functions involving a date before,
                  on,  or  after 31  December  1999)  will  not have a  material
                  adverse effect on its ability to perform its obligations under
                  this Agreement.

(xviii)           Money  Laundering  Any  borrowing  by it  hereunder,  and  the
                  performance of its  obligations  hereunder and under the other
                  Finance  Documents,  will be for its own  account and will not
                  involve  any  breach  by it of any law or  regulatory  measure
                  relating to "money  laundering" as defined in Article 1 of the
                  Directive   (91/308/EEC)   of  the  Council  of  the  European
                  Communities.

12.      Financial Information

12.1     Annual Statements
        The  Borrower  shall as soon as the same  become  available,  but in any
        event within 180 days after the end of its financial  years,  deliver to
        the Agent in sufficient  copies for the Banks its  consolidated  and (if
        requested by the Agent)  unconsolidated  financial  statements  for such
        financial year.

12.2     Quarterly Statements
        The  Borrower  shall as soon as the same  become  available,  but in any
        event within 60 days after the end of each quarterly  accounting  period
        in each of its  financial  years,  deliver  to the  Agent in  sufficient
        copies for the Banks its  consolidated  and (if  requested by the Agent)
        unconsolidated financial statements for such period.

12.3     Other Financial Information
        The  Borrower  shall from time to time  promptly  on the  request of the
        Agent,  furnish the Agent with such  information  about the business and
        financial  condition of itself and the Borrower's Group as the Agent may
        reasonably require.

12.4     Any Communication
        The Borrower  shall as and when it despatches any  communication  to its
        shareholders  deliver to the Agent copies  thereof in sufficient  copies
        for the Banks.

12.5    Requirements as to Financial Statements The Borrower shall ensure that:

(i)               each set of financial  statements  delivered by it pursuant to
                  this  Clause 12 is  prepared  on the same basis as was used in
                  the  preparation  of  the  Original   Consolidated   Financial
                  Statements  and in  accordance  with US GAAP and  consistently
                  applied;

(ii)              each set of financial  statements  delivered by it pursuant to
                  this Clause 12 is  certified by a duly  authorised  officer of
                  the  Borrower as giving a true and fair view of its  financial
                  condition or, as the case may be, the  financial  condition of
                  the  Borrower's  Group  as at the end of the  period  to which
                  those  financial  statements  relate and of the results of its
                  operations or, as the case may be, the Borrower's Group during
                  such period; and

(iii)             each set of financial  statements  delivered by it pursuant to
                  Clause  12.1  (Annual  Statements)  has  been  audited  by  an
                  internationally   recognised  firm  of  independent   auditors
                  qualified to audit accounts in accordance with US GAAP.

12.6     Estimated Value of Vessels and of Borrower's Group's Fleet
        The Borrower  shall (a) within thirty days of each Quarter Date, and (b)
        not less than five  business  days  prior to the  proposed  date for the
        making of any B Advance deliver to the Agent:

(i)               a summary showing the estimates of the Market Value of each of
                  the Vessels,  and each of the other vessels in the  Borrower's
                  Group's  fleet,   made  by  at  least  three   recognised  and
                  independent valuers acceptable to the Agent as at such Quarter
                  Date  (or,  as the  case may be,  as at a date  not more  than
                  thirty days prior to the proposed  date for the making of such
                  B Advance),

(ii)              a written  estimate  of the  value of any other  asset in each
                  Security Pool prepared (by a recognised and independent valuer
                  acceptable  to the Agent) on the basis  established  when such
                  asset was introduced to such Security Pool,

        each such  estimate  to be  provided  at the sole  cost of the  Borrower
        Provided Always That if valuations have been supplied pursuant to Clause
        12.6(i)  and the  proposed  date for the making of such B Advance  falls
        less than 30 days  after  the  Quarter  Date in  respect  of which  such
        valuations  were prepared,  then the Borrower shall be obliged to comply
        with Clause  12.6(ii) in respect of such B Advance  only if the Agent so
        requires.

12.7     Statement of Free Cash, Current Ratio and Leverage
        On each date on which it delivers its  consolidated  and  unconsolidated
        financial  statements  pursuant to Clause 12.1 (Annual  Statements)  and
        12.2 (Quarterly  Statements),  the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a
        statement showing the level of Free Cash, the Current Ratio and Leverage
        as at such date,  such statement to contain full details of how the same
        were determined (if different from the method of the determination  used
        in the  preparation of the previous such  statement) and, in the case of
        Leverage,  to be based on the  estimates  of the  Market  Values  of the
        Vessels and each of the other  vessels in the  Borrower's  Group's fleet
        delivered at the same time as the  Borrower's  most recent  consolidated
        financial statements.

12.8     Statement of Leverage
        On any date on which the Borrower delivers the estimates  required to be
        supplied  pursuant to Clause  12.6(ii)  in relation to a B Advance,  the
        Borrower  shall also deliver to the Agent a statement  showing the level
        of Leverage as at such date (such  statement  of Leverage to be based on
        the estimates of the Market Values of the Vessels so delivered  pursuant
        to Clause 12.6 (ii).

13.      Financial Condition and Security

13.1     Financial Condition of the Borrower's Group
        The Borrower shall ensure that at all times the  consolidated  financial
        condition of the Borrower's  Group,  as evidenced by the Borrower's then
        most recent consolidated financial statements shall be such that:

(i)      Free Cash is at least $25,000,000 (without prejudice to Clause 13.4);
(ii)     the Current Ratio is at least 1:1; and

(iii)Leverage is not more than 75% (or,  if the Current  Ratio is less than 2:1,
     not more than 66.7%),

        Provided that if the Borrower changes its accounting policies from those
        adopted in its annual  report  for the year ended 31  December,  1997 or
        from US GAAP  generally,  the  Agent,  following  consultation  with the
        Borrower and acting on the  instructions of the Banks,  may by notice to
        the Borrower specify an alternative to any of the requirements specified
        in paragraphs (ii) and (iii) above which is logical having regard to the
        changes in accounting  policies that have  occurred,  in which event the
        Borrower  shall be obliged to ensure  that at all times  thereafter  the
        consolidated  financial  condition of the Borrower's Group, as evidenced
        by the Borrower's then most recent consolidated financial statements, is
        such as to meet the alternative requirement so specified

        And Provided Further That if :

(iv) any  member of the  Parent's  Group  (for the  purposes  of this  proviso a
     "guarantor") shall have provided,  in favour of the Trustee, a guarantee of
     the Borrower's obligations hereunder; and

(v)  such guarantee is secured by a first priority or first  preferred  mortgage
     in favour of the Trustee  over a vessel owned by such  guarantor  (together
     with a first priority  assignment of her  insurances  and  earnings),  such
     guarantee,  mortgage  and  other  security  documents  being  in  form  and
     substance  satisfactory  to the Agent and consistent (so far as applicable)
     with  the form of the  then  existing  Security  Agreements  (and  recourse
     against such guarantor under such guarantee may be limited to such mortgage
     and other security documents); and

(vi) such  vessel  shall  have  been   approved  by  the  Agent  acting  on  the
     instructions of an Instructing Group

        then, in  calculating  the Total Assets (and therefore the Leverage) for
        the purposes of this Agreement there shall be deemed to be included,  in
        the value of Total  Assets,  the Market Value of any such  vessel.  Such
        vessel  shall,  for the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  be a "Vessel" as
        defined.

13.2     Remedy by Parent of Breaches of Financial Covenants
        If the  Parent  or any  other  member  of the  Parent's  Group  has made
        available any loan to, or has made an equity contribution in, any member
        of the Borrower's  Group and a group of Banks  comprising an Instructing
        Group  determines in its discretion that the Borrower would otherwise be
        in breach of any of the  provisions  of Clause  13.1,  then the Borrower
        shall ensure that the proceeds of such loan or equity  contribution (and
        whether such proceeds are cash or assets (including  without  limitation
        vessels))  are  secured in favour of the  Trustee  by way of  additional
        security for the Borrower's obligations hereunder,  pursuant to security
        documents in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the Agent and (in the
        case of  security  over  vessels)  consistent  with the form of the then
        existing Security Agreements.

13.3     Release of Additional Security
        If, on the basis of the Borrower's  most recent  consolidated  financial
        statements  delivered  pursuant  to Clause  12.1 or, as the case may be,
        Clause 12.2,

(i)  the Borrower is in compliance  with each of the covenants  assumed by it in
     Clause 13.1 and 13.4; and

(ii) the Trustee has previously been supplied with additional  security pursuant
     to Clause 13.1 or 13.2,

        then the Borrower may by written notice to the Trustee request that such
        additional security be released, whereupon, provided no Event of Default
        or Potential Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and
        the Borrower would  thereafter still be in compliance with all its other
        obligations  under this  Agreement,  the Trustee shall promptly  procure
        that such additional security is released at the cost of the Borrower if
        the Borrower would thereafter still be in compliance with such covenants
        assumed by it in Clause 13.1 and 13.4,  but on the  assumption  that the
        value of such additional security were disregarded in the computation of
        the Borrower's  Free Cash,  Current  Assets,  and Total Assets.  For the
        purpose of this Clause 13.3, the value of such additional security shall
        be as  determined  by the  Agent,  acting  reasonably,  in the  case  of
        additional  security  other than vessels and shall be  determined on the
        basis of the most recent estimates of Market Value supplied  pursuant to
        Clause 12.6, in the case of additional  security  constituting  security
        over vessels.

13.4     Free Cash Shortfall
        If, on the basis of the Borrower's  most recent  consolidated  financial
        statements  delivered  pursuant  to Clause  12.1 or, as the case may be,
        Clause 12.2, the aggregate of

(i)      Free Cash; and

(ii)              the value of any additional  security  previously  supplied to
                  the Trustee  pursuant to this Clause 13.4 (such value to be as
                  determined on the basis of the most recent estimates of Market
                  Value supplied pursuant to Clause 12.6)

        is less than the greater of

(iii)                                       $75,000,000   x  (balance   of  Loan
                                            outstanding) ; and (375,000,000)
(iv)     $25,000,000

                  (the amount by which the aggregate of Free Cash and the amount
                  referred  to in (ii)  above is less than the  greater of (iii)
                  and (iv)  above  being  the  "Shortfall"),  then,  within  ten
                  business  days of receipt by the  Borrower  of written  notice
                  from the Trustee to such effect,  the Borrower  shall  provide
                  the Trustee additional security for the Borrower's obligations
                  under the  Finance  Documents  over such  vessel or vessels as
                  shall have  previously  been approved by the Trustee acting on
                  the  instructions  of an Instructing  Group,  such  additional
                  security to be provided pursuant to security documents in form
                  and substance  satisfactory to the Trustee and consistent with
                  the form of the then existing Security Agreements.

13.5     Release of Security for Free Cash Shortfall
        If, on the basis of the Borrower's  most recent  consolidated  financial
        statements  delivered  pursuant  to Clause  12.1 or, as the case may be,
        Clause 12.2,  the aggregate of Free Cash and the value of the additional
        security  referred to in  paragraph  13.4(ii)  above  exceeds the amount
        determined  pursuant to paragraph 13.4(iii) or (iv), as the case may be,
        and the Borrower has previously,  pursuant to Clause 13.4,  provided the
        Trustee  with  additional  security as  referred  to  therein,  then the
        Borrower  may by  written  notice  to the  Trustee,  request  that  such
        additional security be released, whereupon (provided no Event of Default
        or Potential  Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and
        the Borrower would  thereafter still be in compliance with all its other
        obligations under this Agreement  (including,  without limitation Clause
        13.1 and 13.4)) the  Trustee  shall  promptly  procure  that the same is
        released at the cost of the Borrower.

13.6     Loss or Sale of Vessel
        If:-

(i)               any Vessel shall become a total loss; or

(ii)              any Vessel shall be sold,

        then the  Borrower  shall  within the period  prescribed  by Clause 13.7
        (Time Periods) at the Borrower's option:

(a)                     prepay a portion of Loan 1 or, if such Vessel forms part
                        of the  Security Pool 2, Loan 2 and/or

(b)                     provide  to the  Trustee  additional  security  for  its
                        obligations  under the  Finance  Documents  by way of an
                        encumbrance over dollar deposits and/or  certificates of
                        deposit  made by the  Borrower  with or, as the case may
                        be,  issued  in  favour  of the  Borrower  by a bank  or
                        financial  institution  acceptable  to the  Agent,  such
                        encumbrance  to  be  created   pursuant  to  a  security
                        document  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the
                        Agent; and/or

(c)                     provide  to the  Trustee  additional  security  for  the
                        Borrower's  obligations under the Finance Documents over
                        such  vessel or vessels as shall  have  previously  been
                        approved by the Agent acting on the  instructions  of an
                        Instructing  Group, such approval not to be unreasonably
                        withheld  in the  case of  vessel(s)  of a type and size
                        substantially  comparable  to the  other  Vessels,  such
                        additional  security to be provided pursuant to security
                        documents  in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the
                        Agent and consistent  with the form of the then existing
                        Security Agreements

        to the extent necessary to ensure that the Cover Ratio in respect of the
        A Facility  or, as the case may be, the B Facility  is  restored  to the
        level at which it was  immediately  before the  occurrence of such total
        loss or,  as the  case  may be,  the  date of  completion  of such  sale
        Provided  That a prepayment  pursuant to Clause  13.6(a) shall be deemed
        also to be a cancellation pursuant to Clause 7.1 (Cancellation) of the A
        Facility, or, as the case may be, the B Facility, in the amount prepaid.

13.7     Time Periods
        For the  purposes  of Clause 13.6 (Loss or Sale of Vessel) the period in
        which the Borrower shall be obliged to do the things specified in Clause
        13.6 (Loss or Sale of Vessel) shall be:

(i)               where Clause 13.6(i)  applies,  on the earlier of the last day
                  of  the  Term  of  any  current   Advance   during  which  the
                  requisition  compensation or insurance  proceeds in respect of
                  the relevant total loss were received and the date which falls
                  three months after the date of such total loss; and

(ii)              where Clause 13.6(ii)  applies,  on the date of the completion
                  of the sale of the relevant Vessel.

13.8     Advances for New Vessels or Future Vessels
        If the  Borrower  draws  down any  Advance  to  assist in  financing  or
        refinancing  the purchase price of any New Vessel or Future  Vessel,  as
        the  case  may  be,  on its  delivery  to  the  Borrower,  the  Borrower
        undertakes  that on or before the date of delivery of such New Vessel or
        Future Vessel,  as the case may be, it will deliver to the Agent each of
        the documents  specified in Part 2 of the Third  Schedule in relation to
        such New  Vessel,  or  Future  Vessel,  as the case  may be,  each  such
        document to be in such form and to be  executed  and  delivered  in such
        manner as the Agent may  reasonably  require and as may be  necessary to
        ensure that any Security Agreement  comprised therein provides effective
        security  for  the  performance  by  the  Borrower  of  its  obligations
        hereunder Provided that if the Borrower does not draw down an Advance to
        assist in financing or  refinancing  the purchase  price of a New Vessel
        within six months of the  contractual  delivery  date in respect of such
        New Vessel,  (or, with the consent of the Agent,  such consent not to be
        unreasonably withheld or delayed, such longer period as the Borrower may
        request,  and having  regard to any wish on the part of the Borrower not
        to rescind the relevant  building contract with the Yard) the provisions
        of this Clause 13.8  (Advances for New Vessels or Future  Vessels) shall
        not apply and at the  expiry of such six month  period  (or such  longer
        period  as the  case  may  be)  the  Aggregate  A  Commitment  shall  be
        permanently  reduced by $30,000,000 (or, in the case of New Vessel 4, by
        $25,000,000), the A Commitment of each Bank being reduced pro rata.

13.9     Independent Valuation of New Vessels at Delivery
        For the purpose of Clause 3.1(vi),  and in respect of an Advance made in
        respect of the  delivery of a New Vessel,  the  Borrower  shall,  if the
        Agent  requires,  procure  that there shall have been  furnished  to the
        Agent a summary showing the estimates of the Market Value of such Vessel
        as at the expected  delivery date prepared by at least three  recognised
        and  independent  valuers  acceptable to the Agent (such estimates to be
        dated no earlier than 30 days before such  expected  delivery  date) and
        for the  purposes  of Clause  3.1(vi)  the  Estimated  Value of such New
        Vessel shall be the average of such estimates.

13.10    Average Age of Vessels
        If at any time the Average Age of the Vessels is more than fifteen years
        the Borrower  shall,  within thirty business days (or such longer period
        as the Agent,  acting on the  instructions of an Instructing  Group, may
        agree) after such has become the case, either (i) provide to the Trustee
        substitute  security for the  Borrower's  obligations  under the Finance
        Documents  over  such  other  newer  vessel  or  vessels  as shall  have
        previously  been approved by the Agent acting on the  instructions of an
        Instructing  Group  (or,  if  such  vessel(s)  shall  not  be  vessel(s)
        currently in the Borrower's Group's fleet,  approved by the Agent acting
        on the  instructions of the Instructing  Group,  such approval not to be
        unreasonably  withheld  in the  case of  vessel(s)  of a type  and  size
        comparable to vessel(s) currently in the Borrower's Group's fleet), such
        substitute  security to be provided in place of the  security  over such
        Vessel or  Vessels  as the  Borrower  may select  pursuant  to  security
        documents in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and consistent
        with the form of the then existing  Security  Agreements or (ii) request
        the  Security  Trustee to release a Vessel or Vessels  from the Security
        Agreements  applicable  thereto  and  thereby  bring the  Average Age of
        Vessels to fifteen years or below,  which  release the Security  Trustee
        shall promptly effect after whatever  prepayment  pursuant to Clause 6.5
        (Prepayment), or cancellation pursuant to Clause 7.1 (Cancellation),  is
        necessary  to ensure  that after such  release,  the Cover Ratio will be
        what it was  immediately  before such release  Provided  Always That any
        such  prepayment  shall be deemed also to be a cancellation  pursuant to
        Clause 7.1  (Cancellation)  of the A Facility  (or, if such Vessel forms
        part of Security Pool 2, the B Facility), in the amount prepaid.

13.11    Future Vessels
        A  proposal  for the  inclusion  of a Future  Vessel  (or all the issued
        shares in a company  which  itself owns such Future  Vessel) in Security
        Pool 2 shall be communicated in writing to the Agent by the Borrower and
        acceptance of such proposal  shall be subject to the approval of (and to
        any conditions imposed by) an Instructing Group. Each Bank shall use its
        reasonable  endeavours  to indicate  its approval or otherwise to such a
        proposal  within  10 days of  receipt  by the  Agent  thereof  from  the
        Borrower.

14.      Covenants

        The  Borrower  shall  for so  long  as the  Available  Facilities  exist
        hereunder or the Borrower remains under any liability  hereunder observe
        the following covenants:

(i)               Maintenance  of Legal  Validity  The  Borrower  shall  obtain,
                  comply  with  the  terms of and do all  that is  necessary  to
                  maintain   in  full  force  and  effect  all   authorisations,
                  approvals,  licences and  consents  required in or by the laws
                  and   regulations   of  Bermuda   and  all  other   applicable
                  jurisdictions  to enable it lawfully to enter into and perform
                  its obligations  under the Finance Documents and to ensure the
                  legality,   validity,   enforceability   or  admissibility  in
                  evidence in Bermuda and all other applicable  jurisdictions of
                  the Finance Documents.

(ii)              Notification of Events of Default The Borrower shall promptly,
                  upon  becoming  aware of the  same,  inform  the  Agent of the
                  occurrence  of any  Event of  Default  or  Potential  Event of
                  Default and, upon receipt of a written  request to that effect
                  from the Agent,  confirm to the Agent that, save as previously
                  notified to the Agent or as notified in such confirmation,  no
                  Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

(iii)             Claims Pari Passu The Borrower  shall ensure that at all times
                  the claims of the Agent,  the  Arrangers and the Banks against
                  it under  this  Agreement  rank at least  pari  passu with the
                  claims of all its other  unsecured  creditors save those whose
                  claims   are   preferred   by  any   bankruptcy,   insolvency,
                  liquidation or other similar laws of general application.

(iv)              Management  of Vessels  The  Borrower  shall  ensure  that the
                  Vessels (other than "Bona Fair") are at all times  technically
                  and  commercially  managed  by Bona  Shipping  AS or any other
                  subsidiary of the Borrower or of Teekay Shipping Corporation.

(v)               Classification  The  Borrower  shall  ensure  that the Vessels
                  maintain the highest class with Det norske  Veritas or, as the
                  case may be, the Lloyds Register or such other  classification
                  society as is acceptable to the Agent.

(vi)                Indebtedness  for Borrowed  Money The Borrower shall procure
                    that,   save   pursuant  to  (a)  this   Agreement  (b)  the
                    Soponata-Bona  Guarantee (c) the Existing  Swaps and (d) its
                    obligations  to make future  capital  contributions  to Bona
                    Fortuna K/S and Bona  Freighter  K/S if and when called upon
                    to do so, neither it nor any of its subsidiaries shall incur
                    any indebtedness for borrowed money Provided Always that the
                    Borrower may incur  indebtedness  for borrowed  money to the
                    Parent or any other  member of the Parent's  Group  provided
                    that such  indebtedness  is  subordinated  to the Borrower's
                    obligations  hereunder  in terms  satisfactory  to the Agent
                    acting  on the  instructions  of an  Instructing  Group  and
                    provided  further that the  Borrower may incur  indebtedness
                    for  borrowed  money to any person not being a member of the
                    Parent's  Group and otherwise than pursuant to the foregoing
                    paragraphs   (a)  to  (d)   inclusive   provided  that  such
                    indebtedness does not exceed $5,000,000 in aggregate.

(vii)             No Charters in The Borrower  shall not, and shall procure that
                  each of its  subsidiaries  shall not,  charter in any  vessel,
                  whether on time, bareboat or voyage charter.

(viii)            Negative  Pledge The Borrower  shall not (other than  pursuant
                  to, or as permitted  by, the Security  Agreements),  and shall
                  procure that each of its subsidiaries  shall not,  create,  or
                  permit to subsist, any encumbrance over all or any part of its
                  present or future revenues or assets.

(ix)              Consolidation The Borrower shall not merge or consolidate with
                  any  other  entity  except  where  the  Borrower  is the  only
                  surviving entity.

(x)               Registration  The  Borrower  shall ensure that all the Vessels
                  are registered in Liberia,  Bahamas,  NIS or (with the consent
                  of the Agent, not to be unreasonably  withheld or delayed) any
                  other international ship register.

(xi)                ISM  Compliance  The Borrower shall comply (and procure that
                    the  manager  of any  Vessel  not  managed  by the  Borrower
                    complies) with the ISM Code or any  replacement  thereof and
                    in particular  (without  prejudice to the  generality of the
                    foregoing) ensure that it holds (or procure that the manager
                    of any Vessel not managed by the Borrower holds) a valid and
                    current  Document of Compliance  issued  pursuant to the ISM
                    Code and a valid and current Safety  Management  Certificate
                    issued to each Vessel pursuant to the ISM Code; the Borrower
                    shall,  promptly  upon  request  from the Agent,  supply the
                    Agent with copies of the foregoing documents.

(xii)             Restriction  on Charters  The  Borrower  shall not charter any
                  Vessel  to  any  member  of  the  Parent's  Group  or  to  any
                  Affiliate.

15.      Events of Default

        If:

(i)               Failure  to Pay  the  Borrower  fails  to pay  any  amount  of
                  principal  due from it hereunder at the time,  in the currency
                  and in the manner  specified herein or, in the case of any sum
                  due from it hereunder other than principal, the Borrower fails
                  to pay such sum and such failure continues unremedied for five
                  business  days or, in the case of sums payable on demand,  ten
                  business days after demand has been duly made on the Borrower;

(ii)              Misrepresentation  any representation or statement made by any
                  Finance  Party in any Finance  Document to which it is a party
                  or in any notice or other  document,  certificate or statement
                  delivered by it pursuant thereto or in connection therewith is
                  or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material
                  respect when made;

(iii)               Specific  Covenants  (a) the Borrower  fails duly to perform
                    or  comply  with  any of  the  obligations  expressed  to be
                    assumed  by it in Clause 14 (iv)  (Management  of  Vessels),
                    Clause 14 (vi) (Indebtedness for Borrowed Money),  Clause 14
                    (ix) (Consolidation) or Clause 14(ix)  (Registration) or (b)
                    the Borrower fails duly to perform or comply with any of the
                    obligations  expressed  to be assumed by it in Clause  14(i)
                    (Maintenance of Legal Validity), Clause 14(ii) (Notification
                    of Events of Default), Clause 14(iii) (Claims Pari Passu) or
                    Clause  14(v)  (Classification)  and  such  failure  is  not
                    remedied within thirty days after the Agent has given notice
                    thereof to the Borrower or (c) the  Guarantor  fails duly to
                    perform or comply with any of the  obligations  expressed to
                    be  assumed  by it in Clause 5 of the  Guarantee  or (d) the
                    Guarantor  fails duly to  perform or comply  with any of the
                    obligations expressed to be assumed by it in Clause 6 of the
                    Guarantee  and such failure is not  remedied  within 30 days
                    after  the Agent has given  written  notice  thereof  to the
                    Guarantor;

(iv)              Financial  Condition  at any time any of the  requirements  of
                  Clause  13   (Financial   Condition   and  Security)  are  not
                  satisfied;

(v)               Other Obligations the Borrower fails duly to perform or comply
                  with any other obligation expressed to be assumed by it in any
                  Finance  Document  and such  failure  is not  remedied  within
                  thirty  days after the Agent has given  notice  thereof to the
                  Borrower;

(vi)              Cross Default (a) any indebtedness of the Parent, any Material
                  Subsidiary,  or any  Affiliate is not paid when due (or within
                  any  applicable  grace  period  applicable   thereto)  or  any
                  indebtedness of the Parent,  any Material  Subsidiary,  or any
                  Affiliate  is  declared  to be or  otherwise  becomes  due and
                  payable prior to its specified  maturity and (b) the aggregate
                  of all such unpaid or accelerated  indebtedness referred to in
                  (a) above exceeds  $5,000,000  or its  equivalent in any other
                  currency;

(vii)             Insolvency   and   Rescheduling   the  Parent,   any  Material
                  Subsidiary,  or any  Affiliate  is  unable to pay its debts as
                  they fall due, commences  negotiations with any one or more of
                  its  creditors  with a view  to the  general  readjustment  or
                  rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment
                  for the benefit of its  creditors  or a  composition  with its
                  creditors;

(viii)            Winding-up   (otherwise   than   for   the   purposes   of   a
                  reconstruction  on  terms  previously  approved  by the  Agent
                  acting  on  the  instructions  of an  Instructing  Group)  the
                  Parent,  any Material  Subsidiary,  or any Affiliate takes any
                  corporate action or other steps are taken or legal proceedings
                  are started for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or
                  re-organisation  or  for  the  appointment  of  a  liquidator,
                  receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, conservator,
                  custodian,  trustee or similar  officer of it or of any or all
                  of its revenues and assets;

(ix)                Execution or Distress  (a) any  execution or distress for an
                    aggregate  amount of $5,000,000  (or its  equivalent) in any
                    other currency is levied against,  or an encumbrancer  takes
                    possession  of,  the  whole or any part  of,  the  property,
                    undertaking or assets of any member of the Parent's Group or
                    any Affiliate (other than any execution or distress which is
                    being contested in good faith and which is either discharged
                    within thirty days or in respect of which adequate  security
                    has been provided  within thirty days to the relevant  court
                    or other  authority  to enable  the  relevant  execution  or
                    distress to be lifted or released), or (b) any member of the
                    Parent's Group or any Affiliate fails (within thirty days of
                    being obliged to do so) to comply with or pay any sum for an
                    aggregate  amount in excess of $5,000,000 (or its equivalent
                    in any other  currency) due from it under any final judgment
                    (being one against which there is no appeal or if a right of
                    appeal  exists,  the time limit for making  such  appeal has
                    expired) or any final order  (being one against  which there
                    is no appeal or if a right of appeal exists,  the time limit
                    for making  such  appeal has  expired)  made or given by any
                    court of competent jurisdiction;

(x)                 Governmental  Intervention  by or under the authority of any
                    government, (a) the management of the Parent or any Material
                    Subsidiary is wholly or partially displaced or the authority
                    of the Parent or any Material  Subsidiary  in the conduct of
                    its business is wholly or partially  curtailed or (b) all or
                    a  majority  of  the  issued  shares  of the  Parent  or any
                    Material  Subsidiary  or the whole or any part  (the  market
                    value of which is ten per cent.  or more of the market value
                    of the  whole) of the  Parent or any  Material  Subsidiary's
                    revenues or assets are seized, nationalised, expropriated or
                    compulsorily acquired;

(xi)              Insurance   the  Borrower   fails  to  insure  any  Vessel  in
                  accordance  with the  requirements  of any Security  Agreement
                  relating thereto;

(xii)             Repudiation any Finance Party  repudiates any Finance Document
                  to which it is a party or does or causes to be done any act or
                  thing  evidencing  an intention to repudiate  any such Finance
                  Document;

(xiii)                Validity and Admissibility at any time any act,  condition
                    or thing  required to be done,  fulfilled  or  performed  in
                    order (a) to enable  any  Finance  Party  lawfully  to enter
                    into,  exercise its rights under and perform the  respective
                    obligations  expressed  to be assumed  by it in the  Finance
                    Documents,  (b) to ensure that the obligations  expressed to
                    be assumed by the Finance  Parties in the Finance  Documents
                    are  legal,  valid and  binding  or (c) to make the  Finance
                    Documents   admissible   in  evidence   in  any   applicable
                    jurisdiction  is not done,  fulfilled  or  performed  within
                    thirty  days  after  notification  from  the  Agent  to  the
                    Borrower  requiring  the  same  to  be  done,  fulfilled  or
                    performed;

(xiv)             Illegality  at any  time  it is or  becomes  unlawful  for any
                  Finance  Party to  perform  or  comply  with any or all of its
                  obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party
                  or any of  the  obligations  of  the  relevant  Finance  Party
                  hereunder are not or cease to be legal,  valid and binding and
                  such   illegality   is  not   remedied  or  mitigated  to  the
                  satisfaction  of the Agent within  thirty days after the Agent
                  has given notice thereof to the Borrower;

(xv)              Material Adverse Change at any time there shall occur a change
                  in  the  financial  condition  of  any  Finance  Party  or any
                  Material  Subsidiary  which  materially  impairs  such Finance
                  Party's ability to discharge its obligations under the Finance
                  Documents  to  which  it is a  party  in the  manner  provided
                  therein;

(xvi)             Ownership  of Borrower The Parent  ceases to own  beneficially
                  one hundred per cent. of the issued shares of the Borrower; or
(xvii)            Ownership  of Parent  at any time  more  than  fifty per cent.
                  (50%) of the issued shares of the Parent shall be beneficially
                  owned  (whether  directly or  indirectly) by any one person or
                  any group or persons  acting in  concert  (other  than  Cirrus
                  Trust, JTK Trust or any successor thereto)

                  then, and in any such case and at any time thereafter (if such
                  Event of Default  is  continuing),  the Agent may (and,  if so
                  instructed by an Instructing  Group,  shall) by written notice
                  to the Borrower:

(a)                     declare  the  Loan to be  immediately  due  and  payable
                        (whereupon  the same shall  become so  payable  together
                        with  accrued  interest  thereon and any other sums then
                        owed by the Borrower  hereunder)  or declare the Loan to
                        be due and payable on demand of the Agent; and/or

(b)                     declare   that  the   Available   Facilities   shall  be
                        cancelled, whereupon the same shall be cancelled and the
                        amount of each Bank's Total  Commitment shall be reduced
                        to zero

                  Provided  Always That for the purposes of a declaration  under
                  Clause 15(a) or 15(b) in relation only to the Event of Default
                  referred to in Clause  15(xvii)  (Ownership  of  Parent),  the
                  definition of "Instructing Group" shall be construed as if the
                  expression  "66 2/3 per cent" were replaced by the  expression
                  "50 per cent" wherever it occurs.

15.1    If,  pursuant  to Clause 15, the Agent  declares  the Loan to be due and
        payable on demand of the Agent,  then, and at any time  thereafter,  the
        Agent may (and,  if so  instructed by an  Instructing  Group,  shall) by
        written notice to the Borrower:


(i)               call for  repayment of the Loan on such date as it may specify
                  in such  notice  (whereupon  the  same  shall  become  due and
                  payable on such date  together with accrued  interest  thereon
                  and any other  sums then owed by the  Borrower  hereunder)  or
                  withdraw its declaration  with effect from such date as it may
                  specify in such notice; and/or

(ii)              select as the  duration  of any Term  relating  to an  Advance
                  which  begins  whilst  such  declaration  remains  in effect a
                  period of six months or less.



Part 7

<PAGE>



                                     DEFAULT INTEREST AND INDEMNITY

16.      Default Interest and Indemnity

16.1     Default Interest Periods
        If any sum due and payable by the Borrower  hereunder is not paid on the
        due date  therefor  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of  Clause  18
        (Payments)  or if any sum due and  payable  by the  Borrower  under  any
        judgment of any court in connection  herewith is not paid on the date of
        such judgment, the period beginning on such due date or, as the case may
        be,  the date of such  judgment  and  ending on the date upon  which the
        obligation of the Borrower to pay such sum (the balance  thereof for the
        time being  unpaid  being  herein  referred  to as an  "unpaid  sum") is
        discharged  shall be  divided  into  successive  periods,  each of which
        (other than the first) shall start on the last day of the preceding such
        period and the  duration  of each of which  shall  (except as  otherwise
        provided in this Clause 16) be selected by the Agent.

16.2     Default Interest
        During each such period relating  thereto as is mentioned in Clause 16.1
        (Default Interest Periods) an unpaid sum shall bear interest at the rate
        per  annum  which is the sum  from  time to time of two per  cent.,  the
        applicable  Margin  1 (or the  applicable  Margin  2, in the case of a B
        Advance) at such time, and LIBOR on the Quotation Date therefor Provided
        that:

(i)                 if  in  relation  to  any  such  period  LIBOR  falls  to be
                    determined in accordance  with the proviso to the definition
                    thereof and none of the Reference  Banks was offering dollar
                    deposits  for the  requisite  period,  the rate of  interest
                    applicable  to such unpaid sum during  such period  shall be
                    the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards,  if not already such a
                    multiple, to the nearest whole multiple of one-thirty-second
                    of one per cent.) of the rates  notified by each Bank to the
                    Agent  before the last day of such  period to be those which
                    express  as a  percentage  rate per  annum the cost to it of
                    funding  from  whatever  source it may select its portion of
                    such unpaid sum for such period; and

(ii)              if such unpaid sum is all or part of an Advance  which  became
                  due  and  payable  on a day  other  than  the  last  day of an
                  Interest  Period  relating  thereto,  the  first  such  period
                  applicable  thereto  shall  be  of a  duration  equal  to  the
                  unexpired  portion  of that  Interest  Period  and the rate of
                  interest  applicable  thereto during such period shall be that
                  which exceeds by two per cent.  the rate which would have been
                  applicable to it had it not so fallen due.

16.3     Payment of Default Interest
        Any  interest  which  shall have  accrued  under  Clause  16.2  (Default
        Interest) in respect of an unpaid sum shall be due and payable and shall
        be paid by the  Borrower at the end of the period by  reference to which
        it is  calculated  or on such  other  dates as the Agent may  specify by
        written notice to the Borrower.

16.4     Broken Periods
        If any Bank or the Agent on its behalf  receives or recovers  all or any
        part of such Bank's share of an Advance  otherwise  than on the last day
        of the Term thereof,  the Borrower  shall pay to the Agent on demand for
        account of such Bank an amount equal to the amount (if any) by which (a)
        the  additional  interest which would have been payable on the amount so
        received or recovered  had it been received or recovered on the last day
        of the Term  thereof  exceeds  (b) the amount of  interest  which in the
        opinion of the Agent  would  have been  payable to the Agent on the last
        day of the Term  thereof  in respect  of a dollar  deposit  equal to the
        amount so received or recovered placed by it with a prime bank in London
        for a period  starting on the third  business day  following the date of
        such receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the Term thereof.

16.5     Borrower's Indemnity
        The Borrower undertakes to indemnify:

(i)               each of the Agent,  the  Arrangers,  the Banks and the Trustee
                  against any cost, claim,  loss, expense (including legal fees)
                  or liability together with any VAT thereon,  which any of them
                  may  reasonably  sustain  or  incur  as a  consequence  of the
                  occurrence  of any  Event of  Default  or any  default  by any
                  Finance  Party in the  performance  of any of the  obligations
                  expressed to be assumed by it in any of the Finance Documents;
                  and

(ii)              each Bank against any loss it may suffer or  reasonably  incur
                  as a result of its funding or making  arrangements to fund its
                  portion of an Advance requested by the Borrower  hereunder but
                  not made by reason of the  operation of any one or more of the
                  provisions hereof (but excluding any loss arising by reason of
                  that Bank's default).

        Each claim for an indemnity from the Borrower under this Clause shall be
        accompanied by a written explanation supporting such claim.

16.6     Unpaid Sums as Advances
        Any  unpaid  sum shall  (for the  purposes  of this  Clause 16  (Default
        Interest and Indemnity) and Clause 10.1 (Increased Costs)) be treated as
        an advance and  accordingly in this Clause 16 and Clause 10.1 (Increased
        Costs))  the term  "Advance"  includes  any  unpaid sum and  "Term",  in
        relation to an unpaid sum, includes each such period relating thereto as
        is mentioned in Clause 16.1 (Default Interest Periods).

Part 8

<PAGE>



                                                PAYMENTS

17.      Currency of Account and Payment

17.1     Currency of Account
        The dollar is the currency of account and payment for each and every sum
        at any time due from the Borrower hereunder Provided that:

(i)                 each payment in respect of costs and expenses  shall be made
                    in the currency in which the same were incurred; and

(ii)              each payment  pursuant to Clause 8.2 (Tax Indemnity) or Clause
                  10.1 (Increased Costs) shall be made in the currency specified
                  by the party claiming thereunder.

17.2     Currency Indemnity
        If any sum due from the Borrower under any Finance Document or any order
        or judgment  given or made in relation  thereto has to be converted from
        the  currency  (the  "first  currency")  in which  the  same is  payable
        hereunder  or under such order or judgment  into another  currency  (the
        "second  currency")  for the  purpose of (a) making or filing a claim or
        proof  against the  Borrower,  (b) obtaining an order or judgment in any
        court or other  tribunal or (c) enforcing any order or judgment given or
        made in relation hereto,  the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless
        each of the  persons to whom such sum is due from and  against  any loss
        suffered or incurred as a result of any discrepancy between (i) the rate
        of exchange  used for such  purpose to convert the sum in question  from
        the first  currency into the second  currency and (ii) the rate or rates
        of exchange at which such person may in the ordinary  course of business
        purchase the first  currency with the second  currency upon receipt of a
        sum paid to it in satisfaction,  in whole or in part, of any such order,
        judgment, claim or proof.

18.      Payments

18.1     Payments to the Agent
        On each date on which this Agreement  requires an amount  denominated in
        dollars to be paid by the  Borrower or any of the Banks  hereunder,  the
        Borrower or, as the case may be, such Bank shall make the same available
        to the Agent by  payment  in  dollars  and in same day funds (or in such
        other funds as may for the time being be  customary in New York City for
        the settlement in New York City of international banking transactions in
        dollars)  to  Citibank,  N.A.,  New York for  further  account  Citibank
        International plc account number 10963054 (or such other account or bank
        as the Agent may have specified for this purpose).


18.2     Alternative Payment Arrangements
        If, at any time, it shall become  impracticable (by reason of any action
        of any  governmental  authority or any change in law,  exchange  control
        regulations  or any similar event) for the Borrower to make any payments
        hereunder  in the  manner  specified  in Clause  18.1  (Payments  to the
        Agent),  then the  Borrower  may  agree  with  each or any of the  Banks
        alternative  arrangements for the payment direct to such Bank of amounts
        due to such Bank  hereunder  Provided  that,  in the absence of any such
        agreement  with any Bank,  the  Borrower  shall be  obliged  to make all
        payments due to such Bank in the manner specified herein.  Upon reaching
        such agreement the Borrower and such Bank shall  immediately  notify the
        Agent  thereof  and shall  thereafter  promptly  notify the Agent of all
        payments made direct to such Bank.

18.3     Payments by the Agent
        Save as otherwise  provided  herein,  each payment received by the Agent
        for the account of another  person  pursuant to Clause 18.1 (Payments to
        the Agent) shall:

(i)               in the  case of a  payment  received  for the  account  of the
                  Borrower,  be made  available  by the Agent to the Borrower by
                  application:

(a)                     first,  in or towards payment the same day of any amount
                        then due from the Borrower  hereunder to the person from
                        whom the amount was so received; and

(b)                     secondly,  in or  towards  payment  the  same day to the
                        account of the Borrower  with such bank in New York City
                        as the Borrower  shall have  previously  notified to the
                        Agent for this purpose; and

(ii)              in the case of any other  payment,  be made  available  by the
                  Agent  to the  person  for  whose  account  such  payment  was
                  received  (in  the  case of a Bank,  for  the  account  of the
                  Facility  Office)  for value the same day by  transfer to such
                  account of such person with such bank in New York City as such
                  person shall have previously notified to the Agent.

18.4     No Set-off
        All  payments  required  to be made  by the  Borrower  under  any of the
        Finance  Documents shall be calculated  without reference to any set-off
        or  counterclaim  and shall be made free and  clear of and  without  any
        deduction for or on account of any set-off or counterclaim.

18.5     Clawback
        Where a sum is to be paid  hereunder to the Agent for account of another
        person,  the Agent  shall not be obliged to make the same  available  to
        that  other   person  until  it  has  been  able  to  establish  to  its
        satisfaction  that it has actually  received such sum, but if it does so
        and it proves to be the case that it had not actually received such sum,
        then the person to whom such sum was so made available  shall on request
        refund  the same to the  Agent  together  with an amount  sufficient  to
        indemnify  the Agent  against  any cost or loss it may have  suffered or
        reasonably  incurred  by reason of its having paid out such sum prior to
        its having received such sum.

19.      Set-Off

19.1     Contractual Set-off
        The Borrower  authorises  each Bank at any time following the occurrence
        of an Event of Default (and so long as the same is  continuing) to apply
        any credit  balance to which the  Borrower is entitled on any account of
        the Borrower with that Bank in  satisfaction  of any sum due and payable
        from the  Borrower to such Bank under any of the Finance  Documents  but
        unpaid;  for this purpose,  each Bank is authorised to purchase with the
        moneys standing to the credit of any such account such other  currencies
        as may be necessary to effect such application.

19.2     Set-off not Mandatory
        No Bank  shall be obliged to  exercise  any right  given to it by Clause
19.1 (Contractual Set-off).

20.      Sharing

20.1     Redistribution of Payments
        If, at any time, the proportion which any Bank (a "Recovering Bank") has
        received or  recovered  (whether by payment,  the exercise of a right of
        set-off or  combination  of  accounts  or  otherwise)  in respect of its
        portion of any  payment  (a  "relevant  payment")  to be made under this
        Agreement by the Borrower for account of such Recovering Bank and one or
        more other  Banks is greater  (the  portion of such  receipt or recovery
        giving rise to such excess  proportion  being  herein  called an "excess
        amount")  than the  proportion  thereof so received or  recovered by the
        Bank or  Banks  so  receiving  or  recovering  the  smallest  proportion
        thereof, then:

(i)               such Recovering Bank shall inform the Agent of such receipt or
                  recovery  and pay to the Agent an amount  equal to such excess
                  amount;

(ii)              there  shall  thereupon  fall due from  the  Borrower  to such
                  Recovering Bank an amount equal to the amount paid out by such
                  Recovering Bank pursuant to paragraph (i) above, the amount so
                  due being, for the purposes  hereof,  treated as if it were an
                  unpaid part of such Recovering Bank's portion of such relevant
                  payment; and

(iii)             the Agent  shall  treat the  amount  received  by it from such
                  Recovering  Bank  pursuant to  paragraph  (i) above as if such
                  amount had been received by it from the Borrower in respect of
                  such  relevant  payment  and shall pay the same to the persons
                  entitled thereto  (including such Recovering Bank) pro rata to
                  their respective entitlements thereto,

        Provided that to the extent that any excess amount is  attributable to a
        payment to a Bank pursuant to paragraph  (i)(a) of Clause 18.3 (Payments
        by the Agent) such portion of such excess  amount as is so  attributable
        shall not be required to be shared pursuant hereto.

20.2     Repayable Recoveries
        If any sum (a "relevant sum") received or recovered by a Recovering Bank
        in respect of any amount owing to it by the Borrower  becomes  repayable
        and is repaid by such Recovering Bank, then:

(i)               each Bank which has  received a share of such  relevant sum by
                  reason of the implementation of Clause 20.1 (Redistribution of
                  Payments)  shall,  upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent
                  for  account of such  Recovering  Bank an amount  equal to its
                  share of such relevant sum; and

(ii)              there shall  thereupon fall due from the Borrower to each such
                  Bank an amount  equal to the amount paid out by it pursuant to
                  paragraph (i) above, the amount so due being, for the purposes
                  hereof,  treated  as if it were the sum  payable  to such Bank
                  against  which  such  Bank's  share of such  relevant  sum was
                  applied.



Part 9

<PAGE>



                                        FEES, COSTS AND EXPENSES

21.      Commitment Commission and Fees

21.1     Commitment Commission
        The  Borrower  shall  pay to the Agent  for the  account  of each Bank a
        commitment   commission  on  the  amount  of  such  Bank's  A  Available
        Commitment and B Available  Commitment from day to day during the period
        beginning on the Original  Facility Date up to (but not  including)  the
        Commitment Termination Date, such commitment commission to be calculated
        at the rate of one half of the applicable  Margin 1 from time to time in
        the  case of such  Bank's  A  Available  Commitment  and one half of the
        applicable  Margin  2 from  time to time in the  case of such  Bank's  B
        Available Commitment.

        Commitment commission shall be payable in arrear on the last day of each
        successive  period of three months  starting from the Original  Facility
        Date and on the  Final  Maturity  Date  (each  such  date a  "Commitment
        Commission  Payment  Date")  Provided  Always  That for the  purposes of
        determining the amount of accrued commitment  commission payable on each
        Commitment Commission Payment Date the Net Leverage (and accordingly the
        applicable  Margin 1, or as the case may be,  the  applicable  Margin 2)
        shall  be  assumed  to be as  disclosed  in the  most  recent  financial
        statements  delivered  pursuant to Clause 12.1  (Annual  Statements)  or
        Clause 12.2  (Quarterly  Statements)  Provided  Further  That if, on the
        basis of the  financial  statements  delivered  in  respect  of the next
        following  Quarter Date (having  regard to the proviso to the definition
        of  "Margin  1" and the  proviso to the  definition  of "Margin  2") the
        Borrower has  overpaid  (or, as the case may be,  underpaid)  commitment
        commission  then  the  amount  so  overpaid  (or,  as the  case  may be,
        underpaid) shall be deducted from (or, as the case may be, added to) the
        amount of commitment  commission which would otherwise have been payable
        by the  Borrower on the next  following  Commitment  Commission  Payment
        Date.

21.2     Participation Fee
        The Borrower  shall pay to the Agent on the dates therein  specified the
        arrangement  fees specified in the letter of even date herewith from the
        Agent to the Borrower,  such fees to be  distributed  by the Agent among
        the Banks in the  proportions  agreed  between  the  Banks  prior to the
        Original Facility Date.

21.3     Agency Fee
        The Borrower  shall pay to the Agent for its own account the agency fees
        specified in the letter dated the Original  Facility Date from the Agent
        to the  Borrower,  such agency fees to be paid at the times,  and in the
        amounts, specified in such letter.

22.      Costs and Expenses

22.1     Transaction Expenses
        The Borrower shall, from time to time on demand of the Agent,  reimburse
        each of the Agent,  the  Arrangers and the Trustee for all out of pocket
        costs and expenses  (including  reasonable legal fees) together with any
        VAT  thereon   reasonably   incurred  by  it  in  connection   with  the
        negotiation,  preparation  and execution of the Finance  Documents,  any
        amendment  and/or  supplement to or any waiver of any of the obligations
        of any Finance Party under the Finance  Documents and the  completion of
        the transactions herein contemplated.

22.2     Preservation and Enforcement of Rights
        The Borrower shall, from time to time on demand of the Agent,  reimburse
        the  Agent,  the  Arrangers  and the Banks  for all  costs and  expenses
        (including legal fees) together with any VAT thereon reasonably incurred
        in or in connection with the preservation  and/or  enforcement of any of
        the rights of the Agent,  the  Arrangers and the Banks under the Finance
        Documents.

22.3     Stamp Taxes
        The Borrower shall pay all stamp,  registration and other taxes to which
        any Finance Document or any judgment given in connection therewith is or
        at any time may be subject and shall, from time to time on demand of the
        Agent,  indemnify  the Agent,  the  Arrangers  and the Banks against any
        liabilities,  costs,  claims and expenses  resulting from any failure to
        pay or any delay in paying any such tax.

22.4     Banks' Liabilities for Costs
        If the  Borrower  fails to  perform  any of its  obligations  under this
        Clause 22 (Costs and  Expenses),  each Bank  shall,  in its  Proportion,
        indemnify each of the Agent and the Arrangers  against any loss incurred
        by any of them  as a  result  of such  failure  and the  Borrower  shall
        forthwith  reimburse  each Bank for any  payment  made by it pursuant to
        this Clause 22.4.

Part 10

<PAGE>



                                           AGENCY PROVISIONS

23.      The Agent, the Trustee, the Arrangers and the Banks

23.1     Appointment of the Agent and the Trustee
        The Arrangers and each Bank hereby appoints the Agent and the Trustee to
        act as its  agent in  connection  with  this  Agreement  and each  other
        Finance  Document  and  authorises  each of the Agent and the Trustee to
        exercise  such  rights,  powers,  authorities  and  discretions  as  are
        specifically  delegated  to the  Agent  by  the  terms  of  the  Finance
        Documents  together  with  all  such  rights,  powers,  authorities  and
        discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this
        Clause 23 are,  in the case of the  Trustee,  without  prejudice  to the
        provisions of the Security  Trust Deed and, in the event of any conflict
        between this Clause 23 and the Security  Trust Deed,  the  provisions of
        the Security Trust Deed will prevail.

23.2     Agent's and the Trustee's Discretions
        Each of the Agent and the Trustee may:

(i)               assume, unless it has, in its capacity as agent for the Banks,
                  received  notice to the contrary  from any other party hereto,
                  that  (i) any  representation  made by any  Finance  Party  in
                  connection with any of the Finance  Documents is true, (ii) no
                  Event of Default or Potential  Event of Default has  occurred,
                  (iii) no Finance  Party is in breach of or  default  under its
                  obligations  under any of the Finance  Documents  and (iv) any
                  right,  power,  authority or discretion vested therein upon an
                  Instructing  Group,  the Banks or any other person or group of
                  persons has not been exercised;

(ii)              assume  that  the  Facility   Office  of  each  Bank  is  that
                  identified  with its  signature  below  (or,  in the case of a
                  Transferee, at the end of the Transfer Certificate to which it
                  is a party as Transferee) until it has received from such Bank
                  a notice designating some other office of such Bank to replace
                  its  Facility  Office and act upon any such  notice  until the
                  same is superseded by a further such notice;

(iii)             engage  and pay for the  advice or  services  of any  lawyers,
                  accountants,  surveyors  or  other  experts  whose  advice  or
                  services may to it seem necessary,  expedient or desirable and
                  rely upon any advice so obtained;

(iv)              rely (as to any  matters of fact  which  might  reasonably  be
                  expected to be within the knowledge of any Finance Party) upon
                  a certificate signed by or on behalf of such Finance Party;

(v)      rely upon any communication or document believed by it to be genuine;

(vi)              refrain from exercising any right,  power or discretion vested
                  in it as agent  hereunder  unless and until  instructed  by an
                  Instructing  Group as to whether or not such  right,  power or
                  discretion  is to be exercised  and, if it is to be exercised,
                  as to the manner in which it should be exercised; and

(vii)             refrain from acting in accordance with any  instructions of an
                  Instructing  Group to begin  any legal  action  or  proceeding
                  arising  out of or in  connection  with any  Finance  Document
                  until it shall have  received  such security as it may require
                  (whether  by way of payment in advance or  otherwise)  for all
                  costs,  claims,  losses,  expenses  (including legal fees) and
                  liabilities together with any VAT thereon which it will or may
                  expend or incur in complying with such instructions.

23.3     Agent's and Trustee's Obligations
        The Agent and the Trustee shall:

(i)               promptly  inform  each Bank of the  contents  of any notice or
                  document  received  by it in its  capacity as Agent or Trustee
                  from any Finance Party under any Finance Document;

(ii)              promptly  notify each Bank of the  occurrence  of any Event of
                  Default  or  any  default  by any  Finance  Party  in the  due
                  performance of or compliance  with its  obligations  under any
                  Finance  Document of which the Agent or the Trustee has notice
                  from any other party hereto;

(iii)             save as otherwise provided herein or therein,  act as agent or
                  trustee  under the Finance  Documents in  accordance  with any
                  instructions  given  to  it  by an  Instructing  Group,  which
                  instructions shall be binding on all of the Banks; and

(iv)              if  so  instructed  by  an  Instructing  Group,  refrain  from
                  exercising  any  right,  power or  discretion  vested in it as
                  agent hereunder or under any of the other Finance Documents.

23.4     Excluded Obligations
        Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  expressed or implied  herein,
        none of the Agent, the Trustee or the Arrangers shall:

(i)               be  bound  to   enquire   as  to  (i)   whether   or  not  any
                  representation  made by the any  Finance  Party in  connection
                  with any Finance  Document  is true,  (ii) the  occurrence  or
                  otherwise  of any  Event  of  Default  or  Potential  Event of
                  Default,  (iii) the performance by any Finance Document of its
                  obligations  under any of the  Finance  Documents  or (iv) any
                  breach  of or  default  by any  Finance  Party of or under its
                  obligations thereunder;

(ii)                be bound to  account  to any Bank for any sum or the  profit
                    element of any sum received by it for its own account;

(iii)             be bound to  disclose  to any  other  person  any  information
                  relating  to  any  member  of  the  Parent's   Group  if  such
                  disclosure  would or might in its opinion  constitute a breach
                  of any law or  regulation  or be otherwise  actionable  at the
                  suit of any person; or

(iv) be under any  obligations  other than those for which express  provision is
made herein.

23.5     Indemnification
        Each Bank shall, in its  Proportion,  from time to time on demand by the
        Agent or, as the case may be, the Trustee,  indemnify the Agent, against
        any and all reasonable costs, claims, losses,  expenses (including legal
        fees) and liabilities  together with any VAT thereon which the Agent or,
        as the case may be, the Trustee may incur,  otherwise  than by reason of
        its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct, in acting in its capacity
        as agent or trustee under any of the Finance  Documents  Provided Always
        That this  Clause  23.5  (Indemnification)  shall not apply to any cost,
        claim, loss,  expense or liability  expressed to be recoverable from the
        Borrower under Clause 22.1 (Transaction  Expenses),  22.2  (Preservation
        and Enforcement of Rights) or 22.3 (Stamp Taxes) (but without  prejudice
        to Clause 22.4 (Bank's Liabilities for Costs)).

23.6     Exclusion of Liabilities
        Neither the Agent, the Trustee and the Arrangers nor any of them accepts
        any  responsibility   for  the  accuracy  and/or   completeness  of  any
        information  supplied by the any Finance Party in connection with any of
        the Finance  Documents  or for the  legality,  validity,  effectiveness,
        adequacy or  enforceability  of any of the Finance Documents and neither
        the Agent,  the Trustee and the Arrangers nor any of them shall be under
        any  liability  as a result of taking or  omitting to take any action in
        relation  to any of the  Finance  Documents,  save in the  case of gross
        negligence or wilful misconduct.

23.7     No Actions
        Each of the  Banks  agrees  that it will not  assert  or seek to  assert
        against any director,  officer or employee of the Agent,  the Trustee or
        Arrangers  any claim it might have against any of them in respect of the
        matters referred to in Clause 23.6 (Exclusion of Liabilities).

23.8     Business with the Parent's Group
        The Agent,  the Trustee and the Arrangers may accept deposits from, lend
        money to and generally  engage in any kind of banking or other  business
        with any member of the Parent's Group.

23.9     Resignation
        Each of the Agent and the Trustee may resign its  appointment  under any
        Finance  Document at any time without  assigning any reason  therefor by
        giving not less than thirty days' prior written notice to that effect to
        each of the other parties hereto Provided that no such resignation shall
        be effective until a successor for the Agent or, as the case may be, the
        Trustee is appointed in  accordance  with the  succeeding  provisions of
        this Clause 23 or the Security Trust Deed.

23.10    Successor Agent
        If the Agent or, as the case may be,  the  Trustee  gives  notice of its
        resignation  pursuant to Clause 23.9 (Resignation),  then any Bank whose
        participation  in the  Facility  is at least ten per cent.  (10%) may be
        appointed by an  Instructing  Group with the  Borrower's  prior  written
        consent (such consent not to be  unreasonably  delayed or withheld) as a
        successor  to the  Agent  or,  as the case  may be,  the  Trustee  by an
        Instructing  Group  during the  period of such  notice  but,  if no such
        successor is so appointed, the Agent or, as the case may be, the Trustee
        may appoint such a successor itself.

23.11    Rights and Obligations
        If a  successor  to the  Agent or, as the case may be,  the  Trustee  is
        appointed under the provisions of Clause 23.10 (Successor  Agent),  then
        (a) the  retiring  Agent or, as the case may be,  the  Trustee  shall be
        discharged  from  any  further  obligation  under  any  of  the  Finance
        Documents but shall remain  entitled to the benefit of the provisions of
        this  Clause  23 and (b) its  successor  and each of the  other  parties
        hereto shall have the same rights and obligations  amongst themselves as
        they would have had if such successor had been a party hereto.

23.12    Own Responsibility
        It is  understood  and agreed by each Bank that it has itself been,  and
        will continue to be, solely  responsible  for making its own independent
        appraisal  of  and   investigations   into  the   financial   condition,
        creditworthiness,  condition,  affairs, status and nature of each member
        of the Parent's Group and, accordingly, each Bank warrants to the Agent,
        the  Trustee  and the  Arrangers  that it has not relied on and will not
        hereafter  rely on the Agent,  the Trustee and the  Arrangers  or any of
        them:

(i)               to check or enquire on its behalf into the adequacy,  accuracy
                  or  completeness  of any  information  provided by any Finance
                  Party  in  connection  with  the  Finance   Documents  or  the
                  transactions   contemplated   thereby  (whether  or  not  such
                  information  has been or is hereafter  circulated to such Bank
                  by the Agent,  the Trustee and the  Arrangers or any of them);
                  or

(ii)              to assess or keep under  review on its  behalf  the  financial
                  condition,  creditworthiness,  condition,  affairs,  status or
                  nature of any member of the Parent's Group.

23.13    Agency Division Separate
        In acting as Agent or, as the case may be, the Trustee hereunder for the
        Banks,  the Agent or, as the case may be, the Trustee  shall be regarded
        as acting  through  its  agency  division  which  shall be  treated as a
        separate  entity from any other of its  divisions  or  departments  and,
        notwithstanding  the  foregoing   provisions  of  this  Clause  23,  any
        information  received by some other  division or department of the Agent
        or, as the case may be, the Trustee may be treated as  confidential  and
        shall  not be  regarded  as  having  been  given to the  Agent's  or the
        Trustee's agency division.

23.14    Confidential Information
        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary expressed or implied herein and
        without  prejudice to the  provisions of Clause 23.13  (Agency  Division
        Separate), neither the Agent nor the Trustee shall as between itself and
        the  Banks  be  bound  to  disclose  to any  Bank or  other  person  any
        information which is supplied by any member of the Parent's Group to the
        Agent in its  capacity as agent or trustee  hereunder  for the Banks and
        which is identified by such member of the Parent's  Group at the time it
        is so supplied as being confidential information.

Part 11

<PAGE>



                                       ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

24.      Assignments and Transfers

24.1     Binding Agreement
        This  Agreement  shall be binding  upon and enure to the benefit of each
        party  hereto  and its or any  subsequent  successors,  Transferees  and
        permitted assigns.

24.2     No Assignments and Transfers by the Borrower
        The  Borrower  shall not be entitled to assign or transfer all or any of
        its rights, benefits and obligations hereunder.

24.3     Assignments and Transfers by Banks
        Any Bank may at any time  (and at its own  cost)  assign  to any bank or
        financial institution all or any of its rights and benefits hereunder or
        transfer to any bank or financial  institution in accordance with Clause
        24.5  (Transfers  by  Banks)  all or any of  its  rights,  benefits  and
        obligations hereunder Provided that:

(i)               (save  in  the  case  of an  assignment  or  transfer  to  any
                  subsidiary  or holding  company,  or to any  subsidiary of any
                  holding  company,  of such  Bank or to  another  Bank) no such
                  assignment  or transfer may be made without the prior  written
                  approval of the Borrower, such approval not to be unreasonably
                  withheld or delayed;

(ii)              no Bank shall be  entitled  to effect any such  assignment  or
                  transfer  (otherwise  than with the prior written  approval of
                  the  Borrower)  if as a  result  thereof  (and as at the  date
                  thereof)  the  Borrower  would be obliged to make a payment to
                  the  assignee  or  transferee  which  it would  not have  been
                  obliged  to make to such  Bank or  which is  greater  than the
                  payment it would have been  obliged to make to the assignor or
                  transferor;

(iii)             no Bank party hereto as at the Original Facility Date shall be
                  entitled to assign or transfer  any of its rights and benefits
                  hereunder   to  more   than  one  other   bank  or   financial
                  institution; and

(iv) a Bank may only assign or transfer the same  proportion of its A Commitment
and B Commitment.

24.4     Assignments by Banks
        If any Bank assigns all or any of its rights and  benefits  hereunder in
        accordance with Clause 24.3 (Assignments and Transfers by Banks),  then,
        unless and until the  assignee  has agreed with the Agent,  the Trustee,
        the  Arrangers  and the  other  Banks  that it shall  be under  the same
        obligations  towards  each of them as it would have been under if it had
        been an original party hereto as a Bank  (whereupon  such assignee shall
        become  a party  hereto  as a  "Bank"),  the  Agent,  the  Trustee,  the
        Arrangers  and the other  Banks shall not be obliged to  recognise  such
        assignee as having the rights  against  each of them which it would have
        had if it had been such a party hereto.

24.5     Transfers by Banks
        If any Bank wishes to transfer all or any of its rights, benefits and/or
        obligations  hereunder as contemplated in Clause 24.3  (Assignments  and
        Transfers by Banks),  then such transfer may be effected by the delivery
        to the Agent and the  Borrower  of a duly  completed  and duly  executed
        Transfer  Certificate in which event,  on the later of the Transfer Date
        specified in such Transfer  Certificate and the fifth business day after
        (or such earlier  business  day  endorsed by the Agent on such  Transfer
        Certificate  falling on or after) the date of delivery of such  Transfer
        Certificate to the Agent:

(i)               to the extent that in such Transfer Certificate the Bank party
                  thereto seeks to transfer its rights, benefits and obligations
                  hereunder,  the Borrower and such Bank shall be released  from
                  further  obligations  towards one another  hereunder and their
                  respective rights against one another shall be cancelled (such
                  rights and  obligations  being referred to in this Clause 24.5
                  as "discharged rights and obligations");

(ii)              the Borrower and the  Transferee  party  thereto  shall assume
                  obligations  towards one another and/or acquire rights against
                  one  another  which  differ  from such  discharged  rights and
                  obligations only in so far as the Borrower and such Transferee
                  have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of the Borrower
                  and such Bank;

(iii)             the Agent, the Trustee the Arrangers,  such Transferee and the
                  other Banks shall  acquire  the same rights and  benefits  and
                  assume the same obligations  between  themselves as they would
                  have acquired and assumed had such Transferee been an original
                  party  hereto  as a Bank  with  the  rights,  benefits  and/or
                  obligations  acquired  or  assumed  by it as a result  of such
                  transfer; and

(iv) such Transferee shall become a party hereto as a "Bank".

24.6     Transfer Fees
        On the date upon which a transfer  takes effect  pursuant to Clause 24.5
        (Transfers by Banks) the  Transferee  in respect of such transfer  shall
        pay to the Agent for its own account a transfer fee of $1,000.

24.7     Disclosure of Information
        Any Bank may  disclose  with the prior  written  consent of the  Finance
        Parties (such consent in either case not to be unreasonably withheld) to
        any actual or potential  assignee or Transferee or to any person who may
        otherwise enter into contractual relations with such Bank in relation to
        this Agreement such information  about the Parent,  the Borrower and the
        Parent's Group as such Bank shall consider appropriate Provided That the
        Borrower  may require  such Bank to obtain from such actual or potential
        assignee,   Transferee,   or  such  other  person,   a   confidentiality
        undertaking  (in a form  reasonably  acceptable to both the Borrower and
        such  Bank) in  relation  to such  information  about  the  Parent,  the
        Borrower  and/or the Parent's Group as has been supplied to the Banks on
        a confidential basis.

Part 12

<PAGE>



                                             MISCELLANEOUS

25.      Calculations and Evidence of Debt

25.1     Basis of Accrual
        Interest  and  commitment  commission  shall  accrue from day to day and
        shall be  calculated  on the basis of a year of 360 days and the  actual
        number of days elapsed.

25.2     Quotations
        If on any occasion a Reference  Bank or a Bank fails to supply the Agent
        with a quotation  required of it under the foregoing  provisions of this
        Agreement,  the rate for which  such  quotation  was  required  shall be
        determined from those quotations which are supplied to the Agent.

25.3     Evidence of Debt
        Each Bank shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice  accounts
        evidencing  the  amounts  from  time to time  lent  by and  owing  to it
        hereunder.

25.4     Control Accounts
        The Agent shall  maintain on its books a control  account or accounts in
        which  shall be recorded  (a) the amount of any Advance  made or arising
        hereunder  and  each  Bank's  share  therein,  (b)  the  amount  of  all
        principal,  interest  and  other  sums  due or to  become  due  from the
        Borrower  hereunder  and each Bank's share therein and (c) the amount of
        any sum  received or recovered  by the Agent  hereunder  and each Bank's
        share therein.

25.5     Prima Facie Evidence
        In any legal action or proceeding  arising out of or in connection  with
        this Agreement,  the entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to
        Clause 25.3 (Evidence of Debt) and Clause 25.4 (Control  Accounts) shall
        be prima facie  evidence of the  existence  and amounts of the specified
        obligations of the Borrower.

25.6     Certificates of Banks
        A  certificate  of a Bank as to (a) the amount by which a sum payable to
        it hereunder is to be increased  under Clause 8.1 (Tax  Gross-up) or (b)
        the amount for the time being  required to indemnify it against any such
        cost, payment or liability as is mentioned in Clause 8.2 (Tax Indemnity)
        or Clause  10.1  (Increased  Costs)  shall,  in the  absence of manifest
        error,  be prima  facie  evidence  of the  existence  and amounts of the
        specified obligations of the Borrower.

26.      Remedies and Waivers, Partial Invalidity

26.1     Remedies and Waivers
        No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising,  on the part of the
        Agent,  the Trustee,  the  Arrangers  and the Banks or any of them,  any
        right or remedy under any of the Finance  Documents  shall  operate as a
        waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or
        remedy prevent any further or other exercise  thereof or the exercise of
        any other right or remedy.  The rights and remedies  herein provided are
        cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

26.2     Partial Invalidity
        If, at any time, any provision hereof is or becomes illegal,  invalid or
        unenforceable in any respect under the law of any jurisdiction,  neither
        the legality,  validity or  enforceability  of the remaining  provisions
        hereof nor the legality,  validity or  enforceability  of such provision
        under the law of any other  jurisdiction shall in any way be affected or
        impaired thereby.

27.      Notices

27.1     Communications in Writing
        Each  communication  to be made hereunder  shall be made in writing but,
        unless otherwise stated, shall be made by facsimile or letter.

27.2     Delivery
        Any  communication  or document to be made or  delivered by one party to
        the other pursuant to this  Agreement  shall (unless the other party has
        by fifteen days' written notice to the one specified  another address or
        facsimile  number)  be made or  delivered  to that  other  party  at the
        address or facsimile  number  identified  with its  signature  below and
        shall be  deemed  to have  been  made or  delivered  (in the case of any
        communication  made by facsimile) when  despatched and the  transmission
        report of the sender indicates that the facsimile  transmission has been
        received by the addressee or (in the case of any  communication  made by
        letter) when  delivered to that address or (as the case may be) ten days
        after  being  deposited  in the  post  postage  prepaid  in an  envelope
        addressed to it at that address Provided that:

(i)               if any such  communication  or  document  would  otherwise  be
                  deemed to have been  received on a day which is not a business
                  day it shall be  deemed  to have  been  received  on the first
                  business day thereafter;

(ii)              any  communication  or document to be made or delivered by the
                  Borrower  to a Bank  shall  be  effective  only  when  legibly
                  received  by such Bank and then only if the same is  expressly
                  marked  for  the  attention  of  the   department  or  officer
                  identified  with such Bank's  signature below or as set out in
                  the relevant Transfer Certificate (or such other department or
                  officer as such Bank shall from time to time  specify for this
                  purpose);

(iii)             if any facsimile  transmission has not been legibly  received,
                  the addressee shall as soon as reasonably  practicable  notify
                  the   giver   by   telephone   and  in   such   circumstances,
                  notwithstanding   any  of  the  foregoing   provisions,   such
                  facsimile  communication  shall not be  deemed to be  received
                  until it has been re-transmitted and legibly received; and

(iv) any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Borrower shall
be copied also to:

                  Bona Shipping AS
                  Radhusgaten 27
                  P.O. Box 470 Sentrum
                  0105 Oslo
                  Norway

                  Attn:    Finance and Control Department
                  Fax:     47 22 31 00 01
                  Tel:     47 22 31 00 00

                  and to:-

                  Teekay Shipping (Canada) Ltd.
                  1400-505 Burrard Street
                  Vancouver
                  British Columbia
                  Canada

                  Attn:     Manager of Finance
                  Fax :     604 681 3011
                  Tel :     604 683 3526

27.3     English Language
        Each  communication  and  document  made or  delivered  by one  party to
        another  pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the English  language or
        accompanied  by a  translation  thereof  into English  certified  (by an
        officer of the person making or delivering the same) as being a true and
        accurate  translation thereof and in the event of a conflict between the
        original and the English  translation  thereof,  the translation will be
        taken to be the  definitive  version  for the  purposes  of the  Finance
        Documents.

28.      Amendments

28.1     Amendments
        If the Agent has the prior consent of an Instructing  Group,  the Agent,
        the  Parent and the  Borrower  may from time to time agree in writing to
        amend this Agreement or to waive, prospectively or retrospectively,  any
        of the  requirements  of this Agreement and any amendments or waivers so
        agreed  shall be binding on all parties  hereto,  provided  that no such
        waiver  or  amendment  shall  subject  any  party  hereto  to any new or
        additional obligations without the consent of such party.

28.2     Amendments Requiring the Consent of all the Banks
        An amendment or waiver which relates to:-

(i)      Clause 20 (Sharing) or this Clause 28 (Amendments);

(ii)              a  change  in the  principal  amount  of any  Advance,  or the
                  deferral of any Repayment Date or Reduction Date;

(iii)             a change in Margin 1 or Margin 2 or the amount of any  payment
                  of interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder to any
                  party or the deferral of the date for payment thereof;

(iv)     the definition of "Instructing Group"; or

(v)      any provision which  contemplates  the need for the consent or approval
         of all the Banks,

        shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Banks.

28.3     Exceptions
        Notwithstanding  any other  provisions  hereof,  the Agent  shall not be
        obliged to agree to any such amendment or waiver if the same would:

(i)      amend or waive this  Clause  28.3,  Clause 22 (Costs and  Expenses)  or
         Clause 23 (The Agent, the Arrangers and the Banks); or

(ii)              otherwise  amend or waive any of the Agent's rights  hereunder
                  or  subject  the  Agent  or the  Arrangers  to any  additional
                  obligations hereunder.

Part 13

<PAGE>



                                          LAW AND JURISDICTION

29.      Law

29.1     English Law
        This  Agreement  shall  be  governed  by,  and  shall  be  construed  in
accordance with, English law.

30.      Jurisdiction

30.1    Each of the  parties  hereto  irrevocably  agrees for the benefit of the
        Agent,  the Trustee and the Banks that the courts of England  shall have
        jurisdiction to hear and determine any suit,  action or proceeding,  and
        to settle any  disputes,  which may arise out of or in  connection  with
        this  Agreement  and,  for such  purposes,  irrevocably  submits  to the
        jurisdiction of such courts.


30.2    The  Borrower  irrevocably  waives any  objection  which it might now or
        hereafter have to the courts  referred to in Clause 30.1 being nominated
        as the forum to hear and determine any suit,  action or proceeding,  and
        to settle any  disputes,  which may arise out of or in  connection  with
        this  Agreement  and  agrees  not to claim  that any such court is not a
        convenient or appropriate forum.

30.3    The  Borrower  agrees  that the  process  by which any  suit,  action or
        proceeding in England is begun may be served on it by being delivered to
        Teekay Shipping (UK) Limited at its registered office for the time being
        (which is currently at 49 St. James Street, London SW1A 1JT).


30.4    The submission to the  jurisdiction  of the courts referred to in Clause
        30.1 shall not (and shall not be  construed so as to) limit the right of
        the Agent,  the  Trustee  or any Bank to take  proceedings  against  the
        Borrower  in any other  court of  competent  jurisdiction  nor shall the
        taking of  proceedings  in any one or more  jurisdictions  preclude  the
        taking of proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or
        not.
AS  WITNESS  the hands of the duly  authorised  representatives  of the  parties
hereto the day and year first before written.



<PAGE>


                                           THE FIRST SCHEDULE
                                               The Banks

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==================================================================================================================
                                                 A                   B                      Total

Bank                                             Commitment          Commitment             Commitment

                                                 ($)                 ($)                    ($)
==================================================================================================================
<S>                                               <C>                 <C>                 <C>

Citibank, N.A.                                   48,000,000          12,000,000             60,000,000

The Chase Manhattan Bank                         48,000,000          12,000,000             60,000,000

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc                   40,000,000          10,000,000             50,000,000

Christiana Bank og Kreditkasse ASA               34,000,000          8,500,000              42,500,000

Den norske Bank                                  34,000,000          8,500,000              42,500,000

Credit Agricole Indosuez                         28,000,000          7,000,000              35,000,000

KBC Finance Ireland                              28,000,000          7,000,000              35,000,000

MeesPierson N.V.                                 28,000,000          7,000,000              35,000,000

Schiffshypothekenbank zu Lubeck AG               26,000,000          6,500,000              32,500,000

BankBoston, N.A.                                 20,000,000          5,000,000              25,000,000

Landesbank Schleswig-Holstein Girozentrale       20,000,000          5,000,000              25,000,000

Merita Bank plc

Deutsche Bank (Hamburg)                          14,400,000          3,600,000              18,000,000

Deutsche Schiffsbank AG                          14,000,000          3,500,000              17,500,000

VIKING Ship Finance Limited                      9,600,000           2,400,000              12,000,000

                                                 8,000,000           2,000,000              10,000,000

                                                                                            --------------

                                                                                            500,000,000
==================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



<PAGE>


                                          THE SECOND SCHEDULE
                                      Form of Transfer Certificate



To:      Citibank International plc



                                          TRANSFER CERTIFICATE



relating to the  agreement  (as from time to time  amended,  varied,  novated or
supplemented,  the "Facility Agreement") dated 16th December 1998 as amended and
restated  on  ___________  1999  whereby  a  U.S.$500,000,000  revolving  credit
facility was made available to Bona  Shipholding  Ltd. as borrower by a group of
banks on whose behalf  Citibank  International  plc acted as agent in connection
therewith.

1.      Terms defined in the Facility  Agreement shall,  subject to any contrary
        indication, have the same meanings herein. The terms Bank and Transferee
        are defined in the schedule hereto.

2.        The Bank (i) confirms  that the details in the  schedule  hereto under
          the heading  "Total  Bank's  Commitment"  or  "Advance(s)"  accurately
          summarises  its  Total  Commitment  and/or,  as the case  may be,  its
          participation  in,  and the Term and  Repayment  Date of,  one or more
          existing  Advances  and (ii)  requests  the  Transferee  to accept and
          procure the transfer to the Transferee of the portion specified in the
          schedule  hereto of, as the case may be, its Total  Commitment  and/or
          its participation in such Advance(s) by counter-signing and delivering
          this Transfer  Certificate to the Agent at its address for the service
          of notices specified in the Facility Agreement.

3.      The  Transferee  hereby  requests  the  Agent to  accept  this  Transfer
        Certificate  as being  delivered  to the Agent  pursuant  to and for the
        purposes of Clause 24.5  (Transfers by Banks) of the Facility  Agreement
        so as to take  effect  in  accordance  with  the  terms  thereof  on the
        Transfer  Date or on such later date as may be  determined in accordance
        with the terms thereof.

4.      The  Transferee  confirms  that it has  received  a copy of the  Finance
        Documents  together  with such other  information  as it has required in
        connection with this transaction and that it has not relied and will not
        hereafter  rely on the Bank to check or enquire  on its behalf  into the
        legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy, accuracy or completeness of
        any such  information and further agrees that it has not relied and will
        not rely on the Bank to assess or keep  under  review on its  behalf the
        financial condition,  creditworthiness,  condition,  affairs,  status or
        nature of the Borrower.

5.      The  Transferee  hereby  undertakes  with the Bank and each of the other
        parties to the Facility  Agreement  that it will  perform in  accordance
        with  their  terms  all  those  obligations  which  by the  terms of the
        Facility Agreement will be assumed by it after delivery of this Transfer
        Certificate  to the Agent and  satisfaction  of the  conditions (if any)
        subject to which this Transfer Certificate is expressed to take effect.

6.      The  Bank  makes  no   representation   or   warranty   and  assumes  no
        responsibility  with respect to the legality,  validity,  effectiveness,
        adequacy or  enforceability  of the  Facility  Agreement or any document
        relating  thereto  and  assumes  no  responsibility  for  the  financial
        condition of the Borrower or for the  performance  and observance by the
        Borrower of any of its obligations  under the Facility  Agreement or any
        document   relating   thereto  and  any  and  all  such  conditions  and
        warranties,  whether express or implied by law or otherwise,  are hereby
        excluded.

7.        The Bank hereby gives  notice that  nothing  herein or in the Facility
          Agreement (or any document  relating thereto) shall oblige the Bank to
          (a) accept a re-transfer  from the Transferee of the whole or any part
          of  its  rights,   benefits  and/or  obligations  under  the  Facility
          Agreement  transferred  pursuant  hereto  or (b)  support  any  losses
          directly or indirectly sustained or incurred by the Transferee for any
          reason whatsoever including the non-performance by the Borrower or any
          other  party  to the  Facility  Agreement  (or any  document  relating
          thereto) of its  obligations  under any such document.  The Transferee
          hereby  acknowledges the absence of any such obligation as is referred
          to in (a) or (b) above.

8.      This Transfer  Certificate  and the rights,  benefits and obligations of
        the parties  hereunder  shall be governed by and construed in accordance
        with English law.



                                              THE SCHEDULE

1.       Bank:

2.       Transferee:

3.       Transfer Date:

4.       Total Commitment:

              Bank's A Commitment   Portion Transferred

              Bank's B Commitment   Portion Transferred

5.       Advance(s):

         Amount of                  Term and
         Bank's Participation       Repayment Date   Portion Transferred


[Transferor Bank]                             [Transferee Bank]

By:                                                            By:

Date:                                                 Date:

                                  Administrative Details of Transferee

Address:

Contact Name:

Account for Payments:

Fax:

Telephone:



<PAGE>


                               THE THIRD SCHEDULE

                                     Part 1
          Condition Precedent Documents for the first Advance hereunder



1.      A copy,  certified  a true  copy  by a duly  authorised  officer  of the
        Borrower, of the Borrower's constitutive documents.

2.      A copy,  certified  a true  copy  by a duly  authorised  officer  of the
        Borrower, of a resolution of the Borrower's Board of Directors approving
        the execution, delivery and performance of the Finance Documents and the
        terms and  conditions of the Finance  Documents and  authorising a named
        person  or  persons  to sign  this  Agreement  and any  documents  to be
        delivered  by the  Borrower  pursuant  hereto or  pursuant to any of the
        other Finance Documents.

3.      A certificate of a duly authorised  officer of the Borrower  setting out
        the names and signatures of the persons authorised to sign, on behalf of
        the Borrower,  this  Agreement  and the other Finance  Documents and any
        documents to be delivered by the Borrower pursuant hereto or thereto.

4.      A copy,  certified  a true  copy  by a duly  authorised  officer  of the
        Borrower,  of the powers of  attorney,  if any,  issued  pursuant to the
        resolution referred to in paragraph 2 above.

5.      A copy,  certified a true copy by or on behalf of the Borrower,  of each
        such  law,  decree,   consent,   licence,   approval,   registration  or
        declaration as is, in the opinion of counsel to the Agent,  necessary to
        render the Finance Documents legal, valid,  binding and enforceable,  to
        make this Agreement admissible in evidence in Bermuda.

6.      An opinion of the Agent's  counsel in Bermuda,  Messrs  Conyers,  Dill &
        Pearman in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

7.      An opinion of the Agent's English counsel,  Messrs.  Clifford Chance, in
        form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

8.      Evidence that Sinclair  Services  Limited has agreed to act as the agent
        of the Borrower for the service of process in England.

9.      A copy,  certified  a true copy by a director  of the  Borrower,  of the
        Original Consolidated Financial Statements.

10.     A certificate  as at the most recent  Quarter Date prior to the Original
        Facility Date showing the Borrower's  level of Free Cash,  Current Ratio
        and Leverage at such date.

11.     A  security  trust  deed in the form or  substantially  the form of that
        attached hereto as Exhibit A.

12.     Evidence  that the  Borrower  has,  on or  before  the date of the first
        Advance  hereunder,  (i)  cancelled  the  whole of the  Aggregate  Total
        Commitments  (as defined in the  Newbuilding  Facility) and the whole of
        the Total Commitments (as defined in the Citibank Revolver and the Chase
        Revolver)  and (ii) given notice of its  intention to prepay all amounts
        outstanding (as at the date of the of the first Advance hereunder) under
        the Citibank Revolver and the Chase Revolver

13.     Notice from the Borrower  cancelling  the whole of the  Aggregate  Total
        Commitments as defined in the Newbuilding  Facility and the whole of the
        Total  Commitments  as defined in the  Citibank  Revolver  and the Chase
        Revolver.

14.     Evidence  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Agent  that each
        Initial  Vessel is insured in accordance  with the  requirements  of the
        relevant Security Agreements.

15.     Evidence  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Agent  that each
        Initial Vessel is classified with a classification society in accordance
        with the requirements of the relevant Security Agreements.

16.     An opinion of the  counsel  to the Agent in the  countries  in which the
        Initial Vessels are registered in form and substance satisfactory to the
        Agent.

17.     Evidence   that  there  are  no  other   existing   mortgages  or  other
        encumbrances  (other than  permitted  liens and other than  encumbrances
        created to secure the Borrower's obligations under the Citibank Revolver
        or the Chase  Revolver)  over the Initial  Vessels or their earnings and
        insurances.

18.     A Mortgage  over each Initial  Vessel duly executed and delivered by the
        Borrower  and  registered  against  each  such  Initial  Vessel  in  its
        appropriate registry.

19.     Deeds of  Assignment  duly  executed  and  delivered  by the Borrower in
        respect of the earnings and  insurances of each Initial Vessel (the said
        assignment of earnings to provide that the Trustee shall not be entitled
        to require the  assigned  earnings to be paid to the Trustee  thereunder
        unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing).

20.     All notices required to be given by the terms of the Deeds of Assignment
        referred to in paragraph 19 above.

21.     Evidence that all outstandings under the Citibank Revolver and the Chase
        Revolver will be met from the proceeds of the first drawdown hereunder.

22.     Evidence that all security  granted  pursuant to the Chase  Revolver and
        the Citibank  Revolver  over the Initial  Vessels,  their  insurances or
        earnings, shall have been discharged concurrently with the making of the
        first Advance hereunder.

23.      Confirmation from Clifford Chance as to the status of items referred to
         in paragraphs 1 to 22 above, included.



<PAGE>


                                                 Part 2

1.      A copy,  certified  a true  copy  by a duly  authorised  officer  of the
        Borrower,  of the  Borrower's  constitutive  documents  or,  where  such
        documents have not changed since being provided  pursuant to paragraph 1
        of Part 1 of the Third  Schedule,  a  certificate  of a duly  authorised
        officer of the Borrower to that effect.

2.      A copy,  certified  a true  copy  by a duly  authorised  officer  of the
        Borrower, of a resolution of the Borrower's Board of Directors approving
        the  execution,  delivery  and  performance  of the  additional  Finance
        Documents  and  the  terms  and  conditions  of the  additional  Finance
        Documents  and  authorising  a named  person  or  persons  to  sign  any
        documents to be delivered  by the Borrower  pursuant to such  additional
        Finance Documents.

3.      A certificate of a duly authorised  officer of the Borrower  setting out
        the names and signatures of the persons authorised to sign, on behalf of
        the Borrower,  the additional  Finance Documents and any documents to be
        delivered by the Borrower pursuant thereto.

4.      A copy,  certified  a true  copy  by a duly  authorised  officer  of the
        Borrower,  of the powers of  attorney,  if any,  issued  pursuant to the
        resolution referred to in paragraph 2 above.

5.      A copy,  certified a true copy by or on behalf of the Borrower,  of each
        such  law,  decree,   consent,   licence,   approval,   registration  or
        declaration as is, in the opinion of counsel to the Agent,  necessary to
        render the  additional  Finance  Documents  legal,  valid,  binding  and
        enforceable,  to make them  admissible  in  evidence  in Bermuda  and to
        enable the  Borrower  lawfully  to perform  its  respective  obligations
        thereunder.

6.      Evidence  in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Agent  that the
        relevant New Vessel or Future Vessel,  as the case may be, is insured in
        accordance with the requirements of the relevant Security Agreements.

7.      Evidence  in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the  Agent  that the
        relevant New Vessel or Future  Vessel (as the case may be) is classified
        with a classification society in accordance with the requirements of the
        relevant Security Agreements.

8.      An opinion of the  counsel to the Agent in the  country in which the New
        Vessel or Future  Vessel,  as the case may be, in  respect  of which the
        relevant  Advance  is made is to be  registered  in form  and  substance
        satisfactory to the Agent.

9.      Evidence   that  there  are  no  other   existing   mortgages  or  other
        encumbrances  (other than permitted  liens) over the relevant New Vessel
        or Future Vessel, as the case may be, or its earnings and insurances.

10.     A Mortgage  over the relevant  New Vessel or Future  Vessel (as the case
        may be) duly  executed and  delivered  by the  Borrower  and  registered
        against  such New  Vessel or Future  Vessel,  as the case may be, in its
        appropriate registry.

11.     A Deed of  Assignment  duly  executed  and  delivered by the Borrower in
        respect of the  earnings  and  insurances  of the relevant New Vessel or
        Future Vessel,  as the case may be, (the said  assignment of earnings to
        provide  that the Trustee  shall not be entitled to require the assigned
        earnings to be paid to the Trustee  thereunder unless and until an Event
        of Default has occurred as is continuing).

12.     All notices  required to be given by the terms of the Deed of Assignment
        referred to in paragraph 11 above.







<PAGE>


                                          THE FOURTH SCHEDULE
                                           Notice of Drawdown

From:    Bona Shipholding Ltd.

To:      Citibank International plc

Dated:

Dear Sirs,

1.      We refer to the agreement (as from time to time amended, varied, novated
        or supplemented,  the "Facility  Agreement") dated 16th December 1998 as
        amended  and  restated  on   __________   1999  and  made  between  Bona
        Shipholding   Ltd.  as  borrower,   Chase  Manhattan  plc  and  Citibank
        International plc as arrangers,  Citibank International Plc as agent and
        trustee and the financial  institutions  named  therein as Banks.  Terms
        defined in the  Facility  Agreement  shall have the same meaning in this
        notice.

2.      We hereby give you notice that,  pursuant to the Facility  Agreement and
        upon the terms and subject to the conditions  contained therein, we wish
        an Advance to be made to us as follows:

(a)      Amount:

(b)      Facility: [insert Facility A, Facility B as appropriate]

(c)      Drawdown Date:

(d)      Term:

3.      We confirm  that,  at the date hereof,  the  representations  set out in
        Clause 11  (Representations)  of the Facility  Agreement are true and no
        Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred.

4. The proceeds of this drawdown should be credited to [insert account details].

                                            Yours faithfully

                                     .............................

                                          for and on behalf of



<PAGE>


The Borrower

BONA SHIPHOLDING LTD.

By:               RAGNAR BELCK OLSEN

Address: P.O. Box HM1179
                  Cedar House, 41 Cedar Avenue
                  Hamilton HM12
                  Bermuda

Attn:             Mr Warren Cabral
Fax:              (441) 296 8666


Arranger

CHASE MANHATTAN plc

By:               EINAR STAVRUM

Address: 125 London Wall
                  London  EC2Y 5AJ

Attn:             Kristian Orssten
Fax:              0171 777 4759


Arranger, Agent and Trustee

CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc

By:               RORY HUSSEY

Address: P.O. Box 200
                  Cottons Centre
                  Hays Lane
                  London SE1 2QT

Attn:             Debbie Caulfield
Fax:              0171 500 4482




<PAGE>


The Banks

CITIBANK, N.A.

By:               SIMON BOOTH

Address: P.O. Box 200
                  Cottons Centre
                  Hays Lane
                  London SE1 2QT

Attn:             Simon Booth - Global Shipping
Fax:              + 44 171 500 2762


THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK



By:               EINAR STAVRUM

Address: 125 London Wall
                  London EC2Y 5AJ

Attn:Credit matters: Einar Stavrum; Operational matters: European Loan Services
Fax: Credit matters: + 47 22 42 5861; Operational matters: + 44 1202 343 706


THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

By:               RORY HUSSEY (Attorney)

Address: Shipping Business Centre
                  P.O. Box 450
                  5-10 Great Tower Street
                  London  EC3P 3HX

Attn: Graham Locker (Credit matters); Carolyn Peal (Operational matters)
Fax: + 44 171 283 7538






<PAGE>


CHRISTIANIA BANK OG KREDITKASSE ASA

By:               PETER D. KNUDSEN                 OLAV RINGDAL

Address: PB 1166 Sentrum
                  0106 Oslo
                  Norway

Attn:Olav Ringdal - Shipping  Dept (Credit  matters);  Aud Sandnes  (Operational
     matters)
Fax: + 47 22 48 66 68 (Credit matters); + 47 22 48 50 79 (Operational matters)


DEN NORSKE BANK ASA

By:               PETER BEHNCKE

Address: Stranden 21
                  N-0107 Oslo
                  Norway

Attn:
Fax:              + 47 22 48 88 94


CREDIT AGRICOLE INDOSUEZ

By:               RORY HUSSEY (Attorney)

Address: 2, quai de President Paul Dommer
                  92920 Paris La Defense Cedex
                  France

Attn:             Pierre de Fontenay (Credit matters);
                  Frederic Noel (Operational matters)
Fax:              + 33 1 41 89 19 34 (Credit matters);
                  + 33 1 41 89 20 79 (Operational matters)




<PAGE>


KBC FINANCE IRELAND

By:               RORY HUSSEY (Attorney)

Address: KBC House
                  International Financial Services Centre
                  Dublin 1
                  Ireland

Attn:             Peter H. Stowell
Fax:              + 353 1 670 0855


MEESPIERSON N.V.

By:               RORY HUSSEY (Attorney)

Address: Munkedamsveien 53b
N-0250, Oslo
Norway

Attn:             Diederik Legger
Fax:              + 47 22 11 49 40

SCHIFFSHYPOTHEKENBANK ZU LUBECK AG

By:               TORE EIKELAND           NILS CHRISTIAN GREEN

Address: Brandstwiete 1
                  20457 Hamburg
                  Germany

Attn:             Jorg Zickermann
Fax:              + 49 40 3701 4649




<PAGE>


BANKBOSTON, N.A.

By:               RORY HUSSEY (Attorney)

Address: 100 Federal Street
                  Boston MA 02110
                  USA

Attn: Credit matters: Sean McCarthy; Operational matters: Edward Swiatek
Fax: Credit matters: + 1 617 434 1955; Operational matters: + 1 617 434 9820


LANDESBANK SCHLESWIG-HOLSTEIN GIROZENTRALE

By:               DR. JURGEN MONZEL

Address: Martensdamm 6
                  D-24 103 Kiel

Attn:             Matthias Happich
Fax:              + 49 431 900 1130


MERITA BANK PLC, LONDON BRANCH

By:               HENNY O'BRIEN

Address: 19 Thomas More Street
                  London, E1 9YW

Attn:             Kirsten Kaarre Jensen
Fax:              0171 709 7001


DEUTSCHE BANK AG IN HAMBURG

By:               TORE EIKELAND        OLIVER TRENNT

Address: Adolphsplatz 7
                  20457 Hamburg
                  Germany

Attn:             Jorg Zickermann, Ship Financing Dept.
Fax:              + 49 40 3701 4649




<PAGE>


DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AG

By:               RORY HUSSEY (Attorney)

Address: Domshof 17
                  D-28195 Bremen
                  Germany

Attn:             Peter Zimmermann
Fax:              + 49 421 323 539


VIKING SHIP FINANCE LTD

By:               RORY HUSSEY (Attorney)

Address: Claridenstrasse 40
                  P.O. Box 645
                  CH-8021 Zurich
                  Switzerland

Attn:             Alexander Schaffert
Fax:              + 41 1 234 4066




                                  EXHIBIT 2.39

                              BONA SHIPHOLDING LTD

                               Chase Manhattan plc

                           Citibank International plc

                                   and Others


   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to an
                                 US$500,000,000
                            Revolving Loan Agreement
                       originally made on 16 December 1998
   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                    CONTENTS
Clause                                                                      Page
1.     Definitions And Interpretations.........................................1
2.     Representations.........................................................2
3.     Amendment...............................................................2
4.     Incorporation Of Clauses................................................2

Schedule 1           CONDITIONS PRECEDENT......................................4








<PAGE>




                      London-3/145725/04 - 9 - C0828/29464

THIS AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT is made on 11 June 1999

BETWEEN

(1)......BONA SHIPHOLDING LTD.  (the "Borrower");

(2)      CHASE MANHATTAN plc and CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc (the "Arrangers");

(3)      CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc (the "Trustee");

(4)      CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc (the "Agent");

(5) THE BANKS (as defined below).



RECITALS

(A)     It is proposed that Bona Shipping Ltd. will amalgamate under the laws of
        Bermuda with Northwest  Maritime  Inc., a subsidiary of Teekay  Shipping
        Corporation  and will itself  accordingly  become a subsidiary of Teekay
        Shipping Corporation.

(B)     The parties to the  Original  Loan  Agreement  have agreed to enter into
        this Amendment and Restatement  Agreement pursuant to which the Original
        Loan Agreement will be amended and restated.



NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:-

1.       Definitions and Interpretations

1.1      Definitions
        In this Agreement and the Recitals the following terms have the meanings
given to them in this Clause 1.1.

        "Amended and Restated Loan Agreement" means the Original Loan Agreement,
        as amended by this Agreement.

        "Effective  Date"  means the first  date upon  which  both (i) the Agent
        shall have  confirmed to the other  parties  hereto that it has received
        all the  documents  listed in  Schedule  1,  each in form and  substance
        satisfactory  to it and (ii) no Event of Default or  Potential  Event of
        Default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing  (Provided  that if the
        Effective  Date does not occur  before 31 December  1999 this  Agreement
        shall be null and void).

        "Guarantee"  means the guarantee of the obligations of the Borrower,  to
        be given by the  Guarantor,  in  respect  of its  obligations  under the
        Amended and Restated Loan Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit
        2 to this Agreement.

        "Guarantor" means Teekay Shipping Corporation.

     "Original Loan  Agreement"  means the Loan Agreement dated 16 December 1998
     between the Borrower, the Arrangers, the Agent, the Trustee and the Banks.

        "Original Parent's Consolidated  Financial Statements" means the audited
        consolidated  financial  statements  of the  Guarantor as referred to in
        Paragraph 7 of Schedule 1.

1.2      Finance Document
        It is agreed that this Agreement is a Finance Document as defined in the
Amended and Restated Loan Agreement.

1.3      Defined Terms
        Terms defined in the Amended and Restated Loan  Agreement  bear the same
meaning herein.

2.       Representations

        The Borrower repeats those representations set forth in Clause 11 of the
        Original Loan Agreement as if each reference therein to "this Agreement"
        or "the Finance  Documents"  included a reference to (a) this  Agreement
        and (b) the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement.

3.       Amendment

        With effect from the Effective Date the Original Loan Agreement shall be
amended and restated as set out in Exhibit 1 hereto.

4.       Incorporation of Clauses

        Clause 22 (Costs and Expenses) Clause 26 (Remedies and Waivers,  Partial
        Invalidity),  Clause  27  (Notices),  Clause  29  (Law)  and  Clause  30
        (Jurisdiction) of the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement shall apply to
        this  Agreement  mutatis  mutandis but as if  references  therein to the
        Amended and Restated Loan Agreement,  or to the Finance Documents,  were
        references to this Agreement.

5.       Fee

        In  consideration  of the Banks' agreement to enter into this Agreement,
        the  Borrower  agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of the Banks a
        fee (the "Fee") of 0.2 per cent. of the Aggregate  Total  Commitments as
        at the date hereof, one-half of the Fee being payable on the date hereof
        and one half on 31  December  1999,  unless  the Loan shall by then have
        been repaid in which case such second instalment shall not be payable.

6.       counterparts

        This  Agreement  may be  executed  in  counterparts,  each of which when
        executed  shall be an  original,  but all  counterparts  together  shall
        constitute one and the same instrument.

AS WITNESS the hands of duly  authorised  representatives  of the parties hereto
the day and year first before written.

SCHEDULE 1

<PAGE>


                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

1.      A certificate of a duly  authorised  officer of each of the Borrower and
        Guarantor setting out the names and signatures of the persons authorised
        to sign, on behalf of the Borrower and Guarantor, this Agreement and the
        Guarantee,  respectively  and  any  documents  to be  delivered  by  the
        Borrower or the Guarantor pursuant hereto or thereto.

2.      A certified  copy of a board  resolution of each of the Borrower and the
        Guarantor respectively,  authorising the execution of this Agreement and
        the  Guarantee  and a  certified  copy of any power of  attorney  issued
        pursuant thereto.

3.      A copy,  certified a true copy by or on behalf of the  Borrower  (or, as
        the case may be,  the  Guarantor),  of each such law,  decree,  consent,
        licence, approval,  registration or declaration as is, in the opinion of
        counsel to the Banks, necessary to render this Agreement or, as the case
        may be, the Guarantee,  legal, valid, binding and enforceable in Liberia
        and to make this  Agreement and the Guarantee  admissible in evidence in
        Bermuda and Liberia and to enable the Borrower and  Guarantor to perform
        their obligations hereunder and thereunder.

4. Delivery of legal opinions addressed to the Agent from:

(a)      Clifford Chance, English legal advisors to the Agent;

(b)      Conyers Dill and Pearman, Bermudan counsel; and

(c)      Watson Farley & Williams, Liberian counsel.

5. An executed original of the Guarantee.

6.      A  Certificate  of  Amalgamation  issued  by the  Bermuda  Registrar  of
        Companies  certifying that Bona  Shipholding  Ltd. has amalgamated  with
        Northwest Maritime Inc.

7.      A copy, certified by a duly authorised officer of the Guarantor,  of the
        Guarantor's audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended
        31 March 1999.

8.      Written  confirmation  from Teekay Shipping (UK) Limited that it accepts
        its  appointment  as agent for service of process of the Borrower  under
        the Amended and Restated Loan  Agreement and of the Guarantor  under the
        Guarantee.





<PAGE>


The Borrower

BONA SHIPHOLDING LTD.

By:

Address: P.O. Box HM1179
                  Cedar House, 41 Cedar Avenue
                  Hamilton HM12
                  Bermuda

Attn:             Mr Warren Cabral
Fax:              (441) 296 8666


Arranger

CHASE MANHATTAN plc

By:

Address: 125 London Wall
                  London  EC2Y 5AJ

Attn:             Kristian Orssten
Fax:              0171 777 4759


Arranger, Agent and Trustee

CITIBANK INTERNATIONAL plc

By:

Address: P.O. Box 200
                  Cottons Centre
                  Hays Lane
                  London SE1 2QT

Attn:             Debbie Caulfield
Fax:              0171 500 4482




<PAGE>


The Banks

CITIBANK, N.A.

By:

Address: P.O. Box 200
                  Cottons Centre
                  Hays Lane
                  London SE1 2QT

Attn:             Simon Booth - Global Shipping
Fax:              + 44 171 500 2762


THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK



By:

Address: 125 London Wall
                  London EC2Y 5AJ

Attn: Credit matters: Einar Stavrum; Operational matters: European Loan Services
Fax: Credit matters: + 47 22 42 5861; Operational matters: + 44 1202 343 706


THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC

By:

Address: Shipping Business Centre
                  P.O. Box 450
                  5-10 Great Tower Street
                  London  EC3P 3HX

Attn: Graham Locker (Credit matters); Carolyn Peal (Operational matters)
Fax: + 44 171 283 7538






<PAGE>


CHRISTIANIA BANK OG KREDITKASSE ASA

By:

Address: PB 1166 Sentrum
                  0106 Oslo
                  Norway

Attn:Olav Ringdal - Shipping  Dept (Credit  matters);  Aud Sandnes  (Operational
     matters)
Fax: + 47 22 48 66 68 (Credit matters); + 47 22 48 50 79 (Operational matters)


DEN NORSKE BANK ASA

By:

Address: Stranden 21
                  N-0107 Oslo
                  Norway

Attn:             Solveig Nuland Knoff, Credit Administration
Fax:              + 47 22 48 28 94


CREDIT AGRICOLE INDOSUEZ

By:

Address: 2, quai de President Paul Dommer
                  92920 Paris La Defense Cedex
                  France

Attn:             Pierre de Fontenay (Credit matters);
                  Frederic Noel (Operational matters)
Fax:              + 33 1 41 89 19 34 (Credit matters);
                  + 33 1 41 89 20 79 (Operational matters)




<PAGE>


KBC FINANCE IRELAND

By:

Address: KBC House
                  International Financial Services Centre
                  Dublin 1
                  Ireland

Attn:             Peter H. Stowell
Fax:              + 353 1 670 0855


MEESPIERSON N.V.

By:

Address: Munkedamsveien 53b
N-0250, Oslo
Norway

Attn:             Diederik Legger
Fax:              + 47 22 11 49 40

SCHIFFSHYPOTHEKENBANK ZU LUBECK AG

By:

Address: Brandstwiete 1
                  20457 Hamburg
                  Germany

Attn:             Jorg Zickermann
Fax;              + 49 40 3701 4649




<PAGE>


BANKBOSTON, N.A.

By:

Address: 100 Federal Street
                  Boston MA 02110
                  USA

Attn: Credit matters: Sean McCarthy; Operational matters: Edward Swiatek
Fax: Credit matters: + 1 617 434 1955; Operational matters: + 1 617 434 9820


LANDESBANK SCHLESWIG-HOLSTEIN GIROZENTRALE

By:

Address: Martensdamm 6
                  D-24 103 Kiel

Attn:             Matthias Happich
Fax:              + 49 431 900 1130


MERITA BANK PLC, LONDON BRANCH

By:

Address: 19 Thomas More Street
                  London, E1 9YW

Attn:             Kirsten Kaarre Jensen
Fax:              0171 709 7001


DEUTSCHE BANK AG IN HAMBURG

By:

Address: Adolphsplatz 7
                  20457 Hamburg
                  Germany

Attn:             Jorg Zickermann, Ship Financing Dept.
Fax:              + 49 40 3701 4649




<PAGE>


DEUTSCHE SCHIFFSBANK AG

By:

Address: Domshof 17
                  D-28195 Bremen
                  Germany

Attn:             Peter Zimmermann
Fax:              + 49 421 323 539


VIKING SHIP FINANCE LTD

By:

Address: Claridenstrasse 40
                  P.O. Box 645
                  CH-8021 Zurich
                  Switzerland

Attn:             Alexander Schaffert
Fax:              + 41 1 234 4066




<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                                                                   5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  EXTRACTED  FROM TEEKAY
SHIPPING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND IS
QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                                            1,000

<S>                                                              <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                                           9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                                 DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                                    APR-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                                      DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                                                220,327
<SECURITIES>                                                                0
<RECEIVABLES>                                                          30,753
<ALLOWANCES>                                                                0
<INVENTORY>                                                                 0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                                      280,659
<PP&E>                                                              2,291,482
<DEPRECIATION>                                                        624,727
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                                      1,982,684
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                                 126,503
<BONDS>                                                             1,018,610
                                                       0
                                                                 0
<COMMON>                                                              427,937
<OTHER-SE>                                                            404,130
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                                        1,982,684
<SALES>                                                                     0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                                      377,882
<CGS>                                                                       0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                                         129,532
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                                      224,778
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                                            0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                                     44,996
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                                       (19,595)
<INCOME-TAX>                                                                0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                                   (19,595)
<DISCONTINUED>                                                              0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                                             0
<CHANGES>                                                                   0
<NET-INCOME>                                                          (19,595)
<EPS-BASIC>                                                           (0.54)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                                           (0.54)



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission